ene 8 8 29-8 0 —0- Ong => 0 0 2 . Tek fet rer htarit ti cette rerer rests $ ’ + . i Taps * it . Gt ih ieletotate tt ; iii § SZcry 2) <2 eH) INV NX \Y = \ \ \\ YS =\\ a Cj A \ ) i} i) Yi, ay Bequest of Kenneth K. Mackenzie - MINNESOTA = cs ¥ % BOTANICAL STUDIES bs EDITED BY CONWAY MACMILLAN Bie BULLETIN NO, 9 OF THE SURVEY , BOTANICAL SERIES N@duvd TVOINVLOES MYUOA MIN os 8002 ° 0 Agi ‘ UV roryr mT ATK 440 Sealy ee Ne ORR TKS ~ MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 1894-1898 Ein wig HARRISON & SMITH eae PRINTERS — MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. The University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. November Ist, 1897. . Joun S. PILLSBURY, President of the Board of Regents of the University, me of MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, being Bulletin No. the Survey and the second volume of the Botanical series. ae Pama, Sir: your obedient servant, Conway MACMILLAN, State Botanist. BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY The HON. JOHN S. PILLSBURY, Minneapolis, - Regent for Life The Hon. DAVID M. CLOUGH, Minneapolis, - - - Ex-Officio The Governor of the State. CYRUS NORTHROP, LL. D., Minneapolis, - - - Ex-Officio The President of the University. The Hon. W. W. PENDERGAST, M. A.,Hutchinson, - Ex-Officio The State Superintendent of Public Instruction. The HON. GREENLEAF CLARK, M.A., St. Paul, - - - - 1904 The Hon. S. G. SMITH, St. Paul, = E - - = = 1904 The HON. STEPHEN MAHONEY, B. A., Minneapolis, - - - 1901 The HON. SIDNEY M. OWEN, Minneapolis, - - - - 1902 The HON. ALPHONSO BARTO, St. Cloud, - - - - - 1902 The Hon. M. R. Topp, Preston, - - . - - - 1902 The HON. WILLIAM M. LIGGETT, Benson, - - - - 1903 The Hon. A. &. RICE, Willmar, - 2 - . - - - 1903 The HON. ELMER ADAMS, Fergus Falls, - - - - . 1904 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pretarory nete, by ‘THe EDITOR tas. .s ede sonar ccasd On the occurrence of sphagnum atolls in central Minnesota, by CONWAY MACMILLAN............. Some extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON. On the nomenclature of some North American species of Astragalus, by EH. P. SHELDON.........0cs0000% List of fresh water algae collected in Minnesota dur- ing 1893, by JOSEPHINE E. 'TILDEN.............+.- On the poisonous influence of Cypripedium spectabile and Cypripedium pubescens, by D. T. MACDOUGAL. Nitrogen assimilation by Isopyrum biternatum, by ER A EASA UO SHAMS oA Voice w ethos bee ae 2.4 emlage waletes On the morphology of hepatic elaters, with special reference to branching elaters of Conocephalus conicus, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN..............06: Revised descriptions of the Minnesota Astragali, by Dh heh 2 oy Fe ee RE Synonymy of the North American species of Juncodes, with further nomenclatural notes on Astragalus, DYE Eo SHBLDON ee skincare ees cae «s'elede. cc en eee ee Further extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON. Determinations of some Minnesota lichens, by W. D. UDR Oe Dra Sn a cae atsn ee ae Mee wae ale G4 o/catesujslee te e's» A revision of the Mucoraceae with especial reference to species reported from North America, by RoscoEr EASE gay arets ts Ses INT Ore ocia't als de steno an ohare bee Revision of the Minnesota grasses of the tribe Hor- (MGAG.* DYeH RANOTSPEVANPATIOY). ste cain ccs becca sie oe A prelimary list of the North American species of Astragalus, Dy FO) @. SHBUDON «<2. vc ines ecnee sen On a new registering balance, by A. P. ANDERSON... On a new electrical auxanometer and continuous PECOTUGIY DYRV Vs) ES ROST jo vice doc seis coin t'b'e ewe'elain Sie Titles of literature concerning the fixation of free nitrogen by plants, by D. T. MACDOUGAL......... Compilation of records of some Minnesota flowering Mites, Vel, Posie hte. de kskw cy cashes aesiess List of fresh-water algae collected in Minnesota dur- ing 1894, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN..............+: vi XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX., XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV: XXXVI. XXX VII. XXXVIIL. XXXIX. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The grand period of growthin a fruit of Cucurbita pepo determined by weight, by ALEX. P. ANDERSON... A preliminary list of the mosses of Minnesota, by JOHN OL. FOLZINGERT 6. ch Aen otic ee secs oe eee A contribution to the bibliography of American aleae:) by JOSEPHINE SH: LIEDEN(: & osssseee sche On the genus Cypripedium L., with reference to Min- nesota species, by HENRIETTA G. FOX............ Poisonous infiuence of various species of Cypripedium, DY Da Ts MA CDOUGAT AE. aoe dens ele nee eee Tree temperatures, recorded by Roy W. SQUIRES.... Some Hepaticae of Minnesota, by JOHN M. Houz- INGER A study of some Minnesota Mycetozoa, by E. P. SHELDON): 2:;- i shiwie cice see ember cimiiees wie Ble oso ns ee On the distribution of the North American Helvel- lales, by LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD...........++ee0: A contribution to the physiology of the root tubers of Isopyrum biternatum (RAF.) TorR. and GRAY, by DT. MacDOuUGAL iodide dpiene ho e's velcaeeee = eee Determinations of plants collected by Dr. J. H. SANDBERG, in Northern Minnesota, during 1891, by Js, (Mi. HOU ZINGHERS cia ng ccna oekadusee sone eee Estimation of the changes in dry weight of leaves of Helianthus, by S. THomMPson and W. W. PEN- DEBGAS®. conga kar wpe een sev ak « ieee ta ecie s phe te Ree Some Muscineae of the northern boundary of Minne- sota, collected by Conway MacMillan, during 1895. ‘by. Jc eM cELOLZINGHRS crs sn ceeeioces ane ae eee Additional extensions of plant ranges, by E. P. SHELDON ee eee tee eee eee ee ee see eee eee eeeeeFESeFeseeseseeee ec | List of fresh-water algae collected in Minnesota during 1895, by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN............ A contribution to the life-history of Pilinia diluta Wood and Stigeoclonium flagelliferum Kg., by JOsE- PHUNE By. eC DG DEIN... /oidieties olicls sins etc s citrine eae Pollination and reproduction of Lycopersicum escu- lentum, by BRUCE WINK. os. 5.) 2.00% 2s sence A re-arrangement of the North American Hyphomy- cetes I, by Rosco—E POUND and FREDERIC IE. CLE MENIES [2 Sie ome toe cies Webs. cele beams eine eae On the stem-anatomy of certain Onagraceae, by ERANCIS) RAMAT MWS sc uicistee.c <2 cee dees foe ie eee A new Hypnum of the section Caliergon, by JOHN M. LOL ZING ERAT sis pelle eee ghia chaste Ebhalchaalc ss oe Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. I. Lichens of Lake of the Woods, by BRUCE FINK ea | oe he xu Contributions toa knowledge of the lichens of Minne- M, ‘sota. II. Lichens of Minneapolis and vicinity, by an ot Pan ERR STOM IE WU TES c/o s Casio oiec'ns 0s es ga eee A ey | sai A re-arrangement of the North American Hyphomy- cetes. Il, by Rosco—E PoUND and FREDERIC E. We gn REMMI AGS jnlp enna pe is, w'sicre ais. ¢ cle bia sie yi edie as eal ema “oo On some mosses at high altitudes, by J. M. Hotz- om 2 AES ee eee Sat MeT Ben bie viride 739 3] The forces determining the position of dorsiventral = TRAVEG AIM Peds DUA cc coating os dh psy dad alent ee 743 va On the genus Coscinodon in Minnesota, by J. M. RE UGE ee tuttai seers etek da ois bre ole wa vat wake eee eae 753 Observations on the ferns and flowering plants of the Hawaiian Islands, by A. A. HELLER...... onee ae oo TRO a, The phenomena of symbiosis, by ALBERT SCHNEI- me ORS re Miainb eek in waking Cory b osalnw Sadiosaiv iricteo.a'oe 0 o ce en do? ae ie L. Observations on the distribution of plants along a shore at Lake of the Woods, by CONWAY MaAc- eee Ty REG AES RE ieee ee eS ee ee id caer SEOAD ig LI. The alkaloids of Veratrum, by GEO. B. FRANK- kee PEM REE EN tance Bigia a's piss « vce Riapwielv e's « Cras bore oe OS ~ ” “ -~". z

+ Ret Da See eT ea pete his ie gk SO Bh ve eth i Fa ES ae 5 ae arn A8 is ped 2 Ke Pas ee ia 0) f e 1S Drab ae yx es ;" is ike # see Ne F d : | MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 3 : _ form width of about ten feet. On the west its continuity is Z. : broken by a channel, twelve feet across, which furnishes com- }. munication between the waters of the intra-insular lagoon and _ those of the pond outside of the atoll. Measurements of Ballard’s atoll and pond. Measure- ments of the pond in which Ballard’s atoll is situated showed its dimensions to be as given above. The depth of the _ water is nowhere great. The greatest depth is about twelve feet and this maximum of depth, as is usually the case with the glacial lakes and ponds of Minnesota! is in the middle, consequently within the lagoon. At the shore there is no _ definite beach line. From it the water increases gradually in _ depth until within about six feet of the outer aspect of the % _atoll-ring. At this point it measures but about four and one half feet. The transition to the emergent surface of the atoll is therefore somewhat abrupt, but in this character not equaling the still more abrupt shelving off from the inner aspect of the atoll to the maximum depth of the lagoon. No- ___ where outside of the atoll, so far as our measurements indi- cated, was the depth of water half so great as within the lagoon. The bottom from shore to atoll is very soft, consist- __ ing of black vegetable muck with a considerable intermixture te of decaying sphagnum. Within the lagoon, the decayed e. aa is not so abundantly present. Vegetation of the pond outside of Ballard’s atoll. When ‘a f “observed i in the early part of July the waters of the pond pre- 2 Es. sented a considerable though not luxuriant growth of aquatic f and semi-aquatic vegetation. The following plants were most _ conspicuous: ss Carex pseudocyperus Linn. var. americana Hochst.—Sedge. ih 4 _ Carex lupulina’ Muhl.—Sedge. ig SS * Carex retrorsa Schwein. —Sedge. . _ Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr. ) Gray.—Bulrush. Juncus effusus Lian.—Rush. Tris versicolor Linn.—F leur de Lis. ' Potentilla palustris (Linn. ) Scop.—Marsh Hive finger. Utricularia vulgaris Linn.—Bladderwort. Utricularia intermedia Hayne.—Bladderwort. At one point in the pond a small island had been formed upon yy, which a clump of Betula pumila Linn. (low birch) had estab- » 68 aM, . t? 1. Hall, C. W. Formation and! Deformation of Minn. Lakes. Science. 21: 314 ike ©, 1803 a = a fr oa De” yh = 4 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lished itself, and here and there patches of sphagnum the size of a dinner-plate were floating on the surface of the water. Three species of sphagnum were present, but these have not — yet been specifically determined. Inthe channel throvgh which — the pond drains into lake Whitman, as noted above, Typha lati- folia Linn. (cat-tail) was observed, but elsewhere it was want- ing in this pond, though a very common aquatic of the region © in general. Vegetation of Ballard’s atoll. The plants established upon the atoll itself were, however, very different, and in the case of one plant highly remarkable. When seen from the shore, early — in July, the atoll was aflame with the crimson flowers of Sar- racenia purpurea Linn.—the side-saddle flower, or as more commonly termed in Minnesota, the pitcher-plant. Mingled with the red, and scarcely less abundant, were the white and cottony inflorescences of three different species of Eriophorum (cotton-grass). A careful examination of the atoll, close at hand, showed that the following plants were established upon | it: Scheuchzeria palustris Linn. Carex tenuifiora Wahl.—Sedge. Carex tenella Schkr.—Sedge. Carex intumescens Rudge.—Sedge. Eriophorum polystachion Linn.—Cotton-grass, Eriophorum gracile Koch.—Cotton-grass. Eriophorum vaginatum Linn.—Cotton-grass. Pogonia ophioglossoides (Linn. ) Ker.—Adder’s tongue orchis. Limodorum tuberosum Linn.—Purple orchis. Lyonia calyculata (Linn.) Reich. Kalmia glauca Ait.—Pale laure]. Andromeda polifolia Linn.—Andromeda. Oxycoccus oxycoccus (Linn.) MacM.—Small cranberry: Menyanthes trifoliata Linn.—Buckbean. _ Sarracenia purpurea Linn.—Pitcher- plant. In addition to these and forming a matrix upon which they had developed were the same three undetermined species of sphagnum which had been found in small patches outside of the atoll. The general texture of the atoll was loose so that one standing anywhere upon it soon sank into the soft and spongy moss up to the knees, Compared with that of the surrounding pond it will be seen that the atoll vegetation is entirely distinct. The most notable plant, from the point of view of the plant geographer, is Kalmia glauca Ait. This lo- ie) Wane BAe + 7 gta ee ons” Tan Niege < ¥: vet AS Pe a ii: ee art he we AL at ced La MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 5 - this plant, in central Minnesota. It has previously been re- . ported from the north shore of lake Superior by Messrs. ___- Sandberg, Aiton and Schmidt. The two orchids—Pogonia and ___ Limodorum—are rare plants in central Minnesota and Eriopho- rum vaginatum Linn. is comparatively infrequent. On the a atoll there was a distinct arrangement of species which is of interest. Menyanthes trifoliata Linn. was most abundant on _ the outer and inner edges. kKalmia occupied five distinct -_- patches, being abundant in these areas, but not between. The Res: _ Sarracenia and Eriophorum occupied the central position in the : _atoll-ribbon and sought apparently the firmer substratmu. _ Oxycoccus and Andromeda were sparingly represented. Only a dozen or so plants of Lyonia were observed. General description of Anderson’s atoll. This atoll oc- curs in asmall pond tributary to the north bay of lower Gull lake. The pond is barely fifty yards across, with high banks, and the atoll ring is within a foot or two of twenty yards in di- ameter. Its breadth, however, is greater than that of Bal- “ ee - lard’s atoll, being twelve feet on the average from the outer to the inner aspect. The lagoon, then, is slightly less than fifty ‘ [ae _ feet across. The pond-waters outside are clothed with a luxu- ‘ees - riant growth of Panicularia fluitans (Linn.) OK. mingled with the following in less abundance: _ Typha latifolia Linn.—Cat-tail. -Potamogeton zosteraefolius Schum.—Pondweed. Sagittaria sagittaefolia Linn.—Arrow-head. _ Phragmites phragmites (Linn.)Karst.—Reed grass. . Polygonum emersum ( Mx.) Britt.—Smartweed. _ ___ Utricularia intermedia Hayne.—Bladderwort. The water of the pond was shallow, averaging four feet, just outside of the atoll-ring. The vegetation of the atoll itself, - except for the presence of thesame three species of Sphagnum and avery abundant growth of Limodorum, differed entirely ___ from that of Ballard’s atoll. The most conspicuous plant was _ ____ Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P. Twenty-seven young trees of this _--—s«Species—the black spruce—had established themselves upon e ger the atoll. The largest was but four and one-half feet in 5 ©, height, while the smallest noted was not over eight inches. These trees, evenly distributed, occupied the middle of the _ ribbon of sphagnum and presented a most attractive and a unusual appearance, forming as they did an almost perfect ieee" ring about the open, placid and central lagoon. Next in im- . 6 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. portance, as giving character to the atoll, was a dense growth of Ledum latifolium Ait.—Labrador tea—which covered almost the entire island. A complete list of plants observed on An- derson’s atoll is as follows: Sphagnum, three undetermined species.—Peat-moss. Panicum crus galli var. hispidum (Muhl.) Torr.—Cock’s- comb grass, (four plants, only. ) Gyrostachys romanzowiana (Cham.) MacM.—Tress orchis. Limodorum tuberosum Linn.— Purple orchis. Cornus canadensis Linn’-—Dwarf cornel. Ledum latifolium Ait.—Labrador tea. Andromeda polifolia Linn.—Andromeda. Gentiana sp. und.—Gentian. Campanula aparinoides Pursh.—Bellflower. Picea mariana ( Mill.) B.S.P.—Black spruce. Curiously, Sarracenia and Oxycoccus, very commonly found in peat-bogs, did not appear on this atoll—or, at least were not observed. In general the texture of the atoll mass was much: firmer than that of Ballard’s atoll. One could stand anywhere upon it without sinking in above the insteps. This was doubt- less due to the firmer interknitting of the roots of Picea and Ledum. The lagoon of this atoll, unlike that of the other, was somewhat invaded with floating vegetation—mostly Utricularia intermedia Hayne, with a few plants of Panicularia. Origin of the atolls. To frame a reasonable explanation of the way in which these sphagnum atolls have developed is not altogether easy, Various hypotheses present themselves, some of which will not be discussed here. That the ponds in which the atolls are formed are certainly not fed by springs indicates that no connection between these peculiar ring-formed masses of sphagnum and the domed or raised peat bogs 2 can be as- sumed. Were the atoll-lagoons fed by springs from the bottom it might be supposed that the original form of the sphagnum mass was that of a dome and that through pressure or variation in water level the dome had been broken and thus a depression, occupied by the lagoon, had appeared. This hypothesis would, however, be rendered untenable by the greater depth of the lagoon than of the surrounding pond. Nor would it be clearly apparent why the submergence of the region outside of the atoll—postulated by such an hypothesis—should have taken place. 2. Ganong, W. F. Onraised peat-bogs in New Brunswick. Bot. Gaz. 16 :; 123 1891. a Ae is is MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 7 Hypothesis of changes in pond level. The explanation of ‘ts the presence of sphagnum atolls may be derived from assumed _ changes in level of the pond water, and indeed their presence _ may, conversely, be held to indicate or to demonstrate fluctua- tions in the pond level. If it be possible to conceive that in these two atoll-producing ponds there has been, during the course of years, a gradual diminution in size followed by a __ rather rapid increase in diameter and depth, I believe the for- _mation of the atolls would become a phenomenon readily com- prehensible. It might be shown that the sequence of events e? was somewhat as follows: The ponds through those gradual _ and rather complicated changes in drainage, rate of silt-depo- sition, annual rain fall, bottom physiognomy and evaporation bes which are known to affect the dimensions of bodies of fresh _ water in a glacial area, slowly diminished in size until their ” shore lines were approximately coincident in position with the inner aspect of the modern atoll ring. The whole diameter of the pond, at this stage of its development as a geographical _ feature, would have been approximately equal to the diameter of the present intra-insular lagoon. Concomitantly with such “4 diminution in size, doubtless extending over a term of years, _ vegetation of the shoreward area would have established itself in characteristic zones*. The littoral flora and the submerged ark plants just outside the shores would have formed a loose turf _ lining the edges of the pond. This turf would have become gradually more solid as it extended farther landward and - would at a little distance from the water’s edge have become _ modified in character and in vegetation, giving a foot-hold for plants of larger growth. It is not imperative to assume that _ this shore-lining formation was necessarily of a sphagnum type, although in fact it might very well have been of such a nature. When, subsequently to this epoch of gradual diminu- _ tion, the ponds began to increase again, the effect of the rise in _ level of the water was to detach from the shore a ring of the ; loose littoral turf and.this mass of vegetation with its attend- ant soil, buoyed up at first as a circular floating bog, appears to-day as the characteristic sphagnum-atoll. That the atolls should be of such regular width, varying but a foot or two on any line from outer to inner aspect, indicates the regularity of slope, on all sides, of the pond-bottom towards the shore. Ap- parently the line along which the floatable portion of the shore- 3. Magnin, Ant. Recherch.surla vegetation des Lacs du Jura. Rev. Gen. de Botan. 5: 241,303. 1893. i RSS eu ee he. out Tes Sle Sis Ye Bie cae, | le ea i Miatnase aon, Tx he i hears A ee DEORE Ly AT hy ORS DARN TAN ORE aS ON Reed ps at Ny) WEN oe Shooter 8 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. vegetation separated from the firmly anchored portion was very nearly concentric with the shore line itself. Having, by its rise, thus detached a floating bog differing from the innu- merable other floating bogs of the Minnesota lakes only in its regular and annular outline, the pond continued to increase and spread over the greater part of its original bed. This increase in size left the annular bog far out in the waters of the pond which had formed it by its fluctuations in level, and as the mass of vegetation and soil became thoroughly saturated with the water below, its character may. gradually have changed until only the sphagnum plants retained vitality, Generations of these, succeeding each other contributed to the weight of the ring and finally pressed it down upon the bottom of the pond, forming the anchored atoll of the present. As the texture of the atoll became firmmer—at first along a line about equi-distant from its outer and inner faces—new plants estab- lished themselves, their seeds and fruits having been carried there by the winds and by birds, or having perhaps lain dor-’ mant a long time after the original detachment of the bog. Ballard’s atoll with its Sarracenia, Eriophorum and Kalmia vegetation and its spongy texture appears to be less fully de- veloped than Anderson’s with its firmer structure and its _ growth of Ledum and Picea. Both, however, might have been formed synchronously, but the smaller, situated in the shallower pond might be supposed to have developed its peculiarities more rapidly than the larger. Fluctuations in lake and pond levels. Such fluctuations — in the level of ponds and lakes are by no means unknown’, and may very properly be assumed in the case of the two ponds in question. Mr. Warren Upham very kindly calls my attention to the remarkable case of Stump lake in North Dakota as evi- dence, and with his permission I offer here, from his forth- coming work on the glacial lake Agassiz, a somewhat extended quotation, the whole of which has direct bearing on the subject discussed in the present paper: x ‘‘Devil’s lake and Stump lake, situated near together in North Dakota, were found by my levelling in August, 1887, re- spectively 1,432 and 1,417 feet above the sea. Devil’s lake at- tains a maximum depth of 75 or 80 feet in the eastern portion of its broadest area, and the northeast arm of Stump lake is said to be in some places 100 feet deep. Both lakes are now 4, Whittesly, Charles. On Fluctuations of Levelin the North American Lakes Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 12: pp. 25. 1860. MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 1) ee without outlets, but distinct beach lines show that since the re- cession of the ice of the Glacial period they have been raised nearly 25 feet above the present level of Devil’s lake, being then confluent, with an outlet from the southwestern area of Stump lake, southward to the Sheyenne. Devil’s lake shows evidence of having attained about the year 1830, a level sixteen feet higher than its low stage in 1889, reaching at or near the former date to the line that limits the large and dense timber of its bordering groves. Below that line are only smaller and scattered trees, of which Captain E. E. Heerman informed me that the largest found by him and cut a few years ago had fifty-seven rings of annual growth. Within the twenty-five years since the building of Fort Totten, this lake has fallen nine or ten feet; and it has fluctuated four feet, under the influence of the changes in the average precipitation of rain and snow during the past dozen years. It is also known that these lakes have stood continuously lower than now, at least by several feet, during a long period, sufficient for the growth of large forests on the shores of Stump lake, and of the north and south Washington lakes and lake a Coe, in T. 149, R. 63, for this is proved by submerged logs and _ stumps, the latter standing rooted in the soil where they grew. _ Many of these logs and stumps have been hauled out of the southeastern bay of Stump lake by the neighboring farmers for use as fuel. This prolonged epoch of comparative desicca- tion may have coincided with the more arid conditions in the Great Basin, which as shown by Professor I. C. Russell, ap- _ pear to have entirely dried up Pyramid, Winnemucca and other lakes of Nevada about three hundred years ago.’* From the case of Stump lake an analogy may be derived for the ponds in Cass county where the atolls have been noted. It 3 is probable, however, that no such lapse of years need be de- manded for the periodic diminution and increase of these _ ponds, as is indicated by the Stump lake and Devil’s lake phe- nomena described above. Indeed, I am not clear that the sud- _ den rise in the water was not coincident with the completion of the lumbermen’s dam across Gull river, the outlet of Gull lake. This I am informed was built about fourteen yearsago. By it the level of the water in Gull lake itself has been maintained sometimes as much as eight feet above its original and normal level. It isa question, however, whether the time that has * Russell: Geological History of Lake Lahontan, U. S, Geol. Surv. Monog. xi. PP. 223-237, 252. Compare also G. K. Gilbert: Lake Bonneville, Monog i p. 258. Being Wit 4 ra TINY Meg IS a ree neem, CONDO RA ERTS VEER Pane g a RN mS 10 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. elapsed since the completion of this dam would be at all suffi- cient for the development of such an atoll as that of Anderson. The growth of Picea would perhaps indicate a greater age than this hypothesis would permit. I was at first inclined to think that the fact of lake Whitman being not directly con- nected with the Gull lake chain, but emptying into a rapid in- let stream of Gull lake, was sufficient to disprove the hypothe- sis that the dam on Gull river could have at all effected the sep- _ aration of the atoll-rings, but Mr. Upham in conversation expresses the opinion that even a disconnected lake in the neighborhood of one, the level of which had been increased by a dam across its outlet, might vary in level through changes in the saturation plane of the surrounding soil. Ballard’s atoll ‘could scarcely be connected with the changes in level of Gull lake except upon the assumption of such modifications in the general saturation plane of the district. From the facts at hand neither Mr. Warren Upham nor the writer is inclined to attribute the atoll-formations to the artificial increase in the level of Gull lake and its tributaries. It is however a tenable hypothesis and should it be the correct one furnishes a new and highly interesting example of a method of plant-distribu- tion and the appearance of a unique plant-physiognomic feature through the modification of natural conditions, as a result of human activity. Particular conditions of atoll formation. It is evident that the mere fact of decrease in the level of a pond, followed by increase, does not explain fully the formation of the sphagnum atolls which have been described in this paper. Were these the only factors, apparently such atolls would be much more common phenomena. Instead of being, so far as known, limi- ted to two obscure ponds, they might be looked for in most of the small bodies of fresh water in central Minnesota. The rarity of atoll-producing ponds indicates that there must be a concurrence of several favorable conditions else the atoll will not be formed. t - Original character of littoral vegetation. Still another and -_ probably avery important condition of atoll formation would _ be the original distinctive character of the shore vegetation of the pond. If plants of robust growth, sending their roots deep into the ground had early established themselves by the wa- ter’s edge, they might have served to anchor the whole area _ about them to such an extent that no floating bog could have - been formed, or if formed it must have been fragmentary in _ character, being derived from areas where such strong plants had _ not become established. Therefore great homogeneity of vege- eee ¥ a kes _ rae Mig oN, -_ ~ pik AF ete ¥ wipes. ot oo he te Thy tea as - 12 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. tation around the shore line of the pond at its season of low . water must be postulated as a condition of atoll formation. As stated above the shore-plants may have been largely sphagnous, but they might, too, have consisted of small sedges, Campanula and slender grasses—such as are important components of so many shore-floras and floating-bog floras in the lakes of Minnesota. Slight lateral tension of winter ice. A not unimportant condition of atoll formation and persistence is to be looked for in the absence of strong lateral, shoreward ice-pressure, caused by the expansion of ice as formed in winter upon the pond surface. In ponds of considerable size and depth this is suffi- cient to modify the shore vegetation and its distribution to a very marked degree. It would evidently, too, exert a distort- ing and destructive influence upon an annular floating bog if it were of sufficient size, enclosing a lagoon of sufficient diameter for such a force to become considerable. The depth, surface- area, contour and cubic contents of the basin would, if an atoll were to be formed, have to be of such a nature that this force, when acting, should be distributed regularly and should remain at a minimum. Rapid anchoring of the atoll. It cannot be conceived that the condition of a floating bog should persist for a long term of years in the atoll-forming turf. Even if all the disturbing causes acted at the minimum demanded by the hypothesis, and under the favorable conditions outlined above, the persistence through many decades of the floating position of the turf would give opportunity for cumulative effects, slight in themselves, but in the aggregate sufficient to distort or disrupt the ring. A _ necessary condition of permanence in the atoll must be looked for, then, in the comparatively rapid substitution of a grounded or anchored position for the plastic, mobile, easily disturbed position of the floating bog. It could have been for but a few years at the most that the bog remained as a buoyant formation. ‘Sides: é res : ek oe AD Fes tue ee Pe Geer tert fe he +. ~~ u ai bss rape - OETA Om “ay NS = alee ee “~~ Wi fa Pe ON ae Gann) MEN 2 5 oh nd |e hata pea aren Rees er > tle 2) 2 Through increase in mass and weight it must rapidly have sunken and anchored itself firmly upon the bottom. Here again a definite and not too great size and depth of the parent pond ~ appears as one of the essentials of atoll formation. * Summary and eonclusion. A consideration of all the facts catalogued upon the preceding pages permits a brief summary as follows: : 1. Atolls of sphagnum with various adventitious plants established upon them have been observed in central Minnesota. MacMillan: OCCURRENCE OF SPHAGNUM ATOLLS. 13 2. The vegetation of the atolls differs from that of the pond outside and the inner lagoon. It varies with the development and desiccation of the atoll. 8. The origin of the sphagnum atolls in the cases studied _ *may be ascribed to a season of gradual recession of the waters -_ of the pond, followed by a season of comparatively rapid in- crease in area and level. va 4. The atolls first appeared as annular floating bogs separa- * ted from the shoreward turf as a result of the original zonal distribution of littoral plants and the rise of the waters together with the favorable concurrence of a group of special and necessary conditions. aE 5. Some of the apparent conditions of atoll-formation are (a) a definite maximum size and depth of the parent pond; (b) considerable height and regularity of the banks of the parent ‘pond; (c) a regular and gentle slope of the pond bottom from - shore tocenter; (d) a definite original character of littoral veg- ___ etation when the pond was at low level; (e) a reduction within - minimum limits of the lateral pressure and tension of winter ice; (f) a comparatively prompt anchoring of the atoll upon the bottom. be A number of special problems present themselves at the close of the general investigation, but in this connection it will be unnecessary to enter into them in detail. For example, there - ‘might be noted the conditions which determine the average width of the atoll, its distance from shore, the ratio between the size of the intra-insular lagoon and of the pond as a whole, the particular causes of the appearance of given species of plants upon a given atoll, the relation between the vegetation of the -__ atoll and of the pond and between the pond and the lagoon and : a number of other matters, the full consideration of which would prolong the discussion beyond bounds. The purpose of this __ paper has been indicative rather than exhaustive, and having ____ described an unusual plant-formation with such hypotheses of its origin as the facts would seem to warrant, it may properly close. In conclusion it may be not immaterial to note the in- teresting condition that would prevail should such circular peat islands become fossilized subsequent to the complete ob- literation of the ponds by invading vegetation. I am not aware _ that such circular depositions of peat have been encountered, but apparently their formation is not impossible and I should % presume that under favorable conditions they might be demon- strated by discovery. 14 : MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ill. SOME EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. EDMUND P. SHELDON. Potamogeton heterophyllus ScHres. forma myriophyllus (ROBBINS). MoronaG. Naiad. N. Am. 24. 1893. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Abundant in lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (Z£. P. S., July, 1892.) Found also in Page lake, Carver county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, August, 1892). A form which seems to be intermediate between the above and forma minima Morong, was found in a pond near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (Z£. P. S., July, 1892). It has the dichotomously branched stems of the former and the small, one-nerved, submerged leaves and > clustered fioating leaves of the latter. Juncus greenii OAKES & TuCKERM. Am. Jour. Sci. I, 14:37. 1848. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Sandy soil near Zumbrota, Goodhue county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, August, 1892). I am indebted to Mr. F. V. Coville for the determination of this plant. Polygonum rigidulum n.sp. (Plate I). Perennial, aquatic, stout, somewhat rigid, 3—6 feet high, branching above the base, immersed portions of the stem much ~ swollen, geniculate, rooting at the nodes, tapering upward from each node, glabrous below, minutely scabrous above with short appressed hairs; leaves 3—7 inches in length, erect, not floating, obliquely attached to the petioles, the lower ovate or roundly -obcuneate, with petioles as long as the blade, mostly glabrous fe or with short, appressed hairs on the veins underneath, the — upper oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous or finely pubes- cent; spikes elongated, in pairs; flowers pale rose color; fruit orbicular, smooth and shining. Fae ee ee eee AMR Oe Pe Me en. ee we aera oo aah mopy: Ut MoE Nd pg cr aL a onl ds a ee - Sheldon: EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 15 _ This plant is no doubt near to Polygonum emersum (Mx.) Britt. but it differs in its larger size, aquatic habitat, the geniculate, branching, tumid stems and the obcuneate, almost glabrous, obliquely attached leaves, The proposed species prefers shal- a low, sandy lake bottoms in clear water, which is in contrast to the muddy edges of sloughs and swamps, the ordinary habitat. a of Polygonum emersum. wa Lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1892); Lakeville lake, Dakota county, Minn, (Z. P. S., August, 1893); Big Stone lake, Grant county, South Dakota (£. P. S., Sept., 1898); small lakes near Willmar, Kandiyohi county, Minn. ( W. - Dz Frost, July, 1892); near Nicollet, Nicollet county, Minn, (¢. A. Bullard, July, 1892). . : Claytonia latifolia (SoLANDER). Claytonia virginica Linn. var. latifolia SOLANDER in Ait. Hort. Kew. 1: 284. 1789. Claytonia caroliniana Micux. Fl. 1:160. 1803. Hitherto the only Minnesota collections of this species have been made along the southeastern border of the state. It is - abundant in copses at Highland Park, near Duluth, Tower and Encampment, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). ae shits St eo SPs y= ‘a Lychnis drummondii (Rupr.) Wats. King’s Rep. 5:37. 61871; Ae | Not previously reported from Minnesota, although occurring ‘ in Winnipeg and south in the Rocky mountains. It was found on sandy, sterile ground near Princeton, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892). Ranunculus circinatus SiptH. Fl. Oxon. 1794. rh Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have been made only at Vermilion lake (ZL. H. Bailey, July, 1886). It was _ found in abundance at Silver lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (Z. P, S., August, 1892). The plant has the habit of recurving the -flower-peduncles after flowering, thus withdrawing the fruit under water to ripen; (carpotropische Bewegung). : Nasturtium amphibium (Linn.) R. Br. in Ait. f, Hort. | Kew. 4:110. 1814. Not previously reported from the United States, although collected by Dr. John Macoun, at Fort William, Lake Superior. It was found in ditches and borders of small lakes near Milaca, Mille Lacs county Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892). 16 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Potentilla nicolletii (WatTs.). Potentilla supina LINN. var. nicolletii WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. $:553. 1873. Stems erect, 10-15 inches long, leafy, pubescence close with short appressed hairs; leaves ternate; inflorescence elongated, -leafy and falsely racemose; achenes but little gibbous on the ventral side; otherwise as in Potentilla supina LINN., which it — most resembles. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected by Nicollet at Devil’s lake, North Dakota, (not Minnesota, as given by Gray and Watson). . Near Fergus Falls and Pelican lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (E..P. S., August, 1892). Lespedeza angustifolia (PURSH). ELL. Sk. Bot. S. C. 2:206. 1824. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Specimens of this plant were found on dry, sandy hillsides near Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (MacMillan and Sheldon, August, 1890). Astragalus convallarius GREENE, Erythea. 1 : 207. 1893. Not previously reported from Minnesota or South Dakota. Abundant near Graceville, Big Stone, Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn., and near Wilmot, South Dakota (Z. P. S., Sept., 1893). Euphorbia hexagona Nutt. in Spreng. Syst. 3 : 791. 1826. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Vasa, Goodhue county, Minn. (D7. J. H. Sand- berg, July, 1882). Callitriche autumnalis Linn. Syst. Nat. 2:52. 1767. Not previously reported from Minnesota, although mentioned in Upham’s Flora of Minnesota, as to be looked for in the northern part of the state. It was found in abundance on the banks of the Mustinka river, near Wheaton, Traverse county, Minn. (£. P. S., Sept., 1893). Elatine triandra ScuKkuurR, Bot. Handb. n. 1028. 1808. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This rare plant was collected in pools near Cannon river, Burnside township, Goodhue county, Minn. (4. P. Anderson, August, 1893). iy “\ b $ « , : uke deol a Pe eee re, ee! Se ee ee Sheldon: EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 17 - Viola selkirkii GoLp1I£, Edinb. Phil. Journ. 6 :319, 1822. _ This plant was reported by Mr. O. E. Garrison as occurring i “a near the source of the Mississippi river, but prior to the present . season no authentic specimens from Minnesota were known to E the writer. It was found in abundance in woods near Tower, _ Highland and Encampment, Minn. (Z£. P. S‘, June, 1893). = = Viola sylvestris LAM. var. puberula (Wars). ee Viola canina Linn. var. puberula Wars. in Gray’s Man. 6 ed. 81. ries 1890. _____Not previously reported from Minnesota. Laie °° Collected in abundance on the rocky shores of Lake Superior _near Two* Harbors, Knife river and Marmata, Minn. (Z. P. S., ba ‘Sune, 1893). Viola longipes Nutt. in T, & G. Fl. 1:174. 1838. > eae Viola debilis Nurr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 8:15. 1834. ~ i . not Viola debilis Micux. FI. Bor. Amer. 2: 150. 1803, a _ which is a synonym of Viola striata Arr. Hort. Kew, 3:29. 1789. at Viola canina Lrnn. var. longipes WATS. FI. Calif. 1:56. 1880, 2 ; but this latter probably refers to Viola adunca SmrvrH. _ Not previously reported from Minnesota. _ Growing abundantly on the pine barrens near Brainerd, Crow = : Wing county, Aitkin and Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (£. P. S., eS June, 1892). at es 7 __-—s Cusenta indecora Cxorsy, Cusc. 162. 1841. __ Not previously reported from Minnesota. Abundant on Vleckia foenicula (PURSH) RaF., Fergus Falls, 3 | Otter Tail county., Minn. (Z. P. S., August, 1892); on Solidago i and . “ea Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. ( E. P. x Mpicago eae Mead: (B. C. Tar ie. Fie 1892). Cuseuta coryli ENGLM. Am. Journ. Sci. I. 43 : 337. 1842. Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have been made only in the southeastern corner of the state. It was found on Solidago latifolia LINN., near Spicer, Kandiyohi county, Minn. (W. D. Frost, August, 1892); Glencoe, McLeod county, Minn. (2. J. McElligott, June, 1890). 18 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Solanum triflorum Nutt. Gen. 1:128. 1818. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Sabin, Clay county, Minn. (Miss Ida M. Piper, June, 1891). Veronica serpyllifolia Linn. | Spec. 15. 1758. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Ditches and roadsides near Knife river and Two Harbors, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). - Lonicera caerulea LINN. Spec. 174. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota, but collected at — Port Arthur, Canada, by Dr. John Macoun. In a‘bog near Highland, St. Louis county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). Aster longulus n. sp. (Plate II). Stem strict, branching above, 2—5 feet high, hispid with jointed hairs; leaves linear, 1—4 inches in length, sessile, the cauline with auriculate-clasping insertion, scabrous above, but smooth beneath, margins scabrous-ciliolate; heads open panicu- late, small, +—4 inches in height, singly terminating the erect or slightly spreading branches; involucre 2—2} lines high; bracts linear, loose, approximately equal, outer herbaceous; — rays 4 inch in length, lilac-purple to white; achenes compressed, 3—5 nerved, slightly pubescent when young as in Aster puniceus — LINN. . The auriculate-clasping cauline leaves and loose, herbaceous involucral bracts of this plant seem to suggest its relationship to Aster tardiflorus LINN. and Aster puniceus LINN., but in aspect it most nearly resembles Aster longifolius LAM. : It was found in low swampy ground near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1892), and in marshy grounds by roadsides near Center City, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Tay- lor, August, 1892). Aster turbinellus LINDL. in Hook. Com. Bot. Mag. 1 : 98. 1835. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Near Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (Z. P. S., Oct., 1892). The ‘‘scabrous-ciliolate” leaves are characteristic. Cacalia suaveolens Linn. Spec. 835. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. At the junction of the two branches of the Root river, near Lanesboro, Fillmore county, Minn. (J. C. Hvosilef, Sept., 1893. 6 ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. EDMUND P: SHELDON. Astragalus ceramicus n. n. Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 214. 1866. Phaca picta A. GRAY, Pl. Fendl. 37. 1849. not Astragalus pictus SreuD. Non. Ed. II, 1: 163. 1840, a which i is the accepted name for a Chilean species; =. -not Astragalus pictus Boiss. Diag. II, 6:55. 1853, a re _ which is a synonym of Astragalus conduplicatus BERTOL. in Bier Comm. Bonon. 6 :231. 1844, which isa plant of Syria and pe en Astragalus ceramicus n n. var. jonesii n. n. Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, Var. angustatus JONES, Zoe, &: 37. 1893. 3 a not Astragalus angustatus Boss. Diag. I, 2:47. 1849, Sa well known Persian species. The variety is named for Mr. Me > ee ‘E. Jones, of Salt Lake City, Utah, whose description fully ays = j : : hn _ Astragalus ceramicus n. n. var. imperfectus n. n. Ree Astragalus pictus A. GRAY, var. filifolius A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. | 6:214. 1866. meet Astragulus filifolius A. GRAY, Pac. R. Rep. 12:42. 1860. aay ae _ not Astragalus filifolius CLos. in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. 2:111. 1846, __-which is an accepted name. Pie bier, Psoralea longifolia Pursn, lor. Amer. Sept. 2: 741. 1814. A 4 Orobus longifolius Nutr. Gen. 2:95. 1818. a Phaca longifolia Nurv. in T. a Fi. N. Am. 1: 346, 1838. not Astragalus longifolius Lam. Ency. Meth. 1: 322. 1783, ae which i is an Armenian species. Se SL SRN Nes CCE GU ETON OF 2 TE 20 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus elatiocarpus a. sp. Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. forma brachypus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 209. 1866. not Astragalus brachypus SCHRENK, Enum. Pl. Nov. 69. 1841, a Soongarian species. Perennial, acaulescent or somewhat caespitose with short, thick, woody, rarely branching stems covered with white, ap- pressed hairs; leaves erect-spreading, 2—5 inches in length, rachis white-pubescent with long appressed hairs, leaflets usually four pairs, rarely five or six, broadly lanceolate, acute or in some forms obtuse or rarely retuse, pubescent with white, appressed hairs beneath, slightly so above, stipules 2—8 lines long, ovate-acuminate ; peduncles elongating after the pod has matured, becoming as long or slightly longer than the leaves, but flowers sessile, few, usually 3—4, small, 2—8 lines in length, calyx teeth longer than the tube, corolla yellow, the keel inflexed; pod ovate-acuminate, incurved, ~ to 1 inch in length, sessile, woolly- pubescent with white, somewhat spread- ing hairs, dorsal suture rarely very slightly impressed. - I have been led to suggest the specific rank of this plant from observations made at Silver lake, Otter Tail county, Minn., during the summer of 1892. It is very abundant in the sandy ‘‘throw-ups” on the shores of this lake. Dr. Gray, in separat- ing the plant from Astragalus lotiforuws HOOK., gives as a reason for its rank as a forma, ‘‘pedunculis brevissimis vel nullis.” I have found that while this is true for the early stages of the plant, the flower-peduncles after the maturity of the fruit, elongate and thus raise the ripened pod from the sand or gravel in which the plant grows to a height equal to or exceeding that of the leaves. So far as I have been able to determine, this phenomenon is unusual in Astragalus. Plants in which it oe- curs might be named in general, elatiocarpic. . The range of this species is from Colorado and Wyoming to Texas, Minnesota and Hudson bay. Astragalus accumbens n. n. Astragalus procumbens WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 361. 1885. not Astragalus procumbens Hook. & ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 18. 1830, which is the accepted name for a Chilean species. not Astragalus procumbens MiLu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. No. 18. 1768, which is a synonym of Astragalus pentaglottis LINN. Mant. 247. 1767, a native of southern Europe and northern Africa. “Sheldon: NOMENCLATURE OF ASTRAGALUS. 21 "Astragalus oblatus n. n. Rats: jes k Astragalus nudus Wats. Lot. King. Exp. 5:74, 1871. ah not Astragalus nudus CLos, in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. 2: 115. 1846, a Chilean species. ca, ye B: Astragalus vexilliflexus n. n. he BS Astragalus pauciflorus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 149. 1838, ; not Astragalus pauciflorus PALL. Astrag. 81. 1800, which is a synonym of (Gueldenstaedtia pauciflora DC. Prod. on: 807. 1825, a native of the Alps. “Atsragalus gilviflorus n. n. ci Astragalus triphyllus Purs, Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814. j Phaca triphylla HAT. & Wrieut, N. Am. Bot, 351. 1840. not Astragalus triphyllus PALL. Astrag. 68. 1800, - asynonym of Oxytropis triphylla DC. Astrag. 77. 1802, a native ™ of Siberia. , : Phaca caespitosa Nutr. Gen, 2:98. 1818. not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800, sa synonym of Oxytropis caespitosa PERS, Syn. Pl. 2: 333. 1807, an Oriental species. Phaca argophylla Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1:343. 1838. not Astragalus argophyllus Nurr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 331. 1838. a synonym of Astragalus glareosus DouGuL. in Hook. Fl. Bor. : ee 1:152. 1833, a native of the Columbia river valley. Astragalus gambellianus n. n. Astragalus nigrescens NuTT. Pl. Gambell. 152. 1848. not Astragalus nigrescens PALL. Astrag. 65. 1800, _ @ synonym of Oxytropis nigrescens DC. Prod. 2:278. 1825, _ which is a Siberian species. not Astragalus nigrescens A. GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. II, 33: 410. 1862, nor Phaca nigrescens Hoox. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:143. 1833, Pakich are synonyms of Astragalus multiforus A. GRAY, Proc. : ki _ Am. Acad. 6:226. 1866, which was founded on Hrvum multi- forum Pursu, Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739. 1814. _ Professor E. L. Greene has pointed out very clearly the difference between this species and Astragalus didymocarpus Hook. & ARN. }, Named for Dr. Gambell, who first collected the plant. 1. Greene, Flora Franciscana, 1:7. 1891. Fo ERR SLT RC RY Rs HANSA the @7 Me ey Ve ge Eee Ue een ee a ; RS apd oet ee eRe nom ae 22 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus apilosus n. n. Astragalus glaber Mtcux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:66. 18038. not Astragalus glaber LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:525. 1783, a synonym of Oxytropis glabra DC. Astrag. 95. 1802, a Siber- — ian plant. not Astragalus glaber DC. Astrag. 118. 1802, which is a synonym of Astragalus fragrans WILLD. Sp. Pl. $:1294. 1803, a native of the Orient. Astragalas spatulatus n. n. Astragalus caespitosus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:230. 1866. Homalobus caespitosus Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838. not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800, which is a synonym of Ozytropis caespitosa WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3:1804. 1808, occurring in Dahuria. Homalobus canescens Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838, not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. 1802, an Armenian species. not Astragalus canescens SOLAND. in Lowe, in Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc. 4:34. 1831, which is a synonym of Astragalus solandri LOWE, in Hook. Kew. Journ. 8:294. 1856, a species occurring in Morocco and Madeira. Homalobus brachycarpus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838, not Astragalus brachycarpus Bres. Fl. Taur. 2: 201. 1809, which is the accepted name for a Caucasian plant. Astragalus syrticolus n. n. Astragaius thompsonae WATS. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 345. 1875. not Astragalus thomsonianus BENTH. in Hook. f. & Thom. FI. Ind. 234. 1855, which is a synonym of Astragalus nivalis Kar. & Kir. Enum. Pl. Song. 341. 1842, a native of Thibet and Soongaria. Astragalus jepsoni n. n. Astragalus demissus GREENE, Erythea, 1:221. 1898. not Astragalus demissus Boiss. & HELDR. in Boiss. Diag. I. 2:50. 1849 a synonym of Astragalus amoenus FENZL. Pugil. Pl. Nov. Syr. 4. 1842, a Cilician plant. The species is named for Mr. Willis L. Jepson, of the Uni- versity of California. ices Sheldon: NOMENCLATURE OF ASTRAGALUS. 28 kateaeehis suturalis n. n. Astragalus eriocarpus WATS. King. Rep. 5: 71. 1871. not Astragalus eriocarpus DC. Astrag. 237. 1802, Astragalus intonsus n. n Astragalus villosus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:67. 1803. : not Astragalus villosus GUELDENST. It. 2: 187, 1791, a synonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802, a Siberian species. Spam ° Astragalus umbraticus n. n. Astragalus sylvaticus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362, 1888. not Astragalus sylvaticus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1300. 1803, which i is a synonym of Oxytropis sylvatica DC. Astrag. 82. 1802, a Siberian species. Astragalus famelicus n. n. Astragalus fallax WAtTs. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885. not Astragalus fallax FIscHER, Syn. Astrag. Tragac. 27. 1853, Astragalus asymmetricus pn. n. aN pt Astragalus leucophyllus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:436. 1838. Bad Phaca leucophylla Hoox. & ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 333. 1840. Be not Astragalus leucophyllus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1331. 1803, which is a synonym of Astragalus angustifolius LAM. Ency. x oe Meth. 1: 321. 1783, a species occurring in Greece and Asia fs Minor. Astragalus watsoni n. n. Astragalus hendersoni WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 22:471. 1887. not Astragalus hendersoni BAKER, in Hook. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 120. 1879, “the accepted name for a species growing in British India. Astragalus praelongus n. n. Astragalus procerus A, GRAY, Proc, Am, Acad. 13: 369. 1878. not Astragalus procerus Boiss. & HAussK. in Boiss. Fl. Orient. 2 : 464. 1872, _ the accepted name of a Persian species. 24 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. Astragalus hypoglottis LINN. var. strigosa KELLOGG, Proc. Calif. Acad. I. 2:115. 1863. Astragalus tener A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 206. 1866. Astragalus griseopubescens n. n. Astragalus strigosus CoULT. & FisH. Bot. Gaz. 18: 299. 1893. not Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. supra. Astragalus scobinatulus n. sp. ‘ Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY, var. major JONES, Zoe, 2: 241. 1891. not Astragalus glabriusculus A. GRAY, var. major A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. G: 204. 1866. This plant differs from Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY in the taller, more rigid stems, which, together with the leaves, are minutely rough-pubescent throughout; in the larger, nar- - rowly triangular-oblong, pointed pods, which are more dis- tinctly transversely rugose-veined, with the ventral surface not so deeply divided by the suture, but with the dorsal suture very prominent, and with stipes twice exceeding the calyx. It is also distinct from the more northern Astragalus bisul- catus A, GRAY, in which species the violet-colored flowers are characteristic. The range of this species is, so far as deter- termined, from Kansas to Utah Astragalus coccineus (PARRY) BRANDEGEE, Zoe, 2:72. 1891, Astragalus purshti DOUGL. var. coccineus PARRY, West. Am. Sci. 6:10. 890. Astragalus grandiflorus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:370. 1882. not Astragalus grandiflorus PALL. Astrag. 57. 1800, which is a synonym of Oxytropis grandifiora DC. Astrag. 71, 1802, a Siberian species. ) LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED IN MINNESOTA DURING 1893. JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN. Most of the algae in the accompanying list were «ollected near the Gull lake Biological Station in Cass county, during the month of July, 1893, A few were gathered later in the vicinity of Minneapolis. The nomenclature is provisional and is based upon that of De Toni, in his Sylloge Algarum, so far as that Bk 2 Bork has been published. wey," na —. Ss - BATRACHOSPERMEAE Srrop. Batrach. 1884. 1. Batrachospermum vagum (Roru). Ac. Syst. Alg. 52. 1824. Lake Kilpatrick. June 21, 1893. COLEOCHAETACEAR (NaEG.) PrincsH. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 2:33, 1860. 2, _Coleochaete pulvinata A. Br. Kg. Spec. Alg. 245. n. 2. 1849. Stagnant pool near Stony brook. June 20, 1893. _ OEDOGONTACEAE (Dx By.) Wittr. Pr. Mon. Oedog. 6. 1874. " ie 3. Oedogonium braunii Kc. Spec. Aig. 366. 1849. - Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1898. 4. QOedogonium grande Kc. Phyc. Germ. 200. 1845. Irving Chase lake. July 19, 1893. 5. Bulbochaete brebissonii Kc. Tab. Phyc. 4:19. 1849-69. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 19, 1893. > 6. Bulbochaete mirabilis Wirrr. Dispos. Oedog. Suec. aa 137. 1870. ‘ta Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893. 7. Bulbochaete polyandra Cleve. Wittr. Dispos. Oedog. Suec. 140. 1870. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 27, 1893. 26 WS BOR AOD AIRS Se BUTI Cy oat ct Dag aig oe ytd hk aa) ae Cree Fea ceil a) Se ye As MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. CLADOPHORACEAE (HASSALL) WittR. em. DE Tonr Syll. 8. YB 10. 14. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 1. Alg. 1: 264. 1889. Draparnaldia glomerata (VaucH.) AG. Syst. Alg. 59. 1824. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 23, 1893. Draparnaldia plumosa (Vaucu.) Ac. Syst. Alg.58. 1824. Springs near the University, Minneapolis. Sept. 14, 1893. Stigeoclonium nanum (DiLLw.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 352. , 1849. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893. Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. Sept. 27, 1893. Stigeoclohnium nudiusculum Kc. Tab. Phye. 3:4. 1849-69. Mud lake. June 80, 1893. Chaetophora elegans (RotH.) AG. Syst. Alg. 27. 1824, Pool near Gull lake. June 28, 1893. Aphanochaete globosa (NoRD.) WOLLE. Freshw. Alg. | Ue si te DS Rian kot Vie Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1893. Herposteiron confervicolum Narc. Kg. Spec. Alg. 424, 1849, Near Mud lake. June 28, 1893. Cladophora crispata (RoTH) Kc. Phyc. Gener. 264. 1843. Lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893. Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893. ; Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ke. Phyc. Germ. 212. 1845. Stony brook. June 25, 1898. Cladophora glomerata (LInN.) Ke. var. rivularis RAB. Alg. Exs. n. 147. 1850-1867. Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893. Microspora vulgaris Ras. Krypt. Flor. v. Sachs. 246. 1863. - Two Harbors, Minn. June 24, 1898. Coll. Z. P. Sheldon. Microspora amoena (Ka.) Ras. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3 : 321. 1864-68. Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893. ‘Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 27 “ 2, 20," Microspora fugacissima (RoTH) Raz. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3:321. 1864-68. Shadow falls, St. Paul. Sept. 6, 1893. 21. Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum (Ac.) Ka. Phyc. Gener. 205. 1843. Taylor’s Falls. Sept. 16, 1893. _-YAUCHERIACEAE (GRaY) Dumort,: Comm. Bot. 71. 1822. 22, Waucheria ornithocephala AG. Spec. 467. 16521-1828. Shadow falls, St. Paul, Sept. 6, 1893. 23. Vaucheria hamata (Vaucn.) DO; Fle Fr. 2:63. 1815. Stone quarry, Minneapolis. Sept. 13, 1893. __-—s-24..-s«~Vaucheria geminata (Vaucu.) DC. FI. Fr. 2 : 62. 1815. \ a Taylor’s Falls. Sept. 16, 1893. _ YOLVOCACEAE (CoHN) Kircun. Alg. Schles. 85. 1878. 25. Volvox globator (LINN.) EHRENB. Infus. 68. 1838. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 7, 1893. " PALMELLACEAE (DECNE.) NAEG. em. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 1.:559. 1889. . 26. Pediastrum boryanum (TURPIN) MENEGH. Linnaea. eek: 14:210. 1840. Mud lake. June 29, 1893. «27. «Hydrodictyon reticulatum (Liyy.) Laceru. Bidr. ee Svrg. Algfl. n. 2.71. 1883. i oe: Minneapolis. Oct. 25, 1893. 28. Scenedesmus quadricauda (TuRPIN) Bres. Alg. Falais. ee 66. 1835. Be. 4 Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893. ets. - Minneapolis. October 5, 1893. --—s-:29. Ophiocytium ? eapitatum Worn, Freshw. U. S, 176. oe 1887. Monroe. July 12, 1893. 30. Reinschiella ? cuspidata (BAILEY) DE Tonl, Syll. Alg. Be? 1:614. 1889. ie. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 18, 1893. a 31. Characium ambiguum Herm. Rabenh. Beitr. 26 n. 10. : ie . 1862-65. Marsh near Gull lake. June 28, 1893. 28 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 32. Characium heteromorphum ReEINSCH. Contrib. 80. 1874. : Fish hatcheries, St. Paul. Oct. 1, 1893. ZYGNEMACEAE (Menecu.)Ras. FI. Eur. Alg. 3 : 228. 1868. 33. Spirogyra weberi Kc. Phyc. gener. 279. 1848. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893. 34. Spirogyra longata (VaucH.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 489. 1849. - Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893. 35. Spirogyra gracilis (Hass.) Ke. Spec. Alg. 488. 1849. Marsh near Stony brook. July 11, 1893. 36. Spirogyra varians (Hass.) Ke. Spec. Alg. 439. 1849. Lake Kilpatrick. July 15, 1893. 37. Spirogyra bellis (Hass.) Crouan. FI. Finist.121. 1867. Gulllake. July 17, 1893. 38. Spirogyra neglecta (Hass.) Kc. Spec. Alg. 441. 1849. Home brook. July 22, 1893. 39. Spirogyra majuscula Kc. Spec. Alg. 441. 1849. Minneapolis. Sept. 5, 1893. 40. Zygnema leiospermum De By. Rabenh. Alg. Exs. n. 638, 1850-67. Lake Sibley. July 22, 1893. 41. Zygnema cruciatum (VAucu.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 77, n. 5. 1824. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893. 42. Zygnema aequale (Ka.) De Toni. Syl. Alg. 1 : 739. 1889. Pool south of lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893. 43. Mougeotia genuflexa (DILLw.) AG. Syst. Alg.83, 1824. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 16, 1893. DESMIDIACEAE (Ka.) DE By. Conjug. 1858. 44. Desmidium baileyi (RaLFs.) DE. By. Conjug. 70. 1858. Marsh near Monroe. July 12, 1893. 45. Spirotaenia condensata Bres. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 179. 1848. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 24, 1893. 46. Penium interruptum Bres. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 151. 1848. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893. = ae Paes PS oan vig ae — ne) Bef 52. Bes 53. Be 54. Be 61. TAT. a. 46, 49, 50. 51. rs bs. 56. 57. 58, y 80. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 29 ‘Penium polymorphum PEerRtTy. Kleinste. Lebensf. 207. 1852. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 138, 1893. Closterium strigosum BREB. Liste. Desm. 153. Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1893. Closterium macilentum BREB. Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1893, Closterium kuetzingii Bres. Liste. Desm. 156. 1856. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893. Closterium parvulum Nagc. Einz. Alg. 106. Marsh near lake Kilpatrick. July 11, 1893. Closterium ensis DeLp. Spec. Desm. subalp. 219. 1873. 1856. Liste. Desm. 153. 1856. 1849. Minneapolis. Oct. 5, 1893. Pleurotaenium trabecula (EHRENB.) NarG. Einz. Alg. 104, 1849. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 8, 1893. Cosmarium tumidum LunpD. Desm. Suec. 45. Mud lake. June 29, 1893. Cosmarium brebissoni MENEGH. 1840. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 14, 1893. Disphinctium notabile (BRrB.?) HANsG. Prodr. Alg. 186. n. 858. 1886-88. Stony brook. July 14, 1893. Cosmarium ansatum (EHRENB.) KG. Spec. Alg. 174. 1849. Home brook. July 22, 1893. Xanthidium torreyi WouLe. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 12:3. 1885. Pool south of lake Kilpatrick. July 5, 1893. Xanthidium fasciculatum EHRENB. Infus. 146. n. 169. 1838. Marsh near Monroe. 1871. Linnaea 14: 210. July 12, 1893. Anthrodesmus incus (BREB.) Hass. nm: /9.- - 1852. Pool near Monroe. Freshw. Alg. 357. July 12, 1893. Micrasterias radiosa AG. Flora. 10:643. 1827. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893 TEES ANSWER See eh UME THOS a tye nO aa) Sa MLN MN UN oR ~ 30 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 62. Micrasterias truncata (CorDA) Brees. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 75. n.9. 1848. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 27, 1893. 63. Staurastrum odontatum WoLLE. Desm. U.S. 134. 1884. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 19, 1893. 64. Staurastrum tohopecaligense WoLLE. Freshw. Alg. U.S. 45. 1887. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. June 26, 1893. 65. Staurastrum dejectum BREB. var. convergens WOLLE. Desm. U. S. 121. 1884. Lake Kilpatrick. July 3, 1898. 66. Staurastrum ravenelii Woop. Freshw. Alg. U. S. 153. 1872. Marsh north of Stony brook. July 11, 1893. 67. Staurastrum furcatum (EHRENB.) BreB. Liste. Desm. 186. 1856. Peat bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 14, 1898. 68. Staurastrum hirsutum (EHRENB.) BREB. Ralfs. Brit. Desm. 127. 1848. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 19, 1893. 69. Staurastrum tricornutum Wo.Luue. Desm. U.S. 145. 1884. Home brook. July 22, 1893. NOSTOCEAE (MeEneEGcH.) THURET. Am. Sci. Nat. Bot. IIL 2:3819. 1844. 70. Mastigonema elongatum Woop. Prodr. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 128. 1869. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1898. 71. Mastigonema aerugineum (KG.) KIRCH. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. June 20, 1893. 72. Mastigonema sejunctum Woop. Freshw. Alg. U.S. 53. 1872. Lake Harriet, Minneapolis. Sept. 19, 1898. Coll. @ A. Ballard. 73. Seytonema intertextum (KG.) Rap. Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 18, 1893. 74. Hapalosiphon fuscescens Ka. Lake Kilpatrick. June 21, 1893. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH WATER ALGAE. 31 75. Nostoe pruniforme (RotH) AG. Disp. Alg. 45. 1810- 1812. - Lake Kilpatrick. June 30, 1893. «76. -—-« Cylindrospermum limnicola Ka. a Irving Chase lake. July 19, 1893. ws 77. Lyngbya aestuarii LizBM. Danske. Alg. 1841, or, > ~©~—sS Gull lake. ‘July 18, 1893. eS 78. Oscillaria antliaria JuzrG. Alg. Exs. n. 14. Be: Gull lake. July 17, 1893. -—s- 79.“ Spirulina jenneri Ke. Tab. Phyc. 1849-69. a Home brook. July 22, 1893. Br -CHROOCOCCEAE (Narc.) Wirtr.? a - 80. Merismopedia glauca (EurRs.) NAEG. Einz. Alg. 55. 1849 BS: Peat-bog near Jake Kilpatrick. July 13, 1893. ss 81. Merismopedia convoluta Bres. in Kg. Spec. Alg. 472. Bex 1849. ag Peat-bog near lake Kilpatrick. July 13, 1893. poe 82. Merismopedia violacea (BREB.) Kc. Spec. Alg. 472. ag 1849. Be Trout-mere, Osceola. Oct. 5, 1893. Coll. Conway a MacMillan. Bs. _ 88. Gomphosphaeria aponina Ke. Tab. Phyc. 1. t. 31. f. 3. Re 1845. Pool near lake Kilpatrick. July 10, 1893. _ BACILLARIEAE Nirzscu. Beitr. Infus. 1817. " 84. *Navicula sphaerophora Ka. Alg. Exs. n. 84. 1845. s Cullen lake. July 7, 1893. 85. Navicula tuscula Eurp. Ber. 21. 1840. Lake Sibley. June 22, 1893. 86. Cocconeis pediculus EHRs. Infus. 194. 1838. Near Mud lake. June 28, 1893. 87. Pleurosigma spencerii (QUEK.) W. Sm. var. kuetzingii Grun. V.H. Syn. 118. 1880-81. Lake Sibley. June 22, 1893. 88. Epithemia turgida (Enrs.) Ka. Bac. Pl. 5. 1844. Gull lake. June 16, 1893. 89, Fragilaria capucina DesmMaz. Crypt. France ed. I. n. 458. 1825. Pool near Stony brook. June 21, 1893. PE a pete AEE BE ET ee PION TLE VERRES ¢ naa DE see een Ta OE . . rom eI PS pee eel see ay 32 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. VI. ON THE POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM SPECTABILE AND CYPRIPEDIUM PUBESCENS. * D. T. MAcDOUGAL. The plants which are poisonous to the skin, in a more or less degree, include a large number, many of which are common and well known species. In this connection reference is had only to those plants which, during some stage of their exist- ence, will produce poisoning by contact, or by means of a volatile principle, which acts upon the skin of any person ap- proaching them, and is exclusive of those which are injurious either in the form of extracts or preparations, or in their lengthened application, or in their manipulation in the manu- factures. Without doubt the larger percentage of the common plants known to be poisonous, is due to the fact that they offer much more numerous opportunities for observation than do the rarer _ forms. For it is by no means to be understood, that there are mauy plants which are always and invariably poisonous. So far as can be learned there are no plants, except perhaps the urticaceous forms, which are injurious to every one handling them. Probably the most virulent of the class of plants refer- red to, are the species of Rhus; yet many persons can handle them without danger at all times, and others are only injured by plants in a certain stage of growth. On the other hand, many of the plants in this category are injurious only to a very small percentage of the persons touching them, so that their irritating qualities might remain undiscovered altogether un- less tested by a large number. As an example, it may be cited - that the hop plant, in the limited handling it receives in the domestic garden, is ordinarily regarded as innocuous; yet in extensive hop gardens of California, among the thousands of pickers in the fields, are many who are severely irritated by it. 1. A preliminary notice was read before the Indiana Academy of Science, De- cember, 1893. a 19 cis ‘ A ao . MacDougal: POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM, = ee The poisoning may be due to mechanical injury, as the pierc- ; . _ ing of the skin by stiff hairs of special poison organs, such as i _ the glandular hairs of the nettles, or to a volatile substance, nS such as the toxicodendric acid of the poison ivy. The follow- . ing list includes some native plants of Minnesota, which have = _ been definitely ascertained to be more or less poisonous, in the - manner indicated.? iy: ae +e, 7 f ‘Rhus vernix LINN. Poison ivy. ae Rhus radicans LINN. Poison oak. a Spathyema foetida (LINN.) RAF. Skunk cabbage. a 2 _ Bidens frondosa LINN. Beggar’s ticks. es .. Erigeron canadense LINN. Fleabane. ri ne Xanthium canadense MILu. Cockleburr. an Polygonum hydropiper LINN. Smartweed. Polygonum acre HBK. Water pepper. Actaea spicata alba (LINN.) MrLu. Baneberry. Anemone quinquefolia LINN. Wind fiower. Anemone hirsiutissima (PURSH) MACM. Pasque flower. Euphorbia corollata LINN. Spurge. Euphorbia marginata PursH. ‘‘Snow on the mountain.” Ranunculus septentrionalis Porn. Crowfoot. Ranunculus sceleratus LINN. Cursed crowfoot. - Urtica gracilis Arr. Nettle. Laportea canadensis (LINN.) GAUDICH. Wood nettle. The above list includes only the plants of the state which are known to be poisonous to the touch, and is not inclusive of a large number which are more or less suspected of being so. The present article contemplates the addition of two species of - Cypripedium to the list. On many different occasions, and from widely separated ; a localities, unconfirmed reports have been made of the poison- ous effects of Cypripedium spectabile and C. pubescens. a In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for February, ‘ fe 1875, is found the following note.® ; ne ** Prof. H. H. Babcock, in a communication to The Pharmacist, Chicago, January, 1875, states that, being especially susceptible to poisoning by Rhus Toxicodendr on, he for several years took every precaution against it. Be He not only was careful to avoid contact with the plants, but would not ___ collect specimens of other plants growing near the Rhus, and went so far as to avoid handling fresh specimens gathered by others for fear these . had been in contact with it. Notwithstanding all this, he found that late in May or early in June of each of several successive years he was so __- severely poisoned as to be confined to his room for several days, his face presenting the appearance usual in poisoning by Rhus. Upon referring to am 2 White: Dermatitis Venenata. Boston. 1887. Cornevin: Des Plantes Vénéneuses. Paris. 1887. eae 3. vol. 6, p.15. 1875. cn Use TREN ee RRs La i ore Pio tli dl ae see elk a Nike heat tT 8s 3 oF a BI 34 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. his field notes, he found that each season the puison manifested itself the day after he had collected either Cypripedium spectabile or C. pubescens, and feels quite convinced that in his case the unpleasant effects were due to these heretofore unsuspected plants. Prof. B. asks for experiment to . determine if his view is correct. Have any of the readers of the Bulletin any observations bearing upon the matter ?—G. 7.” In the succeeding number of the same journal is the following note to the contrary. . ‘* None of our Cypripediums are poisonous plants, applied either extern- ally or internally. They are much employed by eclectic physicians of this country, and though tons of these plants are annually brought to this market to be manufactured into extract, tincture, or ‘Cypripedin,’ I have yet to be informed of the first case of poisoning, the result of handling the fresh plant or otherwise. I am very susceptible to the effects of Rhus, even from contact of the stems in winter or when quite dry. Others are liable to be poisoned from the emanations of the plant at long distances without coming into con- tact with it. Some others still have a periodical return of the symptoms of such poisoning recurring for a number of years thereafter. — Rh. H, Kunze, M. D. [We have, ourselves, known cases of the periodical return of the Rhus irritation in persons who had handled the plant. when brought into the city, but who avoided doing so a second time, and were not likely to go where it grew.— Eds. ]”’ In the editorial columns of the Botanical Gazette® is found the following comment upon the matter: ‘*The most unexpected and harmless plants may be brought into this catagory (of poisonous plants). An instance within the writer’s know- ledge was that of a clear-minded lady of a botany class, who found the. large white lady’s slipper (Cypripedium spectabile), a plant to be avoided; and the absurdity of the notion, in the opinion of the other members of the class, did not in the least change her assertion of its poisonous quali- ties. * * * The subject has considerable of the indefiniteness and evasiveness of the ghost, haunted house, and mesmeric questions now being investigated by the society for psychical research, etc. * * * Even a knowledge of the extent of the subject would be of value.” Contemporaneously with this notice there appeared the manuals, ‘‘Des Plantes Vénéneuses” — containing descrip- tions of nearly two hundred and fifty, and ‘‘ Dermatitis Venenata’’— of more than a hundred plants, poisonous in vari- ous ways. In the latter work the supposition of Prof. Babcock concerning the poisonous qualities of Cypripedium pubescens is credited in the following paragraph. ® * * * and was greatly surprised to be informed by Prof. J. Nevins Hyde, of Chicago, that his friend, the late Prof. H. H. Babcock, * * * found the C. pubescens, which grows from Canada to Georgia, nearly as 4. vol. 6, p. 22. 1875. 5. vol. 12, p. 275. 1887. 6. l.e., p. 118. 1887. Fs MacDougal: POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 35 . “irritating to, nit As) iews! tonicodendron.-* * * *.* * * # * %* ee Other but more indefinite reports sustain the character of this plant.” Prof. H. G. Jesup reviews the statements, brought together in the Bulletin of the Torrey Club, and offers the following cir- cumstantial evidence on the subject.’ i , ‘* A lady near whose home grew a fine clump of Cypripedium spectabile _ had been in the habit of gathering it when in bloom. * * * Atsuch times for four or five successive seasons she suffered from symptoms of Rhus poisoning, but on careful examination no Rhus could be found where *, the Cypripedium grew. These symptoms invariably appeared whenever the Cae Cypripedium was in the house and disappeared with its removal, and on er. her removal to another part of the country never reappeared. In fact, ____when she ceased collecting the plant she escaped entirely. ; * * * * One of my own students had been in the habit of handling et. Fhus with impunity, and had done so for years. Not long since he was ee severely poisoned immediately after having gathered and handled a large Rs quantity of C. spectabile, and, in view of the above facts, very naturally : attributes his trouble to this plant.” : 3 The latter article was brought to the author’s attention when he and other members of the botanical staff of the University of Minnesota. were themselves objects in circumstantial evi- ie - dence, and it was determined to secure some positive evidence x a on the matter. The author, while in the field at Twin lakes, aa near Minneapolis, September 7th, 1893, met with several well Re ~ grown plants of C. spectabile, with newly formed seed pods. A -_- robust specimen was broken off near the base of the stem, and the leaves were brushed lightly across the biceps muscle of the _bared left arm. A slight tingling sensation was felt at the time, and fourteen hours later the arm was greatly swollen - from the shoulder to the finger tips. The portion touched by the plant—covering an area of 50 sq. cm.—was violently in- e Ee flamed and covered with macules, accompanied by the usual _ symptoms of dermatitis, and constitutional disturbances. By treatment of the most approved kind the arm was reduced to its normal size in ten days, but the effects were perceptible a - month later. The severity of the test has prevented its repeti- tion. The facts obtained are certainly conclusive as to the poisonous qualities of this plant. They are, at least so far as the author is concerned, who would have been satisfied with a much less pronounced result. An examination of the two species reveals the presence of two forms of hairs in great abundance. (See Plate ///.) One is a curved-pointed septate hair, the apical cell of which has hard, brittle walls, and is easily detachable from the basal 7. Botanical Gazette. 18:142. April, 1893. a a ENR A MA alt uaa ch anus eee a 4 Me 36 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. portion of the organ. The other form is a septate glandular- : tipped hair. The glandular cell is filled with a light brown substance, of which the chemical nature remains unknown. The contents of both hairs show a decided acid reaction, but : “were not observed to exert any harmful influence on infusoria placed under the cover glass with them. Both are invested by a filamentous fungus, apparently one of the Dematieae, which : sends its hyphae into all the cells, but ramifies most abundant- ii ly in the glandular tip. The hairs of C. spectabile are .5—2mm, and those of C. pubes- cens are from .5—1.5mm in length. The poisonous effects may be due to the piercing of the skin by the pointed hair and the consequent action of the acid con- : tents, or to the surface irritation by the contents of the glandu- iy! lar hairs, or it is remotely possible that they are due in some he way to the presence of the fungus. The demonstration of the poisonous effect of C. spectabile is pe: conclusive, and since C. pubescens is furnished with similar ap- : paratus, together with the large amount of evidence brought nd together, there is every reason to believe that it is equally injurious. Whether the plants of these species are poisonous to many persons or not—and the author suspects that they may be handled by the majority without danger — yet it is easily ap- parent that these species, as well as others of the genus, are protected in a manner that renders them unpleasant to grazing — animals. It has been repeatedly noticed that large numbers of 5 these plants growing in woodland pastures have been found : intact, while the surrounding herbage would be very closely cropped. The poisonous action of C. pubescens should not in any way affect the value of the extract as a medicine, since this sub- stance is derived from the roots, which have no connection with the effects described. : Neither should anything presented in this paper detract in the least from the use of these plants for ornamental or dec- orative purposes, although it might be well for ssa persons to handle mature plants with some care. The subject derives additional interest at this place —the i University of Minnesota— since the two species are widely dis- tributed in the state, and the Cypripedium pubescens (the Mocca- sin Flower) has been formally adoptedas the ‘‘state flower” of Minnesota. y ’ - ’ | & if DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. ' $ = Bid ; ~ ——— v - Phate Es Ban conus mipldluitn ‘SeraD. 1. Emergent part of plant. — in J 2. Submerged part of plant. ‘PLATE II,—Aster longulus SHELD. 1. General aspect. 2. Flower. . 3. Achene. z -, oe a. 4, airs from stem. PLATE IlL.—H airs of Cypripedium. ‘1. Glandular tipped hair of C. spectabile. 2. Pointed hair of C. spectabile. 3. Glandular hair of C. pubescens. 4. Pointed hair of C. pubescens. ty ur % i ii sii iii i iil aa et) kM i ts oe a ee ee | _ eS. Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PLATE I, January, 1894. Bulletin No g. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. January, 1894. see lca eG ak pean te > a5 = - = : _ ; ‘ , if ; Re \ PLATE |i. a 4 et ; - ‘a Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. January, 1894. e 4, ‘ s PLATE Ill. Ape’ afi Yea Roi : Met Witla cies ates tabi Sr IPES We Mt ye " Re tA, LPR, Ge as VII. NITROGEN ASSIMILATION BY ISOPYRUM Fa. BITERNATUM. a> A PRELIMINARY NOTICE. D. T. MAcDOUGAL. Probably the most abstract problem confronting the plant physiologist at the present time is the determination of the manner in which the higher plants acquire their supply of nitrogen. Until within the last sixteen years all plants were supposed to be entirely dependent upon the fixed nitrates of the soil. About 1880 began an era of investigation remarkable: for its important results in the discovery of many of the essen- _ tial features of this phase of plant nutrition. Since the above ‘date more than three hundred memoirs and double the number of lesser papers on the subject have made their appearance from the laboratories of the world, and it continues to absorb the attention of a large number of the foremost investigators. The results so far attained show that bacterial forms, fungi, algae, hepatics, and to a limited extent the higher plants may make use of free nitrogen. The conditions of the absorption of free nitrogen by the higher plants are not understood farther than the fact that they are under nocircumstances independent of the fixed nitrates. The delimitation of this capability of the higher plants to assimilate free nitrogen will doubtless claim much attention for some time to come. It seems probable in the light of the most recent researches that this capability will be found to be more highly developed in certain groups than in others, and that within these groups individual species will exhibit marked maxima. A large part of the attention to the general subject during the last decade has been paid to the correlations by which the _ products of the nitrogen assimilation of the lower forms are made available to the higher plants—a series of facts of the __-widest biological significance. As types of these correlations, may be mentioned the activity of the soil bacteria resulting in the maintenance of the supply of fixed nitrates, while bacteria, be» ie PS ewly its ee ir ae Nh Pasa a) air eS lea ee ST ie 5 f 5 iY aa ote 40 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. fungi, and algae grow within or upon the tissues of other plants, to which the product of their assimilation of free nitrogen are directly available. Symbioses of the latter form are exhibited in the tubercles of the leguminous and a few other plants, by the endophytic mycorhiza of a large number of herbaceous plants and the epiphytic mycorhiza of forest trees. And at the present time more than one hundred species of algae! are known to be found within the tissues of other plants with which they sustain certain mutual relations. Many additions to these forms of mutualism and symbiosis may be expected, while the nature of the interchanges which take place between the higher and lower plants have not been made out in any case, with any degree of accuracy. For several years the author has had under observation Tsopyrum biternatum, a small plant of the Ranunculaceae, which inhabits North America northward from Kentucky, and eastward from the Rocky mountains. Attention was called to the tuberous thickenings of the fibrous roots, by Dr. O. P. Jen- kins, in 1888, and they were found to exhibit such peculiar features of structure and behavior as to be only explainable in the light of recent research on the assimilation of nitrogen in the higher plants. These tubers are apparently a constant feature of the roots, since they are mentioned in nearly all systematic works con- taining descriptions of the roots and were present in all speci- mens examined since 1888. In the plants which have come under observation the tubers are present in all stages from barely perceptible swellings to irregular cylindrical, or spindle- shaped enlargements, 6mm. in diameter, and 2cm. in length. As many as 30 or 40 may be found on a single plant representing a total volume of 1—2 cu.cms. These tubers are formed con- temporaneously with, or previously to the secondary thicken- ing of the roots, and show a glistening silvery-white surface in contrast to the normal brown color of the roots. The ‘‘Silber- glanz” is apparent even at the beginning of their formation, and by this appearance the tuber-forming portion of the root may be known before any enlargement has taken place. With age, however, the tuber takes on a brownish tinge. The structure of the normal root is typical of this group of the Ranunculaceae. In the formation of the tubers, the camb- jum at points opposite two or sometimes three of the xylem 1. Moebius. Conspectus algarum endophyticum. La Notarisia 6: 1221, 1279, 1291. 1893. ay : Oe MacDougal: NITROGEN ASSIMILATION. 41 _ groups, is developed in the form of radial wedge-shaped ex- bi _ tensions reaching half the distance to the corky layer. Toa marked development of the parenchyma surrounding the central __ ¢ylinder is due the size of the tubercle. The corky layer is ___ strongly developed in mature tubercles, but apparently retains ; me - its power of growth during the entire life of the tubercle. Pro- _ fessor C. W. Hargitt read a note on the structure of the tubers, before the American Association for the Advancement of Sci- S ence, at Indianapolis, in 1890, which was afterward published ”, and the results of his work are*not entirely confirmed by the ag 3 observations recorded here. Numerous examinations, with a view to determining the - __ chemical nature of the cell contents of the tubers, have been ae as made in the laboratories of the De Pauw and Purdue univers- ities, and at the University of Minnesota. Such examinations . s _ show uniformly an entire absence of starch, and sugar in its ordinary forms. The presence of inulin is noted by Professor Hargitt, but, although all known tests were made for this sub- _ stance, including Green’s*%, using alcohol, orcin or phloro- glucin and hydrochloric acid, yet not even a trace of this sub- stance could be detected. As a control the reagents were _ tested on the tubers of Syndesmon thalictroides ( Anemonelia), which contain large quantities of inulin. In the parenchyma. ‘ tous tissue and inner layers of the cork of the Jsopyrum tuber are large numbers of bodies which give some of the reactions = of protein globoids together with others of a fatty or waxy na- ture. Intermingled with these bodies are numerous organisms BS of a bacterial nature whose morphology is yet undetermined. The infection of the root by these organisms takes place before Re” _ the corky layer is strongly developed, and since the formation tg ‘ Ta eof the tuber begins before the secondary thickening of the BF sot, it is surmised that the extraordinary growth of the 5. cambium and parenchyma is due to their irritant action. A Af aA number of healthy plants, which had begun a secoad growth a ie of the stems, were received from Dr. L. M. Underwood, of _ Greencastle, Indiana, October 31, 1893, and were immediately % ray _ placed i in pots in the plant house. The condition of the tubers was noted at the time, and two weeks later, when the stems and leaves were strongly developed, a second examination re- ps: vealed the fact that the tubers, instead of showing a shrinkage, had actually increased in size at a time when the plant was to 2. Margitt, C. W. Botanical Gazette 15: 235, 1890 3. Green. Ann. Bot. 1: 233, 1888. pone 49 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. all intents drawing on its reserve food Plants grown in s eit free from nitrates have grown in such manner as to indicat °F - capability of the absorption of free nitrogen. A series of cri sae ical tests on this point are now in operation. A consideration ee of the data at hand suggests the following tentative coneiaaaa ae ions: their formation before the secondary thickening of the ae has begun, and their behavior during active growth of the ; stems and leaves. sid » 2. The tubers are, so far as known, found on all mature iM et plants, and, if pathological formations, do not act to the de-— Ah a triment of the plant. ae Min oi, 3. Pending critical culture tests, the incomplete observa- ia 7 tions point to an assimilation of free nitrogen by /sopyrwm. i ” VIII. ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO BRANCHING ELATERS OF CONOCEPHALUS CONICUS. JOSEPHINE EK. TILDEN. The peculiar spring-like, strongly hygroscopic elater cells _ which are mixed with the spores in the capsules of most spec- ies of Hepaticae have long been known. ‘To their comparative -morphology little attention, however, has been given. Com- monly in the systematic works on the liverworts, after a brief description of the most obvious characteristics, the further consideration of the elater is neglected. It would appear, nevertheless, that the elaters might properly receive extended study, both on account of their remarkable mechanical function and on account of their considerable range of variation in the different genera. This paper is preliminary to a more extended _ developmental study of elaters. Historical. It seems that the older writers conceived the use of the elater to be that of a pedicel for the spores. One of the earliest references at hand is that of Dillenius! in which he shows a figure of the elaters of Zargionia and refers to the Novus Genus of Michelius? where elaters are described as slender filaments covered with dust. Linnaeus describes Marchantia, using the phrase ‘‘farina crinulo affixa.’* Ventenat,‘ in his - statement that the ‘‘seeds of Marchantia are inserted upon - elastic filaments,” quotes directly from Marchant,* for whom the genus was named. St. Hilaire also refers to Marchant as his authority for the same observation.6 Withering’ makes the general statement, with regard to the various genera of the Hepaticae, that they have elastic cords, formed of one or two 1, Dillenius, Hist. Muse. 532. Tab. DXXVIII,9B. 1741. 2. Michelius, Nov. Gen. 3. Tab. 3, fig. b. 1729. . Linnaeus, Gen. Pl. Ed. IT. 506. 1742. . Ventenat, Tab. du Regne Veg. 2:42. ‘An. VII.’’ 1799. Marchant, Mem. de l’Acad. des Sc. 280, Pl. 5, 1718. St. Hilaire, Expos. des Fam. Nat. 1:26. “An. XIITI.’’ 1805. . Withering, Syst. Ar. of Brit. Pl. 1:363. Pl. XIV, fig. 41,51. Pl. XV, fig. 64. 1801. * roa jac Ot bab ap aly Fa SS hilt Pat} “ \) 44 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. spiral threads to which the seeds-adhere, and shows figures of — oe mt two-spiraled elaters without the membrane. In his specific x description of Targionia and Anthoceros he states that there are many seeds, each fixed to an elastic twisted thread. The presence of starch-grains in elaters has been known for some time. Von Mohl® speaks of the starch-grains in the young elaters of Jungermannia multifida and says that the starch disappears as the spiral bands are formed and the elater ripens, and again! states that the starch in the elaters of liverworts vanishes when the spiral fibre is developed in them. Kienitz-Gerloff observes that he has never seen starch in the elaters of Marchantia polymorpha," but that those of Junger mannia bicuspidata are filled with starch-grains which later on yield material for the double spiral band. Perhaps more attention has been devoted to the thickening of the walls of the elater and the number and arrangement of the bands than to any other particular. A great deal of this information, however, is inaccurate. Hedwig illustrates seven different types of elaters with spiral thickenings, of which those of Conocephalus alone are entirely correct.’ He de- scribes! the elaters as varying much in the different species as to composition and length, and as having two, three or four interwoven filaments which seem to be contained in the very thin membrane. Kny, in connection with an article on the Hepaticae, shows a figure of Aneura palmata drawn as if the thickening band were external. The subject seems to have been thoroughly studied by Kutzing' who states that ‘‘the elaters of Marchantia are composed in their early stages of a gelatinous substance and contain a few chlorophyll grains which are more or less scattered about. Soon one notices that the chlorophyll grains become associated by means of very fine and delicate colorless bands, which gradually develop into the spiral bands lying on the inner wall of the cell. By further development these spiral bands lose their chlorophyll grains 8, Withering, loc. cit. 390. 9. Von Mohl, Einige Bemerk. u. d. Entw. u. d. Bau d. Sporen. d. crypt. Gew. Flora 37 21 Ja. 1833. 10. Von Mohl, Grundz. d. Anat. und. Phys. d. veg. Zelle in Rud. Wagner. Handw. d. Phys. 207. 1851. 11. Kienitz-Gerloft, Vergl. Untersuch. u. d. Entw. d. Leber. Sporog. Bot. Zeit. 32:171, 12, Kienitz-Gerloff, loc. cit. 215. 13. Hedwig, Theoria Gen. et. Fruct. Tab. XXVIII. 1798. 14. Hedwig, loc. cit. 184. : C 15. Kny, Beitr, z. Entw. d. laub. Leberm. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. Pringsh. 4: Taf. VII. 1865 16. Kutzing, Grundz. d. Phil. Bot. 2:54. Pl. 21, fig. 13a. 1852. ar oy “2 Tilden: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 45 | - and the cell membrane, which until this time has surrounded them, dissolves so that finally the spiral band alone is left. _ These bands are very elastic, and it is by means of them that the sporogonium is opened, On staining with iodine and sul- -phuric acid they become first yellow, then red and at last green. They appear, therefore, to be composed of a mixture of muci- _ laginous and protein substances.” Leitgeb also takes up this question quite exhaustively through the different genera. Blasia pusilla“ is described as having generally two-spiraled elaters. But near the middle of the cell each (or only one) of these spirals divides into two branches which run along paral- lel to each other. So that in the middle of the elater cell four (or three) separate fibres run beside one another. Sometimes one of these branches becomes split again, so that frequently _ three pairs of spiral bands are observed. Again he states that the elaters of Blyttia! possess two spiral bands; those of Petal- ophyllum® have mostly two, light-colored, small spiral bands; and those of Cyathodium in most cases have three spirals.*? He _ shows a figure of one-spiraled and annular elaters of Boschia.*4 Underwood states that in rare cases elaters contain annular bands.” Schiffner specifies that the elaters of Bazzania pecti- nata had two spiral bands present but that he was unable to _ find any trace of celi wall.*? He also gives a figure of an elater tot Anthoceros grandis which has but one spiral band. 94 The origin and development of the elater cells has been taken - up in detail by Schacht.** Hofmeister describes the method Of Bai ciont of elaters in Pellia epiphylla,** and in Targionia™™ likens the arrangement of elaters and spore mother-cells to that of the chlorophyllose and vesicular cells in the leaf of Sphagnum. Leitgeb* mentions elater-like cells with irregu- early thickened bands found on the bottom of the capsule in the _ Marchantiacee, and believes them probably to be rudimentary _elaters. On another page he describes the method of forma- 17. Leitgeb. Untersuch. u. d. Lebermoose, 1:51. 1874. 18, Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft. IIT. 85. 1874. 19, Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft. IIT. 133. 1874. 20. Leit geb, loc. cit. Heft. VI. 138. 1879. 21. Leitgeb, loc, cit. Heft. IV. Taf. V1. fig 16. 1879. 22, Underwood, Bull. Illinois Lab. Nat. Hist. 2:11. 1884. 23. Schiffner, Ueber exot. Hep. 260. 1893. 24, Schiffner, joc, cit. Taf. 13. ; 25. Schacnt, Beitr. z. Entw.-Ges. d. Frucht u. Spore v. Anthoceros laevis. Bot. Zeit. 8: 489, 28Je. Taf. VI. fig. 52. 1850. 26. Hofmeister, Verg]. Untersuch. d. Keim. Entw. u. Frucht. Hoherer Krypt. 20. 1851. 27. Hofmeister, loc. cit. 58. 1851. 28. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft VI. 44. 1879. © 46 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. - tion of spores and elaters in Frullania, Lejeunia and Blasia.2 Goebel®® states: ‘‘In the majority of the Hepaticae a number of sterile cells occur, and these figure either as nourishing cells of the spore mother-cells, which last gradually absorb the ma- terial stored up in the first; or they become spindle-shaped elaters provided with spiral thickenings to which belong in the sowing the loosening of the complex spores.” And again: «But not all become spore mother-cells: a part remain sterile and at first are filled with starch-grains which are consumed during the growth of the spore mother-cells.” He goes on to ‘say that also in Riella sterile cells are found in the sporogonia among the spore mother-cells, which remain with thin walls, the so-called nourishing cells of the spore. Insignificant spin- dle forms are found in Corsinia. Boschia has undoubted elaters —long cells mostly with brown ringed or spiral thickenings which are hygroscopic and have the function of loosening the spore mass when ripe and thus releasing the spores.*! Leclere du Sablon? gives a very complete description of the relative ‘arrangement of the spores and elaters in a number of genera. In Frullania dilatata he states that ‘‘the disposition of the spores is not less regular than that of the elaters, and there are as many vertical rows of spore tetrads as there are of elaters. The sporogonium being somewhat spherical, it is evi- dent that all the elaters are not of equal length; those which are near the central part are the longest, and their length di- minishes as they depart from the axis.” In the case of Pellia epiphylla he observes that the elaters upon the periphery are disposed irregularly; towards the interior a felting of spores and elaters is formed, and in the center there is a sort of col- umella made up exclusively of vertical elaters. In Targionia hypophylla the disposition of spores with relation to elaters is very irregular and appears always the same whatever section is considered. On the periphery of the sporogonium there is found a continuous bed of elaters. Sterile cells are present in Sphaerocarpus terrestris. The role which one generally at- tributes to them is that of nourishing the spores. It is, how- ever, more exact to compare them to spore mother - cells arrested in their development. Thesame writer has thorough- ly investigated the development of the spores and elaters. In 29. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft ITI. 30. 1874. 30. Goebel, Die Muse. in Schenck Handb. Bot. 2: 317. 1882. 31. Goebel, loc. cit. 2: 353. 1882. 32. Leclere du Sablon, Rechr. sur le dev. du Sporog. des Hep. Ann. Sci. Nat. 7 ser. 11, 130. 1885. A PA : 4 oe a. ee vo eee eae! eo a O,e enc % ara ines at 2 - 2 + ial a hE a res a eS ES I ete ee PY eae eT Ee 2 a E y: P describing sections cut from young sporogonia of Frullania te ree Fi Ee, Oe a Te Pe A 7 / h + Set a ap ee Oe eS WE Gere 5 7. 4 45 dilatata he states: ‘‘The cells with dense protoplasm are al- _ ready divided into two categories; some elongate simply with- out dividing, the others elongate in the same manner, but divide. The first form the elaters, while the others give birth to spore mother-cells.” And farther on: ‘‘It is interesting to remark in the case of Frullania that each elater is equivalent not only to a spore mother-cell but to a row of them.” He gives the following account of the development of the elater cells of Frullania dilatata®*:; ‘‘At first the elaters have a thin mem- brane of cellulose. But from this moment the evolution of the ‘membrane from two sorts of elements is essentially different. While the protoplasm of the spores condenses ancl becomes re- serve material, the contents of the elaters are seen to diminish, employed partially at least in the formation of the spiral, which, as is said, is an internal ornament of the membrane. This role of nourishing the spore mother cells is generally attributed to the protoplasm of the elaters. The formation of this spiral appears to be comparable to that which has been described by Strasburger in spiral vessels. One observes at a certain moment, while the elater is still com- pletely filled with protoplasm, that it forms upon the mem- ‘brane a thin, colorless, granular line, which is the first index of the formation of the spiral. Little by little this band thick- ens, its outline becomes distinct, ard one sees the spiral appear, still delicate and colorless, but with the form which it must preserve. During this time the interior protoplasm diminishes in volume, it falls away, so to speak, while the spiral thickens. Afterwards the protoplasm completely disappears; the spiral is formed and the elater arrived at its definite state, finds itself reduced to the state of a cellular skeleton of which the role henceforth is known to be only of a purely mechanical order.’ As quoted by Bennett and Murray,* Leclerc du Sablon found _ the sporogonium of the typical Hepaticae to be composed at an early stage of sixty-four cells, each of which subsequently divides into four. These cells elongate in the direction of the axis of the sporogonium and then become differentiated into two kinds. ‘In the one kind the nucleus undergoes repeated bipartitions, and these give rise to the spore mother-cells; in _ the other kind the nucleus does not divide, and the protoplasm 33. Leclere du Sablon, loc. cit. 134. 34. Leclere du Sablon, loc. cit. 138. 35. Bennett and Murray, Handb. of Crypt. Bot. 159. 1889, Tea ela « hg hae as TM ROR TEN AUR RY Se RE SERA MAS TI ESR NUTR AAI gD Sn TSR ELD RY a Re se a N , ant Bea a SON ith x Rep A NaN! Rec yreer ¥ Owe yay 48 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. forms spiral granulations; these become the elaters. Rarely (as in Riella) they are replaced by barren cells filled with food material for the nutrition of the growing spores. The two kinds of cell are equal in number, each alternating with the other.” Kienitz-Gerloff found the measurement of ripe elaters of Marchantia polymorpha to be .55 mm.*6 Leitgeb gives the length of elaters in Cyathodium*’ as .86mm. Schiffner®® states that the elaters of Radula protensa Ldnb., var. irrectilobula’ are .2 mm. long and .0048 mm. thick. Erroneous figures of Marchantia elaters are shown in Le | Maout et Decaisne, Traité de Botanique. 704 (1876), and re- peated in Bessey, Botany for High Schools and Colleges. Hd. VI. (1889), and Bastin, College Botany. 341. (1889). Correct figures of Marchantia elaters are shown in Sachs, Text-book of Botany. Ed. II. 355. (1882), and repeated in Goe- bel, Outlines. Eng. Trans. 159. (1887), and Van Tieghem, Traité de Botanique. 2:1343. (1891). Also, correct figures are _ shown in Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft V. Taf. IIT, fig. 8. The branching of elaters of any kind has scarcely been touched upon. Jn the Micrographic Dictionary it is stated that Targionia has branched elaters*® and a figure of a branched elater is given.49 Branched elaters of Trichia, one of the slime moulds, are shown in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, which resemble somewhat those of Conocephalus.4! Underwood* states that Anthoceros has simple or branched elaters. Schiffner* notes that the elaters of Radula protensa Ldnb. are often branched and a representation of one is given. Original investigations. The fact that branching occurs in the elaters of Conocephalus conicus was noticed by Mr. A. M. Mur- fin in specimens of this plant brought into the. morphological laboratory of the University of Minnesota for class work. It was then too late in the season to obtain other material for compar- ison, so that it is not known whether or not the same thing oc- curs in other Minnesota genera of the Marchantiacee. 36, Kienitz-Gerloff, loc. cit. 171. 1874. 37. Leitgeb, loc. cit. Heft VI. 188. 1879. 38. Schiffner, loc. cit. 247. 1893. 39. Griffith and Henfrey, Microg. Dict. Ed. II. 1:348. 1860. 40. Griffith and Henfrey, Microg. Dict. Ed. II. 1: 677. figs. 720, 728, 724. 1860. 41. Wigand, Zur Morph. u. Syst. d. Gatt, Trichia u. Arcyria. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. Pringsh. 3: Taf. I. fig. 10. 1863. 42. Underwood, Gray’s Man. Ed. VI. 726. 1889. 43. Sehiffner, loc. cit. 247. Taf. VII. 1893. _ MacDougal: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 49 In Conocephalus each receptacle or head contains a cluster of ee from seven to nine sporogonia. These are conical in shape rf; and are filled with spores and radially arranged elaters. The _ sporogonia of the material investigated at this time were mostly in rather advanced stages of development, but a few younger specimens were found. The method employed in working upon the material was as follows: The entire contents of a single sporogonium were mounted in water and with a low power an estimate was made of the proportion of branched to unbranched elaters in the en- : tire mount. The most peculiar forms were then selected and os a ee nme Ake) at + Le < he at Wa x aa hee Pee Si Fo rae T fy nin, U * { “a examined under higher power. Measurements were taken with the micrometer and careful drawings made, giving special at- _ tention to (1) the contents of the elater cell, (2) the thicken- ing of the wall of the elaters, (5) abnormalities in branching. Observations were made in this manner upon two or three sporogonia in each head, and also upon several receptacles on the same plant. The normal elater cell (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2, 7) of Conocephalus is comparatively short, thick and geniculate. It secretes on its _ inner surface a thickened band of a brownish color which winds 7 a o's > 2 “ ~~ we) ce - -e: > . natal. ne i. < ats ee ae Pe Tey, Se Ea er a ee weer ak Tk * ie . _ = *. s > spirally around the cell. This band generally branches shortly after leaving the end of the-elater. One or both of these strands may branch a second time. In most cases the branches fuse again at the opposite end, so that in general each end of an elater is occupied by a single loop, while its middle portion contains three, four or sometimes five strands running parallel with each other. According to citations already given, young elaters have been ohserved to contain starch. But in all these instances the writers assert that with the appearance of the spiral bands all trace of the starch passes away. But in the youngest recep- tacle examined, the spiral bands of the elaters (PI. V. figs. 8, 9, 11), though only faintly colored, were clearly distinguishable in outline, showing that they were quite well advanced in age. These elaters were very abundantly furnished with starch- grains. This circumstance may have been due to an overplus of starch after the necessary amount had been used in the building up of the thickenel bands. It also suggests the orig- inal nutritive function of the elater. In the elaters of the other receptacles examined there was no visible trace of cell-contents of any kind. In attempting to ascertain the character of the secretion, the best result was obtained from treating with sul- Wie ae a cab i ime cu hk dik ilo el a NI ad 50 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ~ phuric acid. This caused a decided swelling of the spiral bands and indicated them to be lignified. A superficial observation of these elaters would probably give one no idea of any law governing their mode of branch- ing. The budding has the appearance of taking place indis- criminately from the ends or from the middle portion of the cell. But a more careful study shows that there is a distinc- tion between the two ends, that one is bifurcated, the other simple. What appears then to be a branch occurring on the intermediate portion becomes a simple case of dichotomous branching from the end, with one member more vigorously developed than the other. In one instance only (Pl. IV. tig. 9) an elater was observed in which both ends were bifurcate. This distal branching of the elaters may be explained as be- ing due to their radial arrangement within the sporogonium. They grow upwards from the base in all directions. This causes the two ends to develop under different conditions, and hence they come to be different in character and in capability. The basal ends are crowded and pressed together, and there- fore become attenuated, while the upper ends, from the shape of their enclosure, have more than enough room in which to grow, and as a result they first assume a truncate form and then, subsequent to the loosening up of the contents of the sporogonium, they begin putting forth buds to fill up the unoc- — cupied space. This fact was shown conclusively in the case of the sporogonium mentioned above, which, though the youngest one examined, could not be said to be in an early stage of devel-- opment. Yet in this entire mount there were not more than six or seven branched elaters, and in these the protuberances were very rudimentary, as shown in the figures. Some recep- tacles did not contain a single branched elater, and often some of the sporogonia in a receptacle would furnish branched elaters while others would not. As a further instance of this tendency to branch at the upper ms ends, it may be noted that Sullivant# speaks of the upper ends of the elaters of Lejewnia as being truncate-dilated. Dh. This phenomenon, then, is but another example of the incli- nation of cells to enter upon a new period of growth, under conditions of relief from pressure, or in other words, of their tendency to fill space. The analogy is thus apparent between the branching of elater cells and (1) the budding of the Yeast plant and of Vaucheria or Botrydium, (2) the formation of armed 44 Sullivant, Gray’s Manual, Ed. I. 685. 1848. Tilden: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 51 cells in the air passages of the stalks of many water plants, e. ¢ _ Briophorum and Scirpus lacustris and of stellate hairs in the petiole of Nuphar, (3) the occurrence of thyloses in the trachez of many Dicotyledonous woody plants (Quercus, Sambucus, Cucurbita, etc.) and some Monocotyledons (Canna, Palms, etc.). In connection with this matter an interesting paragraph is found in Goebel’s ,Outlines® where he observes: ‘‘In parenchyma of the funda- mental tissue of the leaves (Marattia, Angiopteris, Danaea, and Kaulfussia), Liirssen*® found outgrowths on the walls of the cells bounding the intercellular spaces; these outgrowths pro- ject into the spaces, and where these are small, they take the form of bosses or conical projections, but in larger ones they become long, slender filaments, which are quite solid and con- sist of cuticularized substance; large intercellular spaces are quite filled with a web of these filaments.” In this case the cell wall alone undertakes the space-filling function. _ As to the point at which the bud appears, this may depend upon several things: (1) There may be slight differences in the thickness of the wall of the elater, and if so, the protuberance will occur at a thinner rather than at a thicker part, for that will have the greater extensibility. (2) There may be variable areas of maximum turgescence in an unsymmetrical cell, and as a matter of course, a bulging or swelling out would be caused where there was the greatest pressure. (3) Again, it is readily conceived that there may be and probably is some relation be- tween the branching of the elater cell and the distribution of bands; but this relation is not easily defined. Whether the spiral band is principally concerned in the process and by its more vigorous growth stretches out the cell membrane, or whether the impulse is given to the membrane itself, and the _ band merely keeps pace with it in growth, or is formed some- what more tardily, is a matter which will require much more study before a conclusion can be reached. In general, the bud, from its earliest appearance, is seen to be encircled by one or more loops (Pl. IV. fig. 8, b; fig. 18, a; Pl. V. fig. 12, a. b.), but exceptions to this rule occur (Pl. IV. fig. 6, c; Pl. V. fig. 4, d.). (4) Perhaps, also, the varying thickness or width of the bands may exert some influence. The branching of the elater itself necessarily leads to pecul- iarities and complexities in the branching of the spiral bands. In one case (Pl. V. fig. 1) the spiral band branches (a) shortly 45, Goebel, Outlines, 255. 1887. 46. Liirssen, Handb. d. Syst. Bot, 1:577, 1879. © Set >? PE RY ae Plies AP? aOR LD RA INTE CNG A eRe REE gilt, ac ORR DRI ae ° ‘ ' a 4 ‘ 4 52 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. after leaving the end of the elater. One of these strands di- vides again (b) and the other ata point still farther on(c). One of the branches from 0 and one fromc meet the second one from b at d, while the second one from c returns the length of the elater and fuses with the original fibre at a. Sometimes the spiral band splits into three or four divisions (Pl. V. figs. 2, a; 6, a; Pl. IV. fig. 15, a). This generally occurs, with the throwing out of a branch (PI. JV. fig. 8, a; fig. 14, a). The general rule appears to be that the two spiral threads start from the end of the elater, divide once or twice near the middle, part going directly into each branch of the elater, but sometimes a strand will traverse, in turn, two parallel branches without extending into the body of the elater at all (Pl. IV. fig. Bes ar DL. Ve eS. ta): It seems generally to happen that the most interesting speci- mens are found near the edge of the coverglass where evapora- tion takes place very rapidly. When the wateris renewed such a disturbance is caused that it is almost impossible to keep the object in view until it comes to rest again, and even then it is likely to be in an entirely different position so that the first drawing cannot be finished; so it is necessary to be very expe- ditious in the work. However, in one or two cases, I succeeded in getting two drawings of the same elater from different views (Pl. V. figs. 4 and 5). This brings out the manner of branching in the spirals much more clearly. Two bands are observed to coalesce (a) and immediately separate again, one of the latter branches dividing a second time (0) to form a loop _ around the end of the tube. The other branch joins with a third (c) band which has traversed the length of the elater, forming likewise a loop which appears from one view (fig. 4) to lie upon a flat surface of the wall, while in the other position (fig. 5) a bulging out is apparent, evidently the beginning of a new branch. In a single case (Pl. IV. fig. 6) the spiral systems of two well developed branches of an elater were entirely independent of - each other. This, perhaps, might seem to have the appearance of being due to fusion between two elaters, but if we follow the above mentioned view that the wall and not the fibre takes the initiative in growth, it becomes a simple case of branching. In Pl. IV., figs. 4, 8 and 9 and in Pl. V., fig. 18 were all taken from the same sporogonium. PI. JV. figs. 3 and 11 were from the same head. ‘The first five elaters represented in PI. lV. were taken from the same sporogonium. About one-fourth = a a a iF PY 4 ; 3 ‘ MacDougal: MORPHOLOGY OF HEPATIC ELATERS. 53 _ of the whole number were branched. Figs. 6, 7 and 10 were from another sporogonium in the same head. Figs. 8 and 9 __-were from the youngest receptacle studied. Figs. 12 and 14 oat were from an older head on the same plant as that from which figs. 8 and 9 were drawn. _ . Although some of the sporogonia were fully ripe when c : studied, in no instance was an elater observed which had lost its membrane. Summary and conclusions. The above statements may -_- be summarized as follows: 1. So far as known the young elaters of Liverworts always contain starch. In most cases it disappears as the spiral bands 4 are formed, but it may also be present in mature elaters. Aside from this substance no cell-contents have been observed. 2. The branching of elaters is known to take place in Zarg- I ionia, Anthoceros, Radula and Conocephalus. It is probably more ‘J general. Sh 3. In the case of Conocephalus, at least, the branching follows ‘i a dichotomous order. It may be explained as due to the radial -__—s arrangement of the elaters within the sporogonium, from which x the two ends of the elater come to have different capabilities. é 4. The conditions of branching may be said to depend upon three circumstances: (1) The shape of the sporogonium, (2) the arrangement of the elaters with reference to their mutual pressure, (3) the structure of the elater. 5. The branching does not take place until the pressure within the sporogonium is relieved by the loosening up of the spores and elaters, preparatory to their being set free. There- fore the branching is analogous to the phenomena of thyloses. ‘ 6. The number of spiral bands in the walls of elaters varies ___ from one to five. These undergo branching and fusion. . 7. The normal elater of Conocephalus conicus, as a rule, con- tains two spiral threads, one or both of which generally branch. 8. The abnormal branching of the elater causes abnormal branching of the spiral threads . The data on which this paper is based were gathered in the - morphological laboratory of the University of Minnesota. 54 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. IX. REVISED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE MINNESOTA ASTRAGALL. EDMUND P. SHELDON. The varied types of Astragalus descriptions in the manuals have made it seem necessary that a beginning be made in the way of revision. The following diagnoses are made not from any type specimens, but from a study of the species as I have been able to observe them in the field and from the characters shown by the specimens in the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, and of the Missouri Botanical Gardens. For the use of the latter I am indebted to Dr. William Trelease, who has kindly loaned me the specimens for study. Astragalus crassicarpus NuTT. in Fras. Cat.1. 1813. A. carnosus PURSH Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814. A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816. A, succulentus Ricu. Frankl. Journ. 18. 1823. A. pachycarpus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:332. 1838. Perennial, with minute, appressed pubescence, becoming glabrate; stem 14 to 4 dm. in length, decumbent or rarely erect, simple or branching only at the base, thick, striate; leaves 6 to 10 cm. in length, rachis grooved; Jeajlets 10 to 20 mm. in length, in eight to fourteen pairs, narrowly oblong or obovate, usually glabrous above but with close, appressed pubescence beneath; stipules ovate-acuminate, divaricate or rarely reflexed; peduncles 7 to 12 mm. in length, bearing six to ten flowers in a short, spike-like raceme; jlowers 15 to 25 mm. in length, slender, ped- icelled, erect spreading; calyx cylindrical, often tinged with purple, the subulate teeth one-third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla violet-purple; legume 1.5 to 2.5 cm. in length, globose or ovate, glabrous, succulent, thick and fleshy, becom- ing cellular, bilocular, when mature becoming dull purplish tinged. North America: Saskatchewan to S. W. Texas; from Colo. to Minn., Nebr. and Iowa. Minnesota: Throughout the prairie portion of the state. . F p. POO Mg Te RL age EPS Oe BO Oe NE om tee ee) Cp eee ’ a 4 f a . . e Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. ' 55 Minn. specimens in herb: Clark 1, Minneapolis; Seward 1, Minneapolis; Cross 1, Minneapolis; Pomeroy 1, Minneapolis; Sandberg 276, Minneapolis; Kassuwbe 51, Minneapolis; Sheldon 1068, Minneapolis; Ankeny 1, Minneapolis; Sandberg 132, Red Wing; Sheldon 3729, Fergus Falls; Sheldon 3446, Lake Christ- ina, Douglas county; Ballard 341, Jordan, Scott county; Aiton 1, Minneapolis; Sheldon 3844, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Shel- don 3498, Lake Christina, Douglas county. ied Astragalus plattensis Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:332. 1838. A. caryocarpus Tork. in Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:179. 1828. not A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816. A. mexicanus A. GRAY, Pl. Lindh. 176. 1845. Perennial, loosely villous throughout; stems 1.5 to 3 dm. in length, erect or ascending, striate, often contorted; Jeaves 5 to Rs 10 cm. in length, rachis grooved above; leaflets 8 to 10 mm. in length, in six to ten pairs, obovate, oblong or elliptical, obtuse, often glabrous above; stipules foliaceous, ovate-acuminate, some- times clasping but not connate, becoming reflexed; pedwncles 6 to 8 cm. in length, subcapitate; flowers 12 to 16 mm. in length, crowded, short-pedicelled, spreading; calyx cylindrical, loosely villous, the filiform, spreading teeth one-third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tinged or tipped with purple; /egume 14 to 20 mm. in length, ovate-acuminate or ob- long, slightly curved, sulcate, minutely pubescent, finely trans- versely rugose-veined, completely bilocular, 10 to 12 seeded. North America: Minn. to Ind. and N. Alabama; west to Kan., Nebr., Colo. and Texas. This species has been reported from western and southwest- ern Minnesota, but no specimens purporting to come from the localities named have been seen by the writer. Astragalus tennesseensis A. GRAY has heretofore been referred to the above, but it seems to be a valid species. It has been found from northern Ills. to Tenn. and Alabama. Astralagus carolinianus Linn. Spec. 757, N. 9. 1753. A. canadensis LINN. 757, N. 10. 1753. Perennial, slightly puberulent or glabrate; stems 3 to 12 dm. high, erect, usually striate, especially above and in the more pubescent forms; lJeaves .5 to 3 dm. in length, the rachis striate; leajlets 10—40 mm. in length, in five to fourteen pairs, elliptical or oblong, usually glabrous above but white pubescent beneath, acute, obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular-acuminate, connate 56S MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. below; peduncles 6 to 20 cm. in length, bearing long, dense spikes; flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, numerous, becoming horizontal or reflexed; calyx cylindrical, with short, subulate teeth; corolla greenish cream-color; legume 10 to 15 mm. in length, nearly erect, oblong or elliptical, glabrous, rarely finely reticulated or cross-striated, terete or obscurely triangular, sometimes slightly sulcate dorsally, bilocular, with a thin, clear membrane lining the cavities. A polymorphous species varying much in the size and shape of the leaflets. . North America: Quebec, Ont., Hudson bay and Rocky mts. to N. Y., Ga. and Fla.; W. to the headwaters of the Columbia river and the Saskatchewan; S. in mountains to the Great ‘ Basin region; through Colo., Minn., Nebr., Kan. and Ark. Minnesota: Throughout the state. 4, Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3415, EKagle lake, Otter Tail county; Pomeroy 2, Hennepin county; Kassube 52, Minne- apolis; Holtz 15, Hennepin county; Taylor 685, Minnesota lake; Taylor 715, Minnesota lake; Ballard 488, Prior’s lake, Scott county; Sheldon 1587, Lake Benton; Taylor 912, Glenwood; Bal- lard 767, Waconia; Sheldon 38786, Sand lake, Otter Tail county; Herrick 75, Minneapolis; Sandberg 133, Goodhue county; Holz- inger 56, Winona county; Holzinger 57, Winona county; Burgle- haus 1, Hennepin county; Sheldon 3275, Bridgman, Mille Lacs ~ county; Sheldon 3852, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3787, Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 7212, Graceville, (a form with elliptical-ovate leaflets, 4 to 5 mm. in length). Astragalus laxmanni Jacq. Hort. Vindob. 3:22. 1776. A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag. 40. 1800. A, syriacus PALL. Reise, 2:559. 1771, not A. syriacus LINN. Spec. 759. . 1783. A. semibilocularis DC. Astrag. 136. 1802. A, adsurgens PALL. var. prostratus FiscH. Hort. Gar. ex DC. Prod. 2:287. 1825. A. microphyllus GEORGI, Beschr. Russ. Nachtr. 296. 1802. A. lawmanni Nutt. Gen. 2:99. 1818. A. striatus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:330. 1838. A. adsurgens PALL. var. lawmanni TRAUTY. in Bull. Mosq. 1: 507. 1860. A. hypoglottis LINN. var. robustus Hoox. in Lond. Journ. Bot. 6:210. 1854. Perennial, cinereous with minute, appressed pubescence, or glabrate; stems 1 to 4 dm. high, ascending or decumbent, branch- ing only at the base, striate or nearly terete; leaves 4 to 12 cm. _" Nyse wilt Fl ase lal ae oe eee ie ae ee NT bth ts ile OS : Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. 57 in length; leaflets 8 to 30 mm. in length, in four to ten pairs, nar- rowly or linear-oblong, acute or obtuse, the margins becoming ——_— revolute: stipules triangular-acuminate, scarious, often reflexed, Bi. mostly connate below and free above; peduncles 8 to 10 cm. in y length, usually exceeding the leaves, striate, bearing a dense, oval spike; flowers 10 to 18 mm. in length, slender; calyx cylin- drical, the tube equalling or exceeding the setaceous teeth, sub- villous with appressed white or black and white hairs inter- mixed; corolla purple or ochroleucous tipped with purple; legume 10 to 15 mm. in length, coriaceous, pubescent, sessile, ascending, straight, usually triangular-compressed, with a dorsal sulcus, bilocular by the intruded dorsal suture, usually | many-seeded. North America: Minn. and the Saskatchewan to British eg Columbia and Washington; S. to Oregon and W. Kan. . Minnesota: Infrequent in the prairie region of the southern and western portions of the state. Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 2019, Brainerd; Oestlund __- 208, Minneapolis; Moyer 1, Montevideo; Holzinger 298, Han- ; cock; Taylor 872, Glenwood; Sheldon 1381, Lake Benton; Sheldon 3462, Lake Christina, Douglas county; Sheldon 5278, Lakeville lake, Dakota county. : " Yq Astragalus hypoglottis Linn. Mant. 2:274. 1771. A. glaux PALL. Reise, 2:464. 1771. A. arenarius PALL. Reise, 2:464. 1771. A. agrestis DOUGL. in G. DON. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2:257. 1832. A. goniatus Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:330. 1838. Perennial, loosely pubescent or glabrous; stems 8 to 25 em. in length, diffusely procumbent or ascending, nearly terete; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 6 to 15 mm. in length, in seven to ten pairs, oblong or linear-oblong, obtuse or retuse; stipules subfoliaceous, ovate, acute or obtuse, Sheathing; peduncles thick, striate, capitate or subspicate; Jlowers 15 to 22 mm. in length, erect; calyx cylindrical, loosely pubescent with nigrescent hairs, especially the linear teeth which are equal to or shorter than the tube; corolla violet or yellowish purple tinged with green; legume 7 to 10 mm. in length, coriaceous, sillky-villous with white, usually appressed hairs, sessile, erect or ascending, straight, triangular-com- pressed, with a deep dorsal sulcus, completely bilocular by the intruded dorsal suture, usually many seeded. 58 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. North America: Hudson bay to Alaska; S. in U. S. from Mont. to Minn., Nebr. and S. Colo. Minnesota: Infrequent in the prairie region of the southern and western portions of the state. Minn. specimens in herb: Taylor 743, Glenwood; Sheldon 3664, Fergus Falls; Moyer 252, Montevideo; Moyer 253, Monte- video; Sheldon 7217, Graceville, Big Stone county; Sheldon 7418, Lake Traverse, Traverse county. Astragalus gracilis Nutt. Gen. 2:100. 1818. Dalea parviflora PurRsH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 474. 1814. Psoralea parviflora Porr. Suppl. 4:590. 1816. Phaca parvifolia Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1:348. 1888. A. parviflorus MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 325. 1892. not A. parviflorus LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:310. 1783. Perennial, with fine, hoary pubescence, or glabrate; stems 3 to 5 dm. inlength, virgate, erect or ascending, sparsely branch- ing; leaves 3 to 4 cm. in length, rarely reduced to the filiform rachis; leaflets 8 to 20 mm. in length, in two to four pairs, nar- rowly linear or filiform, obtuse or retuse; stipules minute, tri- angular-acute, often connate below; peduncles 6 to 12 cm. in length, bearing a slender, many-flowered raceme; flowers small, 4 to 6 mm. in length, on very short pedicels; calyx campanu- late, with short, triangular teeth; corolla pale purple or whit- ish; legume 5 to 7 mm. in length, refiexed-spreading, elliptic- ovate, pointed, coriaceous, transversely rugose-veined, slightly pubescent at first, becoming glabrous, concave dorsally, the ventral suture prominent, unilocular, two or three seeded. North America: Colorado to Kan., Nebr., Mo. and Minn. Reported from southwestern Minnesota, Watson. Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Fl. Bor—Am. 1:152. 1833. Phaca lotiflora Nutr. in T & G. Fl. 1:349. 1838. A. lotiflorus Hook. forma pedunculosus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 209. 1838. Perennial, caespitose with short, thick, woody, branching stems, cinereously pubescent throughout with appressed hairs; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, erect spreading, rachis pubescent with white, spreading hairs; leaflets 5 to 15 mm. in length, | in five to ten pairs, oblong-elliptical, obtuse; stipules ovate, acute or acuminate, persistent; peduncles 6 to 8 cm. in length, usually exceeding the leaves, capitately six to ten flowered; flowers 8 to 12 mm. in length; calyx campanulate, the teeth a Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI. 59 longer than the tube; corolla yellow or ochroleucous; legume 15 to 20 mm. in length, coriaceous, inflated, turgid, oblong-ovate, straight, appressed-pubescent, sessile, erect spreading, dorsal suture impressed, cross-section obcordate, unilocular, few to many seeded. North America: Saskatchewan and Brit. Colaa to Minn., Dak., Wyo., Nebr., Kan., Ind. Ter. and Texas. Minnesota: Chippewa county, Minn. specimens in herb: Moyer 257, Montevideo; Moyer 258, Montevideo. Astragalus elatiocarpus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9. 20. 1894. A. lotiflorus Hook. forma brachypus A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad 6: 209. 1866. Perennial, acaulescent or somewhat caespitose with short, thick, woody, rarely branching stems, covered with white, ap- pressed hairs; leaves 5 to 138 cm. in length, erect- pubescent with long appressed hairs; /eajlets 6 to 16 mm. in length, usually in four pairs, rarely five or six, broadly lanceolate, acute or in some forms obtuse or rarely retuse, pubescent with white, appressed hairs beneath, slightly so above; stipules 3 to 5 mm. in length, ovate acuminate; peduncles elongating after the fruit has ma- tured, becoming as long or slightly longer than the leaves; flowers 3 to 5 mm. in length, sessile, few, usually three or four; calyx short campanulate, the teeth longer than the tube; corolla yellow, the keel inflexed; /egume 18 to 25 mm. in length, ovate- acuminate, incurved, sessile, woody, pubescent with white, somewhat spreading hairs, dorsal suture rarely very slightly impressed, unilocular, few to many seeded. North America: From Colo. and Wyo., to Tex., Minn. and Hudson bay. Minnesota: Otter Tail, Big Stone and Traverse counties. Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3809, Silver lake, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3423, Eagle lake, Otter Tail county; Shel- don 3728, Fergus Falls; Sheldon 7298, Graceville; Sheldon 7433, lake Traverse, Traverse county; Sheldon 7210, Brown’s Val- ley, Traverse county. Astragalus neglectus (T. & G.) sa Phaca neglecta T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 344. 1838. . not A. neglectus Fiscu. in SrEuD. Nom. 1:162. 1840, A, cooperi A. GRAY, Man. Bot. Ed. II. 98. 1856. aby SOP eae PT NC ORE ee Cpe ee Oe 0 BYE Petr eee Ye eae” Ot gto Drape Se aeatca sat OF 60 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Perennial, many stemmed from the thick root; stems 8 to 8 dm. high, rigid, erect-spreading, glabrous; leaves 4 to 10 cm. in length, rachis grooved above, slightly keeled below; leaflets 10 to 20 mm. in length, in five to ten pairs, elliptical or narrowly oblong, obtuse or retuse, smooth above, but minutely rough- ened with gat, appressed hairs beneath; stipules triangular- acute, reflexed; peduncles as long as the leaves, subcapitately eight to fifteen flowered; flowers 15 to 17 mm. in length, becom- ing reflexed; calyx short-cylindrical, grayish pubescent, often purplish when fresh, the subulate teeth shorter than the tube; corolla white or ochroleucous; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, inflated, ovate-globose, acute, glabrous, reticulated and minutely transversely rugose-veined, unilocular, but both sutures becoming intruded with age, lined within with cob- webby hairs which traverse the cavity, many seeded. _ North America: Western Quebec, Ont., N. Y. and along the Great Lakes to Wisc., Iowa and N. Minn. Minnesota: Otter Tail, Itasca and Goodhue counties. Minn. specimens in herb: Sandberg 1100, Itasca lake; Sheldon 3826, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3414, Eagle lake, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3534, Lake Belmont, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3800, Fergus Falls. Astragalus flexuosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2:256. 18382. Phaca flecuosa Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833. Phaca elongata Hoox, Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:140, 1833, Perennial, ashy-puberulent; stems 3 to 6 dm. in length, ascend- ing or decumbent, often branching; leaves 4 to 6 cm. in length, in five to ten pairs, oblong or linear-obovate, obtuse or retuse; stipules connate below but triangular-acuminate and often re- flexed above; peduncles 8 to 16 cm. in length, often striate, loosely racemed; jlowevs 8 to 10 mm. in length, pedicelled, be- coming reflexed; calyx campanulate, with short, triangular teeth; corolla white or purplish; legwme 15 to 20 mm. in length, coriaceous, Jinear-oblong, flattish, becoming cylindric and arcuate with age, slightly puberulent, very short-stipitate with- in the calyx, unilocular, six to ten seeded. North America: Saskatchewan, Brit. Col., N. W. T., Assini- boia and lat. 50° N. to Minn., W. to Mont., S. to Colo. and Nebr. Minnesota: Chippewa, Big Stone and Traverse counties. Minn. specimens in herb: Moyer 254, Montevideo; Sheldon 72843 Graceville; Sheldon 7169, Brown’s Valley. The two latter eS . f 2 - - = : = ae a > ‘ i > ih yt eee ee Oe Ae Pe eae ee ee eS ee, Ce! ee eee eee? ~ “4 a fe q hath CaM aes ead ie PE ab gn ahiU Sheldon: DESCRIPTIONS OF ASTRAGALI, 61 specimens were in a preceding paper®* inaccurately referred to A. convallarius Greene. Lice Astragalus tenellus Pursu. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:473. 1814, Tray A, multijlorus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:226. 1864. Eos Ervum multiflorum PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739, 1814, ny Orobus dispar NuTT. Gen. 2:95. 1818. (ane Phaca nigrescens Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:148. 1833. Dt Homalobus multiflorus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:350. 1838. aaa A. nigrescens A. GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. II. 33:410. 1862. ge Perennial, slightly puberulent throughout with usually scat- tered hairs, becoming glabrous with age; stems 1.5 to 4.5 dm. in . length, rigid, erect-spreading, branched, slender, numerous, eH, often growing in clumps 3 to 9 dm. in diameter; /Jeaves 2 to 6 em. in length, the rachis usually slightly curved; Jeajlets 6 to 15 mm. in length, in five to twelve pairs, linear or narrowly oblong, acute or obtuse; stipules connate below but free above, | - acuminate, erect, becoming dark-colored with age; peduncles as long as or often exceeding the leaves, with a loosely, seven to twelve flowered raceme; jlowe7s 6 to 8 mm. in length, becoming reflexed with age, each borne on a short pedicel, which equals in length the linear-subulate, reflexed bract which subtends it; ix calyx campanulate, the teeth shorter than the tube; corolla ochroleucous, sometimes tinged with purple; legume 10 to 17 mm. in length, including the short stipe which slightly exceeds the calyx, chartaceous, oblong, flat, glabrous, coarsely reticu- lated, becoming black, unilocular, two to four seeded. North America: W. Minn. to Mont.,S. to Kan. and Colo., W. to Utah, Nev. and S. Calif. : Minnesota: Otter Tail county. Minn. specimens in herb: Sheldon 3535, Lake Belmont, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 3429, Hagle lake, Otter Tail county. * Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. of Minn. 9, 16,1894. 62 The genus Juncodes was founded by Moehring in his Prime It was employed by Sabbati in - Dr. Otto Kuntze re- Linez Horti Privati in 1736. 1745 and adopted by Adanson in 1763. X. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, ah SYNONYMY OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF JUNCODES WITH FURTHER NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON ASTRAGABUS. EDMUND P. SHELDON. stored the genus in 1891.1 The confusion, however, in which Dr. Kuntze has left the synonymy of the American species has led the writer to pre- pare this list as preliminary to a more extended study and en- numeration of the North American species of Juncodes. J J J uncodes pilosum (Linn. ) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:725. 1891. Juncus pilosus LINN. Spec. 329, 1753. Juncus vernalis REICHARD, F]. Moen. Fr. 2:182. 1778. Juncus luzula KRACK. FI. Sil. 1:569. 1787. Juncus nemorosus LAM. Ency. Meth. 3:272. 1789. Juncus pilosus LINN. var. cymosus FR. SCHR. Bair. Fl. 1:622. 1789. Luzula vernalis LAM. & DC. Fl. Fr. 3:160. 1805. Luzula pilosa WILLD. Enum Berol. 393. 1809. uncodes caroline (Wats.) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891. Luzuia caroline WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 14:302. 1879. uncodes giganteum (DESV. ) Luzula gigantea DESy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:145. 1808. Luzula paniculata Desv. in Journ. de Botanique 1: 147. 1808 ? Luzula letevirens L1EBM. in Vid Medd. Nat. For. 46. 1850. Luzula denticulata Lirpm. in Vid Medd Nat. For. 46. 1850. Luzula latifolia LrEBM. in Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 47. 1850. Juncodes spadiceum O. K. var. giganteum O. K. Rev. Gen. 2: 724. 1891. 1, Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:722. 1891. WM EAS ae NaN dk [P ONES (e) Spem COP eR INC Ra y ECU aI st Re TEA! IDRIS BSR One S/R SR A ce , rath ‘ae ; me , ‘ : oS, Ps x are We SoC A eee Oe Oe ee a eee eae ae at , a oo é . ie ; . ‘ Sh oh > Gren, f F L ies PS 1 Fee ies OE Te Nis ry ee a oe eo Sheldon: JUNCODES AND ASTRAGALUS. 63 Juncodes glabratum (Hoppe). Juncus glabratus HOPPE in Sched. et in Fr. Rostk. de junco. 1801. Juncus intermedius Host. Icones Gram. Austr. 3:65. 1805. Luzula spadicea DC. var glabrata E. MEYER. Syn. Luz. 8. 1823. Luzula glabrata DesvV. in Journ. de Botanique 1:145. 1808. Luzula glabrata Desy. var vera BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. 12: 107. 1890. Juncodes spadiceum O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891 in pt. Juncodes parviflorum (EHRH. ) - Juncus parviflorus EHRH. in Bietrag. 6:139. 1781. Luzula parviflora DEsy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:144. 1808. Luzula spadicea DC. var. laxiflora E. MEYER, Syn. Luz. 8. 1828. Luzula spadicea DC. var parviflora E. Meyer. Luz. Sp. in Linn. 22:402. 1849. Juncodes parviflorum (Euru.) var. melanocarpum (MICHX. ) Juncus melanocarpus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am, 1:190. 1802. “ Luzula melanocarpus Dxsv. in Journ. de Botanique 1:142. 1808. Luzula melanocarpa Dxsy. var. pallida Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2:188. 1840. Luzula spadicea DC. var. melanocarpa E. MEYER, Luz. Sp. in Linn. 22:188. 1849. Juncodes parviflorum (EuHRH.) var. subcongestum (WATS. ) Luzula spadicea DC. var. subcongesta WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 202. 1880. Luzula parviflora DESY. var. subcongesta BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. 12:110. 1890. Junecodes caricinum (EK. MEYER) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891. Luzula caricina EK. MEYER. Luz, Sp. in Linn. 22: 418. 1849. Luzula barbata Lrepm. in Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 45. 1850. Juncodes arcuatum (WAHLENB.) O. K. Rev. Gen, 2:724. KAS 1891. in pt. Juncus arcuatus WAHLENB. Fl. Lapp. 87. 1812. Luzula arcuata WAHLENB. FI. Suec. 1:218. 1824. Juncodes hyperboreum (R. Br). TInuzula hyperborea R. Br. Chl. Mely. n. 49. 1823. Luzula confusa LINDEB. in Nya. Bot. Not. 9. 1855. Juncodes arcuatum O.K. var. hyperboreaO.K. Rev. Gen. 2:724, 1891. Juncodes arcuatum O.K. var. confusum O.K. Rev. Gen, 2:724. 1891. Juncodes hyperborea (R. Br.) var. major (HOOK. ) Luzula hyperborea R. Br. var. major Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 188. 1840. Tee Vea LY dean) eee ? a 7 < TR eS MQ OASe WELT LATTA? STF BY LURE DA, OI BS oR Ds meaptiatee oR j ee : te De ie ot y ‘ 4 64 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Juncodes hyperborea (R. Br.) var. minor (HOOK. ) Imzula hyperborea R. Br. var. minor Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 189. 1840, Luzula arctica BuytTrT. Norg. Fl. 1: 299. 1861. Luzula arcuata WAHLENB. var. hookeriana TRAUTY. in Act. Hort. Petrop. 1:79. 1871. Juncodes spicatum (Linn.) O. K. Rev. Gen. 2:725. 1891. Juncus spicatus LINN. Spec. 330. 1753. - Luzula svicata DC. Fl. Fr. 3:161. 1805. Luzula nigricans Desy. in Journ. de Botanique 1: 158. 1808. in pt. Juncus thyrsiflorus VEST. in R. & S. Syst. Veg. 1: 277. 1829. Luzula obtusata STEUD, Syn Pl. Glum. 2: 294. 1855. Luzula spicata DC. var. vera BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. 12: 128. 1890. ; Juncodes racemosum (DeEsv.) O.K. Rev. Gen. 2:725. 1891. Luzula racemosa Desv. in Journ. de Botanique 3:162. 1808. Luzula interrupta DEsv. in Journ. de Botanique 3:163. 1808. Luzula alopecurus Desv: in H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1:238. 1815. Luzula alopecurus BE. MEYER in Presl. Relig. Haenk. 1:145. 1827. Luzula spicata DC. var. interrupta E. Meyer Luz. Sp. in Linn. 22:415. 1849. Luzula vuleanica LiEBM. Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 44. 1850. Juncodes comosum (EK. MEYER). Luzula comosa E. MEYER Syn. Luz. n. 18. 1823. Luzula capellaris SrEuD. Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: 293. 1855.? Juncodes campestre O.K. var. comosum O.K. Rey. Gen. 2:724. 1891. Juncodes comosum (EH. MEYER) var. congestum (THUILL). Juncus congestus THUILL. Fl. Par. Env. n. 179. 1799. Luzula campestris DC. var. congesta E. MEYER. Syn. Luz, 17, 1823. Luzula comosa BE. MEYER. var. congesta WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 208. 1880. Juncodes comosum (E. MEYER). var. subsessilis (WaTSs.). Luzula comosa E. MEYER, var. subsessilis WATS. Bot. Calif. 2 : 203. 1880. Juncodes campestre (Linn.) O.K. Rev. Gen. 2:724. 1891. var. vulgaris (J. GAUDIN). Luzula campestris DC. var. vulgaris J. GAUDIN, Fl. Helv. 2: 572. 1828. Luzula vulgaris BUCHEN. in Engl. Jahrb. &: 175. 1885. Bae COP Ma ey TR RTE pra mn TO Fe tb sd Sheldon: JUNCODES AND ASTRAGALUS. 65 ia Juncodes campestre (LINN.) O.K. var. multiflorum > Nig (EHRH.). » i> Juncus multiflorus EXRH. Calam. Exsice. 1791. = Juncus intermedius THUILL. F]. Par. Env. 178. 1799. ; Juncus erectus PERS. Syn. 1:386. 1805. e . Juncus nemorosus Host. Icon. Gram. 97. 18085. 46 Luzula erecta DEsy. in Journ. de Botanique 1:156. 1808. oa Luzula multiflora Les. F). Env. Spa. 169. 1811. x > Luzula intermedia var. multiflora SPENN. Fl. Frib. 177. 1825. an Luzula palescens Horre, Sturm, Deutsch Fl. 18:77. 1839. ae Luzula campestris DC, var. multiflora L. CELAKOV. Prodr. Bohm. ; 85. 1869. Cyperella campestris (LINN.) MACM. var. multiflora (EHRH.) MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 143. 1892. nl Juncodes divaricatum (WATS ). a Luzula divaricata WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 14:302. 1879. #7 Astragalus alpinus (LINN. ). Phaca alpina LINN. Spec. 755. 1753. Phaca frigida Linn. F 1. Suec. Ed. II. n. 657. 1755. Astragalus frigidus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:219. 1864. ; Astragalus astragalinus (DC. ). Phaca astragalina DC. Astrag. 64. 1802. Astragalus alpinus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753. A, alpinus PALL. Reise 2: 446. 1771-76. A not A. alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. supra. a A. montanus PALL. Reise 2:568. 1771-76. ae A. montanus JACQ FI. Austr. 3:131. 1775. not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753. Colorado and Labrador are the only North American locali- ties from which I have seen specimens of this piant. Astragalus giganteus (PALL.). Astragalus alpinus LINN. var. giganteus PALL. Astrag. 42. 1800. Nearly all the North American plants hitherto referred to Astragalus alpinus Linn., belong instead to this species. x _ Astragalus texanus n. n. Astragalus giganteus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 370. 1882. not Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. supra. 66. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. XI. FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. EDMUND P. SHELDON. Potamogeton heterophyllus Scures. forma myriophyl- lus (ROBBINS) Morone. Naiad. N. Am. 24. 1893. The following localities are to be added to those reported on page 14 of this BULLETIN: Ponds near the tracks of the Brain- erd and Northern Minn. R. R. about five miles north of Stony Brook, and in a small lake east of Upper Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (C. 4. Ballard, July and Aug., 1893). Potamogeton rutilus Wotre. in R. & S. Mant. 3:362. 1827. First reported in Minnesota by Morong in his Naiadacez of North America as collected by LZ. H. Bailey in Vermilion lake. Collected also in lake Edna, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Ander- son, Aug., 1893.) ‘ Potamogeton major (FR.) Moronc. Naiad. N. Am. 41. 1893. Collected in Martin county, Cratty. Found also in Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (4. P. Anderson and C. A. Ballard, July, 1893. Naias marina Linn. Spec. 1015. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The localities given for this plant by Morong in his Naiad- aceze of North America are as follows: ‘‘The species is rare in North America. Canoga Marshes and Cayuga lake, N. Y. (Morong, Dudley); Florida (Chap. Fl.); Utah (Parry); Lower Calif. (Palmer). Attributed by Watson in Bot. Calif. to Clear lake (Bolander) and Huntington Valley, Nev. ( Wheeler). Cuba. Occurs in Europe and Asia.” It was found submerged in about one foot of water in a pond near lake Minnewaska, Pope county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1891). mer yn on ee ee ee ; . = ; ’ “ Si “9 . Z ‘Sie . Oe ee re ee Ce Re) ee ee ae eee gar eae « . eo ee ‘ RT ee an PP A ee ee ee, ee En we * Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 67 Sagittaria cristata ENGLM. in ARTHUR Proc. Day. Acad. Sci. 4:29. 1886. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Minneapolis, Minn. (J. C. Kassube, July, 1878); White Bear lake, Minn. (EH. P. S., July, 1891); Prior’s lake, Scott county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891); Minne- apolis, Minn. (C. L. Herrick, June, 1878). I am indebted to Mr. Jared G. Smith of the Missouri Botanic Gardens for the iden- tification of the above specimens. He also informs me that he has specimens of the same species from Minneapolis and Min- netonka, Minn. ‘ Muhlenbergia diffusa SCHREB. Gram. 2:t. 51. 1772. The only previous report of this species known to the writer is that in the Metaspermae of the Minnesota valley. This was based upon a specimen now in the Minnesota State Herbarium, collected in Blue Earth county, Minn. (J. B. Leiberg, 1883). It was found also on the sandy shores of lake Lida, Otter Tail county, Minn. (Z#. P. &, Aug., 1892). Eragrostis campestris TRIN. in Bull. Sc. Acad. Petersb. 1:70. 1836. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This species was collected at St. Anthony Park, Ramsey county, Minn. (Dr. Otto Lugger, Sept., 1893). The plant is probably of recent introduction, but is now becoming thor- oughly established. Scolochloa arundinacea (Lizs.) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 79. 1892. Not previously reported from Minnesota, although collected in Emmet county, Iowa, (Cratty), determined by Dr. Asa Gray and conjectured by him to occur in northern and western Min- nesota.! Collected in Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1893), and noted by him as “ very common.” Mr. R. I. Cratty, of Armstrong, Iowa, has in a recent letter reported this species as occurring locally in Martin county, Minn. 1. Gray, Bot. Gaz. 5:27. 1884. om” ab IA / f > é 68 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Distichlis spicata (LinN.) GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. 2:415. 1887: Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Morton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, June, 1890). Scirpus sylvaticus Linn. Spec. 51. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Typical specimens of this plant were found near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (Z. P.S., July, 1892). 4 Scirpus sylvaticus Linn. forma cephaloideus n. f. Erect, rigid, growing in clumps of from fifteen to twenty — plants, 9 to 15 dm. in height, with narrow leaves; the panicle contracted into a glomerate head; bristles 4 or 6, not down- wardly barbed, but twice exceeding the triangular achene. Collected in sandy clearings between Milaca and Bridgman, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (#. P. S., June, 1892). Scirpus torreyi OLNEY, Proc. Prov. Frankl, Soc. 1:32. 1847. This plant was reported by Lapham as occurring in Minue- sota. It was collected at White Bear lake, Washington county, Minn. (L. H. Bailey, July 1886); low swampy ground, border- ing Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, July, 1892). Scirpus nanus SPRENG. Pug. 1:4. 1815. Not previously reported from central Minnesota. The only reported Minnesota collection of this species of which I know is that of L. H. Bailey, at Vermilion lake, in 1886. It was collected at Taylor’s Falls, Minn., on the rocks in springy places (Z. P. S., Sept., 1891); and in wet, boggy places near the ‘‘narrows”, Center city, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). Carex lupulina MUBL. var. polystachya Torr. & ScHw. Monogr. 337. 1825. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected on the banks of Cannon river, Burnside township, Goodhue county, Minn. (A. P. Anderson, Aug., 1898). ead Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSION OF PLANT RANGES. 69 Eriocaulon septangulare Wiru. Bot. Arr. 184. 1776. Collected at Burntside lake, (ZL. H. Bailey, 1882); reported from lake Agnes, Douglas county, Minn. (Urs. Terry). Common along the shores and in shallow water at Linn lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892); rare in about two or three inches of water near the shores of Little lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). Tofieldia palustris Hups. Fl. Ang]. 157. 1762. This species was first collected in Minnesota by M. L. 8. Cheney, in July, 1891.” It was collected at Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). Allium tricocecum SOLAND. in Art. Hort. Kew. 1: 428. 1789. A sylvicolus form of this species with leaves often 2. 5 to 3 inches broad was found near Garrison, Crow Wing county, Minn. (EZ. P.S., June, 1892). Salix nigra Marsa. var, faleata Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2:209 1843. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Frequent on open ground on the northwest shore of Mille Lacs lake, Aitkin county, Minn. (H. P. S., June, 1892). Betula lenta Linn. Spec. 983. 1753. Although collected by Dr. J. H. Sandberg at Northern Pa- cific Junction in 1885, this plant was not reported from Minne- sota until the publication by LZ. S. Cheney It was collected near Encampment, Lake county, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, 1893), and on the west shore of Mille Lacs lake, Crow Wing county, Minn. (H. P. S., June, 1892). . . Polygonum cilinode Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 241. 1803. Heretofore reported in Minnesota from the north shore of | lake Superior (Juni, Roberts); Upper Mississppi (Garrison); Stearns county, (Mrs. Blaisdell). Collected at Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (E£. P. S., June, 1892); and on the Mille Lacs Indian Reservation, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., June, 1892). 2, Cheney, L, S. Flora of the Lake SuperiorfRegion, in Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci, 9:243, 3. Cileney, L. S. loc. cit. 9:24. 1893, PE Ey ee et el et ee ne Pe: 70 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Polygonum microspermum (ENGLM). | ‘ihe P. tsnue MICHX. var. microspermum ENGLM. in Proc. Acad. Philad. 15:75. 1863. Polygonum engelmanni GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1: 26. 1885. . Not previously reported from Minnesota. 0. Crevices of rocks near Montevideo, Chippewa county, Minn. : (L. R. Moyer, Oct., 1898). ae" The plants collected differ from the published description | only in having a tubular portion to the sheath, which is some- times lacerated above. This may probably be due to the late- ness of its gathering as other portions of some of the plants ‘ show the effects of weathering. The inaccessibility of the pub- lication of this species has induced me to include Green’s original description herewith.‘ Monolepis chenopodioides (NuttT.) Mog. in DC. Prod. 13, pt. 2:85. 1849. Not previously reported from Minnesota, although mentioned by Mr. Warren Upham in his list of western plants extending into the basin of the Red river.® It was found to be abundant in low, swampy ground near Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (H#. P. S., Sept., 1893). Amarantus spinosus LINN. Spec. 991. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in Good- hue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, July, 1886); Minnesota Point on lake Superior (7. 8. Raberts, Sept., 1879); lake Chris- tina, Douglas county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). Silene armeria Linn. Spec. 420. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Grand Marais, Cook county, Minn. (H. W. Stack, July, 1892). Ranunculus macounii Britt. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12720-4892: This species was first reported from Minnesota by L. 8. Cheney, under the name of Ranunculus hispidus Hoox.® 4. “Krect-spreading, diffusely branched from the base, a span or more high, reddish, very minutely scabrous-puberulent throughout; branches slender and somewhat flexuous; stipules sparingly lacerate, short, with notubular or herbaceous portion; leaves lanceolate, acute, with revolute margins, % inch or more long, the upper much smaller and remote; flowers in all the axils, solitary in twos or threes, very small; pedicels strongly deflexed; sepals obtuse, shorter than the very small, ovate, shining akene, and but loosely investing it.—Rocky mountains of Colorado, Remarkable in the minuteness of the flowers and fruit, erect-spreading habitat, and flowering from the very base of the stems and branches.” 5. Upham, Geographic Limits of the Species of Plants in the Basin of the Red River of the North, in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 25: 149 and 156. 1890. 6. Cheney, L. S, loc, cit. 235. 1893. si J RTA AE oe! Ps Ve thita the z# ~— ROOF j-had pe ey ‘ ae aes a ti “ . ‘ ‘ Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 71 Collected in low grounds on the banks of the Snake river - near Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (E. P. S., July, 1892); on the banks of the Little Stewart river, near Waldo, Lake county, Minn. (EH. P.S., June, 1893); north of Gull lake, and peat bog, near lake Kilpatrick, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1893). Nasturtium obtusum Nott. in T. & G. Fl. 1:74. 1888. Hitherto reported from Minnesota as occurring at Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). Col- lected also near Poplar Island lake, Ramsey county, Minn. (Z. P.S., Sept. 1893). Erysimum syrticolum SwHeELp. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 20:185. 1893. This species was collected on the gravelly hills northeast of Minneapolis and contiguous to the recently built Belt Line R. _&. tracks (#. P. S., Aug., 1893). Saxifraga virginiensis MicHx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:269. 1803. Not previously reported from northern Minnesota, but re- ported from Minnesota (Lapham) and from Hastings, Dakota county, Minn. (Mrs. Ray). Collected in abundance in the crevices of rocks near Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (#. P. S., June, 1893). Ribes hudsonianum RicHarRDs in Frankl. Journ. 734. 18238. This has recently been reported from Grand Marais, Cook county, Minn., by L. S. Cheney.’ It was collected near Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (£. P.S., July, 1892); and at Tower, St. Iouis county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1893). Potentilla gracilis Douct, var. nuttallii (Lex™.) Potentilla nuttallii Leu. Ind. Sem. Hort. Hamb. Add 12. 1851. P. chrysantha Leu. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:193. 1833. not P. chrysantha Trey. Semin. Vrat. 1818. P. rigide Nutt. in Jouro. Acad. Philad. 7:20. 1834. not P. rigida WALL. List. E. Ind. Mus. n. 1009. 1828. f P. gracilis DoUGL. var. rigida Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. $:557. 1873. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in grass by roadsides near Mound City, Hennepin county, Minn. (/. H. Burglehaus, Sept., 1892). 7. Cheney, L. S., loc. cit. 237, 1893. “ vt 4 "9 Sy X, ¥ 2 | "> eer ea MF: Pt end ae et Pa es Pier Apo : a. SR a ee : aK Os oe ee, as + Ste ey ne we Se y be ne re ary 0 Ae pee ee BAS rr. “ PON Cee a To MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Waldsteinia fragarioides (MicHx.) Tratt. Ros. Mon - 1:107. 1823-24. Reported from Stearns county, Minn, (Garrison); St. Croix _ th Falls and Stillwater (Miss Field). It was found in abundance along the Duluth and Iron Range R. R. tracks north of Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1898). * Vicia americana LINN. var. linearis (NUTT.) Warts. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:184. 1876. Not previously reported from Minnesota or South Dakota. Collected near White Rock, S. Dak., near Wheaton, Traverse county, on the shores of lake Traverse, Traverse county, and near Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (H. P. S., Sept., 1893). At the last two localities mentioned the plant was found on the summer fallow, thus appearing as if of recent introduc- tion. Meibomia canadensis (LInn.) O. K. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:195. 1891. ; A white-flowered, proliferated form of this species was found on high banks near lake Mora, Kanabec county, Minn. (#. P.S., July, 1892). Amorpha fruticosa Linn. forma albiflora n. f. Bushy, 3-9 dm. in height; bearing sparse, nearly oval leaflets and elongated spikes of pure white flowers; legumes one-seeded. Collected on the banks of the Rum river, three miles north of Milaca, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (H. P. S., July, 1892). . Dalea dalea (LInN.) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 230. 1892. Heretofore Minnesota collections of this species have been reported only from the southern border of the state. - Collected near Minneapolis (H. C. Carel, Sept., 1892); Mor- ton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, June, 1890); Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn., and Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1898). Psoralea tenuiflora PursH, Fl. Am. 475. 1814. Previously reported in Minnesota from Cottonwood county, (Holzinger). Collected on the banks of the Minnesota river, between Mor- ‘ton and Granite Falls, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, July, 1890). Jax ah r. ry ¥. a * a hy aE hI ei Deaton: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 73 _ 4 Lotus americanus (NurT.) Biscu. Hort. Heid. 1839. i This species was first reported in Minnesota from Swan lake, i ae county, Minn. (Upham). It has been collected at the state line near Elkton, S. Dak. (#. P. S., Aug., 1891); Pipestone City, Pipestone county, Minn. (Max Menzel, July, 1891); be- s tween Morton and Granite Falls, Minn. (Conway Mac Millan, _ June, 1890); Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (EL. P. S., _ Sept., 1893); Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1893). at q Polygala cruciata Linn. Spec. 706. 1753. Be ‘To the Minnesota localities for this plant are to be added: _ near North Branch, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., oe i 3 1892); Green lake, near Princeton, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (@. P.8., July, 1892). Ceanothus ovatus Desv. Arb. 2:381. 1809. é _ Previously reported in Minnesota from the St. Croix (Parry), SNew Ulm (Juni) and near Brainerd (MacM. & Sheld., Aug., ; 1890). Bs _Although observed by the writer and Professor MacMillan 4 Br: in the summer of 1890, no specimens of this species were pre- iz BS served. The present season, however, an abundant supply was obtained near Gull lake, Cass county, Mian. (Miss J. E. Tilden, Pf June, 1893); near Stony Brook, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Bal- es: lard, June, 1893); Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Ander- son, June, 1893). Also collected near Brainerd, Minn. (E. P. 8, June, 1892). “> e Viola longipes Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:174. 1838. _ Hitherto the only reported Minnesota localities for this * aa species have been on the sandy pine-barrens near Brainerd and Be , ‘Mille Lacs lake. ___ It was found in the crevices of rocks on the lake shore near _ Two Harbors, Lake county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1893). Rotala ramosior ( Linn.) KoEHNE, in Engl. Jahrb. 1:146. 188U. Reported in the appendix to Upham’s Catalogue as occurring at Lake City, (Gibson). Collected near North Branch, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892); near Richfield Center, _ Hennepin county, Minn. (F. L. Couillard, 1892); on the shores og WS, ete ee ees ge nt ie wo i a ac on 7 Ne) Te MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of Poplar Island lake, Ramsey county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1893). Ammania coccinea Rotts. Pl. Hort. Univ. Descr. 7. 1778. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in abundance on the shores of Big Stone lake and lake Traverse, near Brown’s Valley, Traverse county,’ Minn. (EH. P. S., Sept., 18938. Vaccinium cespitosum Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 284. 1808. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected on the sandy banks of lake Kilpatrick, Cass. coun- ty, Minn. (Miss Josephine E. Tilden, July, 1898). Kalmia glauca Art. Hort. Kew. 2:64. 1789. To the Minnesota localities already reported for this species the following are to be added. In cold bogs near Bay lake, Crow Wing county, Minn., and in marshes near Farm Island lake, Aitkin county, Minn. (E. P. S., June, 1892). Steironema lanceolatum (WALT.) GRay, Proc. Am. Acad. 12:03. S77. Although the Watson and Coulter edition of Gray’s Manual gives as a range for this species, ‘‘Ontario to Fla., Dak. and Tex.” the Minnesota forms have hitherto been referred to the var. hybridum (MIcHX.) GRAY. Collected near Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, July, 1892); at Taylor’s Falls, Minn. (E. P. S., Sept.,. 1892); and at Osceola, Wisc. (H. P.S., Sept., 1891). Convolvulus arvensis LINN. Spec. 153. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Dalton, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P.S., Aug., 1892); near Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (EL. P.S., Sept., 1893). Lithospermum linearifolium GoOLDIE in Edinb. Phil. Journ. 319. 1822. L. angustifolium Micux. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 130. 1803. not L. angustifolium Forsk. Fl. Aegypt. 1775., an Egyptian species. L. breviforum ENGLM. & Gray var. punctulosum ENGLM. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 12: 203. 1861. Minnesota specimens in herb: ss Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 75 + Sleepy Eye, Brown county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1892); Pelican lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892); _ Jordan, Scott county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891); _ Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., ' 1898); Graceville, Big Stone county, Minn. (Z. P. S., Sept., 1893). Bs : Lithospermum longiflorum (PURSH) SPRENG. Syst. 1:544. 1825. : Batschia longiflora Pursu, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1:132. 1814. ui Batschia longiflora Nurr. Gen. 1:113. 1818. es | Batschia decumbens Nutr. Gen 1: 114. 1818. a, L. incisum LEHM. Asp. 2:303. 1818. L. mandanense SPRENG. Syst. 1: 544. 1825. Pentalophus longiflorus A DC. Prod. 10:87. 1846. Pentalophus mandanensis A. DC. Prod. 10:87. 1846. Minnesota specimens in herb: 2. Winona county, Minn. (J. M. Holzinger,) Goodhue county, , Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, June, 1886); Idlewild, Lincoln - county, Minn. (Wm. J. Wickersheim, May, 1891); Cannon Falls, Goodhue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, May, 1882); Min- neapolis, Minn. (J. C. Kassube, May, 1878); Pipestone City, Pipestone county, Minn. (Mux Menzel, June, 1892); Minneapolis, Minn. (C. LZ. Herrick, June, 1878); Litchfield, Meeker county, Minn. (W. D. Frost, June, 1892). The above separation of these much referred species is a tentative one, and while based on my own observation of these plants in the course of field study and subsequent comparison in the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota, is made - with a view of calling attention to these perplexing plants and, if.possible, procuring more material for study. The plants referred to as Lithospermum longiflorum Goldie are slender, branching, becoming procumbent, with narrowly linear leaves, usually about one inch in length, and with a short, whitish corolla, equalling in length the upper leaves or foli- aceous bracts which surround the flowers. On the other hand the plants referred to as Lithospermum longiflorum (PURSH) SPRENG, are stout, erect, very rarely branching above, with linear-lanceolate leaves from one and a half to three inches in length, and with a long, yellow corolla, normally one inch to an inch and a half in length, producing eleistogenous flowers with short, inconspicuous corollas later in the season. 76 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lappula deflexa (WAHL.) GARCKE. var. americana (Gray) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 440. 1892. Hitherto Minnesota collections of this species have, to the writer’s knowledge, been made only at Janesville, Waseca county, Minn. (B. CO. Taylor, June, 1891). Collected at Center City, Chisago county, Minn. (B&. C. Taylor, June, 1891). - Cynoglossum virginianum Linn. Spec. 134. 1753. Reported from Stearns county, Minn. (Upham); St. Louis Sam river (Mrs. Herrick); Goodhue county, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sand-— berg), but this latter reference if based upon the plant so called by Dr. Sandberg and deposited in the University herbarium is — he questionable. Collected in edges of woods near Farm Island lake, Aitkin county, Minn. (#. P.S., June, 1892); Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Anderson, June, 1893); lake Kilpatrick, Cass county, Minn. C. A. Ballard, June, 1893). Echium vulgare Linn. Spec. 189. 1753. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Grand Marais, Cook county, Minn. (H. W. Stack, July, 1892). Salvia azurea Lam. var. pitcheri (TORR.) Salvia pitcheri TORR. in Benth. Lab, 274. 1833. S. azurea LAM. var. grandiflora BENTH. in DC. Prod. 12: 302. 1848. S. elongata TorR. in Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:231. 1828. not S. elongata KUNTH in H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 2:287. 1817. S. longifolia Nutt. in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 56: 185. 1834. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected near Morton, Renville county, Minn. (Conway Mac- millan, June, 1890. Isanthus brachiatus (Linn.) B.S. P. Cat. N. Y. 1888. This species has been reported as occurring in Minnesota at Lake City (Mrs. Ray); Blue Earth county (Lezberg); Minne- apolis (Winchell, Roberts). It was collected near Brainerd, Minn. (E£. P. S., July, 1892); on rocks near Montevideo, Chippewa county, Minn. (L. R. Moyer, Sept., 18¢3.) hee "he? f Ne i : oy Sheldon: FURTHER EXTENSIONS OF PLANT RANGES. 77 Solanum triflorum Nur. Gen. 1:128. 1818. es. Previously reported from Minnesota as occurring at Sabin, —-Clay county (Miss Ida M. Piper). ; Collected along railway tracks near New Brighton, Ramsey county, Minn. (7. H. Burglehaus, July, 1892). Solanum rostratum DUNAL. Solan. 234. 1816. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in waste grounds around Minneapolis, Minn. (#7. H. Burglehaus, Aug., 1890. Gerardia skinneriana Woop, Class Bk. 1855. Although reported from Minnesota by Lapham and Garrison, no authentic Minnesota specimens were known to the writer until the present season. lt was collected on dry hillsides near Featherstone, Goodhue county, Minn. (A. P. Anderson, Aug., 1893). The specimens _ found were slender, simple, about a span high, and with tri- _ angular-setaceous calyx teeth, and rose-purple, finely ciliate corollas, varying from one-half to two-thirds of an inch in length. Plantago major Linn. Spec. 113. 1753. al _ A teratological form of this species was found near St. Paul, _ Minn. (C. A. Ballard, Aug., 1891). The inflorescence may be _ described as narrowly conical. At the base of each pyxis there _____ is developed a foliaceous bract. This at the base of the in- | florescence is from two-thirds to one inch in length, becoming gradually reduced in size upwards, thus giving the conical out- line to the entire spike. _____ The bracts preserve the same general outline of the normal leaf of Plantago major LINN., and show the same veinage ___ characters. Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HILL. var. corymbulosa n. v. a Be: Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HtLu. forma corymbulosa SHELD. Quar. me, Bull. Univ. Minn. 1:27. 1892. Tall and stout, 9 to 12 dm. high, from an irregular-shaped corm; stem striate, smooth below, but white-pubescent with jointed hairs above; leaves scabrous, erect-spreading, the lower oblong-lanceolate, clasping, tapering to a margined petiole, «2 to 8 dm. in length, the cauline lanceolate, subsessile, 1 to 1.5 a POSTON AN a te be RNP a1 OE, eT RED EES Fee eT Te Ae oN a 78 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. dm. in length; inflorescence racemiform, the heads simply ter- minating the slender, erect-spreading, often leafy branches, which are from 5 to 15 cm. in length; heads 2.5 to 8 cm. high and wide; involucral bracts broadly obovate, dark purple, either herbaceous or slightly scarious, rounded and laciniate toothed at the summit; achene and pappus minutely barbellate upwards. This variety was first found by Mr. John. B. Leiberg in a bog near Mankato and was noted by Mr. Upham as a remarkable form. Recent study has proved it to be the prevailing form in bose and low grounds throughout the central and southern portions of Minnesota. Typical specimens of Laciniaria scariosa are found always to prefer dry, sandy or gravelly hillsides. Minnesota specimens in herb: Sheldon 38862, Dalton, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 7429, Wheaton, Traverse county; Ballard 1166, Zumbrota, Goodhue county; Taylor 1070, Alexandria; Leiberg 27, Mankato, Blue Earth county; MacMillan and Shel- don 36, Brainerd; Sheldon 1270, Lake Benton; Taylor 1027, Glenwood; Wickersheim 60, Idlewild, Lincoln county; Herrick 139, Minneapolis; Sheldon 1813, Ramsey county; Kassube 120, Minneapolis; Sheldon 7159, Brown’s Valley; Sheldon 3379, lake Clitheral, Otter Tail county; Sheldon 6074, Minneapolis; Sheldon 1364, Verdi, Lincoln county; Sheldon 1586, Lake Benton; Shel- don 8674, Fergus Falls; Oestlund 84, Minneapolis. Solidago mollis BARTL. Ind. Sem. Hort. Gott. 5. 1836. Solidago incana T. & G. Fl. 2:221. 1841. excl. syn. S. nemoralis AIT. var. incana GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:197. 1882. S. nemoralis A1T. var. mollss MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 510. 1892 A peculiar form of this species has been found which has the stem much branched above, each branch is densely foliate with small, obovate leaves 3 to 5 mm. in length, and surmounted by the dense oblong-conical thyrsus. It was at first thought that this phenomenon was teratological, but further study of a series of Minnesota, Dakota and Kansas specimens has shown the above character to be constant. Intermediate forms occur connecting it with the typical specimens. The species in its varying forms is abundant on the dry prai- ries near Brown's Valley, Graceville and Wheaton, Minn., and 8. Upham, Cat. Fl. Minn. 69. 1884. Po Oe ge eo eee es % } . 3 lar Solidago canadensis LINN. var. procera (AIT.) T. & G. Fl. 2:221. 1842. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected in abundance near Silver lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (Z. P. S., Aug., 1892). Aster oblongifolius Nutr. Gen. 2:156. 1818. The following are Minnesota localities in which this species has recently been found: Hergus Falls, Otter Tail county, Minn. (£. P. S., Aug., 1892); lake Christina, Douglas county, ' Minn. (H#. P. S., Aug., 1892); Wheaton and Brown’s Valley, ti _ Minn. (Z. P. &., Sept., 1893). Coreopsis trichosperma Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am, 2:139. 1803. Reported from Minnesota (Lapham); St. Paul (Kelley). Collected in damp places along streams, Hennepin county, Minn. (Ff. H. Burglehaus, Sept., 1890). Bidens beckii Torr. forma scissa n. f. ead Emergent leaves none, submerged much dissected, heads Me smaller and shorter, with small rays which are less showy than in typical specimens. cae This form was found in 4 to 5 feet of water in Linn lake, Soe K Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). t a a Artemisia glauca PALL. in Willd. Spec.'3:1331. 1804. ey. Reported from the Saskatchewan and Minnesota, (Drummond, Bus ; ; ~~ ~Nicollet, Kennicott. ) Collected on the shores of Pelican lake, Otter Tail county, ag _ Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892); Graceville, Big Stone county, a Minn. (H#. P. S., Sept., 1893); lake Traverse, Traverse county, Xp Minn. (EZ. P. S., Sept., 1893); Brown’s Valley, Traverse county, _ ‘Minn. (Z. P. S., Sept , 1893); Wheaton, Traverse county, Minn. : (#. P.S., Sept., 1893); Redwood Falls, Redwood county, Minn. _ (E. P.S., July, 1891); Springfield, Cottonwood county, Minn. _ (&.P.58., July, 1891); Moorhead, Clay county, Minn. (C. J. ____ Gedge, July, 1884). Reported also by Professor Conway Mac- _ Millan from Swedes Forest, Redwood county, Minn. EM eT Dy LAT RED aNE LePage INTENT AG tor Nae De Nae RH NaihMe id ON (0 OPN a Rel eM oe aE a 4 Nis ee ere ven NA Myigt Se RCA oy FORE NE, OUP Dae men Ae sung aa B heer dws Ope AS a. de : , i ‘ t ¥ 7 " We eee MR a peat a ae 80 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Artemisia canadensis Micux. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2:129. 1803. Reported as growing in Minnesota at the following localities: Lake Superior to the sources of the Mississippi (Houghton, Garrison); lake of the Woods (Dawson); Red river valley (Scott); White Bear, Ramsey county (Kelley). The White Bear locality has evidently been destroyed as re- peated search for the plant upon the shores and barks of White Bear and other neighboring lakes has faiJed to reveal its pres- ence. It was found in abundance on the shores of Eagle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (£. P. S., Aug. 1892); also on high banks, near Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (HZ. P. S., Aug. 1893). A specimen from this latter locality was submitted to Mr. M. L. Fernald of the Harvard Herbarium staff, who determines it be the above. Petasites palmata (HooK.) Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 407. 1880 Abundant at Tower, Vermilion lake, and Two Harbors, Minn. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, 1885), (EZ. P. S., June 1893). Col- lected also at Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (EH. P. S., June, 1893). Lactuea seariola Linn. Spec. Ed. II. 1119. 1768. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This plant is evidently of recent introduction as the first plants were noted and collected in 1892 on the river bank near the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). During the summer of 1893 it spread so as to become a common weed in the neighborhood of Minneapolis and St. Paul, (#. P. S., Aug., 1893). Sonchus arvensis LInn. Spec. 7938. 1753. Heretofore reported in Minnesota only from Anoka county, (Juni). It was found in peat bogs near Chaska, Carver county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1891); and on the sandy shores of an island in East Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn. (£. P. S., Aug,, 1892). Hieracium longipilum Torr. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 298 1838. Heretofore reported in Minnesota only from St. Croix river (Parry); Blue Earth county, (Leiberg). It was collected near lake Clitheral and Eagle lake, Otter Tail county, and near lake Christina, Douglas county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). DETERMINATION S OF LICHENS. W. D. FRost. SOME MINNESOTA iz " iy i XII q : . > , \ ‘ ‘4 The following list of lichens includes some of the most com- mon species in the state. Most of them have been collected by the staff of the Geological and Natural History survey during the years 1891 and 1892. The nomenclature is provis- Ee ional, and the arrangement followed is that of Nylander, as out- ee lined i in his Synopsis Methodica Lichenum. The writer is indebted to Mr. W. W. Calkins for the deter- i mination of the species of Graphis. a a GALICIEL Nyt. Syn. 1/141, 1860. + 1. Trachylia tigillaris Fr. Scand. 282. 1840. On fence rails, Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., June, 1892). ss ‘CLADONIEL Nyt. Syn. 1:186. 1860. 2. Cladonia pyxidata (Linn.) Fr. L. HE. 216. 1831. "a On ground, near Minneapolis, (W D. F., June, 1892). yee Brainerd, (2. P. Sheldon, June, 1892).. On old logs, Mora, Kanabec county, (EZ. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). 38. Cladonia verticillata FLK. Clad. 26. 1828. ee Low ground, near Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., Bs hist June, 1892. — 4 Cladonia mitrula Tucker. Darlingt. Fl. Cestr. Ed. III. ive, 444, 1853. — ‘ a>. . On sandstone, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). eo 5. Cladonia cristatella TuckERM. Proc. Am. Acad. 5:394. i 1862. On decayed stumps, near Minneapolis, (W.D. F., May, 1891). Spicer, Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). Brain- erd, (Z. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). if or ee ays aH Yea 4 f os ’ h 82 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 6. Cladonia rangiferina (Linn.) Horrm. Fl. Germ. 11425 1791. . On ground and old stumps, Taylor’s Falls, (W. D. Fr, Sept., 1893). Brainerd, (Z. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). Farm Island lake, Aitkin county, (#. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). USNEEI Nyt. Syn. 1: 265. 1860. 7. Usnea barbata (Linn.) FR. var florida Fr. L. E. 18. 1881. On conifers, Minneapolis (W. D. F., April, 1892). Mille Lacs lake (£. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). RAMALINEL Nyt. Syn, 1:277. 1860. 8. Evernia prunastri (Linn.) Acu. L. U. 342. 1810. Dead trees, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). 9. Ramalina calicaris (Linn.) Fr. L, E. 30. 1881. On Quercus macrocarpa MICHX. Minneapolis (W. D. F., April, 1892), and Litchfield, Meeker county (W. D. F.,. June, 1892). PELTIGEREI Nyt. Syn. 1:315. 1860. 10. Peltigera aphthosa (LINN. ) HorrM. Fl. Germ. 2:107. 1791. -On moss, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). 11. Peltigera canina (Linn.) Horr. Fl. Germ. 2:10.6 1791. On damp ground, Mille Lacs lake (Z. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). 12. Peltigera venosa (Linn.) Horr. Fl. Germ. 2:107. 1791. = On damp ground, Spicer, Kandiyohi county (W. D. F,, Aug., 1892). PARMELIEI Nyt. Syn. 1:332. 1860. 13. Parmelia caperata (Linn.) AcH. Meth. 216. 1808. On Quercus, Minneapolis (W. D. F. and E. P. Sheldon, May, 1892); Litchfield, Meeker county (W. D. F,, June, 1892; Pipestone, Pipestone county (Max Men- zel, July, 1892); Mille Lacs county (H. P. Sheldon, 1892). y14: 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 4 Ww tS Frost: SOME MINNESOTA LICHENS. 83 Parmelia perlata (Linn.) AcH. Meth. 216. 1803. On Quercus macrocarpa MicHx. Litchfield, Meeker county (W. D. F., June, 1892); near Mille Lacs lake — (EZ. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). Parmelia tiliacea (Horrm.) AcH. Meth. 215. 1803. On Pinus strobus LINN. Mille Lacs Indian reservation (Z. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). On Quercus macrocarpa MIcHX. near Mille Lacs lake and at Garrison,.Crow Wing county (E. P. Sheldon, 1892). Parmelia borreri TurN. Linn. Trans. 9:148. 1808. On trees, Lake Harriet, Minneapolis (W. D. F., April, 1892); Litchfield (W. D. F., June, 1892). Fn Acer saccharinum Linn. Mille Lacs Indian reserva- tion (Z£. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). Parmelia olivacea (LINN ) AcH. Meth. 213. 1808. On trees, Minnehaha Falls (Z. P. Sheldon, Oct., 1892). Physcia speciosa (WULF.) Fr. L. E. 80. 18381. On Quercus macrocarpa MIcHx. Spicer. Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). Physcia hypoleuca (MuHL.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am. L. 68. 1882. On trees. Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., June, 1892). Physcia stellaris (Linn.) Fr. L. E. 82. 1881. On twigs of Tilia americana LINN. Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., June, 1892); Spicer. Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892), On Quercus velutina Lam. Garrison, Crow Wing county, (LZ. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). Physcia obscura (Exru.) Nyu. Prodr. 68. 1857. On Populus tremuloides MICHX, near Minneapolis, (Z. P. Sheldon, May, 1890). Waseca, Waseca county, (Z£. P. Sheldon, July, 1891). Litchfield, Meeker county, ( W. D. F., Jane, 1892). Osceola, Wis., (Miss Jessie Elwell, Sept., 1892). Physcia adglutinata (FLOERK.) NyL. Syn. 1: 428. 1860. On Quercus macrocarpa MicHx. Spicer. Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). On Acer. saccharinum LINN. Mille Lacs Indian Reservation. (£. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). 84 - MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 23. Theloschistes ehrysophthalmus (Linn.) NoRM. 16. . 1852. On trees. Litchfield, Meeker county, (Wer: June, 1892). 24. Vheloschistes polyearpus (HHRH.) TUCKERM, ean Nit Am, -L.. 1; 50.5.) 1882. : On Quercus macrocarpa Micux: Litchfield, Macken i county, (W. D. F., June, 1892). Near Mille Lacs lake, (E. P. Sheldon, July,, 1892). On Quercus velutina Lam. Garrison, Crow Wing county, yi (E. P. Sheldon, July, 1892). ‘ee On Cerasus virginiana (LINN.) LOISEL. Mille Lacs lake . and Minneapolis, (Z. P. Sheldon, 1892). Mee 25. Theloschistes lychneus (NyL.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am. 150, 1882? fe On trees,. Litchfield, Meeker county, (W. D. F., Jaap i 1892). : 4% 26. Theloschistes concolor (Dicks.) TUCKERM. Syn. N. Am. — : Pe) P51, 1S82, ; On Quercus, Minneapolis (£. P. Sheldon, Sept., 1892). Spicer, Kandiyohi county, (W. D. F., June, 1892). GYROPHOREI Nyt. Syn. 2:3. 27. Umbilicaria dillenii TUckERM. Syn. N. H. 72. 1848.00 On igneus rocks, Taylor’s Falls (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). LECANOREI Nvt. Syn. 2:20. 28. Lecanora subfusea (Linn.) Aca. L. U. 398. 1810. On Populus tremuloides MicHx. Minneapolis (£. P. Shel- don, Sept., 1892). Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Pent ae 1892). : eS 29. Lecanora subfusea (LINN.) ACH. var. coilocarpa Acue So: oe? 893.) 1810; On Populus tremuloides Michx. Minnehaha Falls (#. P. Sheldon, May 1892). On Pinus strobus Linn., Mille Lacs lake (EH. P. Sheldon, June, 1892). ps 30. Pertusaria velata (TURN.) Nyx. Pyren. 35. 1858. On Acer saccharinum Linn. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1592). vi & ; omic a an i Chits perinti hea ) AcH. var. recta (HUMB.) NYL. ae Pyren. 41. 1858. ; a ae iA On Betula, Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., Sept., 1892). ee ae -Graphis elegans (SM.) AcH. Syn. 85. 1814. ee _ On Acer saccharinum LINN. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., te | Sept., 1892). La hi i Graphis substriatula Nyt. ‘g a Mi On Celastrus scandens Linn. Osceola, Wis. (W. D. F., a ees. ; Sept., 1892). , Le 44 ; 384. Graphis dendritica Acu. L. U. 271. 1810. k On =Quercus macrocarpa Micux. Spicer, Kandiyohi tian county (W. D. F., Aug., 1892). ; Bs ‘ee ‘ an rf cia © Sys a # bi ai ibe ae Bee USS Syiepr a SAIN OUI I heer BTR na capt Y rey SEQ OIE” CT RMA Nr a 4 os DESCRIPTION OF PLATES te PLATE IV. 1,2. Normal elaters of Conocephalus conicus; length .225 mm. and Be: -200 mm. 3. Elater showing dichotomous branching; length .200 mm. 4, later with two well developed branches, the spiral bands of which are connected by asingle fibre (A) which extends from une to the other but not through the body of the cell; length .210 mm. 5. Elater giving example of the branching of each of the two original fibers and a second branching of one of them (A), (B)and(c); length .150mm. 6. Shows the spiral bands of two branches separate from each other; length .200 mm. 7. Normal elater; length .150 mm. 8. Shows an example of a spiral band branching into four strands (A); length .077 mm. 9. Shows elater with two branches at each end; length .187 mm. 10, 11 and 12. Peculiar manner of branching and arrangement of bands; length .162 mm., .112 mm., .170 mm. 13. Shows how branching of elater causes branching of spiral thread; length .150 mm. 14. Elater in which two threads fuse (A) and then branch again into three divisions, two of which (B) again fuse; length .090 mm. 15. Elater possessing same peculiarity (BB) as in fig. 4; length 225 mm. IPRA Va 1,2and3. Types of branching of elaters and Bands; length .125 mm., .135 mm.and .110 mm. 4.5. Two views of the same elater; length .127 mm. 6. Common example of the manner in which the spiral bands are distributed in the branches of the elater; length .150 mm. 7. Another form resembling tig. 4, plate iv; length .150 mm. 8,9. Young elaters containing starch;length .110 mm. and .112 mm. 10. Elater having a length of .217 mm. 11. Young elater containing starch; length .112 mm. 12, 13 and 14 .Peculiar forms of branching and arrangement of bands; length .110 mm. and .042 mm. and .130 mm. 15. Unusual form; length .207 mm. PLATE VI ; Laciniaria scariosa (LINN.) HILL. var corymbulosa SHELD. 1, Corm and basal leaf. 2. Portion of stem. 3. Inflorescence. 4. Hairs from axis of inflorescence. 5. Involucral scale, 6. Fruit with pappus and corolla. i a) At! i, March, 1894. TP eee) eo, ee PO PEATE WW. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bulletin No. 9. Bulletin No 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PEATE V; March, 1894. sie hes oye Pe ey Bulletin No. 9, MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1894. PLATE VI. ———— — J — — ee ee a I IS ————— XII. A REVISION OF THE MUCORACEAE WITH ____ ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO SPECIES RE- e PORTED FROM NORTH AMERICA. Be RoscoE POUND. General considerations. The greater part of the systematic portion of this article was written for the forthcoming Part I of 2 the Flora of Nebraska, but on account of limited space, only a ag few of the descriptions and a small part of the synopsis will find a _ aplacein that work. The number of excellent revisions of this - group! which have appeared recently make any further attempt of doubtful utility. But as none of them are in the English language, and as the forms described from North America by a the older authors have not been subjected to the examination they still sadly need, this survey of the group ay not be out of place. The Mucoraceae are quite a coherent and well marked group. There is no great difficulty in tracing the relationship of the _ several genera, and the groups into which it is subdivided set . themselves off quite readily. Nor is it unwieldly in point of numbers. In the Sylloge Fungorum 29 genera are given and 199 _ species. Nine of these genera, however, must be totally _ rejected. They are genera described by Corda, Preuss, Berke- . ey and other early mycologists, partly from insect eggs, partly from slime moulds, and partly, perhaps, from Hyphomycetes. _ Fischer recognizes 20 genera, rejecting Tieghemella of Berlese and DeToni in the Sylloge, but adding Dicranophora Schroeter, _ since described. Schroeter has united with some freedom, and _ recognizes but 15 genera, including one not in Fischer’s range. One more has recently been described, so that to follow _ Schroeter we should have 16, and to follow Fischer 22 genera. _ I think we may well follow Schroeter in all but two cases, and my conclusion is that there are 18 valid genera, if we accept _ Dewevre's Carnoya, which is not yet sufficiently described. 1. A. Fischer in Krypt. Flor. v. Deutschl. ete.; the (unfinished) sketch by ‘ _ Schroeter in Engler au. Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien; A. Dewevre, Contr. i l’Etude des ia - Mucorinées (unfinished), Grevillea, S. 1893, and Mr. 1894. ‘~ | . 88 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Of the 199 species enumerated in the Sylloge Fungorum, Fischer has shown that 70 are to be excluded. Fischer describes 100 species for Europe, aad Schroeter estimates 130 for the whole world. I regard this as a very liberal estimate. The species described for other parts of the world, if subjected to the examination which Fischer has given the European species, would doubtless yield a large proportion of synonyms. Thus 8 species are described from North America, chiefly by Berke- ley and Curtis. These were named at a time when, as Fischer says, every form of Mucor mucedo on a new substratum received a new name, and most of them will have to be assigned to Mucor mucedo or Ascophora mucedo, if one can be sure that they de- scribe anything. Van Tieghem, who was the first to treat the group exhaust- ively, and to whom we owe most of our knowledge of its forms, divided the family in 1875? into five tribes. Dewevre following him, and adding the Choanephoreae, not in the scope of Van Tieghem’'s work, arranges them thus: 1. Piloboleae; 2. Mucoreae; 3. Chaetocladieae; 4. Choane phoreae; 5. Mortierelleae; 6. Cephalideae. Other authors agree with this substantially, except that they unite the Pileboleae and Mucoreae. Fischer divides the group, which he terms an order (Mucor- inae), into four families (the Choanephoreae being without his range); Mucoraceae, Chaetocladiaceae, Mortierellaceae, and Cepha-_ lidaceae. The first he subdivides into three sub-families: Mucoreae, Piloboleae, and Thamnidieae. Schroeter divides into five families: Mucoraceae, Mortierellaceae, Choanephoraceae, Chaetocladiaceae, Piptocephalidaceae, and subdivides the first into Mucoreae and Piloboleae. I propose the following arrangement, the reasons for which will be explained presently: Family MUCORACEAK. (Order Mucorineae of German authors. ) Sub-family 1. MUCOREAE. | Tribe Eumucoreae. Tribe Rhizopeae. Tribe Thamnidieae. Tribe Piloboleae. 2. Van Tieghem. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi, 1:41. 1875. Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 89 Sub-family 2. MORTIERELLEAE. Sub-family 8. CHOANEPHOREAE. Sub-family 4. CHAETOCLADIEAE. Sub-family 5. CEPHALIDIEAE. Like all sequences, this one is open to the objection that it separates related forms and places unrelated ones in juxtaposi- tion. No lineal arrangement is possible which will not do this 7 more or less. Juxtaposition can only partially represent zr: relationship in a lineal disposition. he relationship of the several groups may be indicated by “aes . . the following diagram: : aN. Mortierelleae. Bumucoreae.————————_— Piloboleae. \ ! fae Poe * ! Rhizopeae. . 9 19 ey Thamnidieas. ai Ral | Rs Choanephoreae. \1 Cephalideae. Chaetocladieae. There can be no doubt, as M. Dewevre points out, that the _ Mucoreae are the pivotal group from which the other groups are to be derived. The conidia, which characterize the Choanephoreae and Chaetocladieae, are evidently but reduced 4a ‘sporangia, and Thamnidium links them with Mucor, which 2 indeed sometimes produces sporangiola under proper condi- Be tions. The one possible exception is the Cephalideae. Their + connection with the rest of the group admits of some doubt. _ Schroeter appears to think that the chains of conidia formed a by simultaneous division, which characterize this sub family, ig are to be regarded as sporangia. But the analogy issomewhat e. obscure. Von Tavel* remarks the absence of anything cor- % _ responding to the sterile side branches or separate sporangio- _ phores, and says significantly: cae hier errinnert nichts * _* * * mehr an die sporangien.” a _ If the Cephalideae are derived from the Mucoreae, it is proba- bs bly through the Mortierelleae, with which they have some points of resemblance, especially the anastomosing rial mycelium. b In this view, we may regard the conidiophores as equivalent to Me: ‘ _ the fertile mycelium of the latter, and the several conidia chains as each representing a sporangium. The septa formed in the i conidiophores of Piptocephalis may tend to confirm this, but it oo Vergleich. Morphol. 37. a eee f Sts i 7% 4 me, h We? atl Se. See te LAs OP Ae 2; “ae ies foal te ate te Rie iar baal a We oat aA bat 90 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. seems a trifle far fetched. More probably the whole head of conidia chains is to be held equivalent to a sporangium. Another thing to be considered in this connection is the fact that the Cephalideae are set off from all other Mucoraceae by the manner in which they form zygospores. All the other groups form the zygospore directly by the union of the contents of the two conjugating cells. In the Cephalideae there is a further process. After the tips of the conjugating branches have each cut off by a wall and their contents have united, they do not at once form a zygospore, but the contents contract, separate off from the rest of the new cell by a new wall, and then become a zygospore. Von Tavel remarks, what is not at first apparent, that while the former process is like the conjugation in the Zygnemeae, the latter resembles conjugation in the Mesocarpeae. The relationship of the Cephalideae to the rest of the Mucoraceae must be regarded as somewhat doubtful as far as direct deriva- tive relationship is concerned. There can be no doubt, however, that, wherever their origin is to be found, it will not be far from that of the other groups. Nomenclature. The nomenclature of the group is in a somewhat uncertain state. The names applied by the older mycologists are often of doubtful application, owing to the extreme vagueness and generality of their descriptions. Fischer says: ‘‘The laconic brevity of diagnoses formerly favored, makes it often impossible to identify the old forms with those now known, and yet this is necessary, in order that the heavy ballast of doubtful species may be finally thrown off.” Dr. Fischer has delivered us from some seventy species of the old authors, and most of the eight American species of Mucor must eventually receive like treatment. But while Fischer’s work in disposing of the species of the old authors in their proper place has been excellent, he has paid little or no atten- tion to the claims of the names they imposed. The investiga- tors, such as Van Tieghem, often took little pains to ascertain the identity of the forms they worked upon with those named by the earlier writers who only described, and imposed names now current upon several forms which had already received more than one name. Mycologists have differed on the question of the respect to be paid to priority quite as much as phanerogamists. Winter in Part Iof the Pilze in the Kryptogamen Flora v. Deutschland, ete., applied the rule of priority vigorously, but somewhat capriciously. Schroeter has consistently adhered to it. Sac- 91 _ takes exception to Dr. Kuntze’s changes in the nomenclature _ of the fungi, and leaves his position s)mewhat in doubt. There seems to be no reason, however, why the Rochester rules, as amended, should not be ode to the fungi, and I have e Systematic. Family MUCORACEAE. ‘Mycelium well _ developed, thread-like (i. e. with hyphae), branched, up to the - time of fructification unicellular (i. e. without septa). Asexual ee _ reproduction by internal spore formation in terminal cells : 2 (sporangia) or by reduced sporangia which resemble one celled : si conidia or conidia chains. Sexual reproduction by zy gospores, __ that is by the union of two undifferentiated, or scarcely differ- 3%. entiated cells to form a zygospore. All spores germinating by Principal and secondary sporangia with a col- umella. Membrane of sporangium of two parts, above cuticularized and permanent, below thin and quickly disappearing. Sporangiophores evenly cylindrical, sporangia not thrown off at maturity. Sporangiophores swollen below the sporangia; ° sporangia thrown off at maturity. 2 - Sporangia without a columella; fertile mycelium distinct from the vegetative dA. a ‘ % Ft a germinating tube; no swarm spore formation.” (Schroeter) . hs Synopsis. - Asexual spores formed in sporangia. a Sporangia with a columella. MUCOREAE. Mycelium and sporangia of one kind only. - Eumucoreae. ay, Sporangiophores simple or branched, but not dichotomous. Mucor. Sporangiophores unbranched, bright me- Bor... talic in color. Phycomyces. Rel Vegetative mycelium colorless, aerial brown and thorny (approaches Rhizopeae). Spinellus. Sporangiophores dichotomously branched. Syzygites. Mycelium of two kinds,—vegetative and fertile. Rhizopeae. Sporangiophores borne at the nodes of the - stolons. Zygospores naked. Ascophora, Sporangiophores borne on the tips of the arched internodes. Zygospores covered by outgrowths of the suspensors. Absidia. Sporangia of two kinds,—principalsporangia and ‘ sporangiola. Thamnidieae. Principal sporangia with a columella, spor- % ; ; wo ¥ angiola without a columella. Thamnidium, Dicranophora. Piloboleae. Pilaira. Hydrogera. MoRTIEREDLEAE. 92 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Sporangiophores always terminating in sporan gia Mortierella. Sporangiophores ending in sterile points. Herpocladium. [Not yet sufficiently characterized]. Carnoya. Sporangia represented by conidia,—either singly or in chains. Sporangia and conidia both present. CHOANEPHOREAE. Choanephora. Conidia only,—produced singly. CHAETOCLADIBAE. Chaetocladium. Conidia in chains. CEPHALIDEAE. Conidiophores septate at maturity, dichoto- mously branched. Piptocephalis. Conidiophores not septate, simple or once forked. Syncephalis. Conidiophores corymbosely branched. Syncephalastrum. Sub-family 1. MUCOREAE. Asexual spores formed in sporangia; sporangia with a colum- ella (except sporangiola in forms having them). Zygospores naked, or surrounded by loose, simple, or simply branched hyphae. Tribe KUMUCOREAE. Mycelium and sporangia typically of one kind. This is the stem group from which all the others appear to be derived. 1. MUCOR Linné. Spec. Pl. 2:1185. 1753.* Hydrophora Tope. 1791. Pleurocystis BONORDEN. 1851. Circinella VAN TIEGHEM and LEMONIER. 1872. Pirella BAINIER. 1881. Chlamydomucor BREFELD. 1890. Saprophytic; mycelium spreading in and upon the substratum; sporangiophores simple or branched, but if branched, not dichotomous. Zygospores borne on the mycelium; the sus- pensors without outgrowths. This was the name of one of the eleven genera under which Linné in his Genera Plantarum included all fungi. Sub-genus EUMUCOR Schroeter. Krypt. Flor. v. Schlesien, III, ice2059%) 1886; Sporangiophores erect, always with terminal sporangia. *I ha¥e taken the starting point of the Rochester rules, Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. ‘Mucor mucedo Linnél. c. ue | a Fischer gives as synonyms the following names to be found ha. 20 _ Sylloge Fungorum: M. stercoreus (TODE) LK. M. murinus PERs. / M. caninus PERS. ; M. aquosus MART. M. microcephalus WALLR. M. subtilis (CORDA) BERL. and DE ToNnI. Rhizopus fructicolus (CDA.) BERL. and DE ToNT. M. rhizopogonis (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tont. Mt. candalabrum (CDA.) BERL, and DE Tont. _M. bifudus FREs. M. glandifer Bon. M. ciliatus Bon. M. dimiaei SCHULZER. _ The rest of the intricate synonymy need not ve given. _ Sporangiophores erect, rigid, simple, 2-15 cm. high; spor- —angia large, round 100-200 mikrons in diam., the membrane quickly disappearing leaving a small collar-like fragment at the . base; columella high arched, cylindrical or truncate conical, _ 70-140x 50-80 mikrons; spores rounded cylindrical or long ellip- ‘a ‘soid, 6-12 x 3-6 mikrons, or sometimes larger, colorless or light _ yellow. On excrement of animals and various organic substances the eyorid over. In specimens I have examined the spores are regularly 8-10 in mikrons about half as wide and rather strongly tinged with yellow. Mucor racemosus FRESENIUS. Beitraege. 12. 1850. if Pleurocystis fresenii BONORDEN. 1851. Chlamydomucor racemosus BREFELD. 1890. _ Fischer gives as synonyms the following names which are oA n the Sylloge Fungorum: 7. M. truncorum LK. M. juglandis Lx. M. carnis LK. M. pygmaeus LK. M. fungicola (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tontr. M. florae (CDA.) BERL. and DE Tont. M. cinereus (PREUSS.) BERL. and DE Tont. M. griseus Bon. y: M Juglandis Lk. 1809, is the earliest name which can with some certainty be referred to this species. According to - . Rae Ie ARSENY AER LON er Mee A LOPR ERE SCT “7 = ‘ : SE Oe: at ht a TA aay a) 4 s ‘\ 94 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Fischer, also, old material in the Berlin herbarium marked J. Sh juglandis goes here. We may, therefore, be compelled to use this name instead of WM. racemosus. Sporangiophores erect, of various sizes, 5-40 mm. high, or a small and frail, richly and irregularly branched, each branch a terminating in asporangium; sporangia small, round, of various sizes (depending on the nourishment), 20-70 mikrons in diam., the * membrane not dissolving but splitting; columella broad clavate | or obovate; spores round or short ellipsoid, singly colorless, yellowish in mass, 6-10 x 5-8 mikrons. When grown in a solution it forms septa rapidly and grows by budding, and in this state itis a ferment. Under poor condi- tions it forms round, oblong or ellipsoid chlamydospores here and there in the hyphae and even in the sporangiophores. None of the other well described European species are recorded for this country. Other species reported from North . America are: Mucor inequalis PEcK, 26 Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 79. 1874. _‘* Fertile flocci simple or once or twice divided, white; spor- angia globose, at first white, then bluish black or brownish black; spores somewhat angular, subglobose, very unequal in size, .0002—.0005 in. in diameter.” (Peck, 1. c.) On decaying squashes. The size and shape of the spores agree well with Ascophora mucedo. It may represent a young specimen of this fungus. But the description seems to indicate a Mucor, as branched, white sporangiophores are mentioned. As to the shape of the spores, compare WM. heterosporus Fischer. Mucor curtus BERKELEY and Curtis, N. A. F. No. 708. Spores fusiform, subappendiculate at each end, 11x 2 mikrons. ; On decaying muskmelon, South Carolina. The shape of the spores is peculiar and makes it doubtful if this is a Mucor. Mucor echinophila ScHwrrnitz. North Am. Fungi. No. 2742, p. 285. On spines of the involucre of Castanea sativa, Bethlehem, Pa. The very meager description baffles identification. Mucor tenerrimus BERKELEY. Outlines. 407. Reported from North America in the Sylloge Fungorum. Ac- cording to Fischer may be a Myxomycete, but certainly is not a Mucor. ‘ Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 95 | Mucor subtilissimus BERKELEY. Hort. Journ. 3:98. Reported from North America in the Sylloge Fungorum. Of va this and other Berkeleyan species, Fischer says: ‘‘The short _ diagnoses of the author pass for all possible small fungi. I 4 ‘think that no one of these five species is a Mucor, but they all belong to the Hyphomycetes.” See under Syzygites and Ascophora for other species described ; i from North America. Subgenus CIRCINELLA Van TrecHEem and Le Monter. | 1872, wt genus.” . Sporangia formed on side branches of a branched sporangio- _ phore, the branches arched or curved and often produced in regular groups; the main branch continuing and bearing new _ side branches, but no terminal sporangium. _- No species are reported for this country. This group, made a genus by Van Tieghem and Le Monier, __ and generally so recognized, was reduced to a subgenus by _ Schroeter in 1886. It is only a further development of the _ branched sporangiophore, and leads to the fertile mycelium of Ascophora. . Subgenus PIRELLA BaAInigER. 1882, wt genus. Similar to Circinella; sporangia pear shaped, columella very large, hour-glass shaped. There is but one species, which is not reported for this country. Itis closely allied to Circinella, and is made a sub- ~ genus of Mucor by Schroeter in Engler u. Prantl, Pylanzen- familien. 1893. 2. PHYCOMYCES Kunze. Mykol. Hefte. 2:113. 1823. Sporangiophores simple, arising singly, bronze green, strongly metalic, terminated by a large sporangium; sporangia - round, many spored, the membrane dissolving; columella pear shaped. Conjugating branches tong shaped, the suspensors producing dichotomously branched, dark brown projections. : Phycomyces nitens (AGARDH.) KUNZE, 1. c. o Ulva nitens AGARDH. 1817. _ The characters of the genus: Sporangiophores 7-30 cm. long; sporangia very large, about 1 mm.; spores ellipsoid 16-30 x 8-15 mikrons. 96 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On greasy, oily substances. Found also on a decaying squash ‘at Lincoln. A beautiful species, quickly recognized by its metalic appear- ance. The sporangiophores have the look of small flattened wires. 3. SPINELLUS Van TieGHem. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 1:66, 1875. Aerial mycelium more or less developed, several times branched, with short, thorn-like side branches. Sporangio- phores simple. Zygospores formed on the aerial mycelium. United with Mucor by Schroeter. The aerial mycelium, upon which the zygospores are formed, connects with Syzygites. Spinellus rhombosporus (EHRs. ) Mucor rhombosporus EHRB. 1818. Sylv. Myce. Berol. 25 (ex. Link.) Mucor fusiger LK. Sp. Pl. VI, 1:98. 1824. Spinellus fusiger (LK.) VAN TIEGH. 1. c. 1875. Aerial mycelium formed of richly divided branches beset with single or 2-4 verticillate, pointed, thorn-like branches; sporangiophores borne only on the thorny aerial mycelium, single, unbranched, rigid, erect, below bulbous-inflated, taper- ing to about half the breadth, blue gray, chocolate brown at maturity; sporangia spherical, black at maturity, membrane quickly disappearing, 180-300 mikrons in diam.; columella large; spores spindle shaped, rounded at the ends, sometimes twisted or spirally curled, brown, 30-40 x 9-12 mikrons. On Agarics. Reported from the United States by Berkeley and Curtis. According to Link 1. c. I. rhombosporus Ehrb. is his MW. fusiger, and Fischer cites Ehrenberg’s own opinion to the same effect. 4. SYZYGITES Esrenserc. Sylv. Myc. Berol. 25. 1518. Sporodinia LK. Sp. Pl. VI. 1:94. 1824. Sporangiophores erect, repeatedly dichotomously branched, forming septa at maturity; sporangia on the ends of the branches. Zygospores borne on a specially developed, erect, dichotomously branched mycelium. Ehrenberg named the zygospore bearing mycelium Syzygites. Link gave the name of Sporodinia to the asexual fructification Six years later. Syzygites aspergillus (ScopPoti.) Mucor aspergillus Scop. Flor. Carniol 494. 1772. S. megalocarpus EHRB. 1. c. 1818. ~ 5) i Se Aa a ¥ilmgs Te Slee F; r A on a aes. ‘ . ‘ = aaa Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 97 55 Sporodinia grandis Lx. 1. c. 1824. FIscHER. 1892. Sporodinia aspergillus (Scop.) SCHROETER. tnpler u. Prantl. Planzenfam. I. 1: 127. 1893. am ? Mucor capitato-ramosus SCHWEINITZ. N. A. F. 285. 1831. Characters of the genus: Sporangia spherical, many spored, _ when young often pale red or orange, at maturity brownish or Ma blackish brown; spores round or ellipsoid, quite variable in _ form, 11-40 mikrons. Zygospore-mycelium septate, brown, the ends long-tapering. ~ On decaying Agarics, Boleti, etc. Not reported for this country. But the description of J. _ capitato-ramosus Schw., reported also by Berkeley and Curtis, agrees well with the asexual fructification of this species. ae & al a . ~ Tribe RHIZOPEAE. . x a Mycelium of two sorts, the vegetative growing in the sub- _ stratum, and the fertile or aerial mycelium, which grows by _ stolons, and upon which the sporangiophores are borne. b _« Schroeter unites Ascophora, one of the two genera placed here, * with Mucor, with which it is connected by the subgenus Circin- ella. The sporangiophores of the latter, if prostrate and _ forming rhizoids at points where the branches which bear the _ sporangia are produced, would be exactly what we have in the _ fertile mycelium of Ascophora. Ascophora and therelated genus x Absidia form a small group well set off from the other Mucoreae; quite as mucl: so, it seems to me, as Thamnidium, which no one now unites with Mucor. Ihave, therefore, following Von Tavel _ (Vergleich, Morphol. 1892), set them off under the name of _ -Rhizopeae. " ; ft a fa ASCOPHORA Tope. Fung. Meckleb. 1:18. 1790. Rhizopus ExrsB. Nov. Act. Acad. Leopold X. 1: 198. 1820.(ex. Fischer. ) Fertile mycelium at first white, then brown, or brownish Bt - black, growing in all directions by stolons, which fasten here “i and there by rhizoids, and at these points produce one or more __ sporangiophores and other stolons; sporangiophores swollen ee just below the sporangia;.sporangia hemispherical, the mem- brane entirely disappearing; columella hemispherical, forming with the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore a club shaped # ‘ head, which collapses, and has the appearance of an umbrella. _ Zygospores naked. ia yee ey me Cain SS BG orp LR OA ew ag CRN yer ie As rs 2 98 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ascophora mucedo Tope. 1. c. 1790. Mucor stolonifer EHRB. Sylv. Myc. Berol. 25. Rt. nigricans EHRB. 1820, ut supra. Mucor clavatus Lk. Sp. Pl. vr.1:92. 1824. Mucor amethysteus BERK. Engl. Flor. 5: 332. 1832. ? Mucor fuscus (B. and C.) BERL. and DE TONI.—Ascophora fusca B. and OC. N. A. F. No. 651. ? Mucor cucurbitarum B. and C. N. A. F. No. 701. ? Mucor beaumontii B. and C. N. A. F. No. 702. The last three are apparently to be placed here. The de- scriptions, particularly of Ascophora fusca, indicate Ascophora mucedo and M. beaumontii is said by the authors to differ from M. clavatus principally in the spores. Stolons creeping here and there over the substratum, quickly covering it, at first colorless, then brown; rhizoids more or less branched; sporangiophores rarely single, usually in clusters of 3—5 or more on each node, +4 mm. high; columella broad hem- ispherical, with the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore forming a clavate cylindrical head reaching almost to the tip of, the sporangium, usually collapsing after the dissolution of the sporangium membrane and remaining a long time covered with spores; spores of various sizes and shapes, irregular globose or oval, with one or two truncated corners, somewhat longer than broad, thick walled, finely striate, averaging 6-17 mikrons. On all kinds of decaying organic matter; one of the com- monest of fungi. : 6. ABSIDIA Van TiEGHEM. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 4: 350, 1876. Tieghemella BERLES® and DE TonrI 1888, Syl. Fung. VII., 1: 215. Fertile mycelium as in Ascophora; sporangiophores in groups, produced only on the tips of the arched internodes; columella cuticularized, blue-black; sporangia pear-shaped. Zygospores enveloped by unicellular, curved, cuticularized threads, grow- ing out oppositely from the suspensors. No species are reported for this country. Tribe THAMNIDIEAE. Sporangia of two kinds; principal sporangia many spored, with a columella, terminal on the main branches; secondary sporangia (sporangiola) on side branches, few spored, with or without a columella. ; This group is closely related to Mucor, the phenomenon of sporangiola on side branches being occasionally met with in M. mucedo. The typical Thamnidium elegans makes this rela- Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 99 y tionship quite evident. Other forms, showing a tendency to lose the terminal sporangia and producing side branches with sterile tips, connect with the Chaetocladieae. oS 7. THAMNIDIUM Lx. Obs., 1:31, 1809. = Chaetostylum VAN TreGH. and Le Mon. Ann. Sc. Nat. v. 17:328. Peay. 1873. Helicostylum Corba. Ic. Fung. 5:18. 1842. Sporangiophores erect: principal sporangia terminal on the main branches, with a columella; sporangiola on side branches, without a columella. Schroeter unites Thamnidium, Chaetostylum, and Helicostylum, calling the two latter subgenera. In £uthamnidium the side branches are simple or dichotom- ously branched, the ends bearing sporangiola. The type is 7. elegans Lk. Thamnidium paradoxum (B. and C.) BERL. and DE Tont. Syl. _ Fung. vu. 1:211—Mucor paradoxus B. and C. N. A. F. No. 877, if a Thamnidium, probably belongs to this species as the size and shape of the spores and the habitat agree with it fairly well. _ Butit seems more likely that it is only a form of Mucor mucedo, as the description states that the smaller sporangia are borne on hyphae arising from the mycelium. -M. mucedo often at first produces small dwarfed sporangia which are followed by the larger normal ones. Fischer observes that the abnormalities of M. mucedo have been freely described as species by the earlier mycologists. In the subgenus Chaetostylum the principal sporangia are often wanting, and sporangiola are produced on small branch- lets arising from the swelling below the tip. The only species is T. fresenii (Van Tiegh. and Le Mon.) Schroet. Inthe subgenus Helicostylwm the side branches terminate in Sterile tips and bear sporangiola on spirally coiled branchlets. i The type species is: a ot Thamnidium helicostylum (BONORDEN.) =. Helicostylum elegans CORDA. 1842. 1. c. 4 Pleurocystis helicostylum Bon. Hbk. Alg. Myc. 124. 1851. Ascophora ancena Preuss. Linnaea 24:77, 1852. Thamnidium amoenum (PREUSS.) SCHROET. Pflanzenfam. I. 1: 128. RASTA EN Oy Dob bP AT Py et TN Le oe AEP ee ee Sa X , t Tad 3 Re") 4 100 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 8. DICRANOPHORA Scurorter. Jahresb. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cultur. 64:198. 1886. (ex. Fischer.) ie Sporangiophores richly branched, ending in principal spor- angia or in dichotomous branches which bear secondary sporangia. Secondary sporangia one or two spored, with a two or three pronged columella. The only species, D. fulva Schroet. is known only from Schroeter’s description and his figure in Engler u. Prantl, Pflanzenfam. Tribe PILOBOLEAE. Membrane of sporangium of two parts; the upper cuticular- ‘ized and permanent, the lower thin and quickly disappearing. 9, PILAIRA VAN TIEGHEM. Ann. Sc. Nat. vi. 1:51, 1875. Mycelium without swellings; sporangiophores simple, arising singly from the mycelium, terminating in a sporangium with- out a subsporangial swelling; sporangia round, with a broad columella, many spored, the membrane above cuticularized, black, not dissolving or splitting, below colorless, soon swelling up and setting the upper portion free from the columella. No species are reported for this country. The most widely distributed species is: Pilaira fimetaria ( Lk.) : Mucor fimetarius LK... Obs. 1:30 1809. Hydrophora fimetaria Fries. 1829. Pilobolus anomalus CESATI. 1871. Pilaira cesatii VAN TIEGHEM. 1875. Pilaira anomala (CESATI) SCHROETER. . 1886. 10. HYDROGERA WicceEkrs F!. Holsat. 110. 1780 (ex. Kuntze.) Pilobolus Tope. 1874. Schr. Naturf. Freunde Berlin 5: 46, (ex. Fischer.) Sporangiophores simple, arising singly from swellings in the mycelium, colorless or orange, above expanding into a large ellipsoid swelling; sporangia hemispherical or lens shaped, many spored, the membrane above black and cuticularized, the lower half quickly disappearing and leaving the upper part resting on the conical columella, thrown off at maturity by ten- — sion of the terminal swelling of the sporangiophore. Zygo- spores naked, borne on tong shaped branches. Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 101 Hydrogera obliqua (SCOPOLI). O. KUNTZE. Mucor obliquus Scop. Flor. Carniol. 2: 494. 1772. Hydrogera crystalina WIGGERS. 1780. 1. ¢. Pilobolus crystalinus TopDE. 1784. 1. ¢. H. obliqua OK. Rev.Gen. 2: 855. 1891. Sporangiophores arising singly from bladder like swellings - in the mycelium, 5-10 mm. long, the terminal swelling .85- - 1.25x 60-85 mm.; sporangia plano-convex, resting on the side of the terminal swelling, 300-400 100-150 mikrons; columella u conical; spores elliptical, 5-10x3-6 mikrons, colorless, but _ greenish yellow in mass. . On dung. Found also on moist earth in greenhouse, Lincoln. Hydrogera rorida (BOLTON) OK. a Mucor roridus Bouron. Hist. Fung. 3: 168, Pilobolus rovridus PERSOoN. Syn. Fung. 117, 1801. HT rorida OK.1.c¢. 1891. Mycelial swellings pale yellow, hidden in the substratum, usually with a sterile swelling on each side; sporangiophores arising singly from the swellings from which they are not separated by a septum, erect, 1-2 cm. high, the terminal swel- ling short ellipsoid, almost spherical, sp»rangia compressed, very small, blue black, about one-third as wide as the terminal _ swelling of the sporangiophore; columella bluish black, round, _ shailow, projecting but a short distance into the sporangium; spores ellipsoid, 6-8x 3-4 mikrons, colorless, pale yellow in mass. On dung. fx a Hydrogera oedipus (MONTAGNE) OK. Pilobolus oedipus Mont. Mem. Soc. Linn. Lyon. 1828, (ex. Grove.) H. oedipus OK. 1891. l.c. Mycelial swelling of two parts separated by a septum, the upper part thick, projecting from thé substratum and forming the swollen base of the sporangiophore; sporangiophores _ short (not to exceed 5mm., usually 1-3 mm), erect, the terminal swelling ovoid, 600-800 x 450-650 mikrons, contents of sporan- _ giophore orange red; sporangia compressed, hemispherical, almost as wide as the terminal swelling, black; columella conical, obtuse, reaching almost or quite to the summit of the sporan- _ gium; spores round, rather unequal 10-14 mikrons, orange, with a thick exospore. _ On excrement of animals, on mud, on decaying algae. D od * B ere See ATL AOU ed torah aie ats Sell ili Sy Tk Re! le 102 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Subfamily 2. MORTIERELLEAE. Fertile mycelium distinct from the vegetative; sporangia without a columella; zygospores enclosed in a thick mass of hyphae growing out from the suspensors and the branches from which they arise. This group appears to be connected with the Rhizopeae, having a distinct, well developed fertile mycelium. In Absidia in the latter group we have the beginnings of the thick cover- ing of the zygospore by outgrowths from the suspensors. 11. MORTIERELLA Cormans. Bull. Acad. Belg. 1, 15: | 536. 1863. Fertile mycelium growing over the substratum and extending to other substances, richly branched with thin, stolon-like branches, which by fusion with neighboring hyphae form a net work, when old forming septa; sporangiophores single or in tufts, swollen at the base, with or without lobed rhizoids, sim- ple or branched, all branches terminating in sporangia. Round, echinulate stylospores are produced on the fertile mycelium. Chlamydospores are produced in the substratum. Mortierella polycephala CorEMANS l. c. Sporangiophores in groups of 5-20, erect, without septa, with or without short lobed rhizoids, swollen at the base, tapering strongly. above filiform, terminating in a large sporangium, on the upper portion bearing 2-10 short, simple, single or ver- ticillate side branches, terminating in small sporangia; spor- angia round, white, 4-20 spored, with a very small basal collar; spores round or ovate, colorless, differing in size, commonly 10-12 mikrons, with a large glistening oil drop. On dung, decaying fungi, ete. Reported from Boston by Dr. W. G. Farlow. 12. HERPOCLADIUM Scuroernme. Krypt. Flor. vy. Schles. mn 122135 “1886. Sporangiophores not terminating in sporangia, sympodially branched, bearing sporangia on curved or spirally curled side branches. The only species, H. circinans Schroet., is known only from the author’s description. [Carnoya Dewevre, Grevillea September 1893, is not yet fully described, and little can be gathered from the meager data given in his synopsis. | Pound: REVISION OF MUCORACEAE. 103 ., Subfamily 3. CHOANEPHOREAE. Sporangia and conidia both produced; sporangia few spored; conidiophores erect, simple or branched, with thick clavate 4 oe upon which numerous conidia are formed singly (i. e. not in chains.) 18. CHOANEPHORA CurReEy. 1873, is represented by one species, C. cunninghamiana Currey. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 334, as Cunninghamia infundibulifera. On page 578 the name Choanephora cunninghamiana is substituted on account of Cunninghamia in the Coniferae. It is found on the flowers of Hibiscus in India. Subfamily 4. CHAETOCLADIEAE. Asexual reproduction by conidia only, which are borne singly _ (i. e. not in chains) in groups on the swollen middle portion of _ branches of the conidiophores, the ends of which are sterile. _ The gradations shown by other forms and produced by cul- tivation make it evident that the conidia are to be regarded as reduced, one celled sporangiola. The manner in which they are formed suggests strongly Thamnidium fresenii. 14. CHAETOCLADIUM Fresentus Beitraege. 97. 1863. Parasitic upon other Mucoraceae; mycelium thin, colorless, _ forming clusters of short, thick haustoria at the points of attachment with the hyphae of the host; sporangiophores creeping, verticillately branched, ending in a long, sterile, pointed tip, the branches short, with sterile tips, bearing on the swollen portion large numbers of single conidia. Chaetocladium jonesii (BERKELEY & BROOME) FRESENIUS. ig Botrytis jonesiti B & Br. Ann. Mag. N. H. 2 Ser. 13. 1854. os C. jonesia F res. 1863 1. ¢. Characters of the genus, conidia round, 64-10 mikrons, with _ a finely verrucose, dark colored exospore; singly colorless, but _ blue in mass. ; On dung with other Mucoraceae, Lamtnaty ae and for the most a part parasitic. i Chaetocladium brefeldii Van Trecu. & Le Mon. Ann. Sc. = Nat. v. 17:342. 1878. Conidia globose or globose-elliptical, smooth, colorless, 2-5 - mikrons. __._- Parasitic on Mucor mucedo and Ascophora mucedo. Found by me at Lincoln in 1888, on an onion, growing upon ; A. mucedo. POE a ADIN PEE, ROM TE MIU ig KEY Ry RT eee OE SSR eal DO EE IED gta ‘ Saito hi 7" f 104 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Subfamily 5. CHEPHALIDEAE. Asexual reproduction by means of conidia formed in chains on the swollen ends of simple or branched conidiophores. 15. PIPTOCEPHALIS De Bary. Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 5: 356. 1865. (ex. Fischer.) Parasitic on other Mucoraceae; conidiophores dendroid, sey- eral times dichotomously branched, with age septate and with a brown cuticularized membrane; branches terminating in a round swelling separated by a septum (basidial cell) which bears chains of conidia, usually in large numbers, and falls off with them. No species reported for North America. 16. SYNCEPHALIS Van TieGHEM and LE Monier. Ann. Cis Weta e Lat care ea oter Parasitic on other Mucoraceae or saprophytic; conidiophores simple or once divided, without septa, attached to substratum by a tuft of short, thick, forked rhizoids, terminating in a round or clavate head; the lowest conidium (basidial conidium) with one or more, usually two, protuberances each bearing a chain of conidia. The basidial conidium falis off with the chains, leaving small warty processes on the head of the sporangiophore. No species reported from North America. 18. SYNCEPHALASTRUM ScuHroeter. Krypt. Flor. v. Schles. mr. 1:217. 1886. Saprophytic; conidiophores without rhizoids at the base, branched, swollen at the ends; conidia chains in one row. No species reported from North America. oy a ees % XIV. REVISION OF THE MINNESOTA SPECIES OF -—s« @RASSES OF THE TRIBE HORDEAB. t 7 iia Bey = FRANCIS RAMALEY. - The great economic value and historic interest of the tribe _ Hordeae make it one of the most noteworthy groups in the _ whole vegetable kingdom. Containing as it does the wheat, rye and barley of cultivation it thus furnishes a very consider- able portion of the food supply of man. Our own native grasses of this group are of great importance to the stockman and farmer. Agropyron glaucum var. occidentale, which is known as Blue Stem or Blue Joint among the ranchmen of the west is highly prized for grazing purposes. Experiments _ made with it in various parts of this county show that it is especially valuable in localities subject to drouth. The root stocks running out in every direction and taking root, make it _ agrass very easily introduced. These rootstocks are said to be particularly acceptable to horses and cattle and are greedily devoured by them. Agropyron tenerum, also a valuable hay and meadow grass, is abundant in some places in the western ce part of the state. Hlymus canadensis is a conspicuous grass frequent along roadsides. Hordewm jubatum would be a fine ornamental grass did not the inflorescence break so easily. _ Hystrix hystrix is very noticeable from its peculiar ‘‘bottle- brush” appearance. , In view of the importance of the tribe in general it has _ seemed worth while to make careful and systematic descrip- tions of the Minnesota species together with as complete a - synonomy as possible. The descriptions have been written after comparison of specimens from various parts of the country, while constant reference has been made to the ac- cepted authorities on the subject. ce é FOE RR oy ONE Aa tal Sty | rest SU RR ET RES) 106 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ane AGROPYRON J. Garrt. in Nov. Comm. Petrop. 14. 1. 539, sa 1770. ! Elytrigia DsEsy. in Bull. Soc. Philom. 4: 190. 1810. Kremopyrum Leb. FI. Alt. 1: 112. 1829. Braconotia Gopr F |. Lorr. Ed. I. 3: 191. 1844. Roegneria C. Koc. in Linnaea 21: 413. 1848. Heteranthelium Hocust. ex. Jaub..& Spach. Pl. Or. 4: 24. 1850. Eremopyrum JAuB. & SPAcH. Pl. Or. 4: 26. 1850-53. Seecalidium ScHur.in Verh. Siebenb. Ver Naturw. 4: 91, 1853. Anthosachne STEuD. Syn. Pl. Gram. 237. 1855. Crithopyrum Horr. Prag. ex. Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 344. 1855. Costia WILLK. in Bot. Zeit. 377. 1858. Cremopyrum ScuHur. Enum. Pl. Transs. 807. 1866. , Haynaldia ScuHur. |. ¢. Agropyron caninum (LINN.) Beauv. Essai Agrost. 102. ee 1812.- Dog’s Couch Grass. Triticum caninum LINN. Sp. Pl. 86. 1753. Elymus caninus LINN. FI. Suec. ed. I] 112. 1755. Triticum caninum Huns. Fl. Ang. 58. 1762. Triticum caninum SCHREB. Spicil. Fl. Lips. 51. 1771. Triticum sepium LAM. Enc. Meth. 2: 536. 1786. Festuca nutans MOENCH. Meth. 191. 1794. Agropyrum caninum R. and S. Syst. 2: 756. 1817. Agropyrum caninum REICHENB. Icon. FI]. Germ. t. 119. 1824. Braconotia elymoides GopR. FI. Lorr. 3:193. 1844. Agropyrum pseudo-caninum Scuur. in Verh. Siebenb. Ver. Na- | turw. 4:91. 1853. : Tritucum cegilopoides A.GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. II. G6: 1862. non Linn. Perennial, from a fibrous root; stems 4 to 12 dm. in length, smooth, geniculate below; leaves 2 to4 dm. in length; sreaths shiny and glabrous or somewhat roughened, nearly as long as the blades; blades 5 to 10 mm. broad. flat or rarely some- what involute, scabrous both above and below or the lower ones nearly glabrous below; inflorescence 8 to 20 cm. in length, narrow, curved or somewhat nodding; spikelets 12 to 20 mm. in length, 3 to 6 flowered; empty glumes 8 to 12 mm. in length, 3 to 5 nerved, scabrous or somewhat roughened, lanceolate, acum- 4 inated or short awned; flowering glumes almost as long, nearly © ae smooth or 5 nerved at the tip with awns 2, or more often 10 to 20 mm. in length. Hurope and Northern Asia. 4 North America: N. Br., Q., Ont., Saskatchewan, Rocky Mts. and B. C.;S. to N. Eng. and N. J.; W. to Miaon., Colo., Nev. and Cal. . Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. — 107 Ty 4 Minnesota: Probably throughout; infrequent; waste or dry _ places. Minn. specimen in herb.: Bailey 42, Vermilion Lake. mee x wt ee Agropyron caninum (LINN.) Beauv. forma violacescens a , n.n. Bearded Wheat Grass. = A. unilaterale CasstDY. Bull. Col. Agr. Exp. Sta. 12: 63. 1890, ne - A. caninum (Linn.) R. & S. var. unilaterale Vas. Cont. U.S. Nat. e: Herb. 1: 279. 1893 ¥ Not A. unilaterale BEAUY. Essai Agrost. 102. 1812. which is asynonym _ ae of Festuca tenuiflora ScurRap. Fl. Ger. 1:345. 1806. a i. Mediterranean species. _ This plant is described by Dr. Vasey as usually stouter than the type; the spike rigid, erect, not nodding or curved as in the type, the spikelets 3 to 6 flowered more or less one sided on the rachis. Ke From this description and from an examination of specimens distributed by the Department of Agriculture it appears that this plant is very near to 4. violacewm (HORNEM.) LANGE, forma caninoides described below; it is probable that through these forme the two species are related. q North America: Minn., Neb. and Col.; N. in the Rocky Mts. me to B. C. ___-Minnesota: Reported from southwestern part of the state; = probably rare on hillsides and waste places. us Agropyron violaceum (HORNEM.) LANGE. Consp. F'l. Ger. 155. 1880. Wheat Grass. Triticum violaceum HORNEM. FI. Dan. 2044. 1827? Perennial, stems smooth, erect or geniculate below; leaves 1.5 to 2.5 dm. in length; sheaths glabrous as long as the blades; a blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, commonly involute, scabrous above nearly smooth below; inflorescence 5 to 12 cm. in length, strict, narrow; spikelets 8 to 15 mm. in length, 3 to 5 or 7 flowered, _ __ usually purple tinged; empty glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length with - 8to5 rough nerves, elliptical-lanceolate, cuspidate acuminate or short awned; flowering glumes 5 to 10 mm. in length, smooth at base, 3 to 5 nerved at the tips with awns from 1 to 10 mm. in ~ ee rei | length. Europe: Scandinavia. on North America: Q., Man., Assin. to N. W. T. and Grinnell land; S. to N. Eng.; W. to Lake Superior region, Minn., Dak., Rocky Mts. and Sierra Nevada. 108 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Minnesota: Frequent throughout the northern and central parts of the state; forest openings, hillsides and meadows. Minn. specimens in herb.: Bailey 494, Agate Bay; Sheldon 2933, Milaca; Sheldon 3299, Mille Lacs county; MacW. and Sheld. 2, Brainerd. Agropyron violaceum (HORNEM.) LANGE, forma caninoides n. f. Awned Wheat Grass. Stems 5 to 8 dm. in length; leaves 1, 5 to 3 dm. in length; sheaths smooth, about the same length as the blades; blades 3 to 6 mm. broad, involute or almost flat; inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in length, cylindrical, dense; spikelets 10 to 20 mm. in length, somewhat pale or at least but slightly purple tinged; empty glumes 8 to 16 mm. in length, 3 to 5 nerved, with awns 2 to 10 mm. in length; flowering glumes armed with long, somewhat curved or spreading awns 10 to 25 mm. in length. The large size, pale spikes and long awns of this forma give it much the general appearance of A. caninum ( LINN.) BEAUY. and still more of forma violacescens, supra. North America: N. B., White Mts., N. H., Penn., Lake Superior, Minn., Iowa and W. to the Rocky Mts. Minnesota: Infrequent; hillsides, embankments and forest openings. Minn. specimen in herb.: MacM. and Sheld 84, Brainerd. Agropyron tenerum Vasey. Bot. Gaz. 10:258. 1885. Wheat Grass. Perennial, growing in tufts, without root-stocks; stems 5 to 10 dm. in length, erect; Jeaves 1 to 3 dm. in length; sheaths striate, nearly smooth; blades 2 to 4 or 6 mm. broad, flat or somewhat involute; inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in length, virgate, narrow, with the spikelets about 1 cm. apart or sometimes closer; spikelets 3 to 5 flowered; empty glumes 9 to 12 nim. in length, somewhat scabrous, rigid, lanceolate, acute or awn pointed, 5 nerved; lowering glumes 8 to 10 mm. in length, lanceolate, acute, rounded on the back, smooth or nearly so, conspicuously 5 nerved at the tips, with straight awns 1 to 5 or 10 mm. in length. North America: Man. to Edmonton, N. W. T. and Rocky Mts.; S. through Minn, Dak., Neb. and Kan.; W. to Colo. and Utah. Minnesota: Red river valley and southward along the west- ern border of the state; dry slopes and meadows. LR EOS Regie LT ate, tS RON anes OPA * Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 109 Agropyron glaucum (Desr.) R. and S. Syst. 2:75 1817. var occidentale Vas. and Scris. ex. Mac. Cat. Can. P — 2:242. 1888. Blue Stem or Blue Joint. A. repens AUCT. PLUR. Not A. repens (LINN.) BEAUV. UEssai Agrost. 102. 1812, which is an old. world species. 2. 1. Perennial, root-stock creeping; stems 3 to 10 dm. in length, ascending or somewhat geniculate, smooth or somewhat roughened; leaves 1 to3 dm. in length; sheaths roughened or pubescent, or the lower ones often hairy; blades 2 to 6 mm. broad, acute, or acuminate, usually involute, generally glaucous below, scabrous above, margins scabrous; injlorescence 5 to 15 cm. in length, strict or slightly curved, never nodding; spikelets 10 to 25 mm. in length, 4 to 10 flowered; empty glumes, 5 to 12 mm. in length, lanceolate, acuminate or short awned, glabrous or minutely pubescent, conspicuously 5 (sometimes 3-7) nerved; jlowering glumes nearly as long, less conspicuously nerved. A form with bluish-green flat leaves 4 to 8 mm. broad with 3 to 5 flowered spikelets approaches A. tenerwm Vasey. Another form has very long fiat bluish leaves and spreading 5 to 12 flowered spikelets. Numerous forms of A. repens (LINN.) BEAUV. are introduced nearly everywhere, and are easily confounded with this plant. North America: N. S., Q., Ont., to Man. and far northward; B®, C., Cal:; S. to N. J..and Va.; W. to Kan., Neb. and Utah. Minnesota: Throughout; frequent; fields and dry places. Minn. specimens in herb: Ballard 316, Belle Plaine; Sheldon 1377, Laake Benton; Sheldon 463, Blue Earth county; MacM. and _ Sheld. 17, Brainerd; Bailey 511, Agate Bay; Sandberg 587, Red Wing; 588, Red Wing; Sandberg 340, Cannon Falls. Agropyron dasystachyum (Hooxk.) Scrrs. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 10:78. 1883. Wheat Grass. Triticum vepens LINN. var. dasystachyum Hoox. Fl. Bor-Am. 2:254. 1840. Triticum dasystachyum A. GRAY. Man. ed. I. 602. 1848. A. dasystachyum VASEY. Descr. Cat. Gr. U. 8. 96. 1885. North America: Ont., Hudson Bay; W. to N. W. T. and Rocky Mts.; S. to Lake Superior, Minn. and Man. Minnesota: Infrequent along the northern border of the state. rad Ane a ne ah aE illo Sd Ma ‘ 110 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. neat HORDEUM Linn, Syst.ed.I. 1735. Cuviera KoEL. Gram. 328. 1802. Zeocriton BEAvuY. Essai Agrost.114. 1812. Critesion RAF. in Journ. Phys. 89: 103. 1819. Critho E. Mey. Ind. Sem. Hort. Regiom. 5. 1848. Hordeum nodosum Linn. Sp. Pl. Ed. Il. 126. 1762. Wild - Barley. HA. murinum var. B. LINN. Sp. Pl. 85. 1753. H. secalinum SCHREB. Spicil. Fl. Lips. 148. 1771. H. pratense Hupson. Fl. Angl. Ed. II. 56. 1778. HA. maximum VILu. Fl. Delphin. 10. 1785. “ae H. maritimum Roru. Tent. Fl. Germ. 2. pt. 1: 150. 1789. Zeocriton secalinum BEAUY. Essai Agrost. 115. 1812. H. pusillum Nutt. Gen. 1: 87. 1818. H. sibiricum Link. ex. Steud. Nom. Ed. II. 1: 775. 1840. H. brevisubulatum LINK. in Linnea 17: 391. 1848. H. nodosum C. Kocn. in Linnwa 21: 482. 1848. Hi. pratense LINN. var. nodosum Led. Fl. Ross. 4: 329, 1853. Perennial or biennial; stems 2 to 9 dm. in length, erect or geniculate below; leaves 8 to 20 cm. in length; sheaths varying from nearly glabrous to hairy; blades 2 to 7 mm. hroad, scabrous or roughened both above and below, flat or involute, often shorter than the sheaths; inflorescence 2 to 6 cm. in length, dense, fragile when mature; spikelets in threes, 1 flowered, the lateral ones aborted; empty glumes all capillary or setaceous, 6 to 15 mm. in length; flowering glumes of the aborted flowers 2 to 5 mm. in length, subulate, acuminate or short awned, those of the perfect flowers lanceolate 5 to 10 mm. in length, 1 to3 nerved, scabrous at the tip, with awns 6 to 15 mm. in length. Europe and Asia; cosmopolitan. North America: Ohio, Ill., Minn., Neb., Nev., Colo., Utah; N. to Or., Wash. and B. C.; S. to southern Cal. and Tex. Ae Minnesota: Reported from Blue Harth county, rare or local along the southern border of the state. Hordeum jubatum Linn. Sp. Pl. 85. 1753. Squirrel Tail Grass. Critesium geniculatum RAF. Jour. Phys. 89: 103. 1819. Elymus jubatus Link. Eoum. Hort. Berol. 1: 19. 1821. Elymus lechleri StEuD. Syn. Pl. Gl. 4380. 1855. Biennial; stems 3 to 6 dm. in length, smooth, geniculate or somewhat prostrate; leaves 1 to 2 dm. in length; sheaths smooth, as long as the blades; blades 2 to 8 mm. broad, smooth or some- what roughened, scabrous on the margins; inflorescence 4 to 10 Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 111 em. in length, not including the awns and capillary empty glumes, pale green, very fragile when mature, spikelets in threes, 1 flowered, the lateral ones aborted, placed on pedicels 1 to 2 mm. in length; empty glumes capillary, 3 to 6 cm. in length, scabrous, curved or spreading; flowering glumes of the perfect flowers lanceolate, 5 to 6 mm. in length, with spread- ing capillary awns as long as the empty glumes, the flowering glumes of the aborted flowers subulate 5 to 10 mm. in length. Kurope and Asia; 8S. Russia; E. Siberia. North America: N.S., Q., Ont., Saskatchewan to B. C.; N. to Mackenzie and Yukon rivers; 8. to Great Lakes and Minn. ; W. to Neb., Colo. and Northern Cal. Minnesota: Abundant along roadsides, waste and sandy places. Minn. specimens in herb.; Sheldon 176, Madison lake, Blue Earth county; Ballard 155, Chaska; Foote 6, Worthington; Cest- lund 336, Minneapolis; Kassube 274, Minneapolis; Bailey 128, Ver- milion lake. Sandberg 529, Red Wing. ELYMUS Lunn. Hort. Upsal. 22. 1748. Sitospelos ADANS. Fam. 2: 36. 1763. Orthostachys Exnru. Beitr. 4: 146. 1789. Sitanion RAF. in Journ. Phys. 89: 103. 1819. Polyantherix NEEs. in Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. I. 1: 284. 1838. Leymus Hocust. in Flora 31: 118. 1848 in adnot. Elymus elymoides (Rar.) SwWEEZEY Cat. Neb. Pl. 15. 1891. Lyme Grass or Wild Rye. Sitanion elymoides RAF. Jour. Phys. 89: 103. 1819. Aegilops hystrix NuTr. Gen. 1: 86. 1818. Not Elymus hystrix LINN. Sp. Pl. 560. 1753. Elymus sitanion R. & S. Mart 2: 426. 1824. Polyantherix hystrix Nees. Mart. Bras. 1829. Annual or short lived perennial; stems 1.5 to 5 dm. in length, il stout, erect or nearly so, covered at the base with numerous membranaceous scales or sheaths, giving a bulbous appearance; leaves 1 to 2.5 dm. in length; sheaths striate, varying from glabrous to pubescent; blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, scabrous above and more or less pubescent below; inflorescence 3 to 10 em. in length, rather loose, fragile when mature, often purple tinged; spikelets 9 to 12 mm. in length, not including the awns, in pairs, 1 to 5 flowered; empty glumes subulate, entire or parted even to © the base and these divisions often unequally 2 cleft, termin- ating in scabrous, divergent awns, the whole 4 to 10 cm. in length; jlowering glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length, ovate-lanceolate, 1123 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. merely ridged or else inconspicuously 3 to 5 nerved, bristly hairy at the tip, terminating in awns as long as the empty glumes. North America: Minn., Dak. and Neb.; W. to Or.; S. to Ark., Tex., N. M. and Cal. The typical habitat for this plant is the arid plains of the west. Minnesota: Reported from near the southern boundary of the state, probably local. Elymus mollis Trin. in Spreng. Neu. Entdeck. 2:72. 1821. Wild Rye. %E. arenarius MERT. in Linnea 5:61. 1830. Asia: Northern Siberia. North America: Northern and eastern British America, Labr.; S. to Me. and the St. Lawrence; W. to L. Superior and the Saskatchewan. Minnesota: Reported from the northeastern part of the state and the northern part of the Red River valley. Elymus sibiricus Lon. var. glaueus (BUCKL.) Wild Rye. FE. glaucus BuckKu. in Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 6:99. 1862. E. americanus VAS. and Scrip. ex. Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2: 245. 1888. E. sibiricus LINN. var. americanus WATS. and COULT. Gray’s Man. ed. VI. 673. 1890. E. sibiricus AucT. Plur. non Linn. Perennial; stems 5 to 10 dm. in length, erect; leaves 2 to 3 dm. in length; sheaths smooth and glabrous, seldom somewhat pubescent; blades 9 to 15 mm. broad, flat, smooth, or somewhat scabrous above; inflorescence 5 to 20 cm. in length, 5 to 10 mm. thick, virgate, curved or slightly nodding; spikelets in pairs 3 to several flowered, closely appressed to the rachis; empty glumes 8 to 12 mm. in length. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 3 to 5 nerved, smooth or somewhat roughened, the awns gener- ally shorter than the glumes; flowering glumes nearly as long, 5 nerved, rough or setulose, with erect capillary awns 10 to 25 mm. in length. North America: Ont., Lake Superior; W. to Wash. and B. C.; S. to Minn., Idaho and Cal. Minnesota: Occurs sparingly along the northern border of the state in the Red river valley. Elymus striatus WILLD. Sp. 1: 470. 1797. Wild Rye. E. villosus MuuHL. Willd. Enum. 131. 1809. E. striatus WILLD. var. villosus A. GRAY. Man. Ed. v. 639. 1868. Sta ie PES ie ee Be Pe Re TET es PEE ee Re ee, ee Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 113 Perennial, more or less pubescent throughout; stems 5 to 10dm. in length, slender, smooth, erect, or geniculate below; leaves 2 to 4 dm. in length; sheaths varying from glabrous to somewhat pubescent; blades 6 to 12 mm. broad, flat somewhat scabrous both above and below; inflorescence 5 to 12 cm. in length, erect or slightly nodding, long peduncled; spikelets usually in pairs 1 to 2 or 3 flowered; empty glumes linear-subulate, 15 to 25 mm. in length including the setaceous awns, spreading, hispid or hispid ciliate; flowering glumes 6 to 10 mm. in length, ovate or ovate-lanceolate usually somewhat hispid, 1 to 3 nerved at the tip, armed with setaceous awns 2 to 3 mm. in length. North America: Ont. to N. Y., N. J. and N. C.; W. to Minn., Neb. and Ark. Minnesota: Infrequent throughout the state; roadsides and borders of lakes and streams. pif Minn. specimens in herb.: Sheldon 842, Sleepy Eye; 9764 Sleepy Eye. Elymus canadensis Linn. Sp. Pl. 83. 1753. Nodding Wild Rye. E. philadelphicus LINN. Amoen. Acad. 4:266. 1759. Hordeum patulum MoOENCH. Meth. 199. 1794. a E. glaucifolius MunHL. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Bero]. 131. 1809. : E. eres LINN. var. glaucifolius T.andG. Fi. Am. 1: 137. me! 1 i ' ae E. canadensis LINN. var. glaucifolius A. GRAY Man. ed. V. 639. ; 1868, 4 Perennial, stout, often somewhat glaucous throughout; stems % 6 to 12 dm. in length, smooth, erect or suberect; leaves 8 to 5 ‘ dm. in length; sheaths mostly smooth, somewhat pubescent, ‘ nearly as long as the blades; blades 6 to 15 mm. broad, abruptly : contracted at the base, scabrous above and often also below; 4 inflorescence 1 to 2 dm. in length, stout, nodding or curved; y spikelets 12 to18mm. in length, 3 to 5 flowered; empty glumes sub- 4 ulate, long awned, scabrous, 1 to 3 nerved; flowering glumes 10 4 to 15 mm. in length, mostly 3 nerved, bristly hairy, lanceolate, aw acuminate, with awns 3 to 7 cm. in length, more or less j curved or spreading. 3 This species shows considerable variation. Some of the AP specimens bear a somewhat close resemblance to EZ. striatus Willd. 4 North America: N.S., Q., Ont., Man., to Rocky Mts. to B. = C.and Or.; S. to N. E., N. J. and mts. of Ga.; W. to Minn., ¥ Neb., Colo., Tex. and N. M. PER Ue PIRES hs FOOL NO TEE PTE ate ° 114 | MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Minnesota: Throughout; frequent; roadsides and banks. Minn. specimens in herb.: Taylor 762, Glenwood; Ballard 578, Crystal Lake, Scott county; Ballard 765, Waconia; Sand- berg 591, Red Wing; Oestlund 338, 339, Minneapolis. Elymus canadensis Linn. forma crescendus n. f. Nodding Wild Rye. Robust, glaucous or pubescent throughout; stems 8 to 12 dm. in length, erect or nearly so; leaves 4 to6dm. in length; sheaths striate, ridged; blades coarse and thick, 10 to 20 mm. broad; inflorescence 2 to 8 dm. in length, dense, thick, nodding or flex uous; glumes all hairy with long awns 5 to 10 cm. in length, curved or spreading. North America: Minn., S. D. to western Neb. Minnesota: Southwestern part of the state; abundant; road- sides and meadows. Minn. specimen in herb.: Sheldon 1120, Springfieid. Elymus virginicus Linn. Sp. Pl. 84. 1753. Wild Hye. Hordeum cartilagineum MoENCH. Meth. 199. 1794. Elymus durus HEDw. ex. Steud. Nom. Ed. 1. 1: 550. 1840. Perennial; stems 5 to 12 dm. in length, smooth, erect; leaves 2.5 to 4 dm. in length; sheaths smooth or somewhat roughened, generally shorter than the blades; blades 6 to 12 mm. broad, flat, scabrous both above and below; inflorescence 7 to 14 cm. in length, strict, dense, the lower spikelets often included in the sheath of the uppermost leaf; spikelets 1 to 2. cm. in length, 2 or 3 flowered; empty glumes 3 to 5 nerved, scabrous, linear-lan- ceolate, acuminate, with awns 1 to 5 or 10 mm. in length; flowering glumes lanceolate, rounded on the back, usually some- what 3 nerved at the tip, rough or scabrous, with awns 5 to 10 and occasionally even 25 mm. in length. North America: N.S., N. Br., Q., Ont., L. Superior to Man.; S. toN. E., N. J. and Fla.; W. to Minn., Neb.; Kan., Mo. and Ark. Minnesota: Throughout; frequent, borders of lakes and streams. Minn. specimens in herb.: Oestlund 337, Minneapolis; Bailey 265, St. Louis River; Ballard 389, Jordan, Scott county; Shel- don 3690, Fergus Falls; Sandberg, Red Wing; Foote 7, Worth- ington. Elymus virginicus Linn. forma jejunus n. f. Small Wild Rye. Slender; stems 3 to 6dm. in length, erect; leaves 1 to 2 dm. in length; blades 2 to 5 mm. broad, fiat, scabrous or rough both om Ramaley: REVISION OF MINNESOTA HORDEAE. 115 ie above and below; inflorescence 2 to 6 cm. in length, strict, r _ —s narrow, empty glumes scabrous or setulose, acuminate or short a awned; flowering glumes generally inconspicuously 3 nerved at _ the tip, rough or scabrous, with awns 3 to 10 mm. in length. 3 This plant has been distributed from the national herbarium os as var. minor but has apparently not been described. bs North America: Minnesota to Tex. A Minnesota: With the species, infrequent. nm Minn. specimen in herb: Sheldon 1735, Lake Benton. - -HYSTRIX MoeEncn. Meth, 294. 1794. % Asperella Hume. in Roem. & Ust. Mag. 3: vir. 5. 1790. Not Asprella SCHREB. Gen. 45. 1789. Not Asprella Host. Gram. Austr. 4:17. 1809. m Asprella WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 132. 1809. ; F Gymnostichum ScCHREB. Beschr. Griis. 2: 127. 1810. 2 Hystrix hystrix (Linn.) MacM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 89. ae 1892. Bottle Brush Grass. sy, Elymus hystrix LINN. Sp. Pl. 660. 1753. a Asperelia hystrix HumMsB. in Roem. and Ust. Mag. 3: vu. 5. 1790. Hystrix patula MOENCH. Meth. 295. 1794. ‘4 Asprella hystrix LINK. Enum. Hort. Berol. 100. 1809. ¥ Asprella hystraw WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 132. 1809. a Gymnostichum hystrix SCHREB. Beschr. Griis. 2: 127. 1810. A e Elymus pseudo-hystrix SCHULT. Mant. 2:427. 1824. & Asprella angustifolia Nurr. Trans. Am, Phil. Soc. 5:151. 1834. 5 Asprella major FREs. ex. Steud. Nom. ed, m1. 1:150. 1840. 4 Gymnostichum majus HEYNH. Nom. 4: 370. 1840. ' Perennial; stems 7 to 12 dm. in length, erect or nearly so; : leaves 2.5 to 45 dm. in length; sheaths smooth; blades 8 to 20 ¥ mm. broad, occasionally narrower, scabrous below, roughened above, sometimes glaucous, flat or somewhat involute; inflores- | cence 1 to 2 dm. in length, straight or somewhat curved, loose; % spikelets spreading, 2 to 4 flowered, in twos or threes (seldom Be solitary) at each joint of the rachis, 5 to 10 mm. apart; empty , glumes setaceous, deciduous or entirely wanting, flowering 4 glumes 6 to 12 mm. in length; lanceolate, 3 to 5 nerved at the s tip, smoothish, or more often bristly hairy or pubescent, with * awns 2 to 4 cm. in length. 7 North America: N. Br., Q., Ont., Man. to the Saskatchewan; S. to N. Y., N. J., and Ga.,; W. to Ill., Minn., Dak., Neb. and Ark. Minnesota: Throughout, frequent. Minn. specimens in herb.: Sheldon 459, Madison Lake, Blue Earth county; Ballard 128, Chaska; Sandbery 592, Red Wing; 593, Chisago county; 594, Red Wing. as >. Fe ae ed ey Mee SOS Cee E OS ea ah aN Pe a XV. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. EDMUND P. SHELDON. The care and arrangement of the growing collection of As- tragali in the herbarium of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota and the large number of new species pub- lished since the synopsis by Dr. Sereno Watson in the appen- dix of the Botany of the King Expedition, has shown the necesssity for a list of the North American species including those published since Dr. Watson’s careful work on the genus. The work of the writer has been in the hope of providing such a list and at the same time laying the foundation of a systematic, morphological and distributional study of the North American species of Astragalus. No departure has been made from the method of sectioning the species adopted by Drs. Gray and Watson. The old section names have been used whenever they do not conflict with heretofore published generic names. A division into Phaca and Euastragalus is used, but it snould not be considered a definite limitation, as most students of the genus admit, when they take into consideration the large number of species intermediate in their characters and conveniently to be referred neither to Astragalus nor to Phaca as these genera have been limited. In the preparation of this paper the writer has been much aided by the kindness and generosity of a large number of American botanists. To Dr. B. L. Robinson I am especially indebted for the privilege of examining the collections in his charge, including the types of most of the species described by Dr. Asa Gray and Dr. Sereno Watson. The following are some of the American botanists who have loaned me the col- lections owned by them or entrusted to their care: Dr. William Trelease of the Missouri Botanical Garden, Dr. Charles E. Bessey of the University of Nebraska, Professor A. H. Hitch- cock of Manhattan, Kansas, Mr. P. A. Rydberg of Lincoln, Nebraska, Professor G. D. Swezey of Doane College, Crete, : , a yer ts rae Mae. : - *y: » PT a ge ee ee ae ee! le eee ee ee eee a nS ‘ Ee ee eee | . 7 (4 Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. T17 Nebraska, Mr. S. B. Parish of San Bernardino, California, Mr. ‘C. R. Orcutt of Orcutt, California, and Dr. H. E. Hasse of Soldiers Home, Los Angeles county, California. I have been also much aided by many botanists and collectors who have cheerfully responded to a request for critical material. The types of the new species proposed are deposited in the herbarium of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota unless otherwise stated. Series I. PHACA. § 1. SPIESIODES. Astragalus acutirostris Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:360. : 1885. California. Astragalus nothoxys A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 232. 1866. Tragacantha nothorys OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. Arizona. §2. TRIPHYLLUS. Astragalus sericoleucus A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1. 33:410. 1862. Phaca sericea Nutt.inT.andG. Fl. 1:343. 1838. Tragucantha sericea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891. Not A sericeus DC. Astrag. 147. 1802. a synonym of A. globosus VAHL. Symb. Bot. 1:60. 1790, an Armenian species. Nebraska, South Dakota, Colorado and Wyoming. Astragalus tridactylicus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:527. 1866. Tragacantha tridactulica OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948, — 1891. Colorado and Wyoming. Astragalus gilviflorus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9.19. 1894. Astragalus triphyllus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:740. 1814. Phaca triphylla Eat. & Wrieur. N. Am. Bot. 351. 1840. Tragacantha triphylla OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. Not Astragalus triphyllus PALL. Astrag.68. 1800, a synonym of Oxytropis triphylla DC. Astrag. 77. 1802, a native of Siberia. - ; A &y ry ~ 118 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, — “xn Phaca caespitosa NuTT. Gen. 2:98. 1818. Not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1800, a synonym of Oxytropis caepitosa PERS. Syn. Pl. 2:333. 1807, an Oriental species. Phaca argophylla Nuty.in T.andG. Fl. 1: 343. 1838. Not Astragalus argophyllus NurT.inT.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1:331. 1838, a synonym of Astragalus glareosus DouGL. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am. 1:152. 18338, a native of the Columbia river valley. Kansas and Nebraska to Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, North and South Dakota and the Saskatchewan, thence west to the Rocky mts. §3. HOMALOBUS. Astragalus viridis (NUTT. ) Kentrophyta viridis Nutt. in T. & G. Fl.1: 353. 1838. Not A. viridis BUNGE. Astrag. Sp. Geront. 2: 231. 1869.1 A. kentrophyta A, GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 7:60. 1863. Kentrophyta montana Nutr.inT. &G. Fl. 1: 353. Wy Tragacantha montana OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891. Not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753. New Mexico, Colorado. Utah, Nevada, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, Wyoming, Montana and British America. Astragalus viridis (NuTT.) SHELD. var. impensus n. n. A. kentrophyta A. GRAY, var. elatus WATS. Bot. King. Rep. 5: (RS keira te Not A. elatus Botss & BAL. Diog. 1. 9: 45. 1849, a species found in Cappadocia. New Mexico and Nevada. Astragalus simplicifolius (NuTT.) A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:231. 1866. Phaca simplicofolia Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. 1: 350. 1838. Tragacantha simplicifolia OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Colorado and Utah. Astragalus lingulatus n. sp. ) Perennial, caespitose, minutely short pubescent becoming : glabrate, each plant growing in the form of a close, compact, q semi-globose bunch; stems very short, branching, almost com- . pletely hidden by the abundant leaves and large stipules; . leaves 2 to 3.5 cm. in length, numerous, reduced to a narrowly- — 4 ; 3 1. This species having as asynonymjonly A, nitens BUHSE. in Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 12:61. 1860, which is preoccupied by A. nitens Boiss & HEuDR. Diog 11. 9:51. 1849, may now take the name Astragalus praesignis n.n. ae ns ad ie Fel ry eee Te, eT Py op bet ee wet. heey © © “ A Se , Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 119 lingulate, or linear-spatulate rachis, the margins of which are involute; stipules large, sheathing, hyaline, truncate, ciliate; _peduncles slender, shorter than the leaves, one or two flowered; flowers 10 mm. in length; calyx campanulate, glabrous, the subulate-spreading rigid teeth one-half the length of the striate tube; corolla probably ochroleucous or purplish, the color not preserved in the type specimen; legume not mature, but show- ing characters similar to other species of this section.—Col- lected at the foot of Big Horn mts., Wyoming, August, 1859; also on Red Buttes on North Platte river, Wyoming, May, 1860, by Mr. F. V. Hayden on the expedition of Capt. W. F. Ray- nolds, U. S. A., to the head waters of the Missouri and Yellow- stone rivers, 1859-60. This species is most nearly related to Astragalus spatulatus SHELD. and Astragalus simplicifolius (Nutt.) A. GRay. The leaf and stipule characters will suffice - to distinguish it until specimens bearing mature legumes are found. Type specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Astragalus spatulatus SHeLp. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus caespitosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 230. 1866. Homalobus caespitosus NutTT.in T. & G Fl.N. Am. 1: 352. 1838. Tragacantha caespitosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. Not Astragalus caespitosus PALL. Astrag. 70. 1890, which is asynonym of Oxytropis caespitosa WILLD. Sp. Pl. $:1804. 1808, occurring in Dahuria. Homalobus canescens NutT?T.inT.& G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838, Not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. 1802, an Armenian species. Not Astragalus canescens SOLAND. in Lowe, in Trans. Camb. Phil. , Soc. 4:34. 1831, which isa synonym of Astragalus solandri Lowk, in Hook. Kew. Journ. 8:294. 1856, a species occurring in Morocco and Madeira. Homalobus brachycarpus Nutr.inT. &G. Fl. N. Am. 1:352. 1838. Not Astragalus brachycarpus Bres. Fl. Taur. 2:201. 1809, wnich is the accepted name for a Caucasian plant. Kansas and Nebraska to Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and British America. ~ Ray ts Ea Nt) eel ED OL) ee OD ee Py, Oe i OR 4 ‘i ey VN Gg eet Basia niind aie If Maan j V % ar pi et “ 120 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. me Astragalus palmeri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:398. 1868. Tragacantha palmeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. Arizona. Astragalus episcopus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 10:346. 1875. Tragacantha episcopa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2;944. 1891, Utah. Astragalus diversifolius A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 230. n. 102, 1866. Homalobus orthocarpus NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:351. 1838. Not A. orthocarpus Boiss. Diag. I. 9:68. A. junceus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 230, n, 103. 1866. Homalobus junceus NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:351. 1838. a Tragacantha juncea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891, Not A. junceus LEDEB. in Spreng. Syst. 3:297. Colorado, Utah, Wyoming and Nevada. Astragalus decumbens (NuttT.) GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:229. 1866. Homalobus decumbens Nuttin T,andG. Fl. 1:352. 18388. Tragacantha decumbens OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and British Columbia. Astragalus serotinus A. Gray. Pac. R. Rep. 12:51. 1860. Tragacantha serotina OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948, 1891. * Washington. Astragalus convallarius GREENE. Erythea. 1: 207. 1893. A. campestris A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 229. 1866. Homalobus campestris Nurt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:351. 1838. Tragacantha campestris OK. Rev. Gev. Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Not A. campestris LINN. Spec. 761. 1753, which is a synonym of Spiesia campestris OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:206. 1891, a European species. j b Homalobus tenuifolius Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. 1:351.. 1838, * 4 Not A. tenuifolius LINN. Spec. Ed. m1. 1065. 1763, a synonym of A. ondbrychis LINN. Spec. 760. 1753, a species of Eastern Europe, Siberia and the Orient. Not A. tenuitfolius DEsF. FI. Atlant. 2: 186. 1800, Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 122 which is a synonym of A. algerianus Sheld. ined. an Algerian | species. ” e. Homalobus decumbens A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 7: 60. 1863. A Not A. decumbens A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:229. 1866, which 2 was based on Homalobus decumbens Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. Ps 1:352. 1838. rx Colorado, Wyoming and Montana. oa Astragalus miser DouGL. in Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:153. | 1833. - whe. ‘ Tragacantha misera OK. Rev. Gen. Pl, 2:946. 1891. Washington. Astragalus tegetarius Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:76. 1871. Tragacantha tegetaria OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Nevada, Idaho, Wyoming and Montana. Astragalus tegetarius WATS. var. implexus CANBy, in Porter and Coulter. Syn. Fl. Colo. 26. 1874. Colorado. Astragalus sesquiflorus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 10: 346. ‘ Nene jem OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. Utah. q Astragalus vexilliflexus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus pauciflorus Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:149. 1838. Tragacantha pauciflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Not Astragalus pauciflorus PALL. Astrag. 81. 1800, which is a synonym of Gueldenstaedtia pauciflora DC, Prod. 2: 307. 1825, anative of the Alps. Wyoming and Montana, northward in the mountains of British North America. * Astragalus porrectus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:75. 1871. ; Tragacantha porrecta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Nevada. 2. The synonomy of this species would become: Astragalus algerianus n. n. A. tenuifolius Dese. FI). Atlant. 2:186. 1800. Not A. tenuifolius LINN. Spec. Ed. 1. 1065. 1768, see swpra Week ~. we Ae Re, 1 J AY OP, el ics Ais Gs Ct ah hPa Nala sil Tika PIN ies es PEALE Seb : ia dale! ¥ age Utah: RRA: ; ae y 122 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus palliseri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 227. 1866. Tragacantha palliseri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Rocky mountains of British America, Astragalus bourgovii Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:227. 1866. Tragacantha bourgovii OK. Rev.Gen. Pl. 2: 9438. 1891. Rocky mountains of British America and Oregon. Astragalus wingatanus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:192. 1883. New Mexico. Astragalus bodini n. sp. Perennial, slender, nearly glabrate; stems 2.5 to 6 dm. high, flexuous, branched, striate, erect spreading, becoming decum- bent; leaves 3 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 7 to 10 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, narrowly obovate or — lanceolate, abruptly acute; stipules ovate-acuminate, erect, not sheathing; peduncles 6 to 7 cm. in length, finely striate, with minute; appressed blackish pubescence, loosely subspicate, four to five flowered; flowers8to 10mm. inlength, loosely spreading becoming reflexed; calyx campanulate, purplish tinged, nigres- cent, the teeth nearly the length of the tube; corolla purple; legume 8 to 10 mm. in length, shortly stipitate, chartaceous, oblong, flat, nigrescent with a few short hairs, becoming glabrate, unilocular, two to four seeded. Collected in low ground near Cheyenne, Wyoming. July, 1889, by J. E. Bodin for whom the species is named and to whom I am indebted for a good series of the Astragali collected by himself in Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Wyoming. Also collected near Laramie, July 1889, by Dr. Edw. L. Greene. The species is nearest to Astragalus tenellus PURSH, but the habit is more nearly that of Astragalus flecuosus DOUGL. Astragalus tenellus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:473. 1814. A, multiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 226. 1864, Ervum multifiorum PursH. Fl]. Amer. Sept. 2: 739. 1814. Orobus dispar Nutt. Gen. 2:95. 1818. Phaca nigrescens Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:1438. 1833. Homalobus multifiorus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. £:350. 1838. A, nigrescens A. GRAY. Am. Journ. Sci. 0. 33: 410. 1862. Tragacantha tenella OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 189]. \ ‘ 7 ‘ ’ >] ~ ‘ f = ‘ : - ifs % “a ” 4 “ \. ul / Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 123 Not A. tenellus BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2:206. 1869.# Western Minnesota to Montana, south to Kansas and Col- orado, west to Utah, Nevada and southern California; north from British Columbia and the Saskatchewan. Astragalus acerbus n. sp. Perennial, minutely white-appressed pubescent throughout: with a very bitter, tea-like taste; stems 3 to 3.5dm. high, erect spreading, diffuse branching, slender, numerous, growing in clumps, finely striate below, becoming nearly terete above; leaves 2.5 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis nearly terete or slightly sulcate above, leajfllets 4 to 8 mm. in length, the odd terminal one 1.5 to 2 cm. in length, in two or three pairs, linear, erect; stipules triangular-ovate, very minute or absent above, larger and sheathing below; peduncles 1 to 2 dm. in length, slender- filiform, with five to fourteen scattered flowers; flowers 4 to 5 mm. in length, spreading, becoming reflexed; calyx campanu- late, with short, triangular-acute teeth; corolla whitish, tinged with bluish green; legume 10 to 12 mm. in length, including the stipe which is shorter than the calyx, chartaceous, oblong, flat, _ glabrous, not reticulated, becoming straw-colored, unilocular, in the type maturing but one seed. Collected near Glenwood Springs, Coiorado, June, 1893, by Mr. DeAlton Saunders of the University of Nebraska. The species is nearest to Astragalus tenellus PURSH. Astragalus inversus JONES. Zoe. 4: 276. 1893. California. Astragalus stenophyllus T. & G. Fl. 1:329. 18388. A. leptaphyllus Nutt. in Journ. Acad. Philad. 7:18. 1834. Not A. leptaphyllus DesF. FI. Atlant. 2:188. 1800, an Algerian species. Tragacantha stenophylia OK. Rev. Gen. Pi. 2:948. 1891 Montana. Astragalus coltoni Jonges. Zoe. 2:237. 1891. Utah. 3. The synonymy of this species becomes: Astragalus kuntzei o. n. A. tenellus BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2: 206. 1869. Not A. tenelius PURSH. FI. Amer. Sept. 2: 473. 1814. Tragacantha belangeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:940. 1891. Not A. belangerianus Fiscu. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose, 24: 484. 1853, a synonym of A, leioclados Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:62. 1843, a Persian species. Ponies Pn Se Oy els Te OE Ng ED ZN OEE Ty SEP RTE _ a hE aa op N 7 as sia * 124 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. - has _ Astragalus lancelarius A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 370. 1878. Arizona and Colorado. Astragalus forwoodi Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 25:183. 1890. South Dakota. Astragalus filipes ToRREY. Bot. Wilkes. 17:278. 1862-74. Tragacantha filipes OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. _ Washington, Oregon and Nevada. : Astragalus hasseanus 7. sp. , Perennial, minutely pubescent throughout but not cinereous; | stems 8 to 10 dm. high, erect, branching, nearly terete but finely striate, minutely roughened; leaves 6 to 8 cm. in length, slen- der, the rachis terete; leaflets 4 to5 mm. in length, in ten to thirteen pairs, often scattered, narrowly obovate-oblong, obtuse; stipules deltoid acuminate, persistent, reflexed; peduneles 8 to 20 cm. in length, elatiocarpic, striate, loosely eight to thirty flowered; flowers 10 to 12 mm. in length, spreading, becoming reflexed on a slender pedicel three or four mm. in length; calyx short campanulate, the short, triangular teeth inconspicuous, persistent even after the maturing and decay of the legume; corolla narrow, ochroleucous; legume 3 cm. in length, including the filiform, slender stipe which is 1.5 cm. in length, charta- ceous, body of the legume oblong tapering at both ends, glabrous, flat, unilocular, six to twelve seeded. ; Collected near San Bonaventura, California, September, 1888, by Dr. H. E. Hasse, for whom the species is named. Nearest to Astragalus antiselli GRAY, with which it was collected. Astragalus antiselli A. Gray. Bot. Calif. 1:152. 1880. Homalobus multiflorus Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 7:10. 1855. Not A. multiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 226. 1866. California. | Astragalus tweedyi Cansy. Bot. Gaz. 15:150. 1890. Washington and Oregon. ? . Astragalus collinus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. q & Bot. 2:256. 1832. Phaca collina Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833. ' Sa Nee ~ . (Pee! ae. pee et) Cy, X y ‘ Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 125 Tragacantha collina OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891, Not A. collinus Boiss. FI]. Orient. 2: 438. 1872.4 Oregon, Washington and British Columbia. Astragalus californicus (GRAY) GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: n. 3.157. 1885. A. collinus DOUGL. var. californicus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 54. 1878. California. § 4. PODOSCLEROCARPUS. Astragalus bicristatus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 19: 75. 1888. California. Astragalus gibbsii KELLOGG. Proc. Calif. Acad. 2:161. A. cyrtoides A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:201. 1866. Tragacantha gibbsii OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Idaho, Washington and British Columbia, Astragalus speirocarpus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:225. 1866. Tragacantha spetrocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. P]. 2:948. 1891. California, Nevada and Washington. Astragalus speirocarpus A. GRAY. var. curvicarpus 2. 7. A speirocarpus A. GRAY, var, falexformis A. GRAY. Bot. Calif 1:152. 1880. Not A. falciformis DEsF. Emend. Atl. ex. DC. Astrag. 176. 1802, an Algerian species. Nevada, Washington and British Columbia. Astragalus sclerocarpus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad 6: 225. 1866. Phaca podocarpa Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am, 1: 142, 1833. Not 4. podocarpus MEYER. Verz. Pfl. Cauc. 142. 1831, a Caucasian and Persian species. Tragacantha sclerocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Washington. 4. Thesynonymy of this species will be: Astragalus zonarius n. n. A. collinus Botss. Fl. Orient. 2: 438. 1872. Not A. collinus DouGu. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2: 256. 1832. 126 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. § 5. FAMELICiis. Astragalus griseopubescens SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 9:19. 1894. , Astragalus strigosus COULT. & FisH. Bot. Gaz. 18: 299. 1893. Not Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. Montana. Astragalus sealaris WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 238: 270. 1888. Mexico. Astragalus flexuosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. & Bot. 2: 256. 1882. Phaca flecuosa HooK. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1833. Tragacantha flecuosa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. Phaca elongata Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 140. 1833. Saskatchewan, British Columbia, Northwest Territory, Assiniboia and lat. 50° north to Minnesota, west to Montana, south to Colorado and Nebraska. Astragalus richardsoni 7%. n. A. vaginatus RICHARDSON, in Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 149. 1838. Not A. vaginatus PALL. Astrag. 46. 1800. Northern British America. Astragalus debilis (NuTT.) Gray. Proc. Acad. Philad. II. 7:60. 1863. Phaca debilis NuTT. in TORR. and GRAY. FI]. 1: 345. 1838. Tragacantha debilis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. Plains of the Rocixy mountains. Astragalus sabulosus JONES. Zoe. 2:239. 1891. " Utah. Astragalus limatus n. sp. Perennial, robust, bushy but not woody, minutely pubescent with sparse, ascending hairs; stems 3 to 6 dm. high, erect, thick, striate: leaves 10 to 12 cm. in length, numerous, rachis channelled; leaflets 1 to 3.5 cm. in length, in tive to nine pairs, orbicular, obovate or oblong, rarely obcordate, obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular-ovate, foliaceous, reflexed; peduncles thick, striate, exceeding in length the leaves, loosely subspicate; 4 flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, spreading or reflexed; calyx cylindrical, appressed pubescent with nigrescent hairs, the teeth unequal, much shorter than the tube; corolla magenta colored when fresh, becoming violet when dried; legume 2 to Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 127 e: 4 2.5 cm. in length, chartaceous, horizontal or ascending, ovate, A with a long, incurved tip, finely short-pubescent, minutely reticulate-veined, unilocular, many seeded. < Collected near Indian wells on the Colorado desert in soutb- 4 western California, C. R. Orcutt, February, 1890. Also near _ Camiso creek, California, C. R. Orcutt, April, 1890. The char- ® acters of the legume connect this species with Astragalus ¢ praelongus SHELD., but the habit, pubescence, numerous leaves and large stipules characterize it. 3 Astragalus praelongus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and a Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus procerus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 369. 1878. Not Astragalus procerus Botss. and HAusSsK. in Boiss. Fl. Orient. 2: ; 464, 1872, the accepted name of a Persian species. California and Nevada. Astragalus reventus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 15:46. 1880. Oregon and Washington. Astragalus pattersoni A. Gray in Brandegee. FI. S.- W. Colo. 285. 1876. Tragacantha pattersoni OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Colorado and Utah. Astragalus halli A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 224. 1866. Tragacantha halli OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 945. 1891. _ Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona. Astragalus famelieus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus fallax WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885. ‘ Not Astragalus fallax FIiscHER. Syn. Astrag. Tragac. 27. 1853, asynonym of Astragalus mesoleios BoIss. and HOHEN. in Boiss. Diag. I, 2:91. 1849, a Persian species. New Mexico and Arizona. Astragalus greenei A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 16:105. 1881. New Mexico. wee er |} 7 ia eh a ae Bs fa eal al a EY A gk - ~ AN . oa 128 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ee Astragalus fendleri A. Gray. Pl. Wright. 2:44. 1853. me Phaca fendleri A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1840. Tragacantha fendleri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. Colorado and New Mexico. Astragalus gracilentus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: e 223: 1866. Phaca gracilenta A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1849. ‘ Tragacantha gracilenta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Beri) New Mexico. Astragalus albatus n. sp. Annual or perhaps biennial, whitened throughout with a fine, dense pubescence; sfems 9 to 20 cm. high, erect, simple, ig thick, one to four from the yellowish root, fineiy striate; leaves 4 4 to 6 cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 8 to 15 mm. in length, in four or five pairs, oblong, obtuse; stipules triangular acuminate, free, erect; peduncles 3 to 5 cm. in length, terete, loosely four to six flowered; flowers 5 to 6 mm. in length, erect- spreading, becoming deflexed; calyx broadly campanulate, the abruptly pointed triangular teeth one-third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla whitish or ochroleucous; legume 11 to 4 12 mm. in length, membranceous-inflated, ovate-oblong, acumi- a nate pointed, the ventral suture straight, the dorsal curved, 3 softly white-pubescent, unilocular, with neither suture intro- i flexed, two to six seeded. Collected on the Colorado desert in southeastern California, SP RENE Ap. 1889, by C. R. Orcutt. The species near to Astragalus : sonorae A. GRAY, and Astragalus vaseyi WATS. ‘ 4 Astragalus sonorae A. Gray. Pl. Wr. 2:44. 1853. Tragacantha sonorae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. Arizona. \ : : - j | : Astragalus coriaceus Hemsut. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1: © 263. 1879. Tragacantha coriacea OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus antoninus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 343. 1882. Mexico. A Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 129 +3 i : Astragalus pyenostachyus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: a Bay.” FESO; ; Tragacantha pycnostachya OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. ‘ ’ California. Astragalus aridus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 223. 1866. : Tragacantha arida OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891, 4 Southern California. Astragalus troglodytus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885. Arizona. Astragalus virgineus SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:88. 1893. Nevada. Astragalus castanaeformis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: : 361. 1885. Arizona. Astragalus tephrodes A. Gray. Pl. Wright. 2:45. 1853. Tragacantha tephrodes OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. New Mexico. Recently collected specimens of this species sent to me by Professor E. O. Wooton show the purple color _ of the corolla which was doubted by Dr. Gray. Astragalus newberryi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 55.. 1877. Utah and Arizona. Astragalus chamaeluce A. GRay. Ives. Rep. 10. 1861. in pt. Phaca pygmaea Nutr. in T.andG. Fl. 1:349. 1838. Tragacantha pygmaea OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. Not A. pygmaeus PALL. Astrag. 66. 1800, a synonym of Spiesia nigrescens (PALL.) OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:207. 1891, a Siberian species. Arizona and New Mexico to southern Idaho. Astragalus eastwoodi Jones. Zoe. 4:368. 1894. A, preussii A. GRAY var. sulcatus JONES. Zoe. 4:37. 1893. Not A. sulcatus LINN. Spec. 756. 1753, a Siberian species. Colorado and Utah. “ oe Myo w sow ger ge Noe 130 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus preussii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6. 222. 1866, Tragacantha preussii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Utah and Nevada. Astragalus preussii A. Gray. var. laxispicatus n. n A. preussii A. GRAY, var. lawiflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 369. 1878. Not A. laxiflorus Botss. ¥l. Orient. 2:413. 1872, - a synonym of A. bracteosus Boiss. and Nok. in Boiss. Diag. II. 2:31. 1849, a species found in Anatolia. Northern Arizona and California. Astragalus preussii A. GRAY. var. aretus 7. n. A, preusstt A. GRAY. var. latus JONES. Zoe. 4:36. 1893. Not A. latus JONES. Zoe. 4: 272. 1893, which is based on A. diphysus A. Gray. var. latus Jones. Zoe. 3:287. 1893. This variety includes most of the Utah collec tions of A. preussii A. Gray, recently reported. It is charac- terized by the low habit, narrower and smaller leaves and subulate pointed, cylindrical or oblong-ovate legumes. § 6. PECTINATUS. Astragalus serenoi (OK. ) Tragacantha serenoi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. A. nudus WATS. Bot. King Rep. 5:74. 1871. Not A. nudus Cuos. in CO. Gay. Fl. Chil. 2:115. 1846, a Chilean species. A. oblatus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Nevada. Astragalus toanus JONES. Zoe. 3:296. 1898. Nevada. Astragalus grayi Parry, in Wats. Am. Nat. 8:212. 1873. Tragacantha grayi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891. Wyoming. Astragalus pectinatus DoucL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. and Bot. 2:257. 1882. Phaca pectinata Hoox. FI). Bor.-Am. 2: 149. 1833. Tragacantha pectinata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 131 _. Not A. pectinatus Botss. Diag. 1. 2:54. 1843.5 From the Saskatchewan west to the Rocky mountains; south _ in the United States to Montana, Wyoming, Kansas, Nebraska ~ and Colorado. § 7. BISULCATUS. Astragalus jepsoni SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Bist, Surv. nl’ 9:19.’ 1894. Astragalus demissus GREENE. Erythea, 1: 221. 1893. Not Astragalus demissus Botss. & H#LDR. in Boiss. Diag. 1.2: 50. 1849, a synonym of Astragalus amoenus FENZL. Pugil. Pl. Nov. Syr. 4, 1842, a Cilician plant. Nevada. Astragalus scobinatulus SHeLpD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist; Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY. var major JONES. Zoe. 2: 241. 1891. Not Astragalus glabriusculus A. GRAY. var. major A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 204. 1866. Astragalus haydenianus A. GRAY. Var. nevadensis JONES. Zoe. 2: ; 241. 1891? Not A, nevadensis Botss. Diag. 1. 2:63. 1849. Nevada. Astragalus haydenianus A. GRay. in BRANDEGEE. F'. S. W. Colo. 285. 1876. Tragacantha haydeniana OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. New Mexico, Colorado and Utah. Astragalus bisuleatus (Hook.) A. GRay. Pac. R. Rep. 12: 42. 1860. Phaca bisuleata Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:145. 1833. Trayacantha bisuleata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and the Saskatche- wan. § 8. MICROCYSTIS. Astragalus humillimus A. Gray. in BRANDEGEE. FI. S. W. Colo. 235. 1876. Tragacantha humillima OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Colorado. 5. Thesynonomy of this species becomes: Astragalus edmondi (OK.) Tragacantha edmondi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. A. pectinatus Borss. Diag. 1. 2:54. 1843. A, elegantulus GREENE. Erythea. 1:207. 1893, Ainge leer ek : shh eR Ay Hae SBT SSA STO eaten PRE eae Ae hs a Re uA 132 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ve Astragalus jejunus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:73. 1871. . Tragacantha jejuna OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945, 1891. Wyoming and Utah. Astragalus thurberi A. Gray. Pl. Thurb. 312. 1854. Tragacantha thurberi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Arizona. Astragalus leptaleus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 220. 1866. Tragacantha leptalea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. mt A. pauciflorus A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1. 7: 60. 1863. q Phaca pauciflora Nutt. in T.andG. Fl. 1: 348. 1838, Not A. pauciflorus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:149. 1833, which is a synonym of A. vewilliflecus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Surv. n. 9:21. 1894. Nebraska, Colorado and Utah. Astragalus microcystis A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 220. 1866. Tragacantha microcystis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. . Not A. microcystis BUNGE. Astrag. F edsch. 306. ex. Ind. Kew. 1: 234. 1893.6 Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Washington; north to Methy river, British America. § 9. CLAVOCARPUS. Astragalus lonchocarpus Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 4:80 LEST. Trayacantha lonchocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. Phaca macrocarpa A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 36. 1849. Not A. macrocarpus DC. Astrag. 143. 1802, a Syrian species. Utah, Colorado and New Mexico. § 10. INFLATUS. - Astragalus alpinus (LiInn.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. Phaca alpina LINN. Spec. 755. 1753. Phaca frigida LINN. FI. Suec. Ed. U. n. 657. 1755. 6. This species may take the name Astragalus centralis n. n. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 133 Astragalus alpinus (LinN.) SHELD. var. americanus ( HOOK.) Phaca frigida L. var. americana Hook. F). Bor.-Am. 1: 140. 1833. A, frigidus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:219. 1864. - A. frigidus A. GRAY. var. americanus WATS. Bib. Ind. 193. 1878 Tragacantha frigida OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. ag Northern Colorado, Wyoming and Montana; north in British North America to Hudson bay, Slave lake and northern British . Columbia. Z Astragalus alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. var. littoralis (HooK.) Phaca frigida L. var. littoralis Hoox. Fl. Bor.-Am.1:140. 1833. A. frigidus A. GRAY. var. litioralis Wa'rs. Bib. Ind. 193. 1878. - Alaska. Astragalus desperatus JONES. Zoe. 2:243. 1891. Utah and Colorado. Astragalus ampullarius Wats. Am. Nat. 7:300. 1873. Tragacantha ampullaria OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Southern Utah. Astragalus oxyphysus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 218. 1866. Tragacantha oxyphysus OK. Rev. Gen. PI. £:947. 1891. California. Astragalus trichopodus (NuttT.) A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:218. 1866. Phaca trichopoda Nutt. in T.and G. Fl. 1:343. 1838. Tragacantha trichopoda OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948 1891. California. Astragalus asymmetricus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus leucophyllus T.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1:336. 1838. Phaca leucophylla Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 333. 1840. Tragacantha leucophylla OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. Not Astragalus leucophyllus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3:1331. 1803. which is a synonym of Astragalus angustifolius LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:321. 1783, a species occurring in Greece and Asia Minor. ‘California. a Py ih pao We nT rs WP -ge Cras bl ied aaa tral CW a PAG nt Pk Oe RS Le Ge Wk a fl ts e * ~ qr Or : Ley PMERRER 134 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astagalus leucopsis (T. and G.) Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 56. 1859. Phaca leucopsis T.and G. Fl. 1:694. 1840. Tragacanthu leucopsis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:246. 1891. Phaca canescens NuTT.in T.andG@. Fl. 1:344. 1838. Not Astragalus canescens DC. Astrag. 114. _ 1802. California. Astragalus leucopsis (T. and G.) Torr. var. curtus n. n. A. leucopsis T. and G. var. brachypus GREENE. Pitt. 1:33. 1887. Not A. brachypus SCHRENK. Enum. Pl. Novy. 69. 1841, a soongarian species. Island of San Miguel off California. Astragalus curtipes A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 217. 1866. Tragacantha curtipes.OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. California. Astragalus anemophilus GREEEE. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1: 4,186. 1886. A. vestitus WATS. Bib. Ind. 202. 1878. Phaca vestitu BENTH. Bot. Sulph. 13. 1844. Tragacantha vestita OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891. Not A. vestitus Boiss. Diag. 1. 1:49. 1842, a Mesopotamian species. Lower California. Astragalus fastidiosus (KELLOGG) GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:n. 4. 136. . 1885. Phaca fastida KELLOGG. Hesperian. 1860. Cedros islands off California. Astragalus magdalenae GREENE. Pitt. 1:162. 1888. A. candidissimus WATS. Bib. Ind. 191. 1878. Phaca candidissima BENTH. Bot.Sulph.12. 1844. Not A. candidissimus LEDEB. FI]. Alt. 3: 309. 1829, a Siberian species. Tragacantha californica OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:940. 1891. Lower California. Astragalus miguelensis GREENE. Pitt. 1:33. 1887, Island of San Miguel, off California. Beer iret Re me os APSR hee me, : ay see eR dt eg a) — * s Hf OS 2 aegis Oe a ee co) ee ON ct es = Pe Le ee ee) a ee OT Rae) Et ee EN red ee eet Pp, ee \ w a na NN ae \< afr Tah he ae Dl as acs a bh FSP © Ferree ati” ok Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 135 Astragalus menziesii A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 217 1866. Phaca densifolia SM. in Rees’ Cyc. 28: n.9, 1817. Phaca nuttallii T. and G. Fl. 1:343. 1838. Tragacantha nuttallii OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. Not A. nuttallianus DC. Prod. 2: 289. 1825. A. densifolius Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 7:10. 1860. Not A. densifolius LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:317. 1783, - * - ‘an Armenian species. California. Bs Fe > ange Astragalus franciscanus 1. n. A. crotulariae A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 216. 1866, excl. syn. ei: Phaca crotalariae BENTH. Tragacantha crotalariaeé OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. i89i. in pt. _ ——-:*Not A. crotalariae (BENTH.) SHELD. infra. Be : Phaca densifolia Torr. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 34. $ Not A. densifolia LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:317. 1783. ’ Bi California. e. | ‘ a Astragalus franciscanus n, 7. var. longulus n. n. ; A. crotalariae A. GRAY var. virgatus A. GRAY. Bot. Calif. 1: 149. : f Not A. Sins Pau. Astrag. 20. 1800. California. Nae eG a Astragalus crotalariae (BENTH.) Phaca crotalariae BENTH. Pl. Hartw. 307. 1839-57. Tragacantha crotalariae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891, in pt. - Near Monterey, Calif. Recent collection at the type locality of this species confirm Dr. Gray’s suspicion that it is not his A. erotalariae. Astragalus proriferus JONES. Zoe. 4: 275, 1893. Lower California. 7 Astragalus vaseyi Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:370. 1882 j California. Astragalus hornii A.GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 398. 1868. Tragacantha hornitOK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. California. Bib aah uetats vey ee ae eee ee AL. » bt we Pay ‘ At Te “aj Fe he ae Sen Ree 7 " = OY ney 136 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ¢ Ee% a } f Astragalus macrodon (H. and A.) A. Gray. Proc. Am. ee as we ’ . x = Acad. 6:216. 1866. a mie S y Phaca macrodon H.and A. Bot. Beechey. 333. 1840. aie Tragacantha macrodon OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. California. ‘a Astragalus wardi A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 12:55,5 1877. — Utah. Astragalus diurnus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:450. 1886. hes Dot rela pay ~ mes Ty er" i a = ing yee een ~ Sg ey ee, Cn ae Seed SR a: Se ge eT Lee te ere Ten Oregon. Astragalus subcinereus A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 366. 1878. Arizona and Utah. Astragalus allochrous A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 366. 1878. 2 _. Arizona. Astragalus douglasii (T. and G.) A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215. 1866. Phaca douglasii T. and G. Fl. 1: 346. 1838. Tragacantha douglasitti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. California. Astragalus cicadae JONES. Zoe. 4:35. 1893. Colorado. Astragalus megacarpus (NuTT.) A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215. 1866. Phaca megacarpa NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:343. 1838. Tragacantha megacarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. i Utah. Astragalus megacarpus (Nuttr.) A. GRay. var. prod- igus n. 7. A. megacarpus (NuTT.) A. GRAY. var. parryi A. GRAY. Bot. Calif. 1:148. 1880. Not A. parryi A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1. 33: 410. 1862. Southwestern Utah. i : Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 137 Astragalus artipes A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13 :370. 1878. Arizona. Astragalus oophorus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:73. 1871. Tragacantha oophora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. California and Nevada. Astragalus whitneyi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 526. 1866. Tragacantha whitneyi OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2.949. 1891. California. Astragalus hookerianus (T. and G.) A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215. 1866. Phaca hookeriana T. and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840, Tragacantha hookeriana OK. Rev. Gen Pl. 2: 945. 1891. in pt. Not A. hookerianus DizrR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850, a synonym of A. tepicus SHELD. ined., a Mexican species. Oregon, Nevada and California. Astragalus cusickii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 370. 1878. Oregon. Astragalus ceramicus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat.) Hist... Sutysom,. 9:19. - 1894... excl. syn: Phaca picta. A. Gray. Astragalus pictus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:214. 1866. Tragacantha picta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Not Astragalus pictus SreuD. Nom. Ed. u. 1: 163. 1840, which is the accepted name for a Chilean species. Not Astragalus pictus Botss. Diag. 11. 6:55. 1853, which is a synonym of Astragalus conduplicatus Bertol in Noy. Comm. Bonon. 6: 231. 1844, which is a plant of Syria and Mesopotamia. Astragalus pictus A. GRAY. var. filifolius A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:214. 1866. Astragalus filfolius A. GRAY. Pac. R. Rep. 12:42. 1860. Not Astragalus filfolius CLos. in C. Gay. Fl. Chil. 2: 111. 1846, which is an accepted name. Psoralea longifolia PursH. Flor. Amer, Sept. 2: 741. 1814. Orobus longifolius Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1; 346. 1838. Not Astragalus longifolius LAM. Ency. Meth 1:322. 1783, which is an Armenian species. Oth’ cabs aS! % vate al Sige vy) a Pha SH ge! ON, A COMME Ae bae Sema Wie 4 ag vets! 138 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus ceramicus SHELD. var impertectus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv, n. 9:19. 1894, From Kansas and Nebraska to Utah and New Mexico. Astragalus wootoni n. sp. Perennial, minutely sparsely pubescent, becoming glabrate; stems 10 to 12 cm. in length, erect-spreading, simple or branch- ing only from the base, smooth or finely striate; leaves 5 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis striate; leaflets 9 to 15 mm. in length, in four to eight pairs, linear-oblong, obtuse, minutely appressed hairy beneath. glabrous above; stipules small, membranaceous, triangular-deltoid, deciduous, peduncles 6 to 8 cm. in length, - subterete, loosely seven to eleven flowered; flowers 7 to 8 mm. in length, erect-spreading, becoming horizontal; calyx short- campanulate, the linear-filiform teeth as long as the tube: corolla purplish; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, 1 to 1.5 cm. broad, thin, membranaceous, inflated, ovate, glabrous or very finely short pubescent, diaphanous, unilocular, three to seven seeded. Collected near Las Cruces, New Mexico, May, 1892, by Pro- fessor EK. O. Wooton, of the A. and M. College of New Mexico, to whom this species is respectfully dedicated. This species is nearest to Astragalus foliolasus (GRAY) SHELD., but the leaflets are well developed and the legume is not painted nor mottled. Astragalus foliolosus (GRaAy.) A. pictus A. GRAY var. foliolosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 215. 1866. Not A. foliolosus BUNGE. Gen. Astrag. Geront. 2:125. 1886.* Phaca picta A. GRAY. Pl. Fendl. 37. 1849. A, pictus var. angustatus JONES. Zoe. 4.37, 1893. Not A. angustatus Botss. Diag. 1. 2:47 1849. A, ceramicus SHELD. var. jonesii SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. New Mexico, Colorado and Utah. Astragalus geyeri A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:214. 1866. Tragacantha geyeri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. Phaca annua GEYER. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. G:213. 1847. Not A. annuus DC. Astrag. 127. 1802. Southern Montana, Wyoming, southern Idaho, Nevada and eastern California. *This species being heretofore considered valid and having no synonyms may take the name Astragalus safranbolicus n.n. from its original locality. 4 «4 on” = Mine ee sigh ors FT Oe i eee ee i ee ee eS ee oe ees I SEP Se) ee ee yee ee Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 139 Astragalus sabulonum A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 368. 1878. Nevada. Astragalus suksdorfii HOWELL. Erythea. 1:111. 1893. / Washington. ‘ Astragalus cerussatus 7. sp. Perennial, sparsely pubescent throughout with white, loose hairs; stems 2 to 3 dm. high, erect-spreading, striate; lvaves 4 to 5cem. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to 12 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, narrowly oblong, emarginate; ' stipules triangular-acuminate, becoming reflexed; peduwneles slender, exceeding the leaves, finely striate, loosely three to re five flowered; flowers 4to5 mm. in length, spreading or reflexed; calyx campanulate, slightly pubescent, the spreading, filiform teeth longer than the tube; corolla ochroleucous tipped with purple; legume 12 to 20 mm. in length, horizontal or ascending, thin-chartaceous, inflated, ovate-oblong, pointed, finely reticu- : lated, often purplish colored, but not mottled, nearly glabrous, unilocular, but with the ventral suture intruded nearly to the center of the cavity, eight to ten seeded. Collected on the mountain sides near Canon City, Fremont county, Colorado, by J. E. Bodin, June and July, 1890; also near Royal Gorge, Colorado, by Miss Alice Eastwood, June, 1891. This species is nearly related to Astragalus suksdorfit HOWELL, and Astragalus wetherilli JONES, and may be regarded as intermediate between the two. Astragalus wetherilli JoNES. Zoe. 4:34. Colorado. Astragalus inyoensis SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:86. 1893. California. Astragalus pulsiferae A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 10: 69. 1875. Tragacantha pulsiferae OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. California. matey rl so ae 2 ee 140 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus pondii GREENE. Pitt. 4:288. 1889. ae Lower California. Astragalus eremicus SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:86 — 1893. a California. Sha Astragalus coulteri BenrH. Pl. Hartw. 307. 1857. A, arthu-schottii A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:200. 1866. Tragacantha coulteri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. California. Astragalus peabodianus JONES. Zoe. 3:295. 1893. Utah. Astragalus candollianus (H. B. K.) Phaca candolliana H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 6:495. 1823. Not A. candollianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:80. 1843, a Persian species. ? Not A. candollianus Rovue. Ill. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839. which is A. royleanus BUNGE. Astrag. 2:34. 1869, alee © Sie TP stds Psred Tge a Himalayan species. 8 A. triflorus A. GRAY. Pl. Wr. 2:45. 1853. excl. syn. Phaca triflora DC. Astrag. 62. 1802. ° California, Arizona and Mexico. di 7. Thesynoncmy of this species will be: Astragalus supervisus (OK.) : Tragacantha suwpervisa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 932. 1891, A. candollianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:80. 1843. Not A. candollianus (A.B. K.) SHELD. supra. 8. Thesynonomy of this species will be: Astragalus vexillilongus n. n. A. candollianus RoYLE. Til. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839. Not A. candolliana (&. B. K.) SHELD. supra. A. royleanus BUNGE, Astrag. 2:34. 1869, Not A. royleanus DipTrR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1099. . 1850, a synonym of, A, strobiliferus ROYLE. Ill. Bot. Himal. 199. 1839, a Himalayan species. A stragalus strobiliferus Linpu. Bot. Reg. Misc. 39. 1849, © being preoccupied by the preceding may take thename of Astragalus lindleyanus a nn, It is a native of Armenia. 9. This may now take the name of Astragalus triflorus (DU.) SHreLp. Itis a Peruvian species. ee oi Ck Ped eee gt OMe ee Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 141 Astragalus parishii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 19: 75. 1883. California. Astragalus oocarpus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 213. 1866. A. crotalariae ToRR. Bot. Mex. Bound. 56, 1859. Not A. crotalavriae (BENTH.) SHELD. supra, -_-which is founded on Phaca crotalariae BENTH. PI. Hartw. 307. me} 1839-57. 3% Tragacantha oocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. 2 California. 4 7 § 11.. ARANEOCARPUS. _ Astragalus neglectus (T. and G.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. ee). Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:59. 1894. Phaca neglecta T. and G. Fl. 1:344. 1838. Tragacantha neglecta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. Not A. neglectus FiscH. in Steud. Nom. 1: 162, 1840, a name for which no specific description was ever published. A. cooperi A. GRAY. Man. Bot. Ed. 11. 98. 1856. : Western Quebec, Ontario, New York, and along the Great Lakes to Wisconsin, Iowa and northern Minnesota. Astragalus texanus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. : Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. Astragalus giganteus WATS. Proc.Am. Acad. 17: 370. 1882. Not Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. Western Texas. - . § 12. LaNOCARPUS. , Astragalus lectulus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad, 22:471. ; 1887. California. Astragalus allanaris n. sp. Perennial, caespitose, nearly acaulescent or with very short, erect, simple, hidden stems, pubeseent throughout with white loose hairs; leaves 8 to 4.5 em. in length, erect, pubescent with sparse, spreading hairs, the rachis slightly channelled, but Tee Vie es Ny, ehh RL Lr ENT Re te YR kr OLR Eat Daan 7 omy tt Ae Ss Tiles foal edt a Use Sa Re ees 4 i . ers y . 7 Bi ee Sete ete fy se Her yt) ‘ Sale 142 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. nearly terete; leaflets 5 to 8 mm. in length, in three to five pairs, elliptical to lanceolate, acute, pubescent both sides; stipules ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually closely im- | J bricated; peduncles 1.5 to 2 cm. in length, two-fiowered; flowers pia 2.5 to 2.75 cm. in length, narrow, each subtended by a black- ~ bordered bract; calyx 12 to 15 mm. in length, tubular-cylindri- cal, oblique at base, spreading-pubescent, striate, the lanceolate ’ teeth nigrescent-margined and from one-fifth to one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla purplish, tinged with green; legume 10 to 12 mm. in length, ovate-arcuate, acute or shortly acumin- ate pointed, incurved, coriaceous, sessile, white pubescent, unilocular, but the dorsal suture slightly impressed, few seeded. Collected on the Rattlesnake mountain, Yakima county, ; Washington, June, 1884, also near Walula, Walla Walla county, Washington, April, 1891, by Mr. W.N. Suksdorf. The first «| collection furnished the stemless and carpological characters of the description and the second the floral and short-stemmed characters. The species is near to Astragalus candelarius SHELD., but is very dwarf as compared with it and the pubes- cence is white-woolly throughout, even to the legumes. eS er oe ee Se Pot Astragalus candelarius n. sp. Perennial, erect spreading, woolly-pubescent with appressed white hairs; stems 10 to 13 em in length, diffusely branching, | striate, with somewhat spreading pubescence; leaves 6 to 8 em. in length, the rachis sulcate; leaflets 10 to 14 mm. in length, in four to five pairs, absent from the lower half of the rachis,’ broadly obovate, obtuse or retuse; stipules narrowly triangular- acuminate, erect, persistent slightly sheathing; peduncles equalling the leaves, loosely four to six flowered; “flowers 2.5 to 8 cm. in length, slender, erect; calyx narrowly cylindrical, becoming expanded and at length broken by the enlarging legume, persistent, thin chartaceous, lavender-purple, sparcely soft-pubescent, the triangular-acuminate teeth one-sixth the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous tipped with purple—in dried specimens; legume 2 to 38 cm. in length, coriaceous, pubescent with yellowish hairs, sessile, expanding the calyx, oblong or ovate, not arcuate, completely unilocular, not obcompressed, and neither suture intruded, cavity smooth, lined with a brownish membrane, few to many seeded. Collected on open sand and among rocks near Candelaria, Esmeralda county, Nevada, April and May, 1888, by W. H. Shockley. ee On eee Ree ee Se ee NO ae aS ee ee Bi a « : >. fr. eer tho. BP ae? 7%. &* 7” Ao Caen ee ae Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 143 Astragalus candelarius 7. sp. var. exiguus 7. var. 2 Dwarfish, caespitose, with less pubescence than in the type of the species, but of the same character; stems short, procum- d bent, matted, not striate, with white, close, woolly pubescence; ES leaves 2 to 3:5cm. in length, numerous; leaflets 4 to 6 mm. in length, narrowly obovate, in five or six pairs, absent from the x lower half or two thirds of the rachis; peduncles shorter than ay the leaves; flowers 2 to 2.5cm. in length; calyx not coiored, the - teeth unequal, one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tinged with purple; legume2 cm. iv length, cavity not lined with a brownish membrane. Collected beside road to Sierra Valley, Nevada county, California, May, 1886, by C. F. Sonne; also near Candelaria, Esmeralda county, Nevada, _ . May, 1888, by W. H. Shockley; Yreka, Siskiyou county, Cali- 7 fornia, April and May, 1876, by Edward L. Greene; Mulford, Utah, June, 1880, by M. E. Jones. fon This species and its variety are no doubt near to Astragalus _lectulus Wats, and may be regarded as‘ a connecting link 4 between it and Astragalus consectus SHELD. Astragalus consectus n. sp. : Perennial, woolly-pubescent with long, white hairs; stems short, branching at the bose, woody; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis sulcate above; leaflets 5 to 10 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, absent from the lower half of the rachis, obovate to elliptical, obtuse or retuse; stipules falcate, acumi- nate, not sheathing; peduncles exceeding the leaves, subcapi- tately six to eight flowered; flowers 2 cm. in length, narrow, spreading; calyx long-cylindrical, with equal, subulate teeth one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla cchroleucous, some- times tipped with purple; legume 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, coria- - ceous, pubescent with yellowish-white hairs, sessile, ovate- arcuate, obcompressed, bisulcate, both sutures intruded so as to form a nearly two-celled pod, breaking at the tip when mature, cavity smooth within, few to many seeded. Collected in California, 1846, Fremont; Carson Valley, Utah, 1859, Henry Engelman; Utah, 1874, C. C. Parry; and at Tejon Pass, southern California, June, 1887, S. B. Parish. This _ Species fs nearest to Astralagus watsonianus (OK.) SHELD., _ but it is the most nearly two-celled species of the section. The last specimen being the most perfect one yet found of this species, may be taken as the type. aN soe = 144 - MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus watsonianus (OK). ‘ Tragacantha watsoniana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891. A. eriocarpus WATS. Bot. King. Rep. §:71. 1871. Not A. eriocarpus DC. Astrag. 237. 1802, a species found in Persia and Caucasia. A. suturalis SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. n.9: 19. 1894. Utah and Nevada. Astragalus leucolobus JONES. Zoe. 4:270. 1893. A, leucolobus WATS. in herb. California. Astragalus utahensis (Torr.) T. and G. Pac. R. Rep. 23120. 1855. Phaca mollissima Torr. var. utahensis Torr. Cat. Stansb. Exped. 385. 1852. Tragacantha utahensis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891. Utah and Nevada. Astragalus coccineus (PARRY) BRANDEGEE. Zoe, 2:72. LSOLs8 2" Astragalus purshii DoUGL. var. coccineus PARRY, West. Am. Sci* 6:10. 1890. Astragalus grandiflorus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:370. 1882. Not Astragalus grandiflorus PALL. Astrag. 57. 1800. which is a synonym of Oxytropis grandiflora DC. Astrag. 71. 1802, a Siberian species. California, Astragalus lanocarpus n. sp. Perennial, caespitose, woolly-pubescent with long, fine, © white hairs; slems very short, branching, forming a close mat; leaves 3 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to 10 mm. in length, in three to five pairs, usually absent from the lower half of the rachis, narrowly obovate to oblong, acute or obtuse; stipules triangular ovate, acuminate, sheathing; peduncles equalling the leaves, three to five flowered; flowers 12 to 15 mm. in length, erect; calyx narrowly cylindrical, with - unequal teeth one-fifth the length of the tube; corolla ocholeu- cous, tipped with purple; legume 12 to 15 mm. in length, coria- ceous, white pubescent with long stiff hairs, sessile, oblong, eae Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 145 3 slightly arcuate, unilocular, but with ventral suture somewhat intruded, lined within with cobwebby hairs which traverse the cavity, few to many seeded. Collected at Klikitat Prairie, Washington, June, 1880, by aes Ce Thomas J. Howell; also at Reno, Nevada. Communicated by - Miss Alice Eastwood. The species is near to Astragalus ‘ purshii DouGL., but the narrow leaves and peculiar pods char- __ acterize it. These latter resemble very closely the galls pro- duced on leaves of Quercus by Andricus lanae FITCH. 2 2 Astragalus purshii DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 152. ee 1833. Phaca mollissima Nutt. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 350. 1838. Tragacantha purschti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 917. 1891. Com British Columbia, Montana and Wyoming to Utah, Nevada, "and eastern California. ; ' byes Astragalus purshii Dovuacu. var. tinctus. JONES. Zoe. 4 4:269. 1893. California. Astragalus purshii DouGt. var. longilobus. JONES. Zoe. 4:269. 1893. California and Nevada. Astragalus dorycnioides DouGcL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. and. Bot. 2:258. 1882. Washington and Idaho. The difficulty which many botanists seem to have had in determining the limits of Astragalus inflecus DOUGL. and * Astragalus purshii DoUGL. has probably arisen from the non- consideration of this species which is intermediate between the two. Astragalus inflexus DouGcL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. and Bot. 2:256. 18382. Tragacantha inflexa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Montana, Idaho and Washington. - Astragalus syrticolus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. 0 9:19. 1894. Astragalus thompsonae WATS. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 345. 1875. Tragacantha thomsonae OK., Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. pas catia Rate «8 Si te ie Ne OS ee Pee eee Rat ae 146 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Not Astragalus thomsonianus BENTH. in Hook. f. & Thom. Fl. Ind. 234. 1855. : es which is a synonym of Astragalus nivalis Kar. and Kir. ~ Enum. Pl. Song. 341. 1842, a native of Thibet and Soongaria. | Southern Utah. Series II. HUASTRAGALUS. § 138. SERICOPHYLLUS. Astragalus glareosus DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 152. 1833. Tragacantha glareosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pi. 2:945. 1891. al A. argophyllus NurT.in T.and G. Fl. 1:331. 1838. excl. syn. 3 Wyoming and southern Idaho. Astragalus pephragmenus JONES. Zoe. 4:267., 1893. Arizona. Astragalus triquetrus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 367. 1878. Nevada and southern Idaho. Astragalus beckwithii T. and G. Pac. R. Rep. 2:120. 1855 Trayacantha beckwithit OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943, 1891. : s British Columbia, southern Idaho, Utah, i hevaia and Cali- . fornia. eS Astragalus artemisiarum JONES. Zoe. 4:369. 1894. A. beckwithii TORR. var. purpureus JONES. Zoe. 3:288. 1893. | Not A. purpureus LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:314. 1783, a Synonym of A. hypoglottis LINN. Mant. 2: 274. 1771. Utah. Astragalus webberi A. Gray. Bot. Calif. 1:154. 1880. Tragacantha webberi OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891. California. Astragalus casei A. GRay. Bot. Calif. 1:154. 1880. Tragacantha casei OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. Nevada. : of Ls Oe ha eee a sey. 2. MN Pe er oe ¢ ’ , Ve oy ; Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 147 Astragalus mokiacensis A. GRAay. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 367. 1878. rf a Utah and northern Arizona. Astragalus ursinus A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 367. 1878. Astragalus iodanthus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:70. 1871. Tragacantha iodantha OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. A. adsurgens TORR. Cat. Stansb. Exped. 385. 1852. Not A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag.40. 1800. Colorado, Nevada, California and Montana. Astragalus parryi A. Gray. Am. Journ. Sci. 1. 33: 410. 1862. Tragacantha parryi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Colorado to northwestern Texas. Astragalus amphioxys A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 366. 1878. Texas and Colorado to Arizona and eastern California. Astragalus cuspidocarpus x. sp. Perennial, cinereous with minute, appressed pubescence or glabrate; stems 12 to 18 cm, in length, erect-spreading, becom- ing decumbent, terete, simple, six or ten from the knotted root; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length, the rachis terete or nearly so; leaflets 8 to 12 mm. in length, 4 to 8 mm. in breadth, in five to eight pairs, obovate, oblong or nearly orbicular, retuse or emarginate; stipules large, membranaceous, purplish-tinged, ovate, abruptly short-pointed below, acuminate above, erect, Sheathing; peduncles 5 to 8 cm. in length, terete, subcapitately seven to nine flowered; flowers 15 to 20 mm. in length, erect- spreadizg: calyx narrowly campanulate, strigose with nigres- cent hairs, the filiform teeth one-third the length of the tube; corolla lemon-yellow and ochroleucous tinged with purple; legume 2.5 to 3 cm. in length, coriaceous, glabrous, reticulately veined, straight, oblong-ovate, with a long, abruptly tiliform tip, strongly obcompressed, the sutures prominent externally, unilocular, few to many seeded Collected near Grafton, Montana, June, 1892, R.S. Williams; also on dry, rocky ground near Mammoth Hot Springs in Sunde ate See rb bine Re ee ena ee eA ba esa Mv tos os 148 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, May and June, 1893, be re Mr. F. H. Burglehaus. The species is near to Astragalus — shortianus NUTT., but the absence of pubescence and carpolo-- ; gical characters easily distinguish it, Astragalus shortianus Nutt in T. and G. Fl. 1:381. . 1838. A. humilis GEYER, in Hook.’Lond. Journ. Bot 6: 211. 1847. A. cyaneus A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 0. 7:60. 1863. Tragacantha shortiana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:948. 1891. Western Texas and New Mexico to Utah, Colorado, Ne- braska, Wyoming and southern Montana. Astragalus missouriensis Nuvt. Gen. 2:99. 1818. A. melanocarpus NUTT in FRAs. Cat. 1. 1813, without descr. : Phaca cretacea BUCKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. mu. 5:452. 1861. Tragacantha missuriensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. Saskatchewan and southern Montana to Kansas, Colorado and northern New Mexico. Astragalus gilensis GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 8: S72, 1881. New Mexico. Astragalus reverchoni A. GRAy. Proc. Am. Acad. 19: 74, 1888. Phaca cretacea BUCKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11.6: 1861. Not A. cretaceus Botss. Diag. 11. 6:84. 1853. an Oriental species. Texas. Astragalus cyaneus A. GRAy. Pl. Fendl. 34. 1854. A. shortianus NUTT. var. (?) minor A.GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad 6: 211. 1866. A. shortianus WATS. Pl. Wheeler Exped. 7. 1878. Tragacantha cyanea OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. New Mexico and western Texas to Nebraska and Colorado. | Astragalus crescenticarpus n. sp. Annual, pubescent throughout with appressed, white, verru- cose hairs; stems short, 2 to 3 cm. in length, erect or procum- - Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 149 bent, nearly terete, simple, three to four from a straight, slen- der root; leaves 4 to 5 cm. in length, the rachis slightly striate or rectangular; leaflets 8 to 10 mm. in four to six pairs, obovate or oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed; stipules deltoid-acumi- nate, erect; peduncles 3 to 5 cm. in length, subcapitately four to six flowered; flowers 2 to 2.5 cm. in length, narrow, erect- spreading; calyx cylindricai, unequal and slightly gibbous at the base, the linear teeth one-fourth the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tipped with purple; legume 4 to 5 cm. in length, coriaceous, appressed pubescent, narrowly crescenti- form, incurved, transversely rugulose, compressed, the dorsal suture intruded so as to make the cross-section V-shaped, few seeded. Collected on sandy plains north of sulphur springs, New Mexico, June, 1883, by G. R. Vasey, and near Winslow, Arizona, June, 1892, by Professor E. O. Wooton. This species is remarkable in its verrucose hairs, which are easily noticable by the naixed eye, and in the crescent-shaped pods, which are so strongly incurved as to nearly meet at the tips. Nearest to Astragalus pubentissimus T. and G. Astragalus pubentissimus T.-and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840. A. multicaulis Nutr.in T.andG. Fl. 1:335. 1838. Not A. multicaulis LEDEB. F1. Alt. 3:295. 1831, a Siberian species. Tragacantha pubentissima OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Colorado. Astragalus cibarius x. sp. Perennial, sparsely pubescent or glabrate; stems 1.5 to 2.25 dm. in length decumbent or erect-spreading, thick, simple, striate, minutely rough-pubescent or glabrate; leaves 6 to 9 em. in length, the rachis channelled; leaflets 5 to 10 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, obovate-oblong to orbicular, obtuse or retuse; stipules large, subfoliaceous, ovate, obtuse or acute ciliate, purplish tinged, erect, persistent; peduncles 8 to 11 cm. in length, terete, capitately or subcapitately, eight to twelve flowered; flowers 12 to15 mm. in length, nearly erect, calyx oblong-campanulate, oblique at the base, black-strigose pubescent, the narrow, acuminate teeth one-third the length of the tube or shorter; corolla ochroleucous and purple; leguine 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, narrowly oblong, arcuate when young, becoming straighter when old, pointed at both ends, finely appressed pubescent when young, becoming hdd Me has bo ach hs SD et Mn ied a ede ey Naha aad oiled i Yi a ali ee A RCUNL SS a n MTS +7 PN aaBA Gy 150 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. glabrous and transversely rugose-veined when old, unilocular, but the ventral suture strongly introflexed so as to make the cavity two-lobed, eight to ten seeded. Collected in the Utah valley, Utah, May, 1880, by M. E. Jones; also west side of Johnston Pass, south fork of Hum- boldt river and Great Desert, Utah, May, 1859, by Henry Engelmann, and in gravelly bottoms, Gros Ventres fork, and Jackson’s Hole, valley of Snake river, Wyoming, June, 1860. by F. V.. Hayden. This species is most nearly related to Astragalus vespertinus SHELD., but the habit most nearly resembles that of Astragalus amphioxys A. GRAY. Astragalus vespertinus n. sp. Perennial, subcaespitose, white-appressed pubescent through- out with appressed, dolabraform hairs: stems 4 to 6 cm. in length, several from the branching base, decumbent or sub- erect, striate; leaves 2 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis channeled; leaflets 4 to 12 mm. in length, in five or six pairs, obovate- oblong, obtuse; stipules deltoid-falcate, acute, erect, persistent, sheathing below; peduncles 5 to 12 cm. in length, striate, loosely subcapitately three to six flowered; flowers 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, slender, loosely spreading; calyx cylindrical, pinkish tinged, subtended by a large acuminate bract, the erect teeth linear-acuminate, one-fifth the length of the tube; corolla nar- row, large, purplish tinged with magenta or green, the banner prominently notched; legume 2.5 to 8 cm. in length, coriaceous, oblong, pointed at both ends, obcompressed so as to become nearly two-celled, minutely appressed pubescent, finely reticu- lated, bilocular by the obcompression, the cavities with loose membranaceous tissue, eight to ten seeded. Collected near Grand Junction, Colorado, May, 1892, by Miss Alice Eastwood. This species has been referred to Astragalus ampinioxys A. Gray. which it resembles in habit. The legumes, however, mark it as a distinct species intermediate between Astragalus pubentissimus T. and G. and Astragalus pterocarpus WATS. ° § 14. SCUTICARPUS. Astragalus pterocarpus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:75. 1871. Tragacantha pterocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. Nevada. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 151 Astragalus tetrapterus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 369. 1878. — Utah. ; = § 15. LOTIFLORUS. Astragalus elatiocarpus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:20. 1894. A. lotiflorus Hoox. forma brachypus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 209. 1866. Colorado and Wyoming to Texas, Minnesota and Hudson bay. The large number of specimens of this species in the her- barium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, collected through a long series of years show very clearly the characters upon which this species was separated from Astragalus lotiflorus, Hook. Dr. William Trelease has recently referred to me acard from Mr. B. F’. Bush, of Independence, Mo., dated April 20, 1894, in which the writer states that in a recent visit to Atchison county, Mo., he noticed that in this species ‘‘the early flowers are long-peduncled and fruitless,” while ‘‘the later ones are very short peduncled and fertile.” Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:152. 1838. Phaca lotifora NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. 1:349° 1838. A, lotiflorus Hook. forma pedunculosus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 209. 1838. Tragacantha lotifora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. Saskatchewan and British Columbia to Minnesota, Dakota, Wyoming, Nebraska, Kansas, Indian Territory and Texas. Astragalus intonsus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus villosus Micux. Fl. Bor..Am. 2:67. 1803. Not Astragalus villosus GUELDENST. It. 2:187. 1791. Trayacantha villosa Ok. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891, a synonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802, a Siberian species. Florida to South Carolina. eT Seal Fe an a es Me ie + v a" pap oN PRE ea te Se ind “PES P~ 7 te 152 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. § 16. OROBOIDEUS. Astragalus apilosus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus glaber MicHx. Fl, Bor. Am. 2:66. 1803. Not Astragulus glaber LAM. Ency. Meth. 1:525. 1783. a synonym of Oxytropis glabra DC. Astrag. 95. 1802, a Siber- ian plant. Not Astragalus glaber DC. Astrag. 118. 1802. which is a synonym of Astragalus fragrans WILLD. Sp. PI. 3:1294. 1803. a native of the Orient. Tragacantha muchauxii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. Not A. michauxianus Boiss. Diag. 1. 2:62. 1843, a species found in Kurdistan. Florida to North Carolina. Astragalus obcordatus Exty. Sk. Bot. S. Car. 2: 227 1824. A, eliwottiti DIETR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1080. 1850. Tragacantha obcordata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. Not A. obcordatus Boiss. Diagn. 1. 6:38. 1855. which is a synonym of : A. anacardius BUNGE. Syn. Astrag. Geront. 2:105. 1869, a Persian species. Georgia and Florida. Astragalus palaus JONES. Zoe. 4:37. 1893. Utah. Astragalus engelmanni n. sp. A. flagellaris ENGLM. in herb. Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 8 to 30 cm. in length, diffusely procumbent, terete, branching at the base; leaves 3 to 6 cm. in length, the rachis finely channelled above; Jeaflets 3 to 7 mm.in length, in seven to eleven pairs, ovate to oblong, obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular-lanceolate, connate below; peduncles slender, twice or three times exceeding the leaves, subcapitately four to eight flowered; flowers 8 to 10 mm. in length, erect-spreading; calyx short-cylindrical, unsymmetrical © at the base, finely pubescent with short, appressed, hairs, the teeth short-triangular, spreading; corolla ochroleucous tinged Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 153 with purple?; legume 10 to 18 mm. in length, coriaceous, glab- rous, sessile, incurved, both sutures intruded, unilocular, few to many seeded, cavity webby. Collected on the Brazos, Texas, April, 1839, February, 1844. Also in open woods near Houston, Texas, March, 1842, by Ferdinand Lindheimer. Near to A. distortus T. and G., but the plant has a more reclining or procumbent posture. I take pleasure in dedicating this species’ to Dr. George Engelmann, whose collections of Astragalus I have been permitted to study, and who, while he left no manuscript description of the species, evidently recognized it as new, for he marked it ‘‘4, flagellaris HASp.” Type specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Astragalus distortus T. and G. Fl. 1:383. 1888. Tragacantha distorta OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Indian Territory and Texas. Astragalus sileranus Jonns. Zoe. 2:243. 1891. Utah. Astragalus lindheimeri ENGL™. in A. Gray. Pl, Wr. Fe 52; 1852: Tragacantha lindheimert OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. Texas. Astragalus lentiformis A. GRay. Bot. Calif. 1:156. 1880. Tragacantha lentiformisOK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. California and Nevada. Astragalus lemmoni A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 626. 1873. Tragacantha lenmoni OK. Rey. Gen. 2:946. 1891. California. Astragalus breweri A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 207. 1866. Tragacantha breweri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. California. Pe pad a ool oP a Sek a Pe a 5 ‘ 154 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus sparsiflorus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 205. 1866. Tragacantha sparsiflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Colorado. x Astragalus sparsiflorus A. Gray, var. majusculus A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:206. 1866. e A. sparsiflorus Dn. sp. var. major A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. mr. 7:60. 1863. Not A. snbulatus BreB. var. major DC. Prodr. 2:284. 1825, Colorado. Astragalus giganteus (PALL.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. Astragalus alpinus LINN. var. giganteus PALL. Astrag.42. 1800. Newfoundland, Maine and northern Vermont; Colorado, Wyoming: Montana and north to Hudson bay, British Colum- bia and Alaska. Astragalus astragalinus (DC.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. ; Phaca astragalina DC. Astrag. 64. 1802. Astragalus alpinus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753. A. alpinus PALL Reise 2:446. 1771-76. Tragacantha alpina OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891. Not A. alpinus (LINN.) SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:65. 1894. A. montanus PALL. Reise 2: 568. 1771-76. A. montanus JACQ. Fl. Austr. 3:131. 1775. Not A. montanus LINN. Spec. 760. 1753. Colorado and Labrador. Astragalus elegans (HOOK.) Phaca elegans Hook. FI, Bor.-Am. 1: 144. 1833. Not A. elegans BUNGE. Sp. Astrag. Geront. 2:89. 1869.1° Phaca parviflora NutT.in T.andG. Fl. 1: 348. 1838. A. oroboides HORNEM. var. americanus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:205. 1866. Not A. alpinus (L ) SHELD. var. americanus (HOOK.) SHELD. infra, which is based on Phaca frigida L. var. americanus Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:140. 1888. Labrador, western British America, and south to the Rocky mountains. 10. This species may be Gesignated as Astragalus tabrisianus n. n. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 155 Astragalus ibapensis JONES. Zoe. 3:290. 1893. Utah. Astragalus robbinsii (OAKES) A. GRAay. Man. Bot. ed. 11.98. 1856. Phaca robbinsii OAKES in A. Gray. Man. Bot. ed. 1. 103. 1848. A. robbinsii (OAKES) A. GRAY. var. occidentalis WATS. Jot. King. Rep. 5:70. 1871. Tragacantha robbinsii OK: Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. Perennial, many-stemmed from a fibrous, knotty root, minutely, sparsely pubescent, becoming glabrate; stem 2 to 5 dm., high, erect, simple, nearly terete, twisted striate; leaves 4 to 5 em. in length; leaflets 9 to 13 mm. in length, in four to six pairs, oblong-oval, obtuse or rarely slightly retuse, glab- rous above, nearly pubescent beneath with white, appressed hairs when young, becoming nearly glabrous: stipules erect, connate below, but ovate-acuminate above; peduncles 9 to 20cm. in length, slender, terete or very finely striate, bearing a sub- Spicate raceme; flowers6 mm. in length, short-pedicellate; calyx campanulate, slightly puberulent, but not nigrescent except the linear teeth which are one-fifth the length of the tube; corolla white; Jeyume 14 to 18 mm. in length, oblong, dorsally straight, ventrally arcuate, born on a stipe equalling the calyx, minutely pubescent with appressed, nigrescent hairs, broadly reticulate-veined, becoming diaphanous, unilocular, the dorsal suture projecting into the cavity as a thin membrane, 4 to 6 seeded. Vermont and Colorado. Astragalus robbinsii (Oakes) A. GRaAy. var. jesupi EGGLESTON and SHELDON. Perennial. many stemmed from a fibrous, knotty root, nearly glabrate; stem 3 to 6 dm., high, less spreading than typical specimens of the species; leaves 4 to 8 cm. in length; Jeajlets 8- .22 mm. in length, in five to eight pairs, oblong, oval or lance- olate, obtuse or slightly retuse, glabrous above, puberulent below with midrib and sometimes margin slightly hairy; stip- ules deflexed; peduncles 8 to 25 cm. in length, bearing a subcap- itate raceme; flowers 10 mm. in length; corol/a dark purple; legume 18 to 25 mm. in length, oblong, elongated, slightly transparent, strongly nigrescent when young, becoming nearly glabrate, six to ten seeded. SAR ee Sak Br ey ee eRe My ACME SEINE Fh MEME Oe ae ee cea Cae TS OD 156 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Collected on old ledges above high water of the Connecticut river near Hartland, Vt., July, 1891, and on ledges near Sum- ner’s Falls, near Plainfield, N. H., August, 1898, by W. W. Huntington, and at Hartland, Vt., by H. G. Jesup and G. N. Leland. Also near Fort Fairfield, Aroostook county, Maine, July, 1893, by M. L. Fernald, at least as to specimen in Herb. Mo. Bot.. Garden; and on the Winooski river, near Burlington, Vt., June, 1878, by C. G. Pringle. The type specimens were collected by Mr. Eggleston, who — has aided me much in the study of this and other interesting Vermont Astragali. The variety is named for Professor H. G. Jesup of Hanover, Mass. Astragalus dodgianus JoNES. Zoe. 3:289. 1893. Utah. Astragalus glabriusculus (Hook.) A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:204. 1866. Phaca glabriuscula Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1:144. 1833. Tragacantha glabriuscula OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Colorado and western British America. Astragalus glabriusculus (Hoox.) A. Gray var. spatio- SUS 7. 7. A. glabriusculus (Hook.) A. GRAY var. major A. GRAY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1. 7:60. 1863. Not A. subulatus BEB. var. major DC. Prodr. 2: 284. 1825. Colorado. Astragalus aboriginorum RICHARDS in Frankl. Journ. 736. 1828: ; Phaca aboriginum Hoox. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1:143. 1833. Tragacantha aboriginorum OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:942. 1891. Colorado, Wyoming and Montana, northward in central and western British America. § 17. RUGOCARPUS. Astragalus microlobus A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 203. 1866. A. gracilis JAMES. in Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. 2:186. 1825. Not A. gracilis Nutr. Gen. 2:100. 1818. Tragacantha microloba OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. Missouri, Kansas, Nebraska and Colorado. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. Sys Astragalus gracilis Nutt. Gen. 2:100. 1818. Dalea parviflora PursH. FI]. Am. Sept. 474. 1814. Psoralea parviflora Porn. Suppl. 4: 590. 1816. Phaca parviflora Nutr. in T. andG. Fl. 1:348. 1838. Tragacantha parviflora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891. A. parviflorus MACM. Metasp. Minn. Val. 325. 1892. Not A. parviflora LAM. Ency. Meth: 1:310. 1783. Colorado to Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri and Minnesota. § 18. OCREATUS. Astragalus oreganus Nutr. in T. and G. Fl. 1:3835. 1838. Western slope of the Rocky mountains. Astragalus accumbens SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus procumbens WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:361. 1885. Not Astragalus procumbens Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 15. 1830.11 ' Not Astragalus procumbens MILL. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8. No.18. 1768. which is a synonym of Astragalus pentaglottis Linn. Mant. 247. 1767, a native of southern Europe and northern Africa. New Mexico and Arizona. Astragalus mohavensis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 361. 1885. California. Astragalus humistratus A. Gray. Pl. Wr. 2:48. 1853. Tragacantha humistrata OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945, 1891. New Mexico and Arizona. Astragalus argillosus JONES. Zoe. 2:241. 1891. Utah. Astragalus confertiflorus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 368. 1878. A, flavus NUTT. var. candicans A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad, 13: 54, 1878. Not A. candicans PALL. Astrag. 61. 1800, which is a synonym of Spiesia candicans (PALL.) OK. Rev. Gen. 1: 206. 1891. Utah. ll. This may receive the specific name Astragalus chilensis 7. 7. 158 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, Astragalus flaviflorus (OK.) . eee Oe Tragacantha flavifora OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 4: 941. 1891. A. flavus NuTT. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 335. 1838. Not A. flavus (H. and A.) SHELD. ined.1? Colorado and western Wyoming. §$ 19. GALEGIFORMIS. Astragalus racemosus PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 740. 1814. A. galegioides NuTT. Gen. 2:100. 1818. Tragacantha racemosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. ne Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado, Utah, Idaho and the North- west Territory.. | Astragalus atropubescens COULTER and FIsHER. Bot. Gaz. 18:300. 1898. “a Montana. Astragalus misellus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:449. 1886. Oregon. Astragalus howelli A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 15:46. 1880. Oregon. Astragalus scopulorum PoRTER and COULTER. Syn. Fl. | Colo. 24. 1874. A. subcompressus A. GRAY in Brandegee. Fl. 8S. W. Colo. 234. 1876. Tragacantha scopulorum OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Tragacantha subcompressa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl, 2:948. 1891. Colorado. Astragalus rasus n. sp. Perennial, glabrous throughout, or very slightly pubescent on the young leaves and stems; stems 3 to 4.5 dm. high, erect, ‘ simple or once or twice branching, striate, often purplish tinged; leaves 4 to 7 cm. in length, the rachis slightly chan- — nelled; Jeajlets 7 to 10 mm. in length, in ten to thirteen pairs, “42. The synonymy of this species will be: Astragalus flavus (H. and A.) Phaca flava H.and A.in Hook. Bot, Misc. 3: 186. 1833. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 159 obovate-oblong, obtuse or retuse, subcarnose; stipules counate and membranaceous below, free, reflexed, obovate-acuminate and persistent above; peduncles 8 to 12 cm.-in length, striate, smooth, subcapitately ten or twelve flowered; flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, spreading, becoming reflexed; calyx narrowly campanulate, to cylindrical, slightly unequal at the base, the spreading, filiform teeth one-fourth to one-third the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, slightly tinged with green; legume 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, including the stipe which is 6 to 7 mm. in length, coriaceous, oblong, straight or very slightly curved, glabrous, rarely mottled, very finely transversely veined, bilocular by the intrusion of the ventral suture, trigonal or flattened and sulcate dorsally, eight to twelve seeded. Collected near Durango, Colo., June, 1891, by Miss Alice Eastwood, also on the Mesa Verde, southeast Colo., June, 1892, by Miss Alice Eastwood; and at Grand Junction, Colo., June, 18938. by De Alton Saunders. This species is nearest to Astragalus drummondii DOUGL., and Astragalus scopulorum PORTER and COULTER, but is ‘readily distinguished by the absence of pubescence. Astragalus drummondii DouGL. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1 2153. 18383. Tragacantha drummondii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 944. 1891. Colorado, Wyoming and Montana; north to the Saskatchewan and the Northwest Territory. § 20. SUCCUMBENS. ; Astragalus succumbens DoucGt. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am. £2151). 1833. 4 Tragacantha succumbens DK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Oregon. § 21. ASCLEPIADODES. Astragalus asclepiadoides JoNES. Zoe. 2:239. i891. Utah and Colorado. § 22. EREMITICUS. Astragalus diphacus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:348. 1883. Mexico. 160 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus strigosus (KELLOGG) SHELD. Bull. Minn, Geol. & Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. ! Astragalus hypoglottis LINN. var. strigosa KeLLOGG. Proc. Calif. Acad. 1. 2:115. 1863 Astragalus tener A. GRAY. Proc. Am, Acad. 6: 206. 1866. Tragacantha tenera OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 948. 1891. California. Astragalus obscurus Wars. Bot. King. Rep. 5:60. 1871. | Tragacantha obscura OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. ia: Nevada and California. | Astragalus panamintensis SHELD. Contrib. Nat. Herb. 4:87. 1893. California. Astragalus recurvus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: nip.oo. 1885. Arizona. me Astragalus atratus Wats. Bot. King. Rep. 5:69. 1871. Tragacantha atrata OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. Nevada and California. Astragalus atratus Wars. var. aretus n. 1. A. atratus WATS. var. stenophyllus JONES. Zoe. 3:297. 1893. Nevada. Astragalus pachypus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: 3. 157.~* 1885: California. Astragalus umbraticus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus sylvaticcus WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 362. 1885. Not Astragalus sylvaticus WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1300. 1803, which is a synonym of Oxytropis sylvatica DC. Astrag. 82. 1802, a Siberian species. Oregon. Astragalus tricarinatus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 56s wlB77: California. alt ie te Bea A a ee Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 161 Astragalus eremiticus n. sp. Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 2 to 3dm. high, erect, strict, solitary, simple, terete, purplish tinged, smooth and shining; leaves 6 to 12 cm. in length, the rachis nearly terete; leaflets 10 to 12 mm. in length, in six to nine pairs, oblong-lanceolate, with a cuneate base, obtuse; stipules ovate, obtuse or acute, small and deciduous, the lower large, sub- foliaceous, sheathing, persistent; peduncles 12 to 15 cm. in length, striate, loosely five to ten flowered; flowers 13 to 15 mm. in length, erect; calyx narrowly campanulate, slightly pubescent with short, black, appressed hairs, with short, black, filiform incurved teeth; corolla ochroleucous, the banner narrow and prominently spreading; legume 3 cm. in length, in- cluding the narrow, filiform stipe which is 1.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, body of the legume oblong, with a filiform, in- curved tip, geniculate at the point of juncture, with the stipe, glabrous, minutely cross-reticulated, unilocular, but with the ventral suture intruded so as to make the cross section Y shaped, six to eight seeded. Collected in the Beaverdam mountains, southern Utah, May, 1874, by Dr. C. C. Parry; also near Sprucemont, Nevada, July, 1891, by M. E. Jones. The species is near to Astragalus arrectus A. GRAY. The type specimen is deposited in the herbarium of the Mis- souri Botanical Garden. Astragalus arrectus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 8:289. 1873. A. leucophyllus Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 6:211. i873. Washington and Idaho. Astragalus brandegei PorTER and CouLtTER. FI. Qolo. 24. 1874. Tragacantha brandegei OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891, Colorado. Astragalus drepanolobus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 19: 75. 1888. Washington. Astragalus bolanderi A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7 :337. 1868. Tragacantha bolanderi OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. California. 162 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus malacus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:336. 5 1868. eit A. parryi ANDERSON. Cat. Pl. Nev. 120. 1871. Tragacantha malaca OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. California and Nevada. Astragalus congdoni Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 20:360. 1885. California. Astragalus andersonii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: — 524. 1866. Tragacantha andersoniti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Nevada and California. Astragalus orcuttianus Warts. Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 861. 1885. Lower California. Astragalus rusbyi GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. n. 1: 8. 1884. Arizona. Astragalus arizonicus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 47: . 398. 1868. ; A. sonore TORR. Bot. U.S. and Mex. Bound. 56. 1858. Tragacantha arizonica OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. Arizona. Astragalus leptocarpus T. and G. Fl. 1:334. 1838. Tragacantha leptocarpa OK, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. Texas. eAstragalus streptopus GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. \ 1 sn. 32155." 1885. California. Astragalus nuttallianus DC. Prod. 2:289. 1825. A. micranthus Nutr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 3:122. 1821. . Tragacantha micrantha OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:941. 1891. Not A. micranthus DEsv. Journ. de Botanique 8:78. i814. A, nuttallianus DO. var. trichocarpus T.and G. Fl. 1:334. 1838. A. trichocarpus YounG. Fl. Tex. 228. 1873. : A. nuttallianus DC. var. canescens T.and G. Pac. R. Rep. 2: 163. 1855. Arkansas and Texas to Arizona and southern California. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 468 Astragalus wrightii A. GRAY in Englm. and Gray. PI. Lindh. 176. 1850. oe Tragacantha wrightiti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl, 2: 949 1891. Texas. _ Astragalus albens GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: n. 3.156. 1885. California. Astragalus daleae GREENE. Pitt. 1:153. 1888. Mexico. Astragalus hypoxylus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:192. 1883. Arizona. Astragalus cobrensis A.Gray. Pl. Wright 2:48. 1853. , Tragacantha cobrensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. New Mexico. Astragalus pringlei Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 449. 1886. Mexico. Astragalus hartwegi BentH. Pl. Hartw. 10. 1839. Tragacantha hartwegiti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. Arizona and Mexico. Astragalus vaccarum A. Gray. PI. Wright 2:43. 1853. Tragacantha vuccarum OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891. Arizona. § 23. DISPERMUS. Astragalus catalinensis Nutr. Pl. Gamb. 152. 1848. Island of Catalina, upper Califorzia, also at Tehachapi, Cal- ifornia. . Astragalus brazoensis BucKLEY. Proc. Acad. Philad. 11. 0:452. 1861. Tragacantha brazoensis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. Western Texas. A Bey Se HN eT INE Th Se oe ea he oa on MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus dispermus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 138: Be 364, 1878. California and Arizona. Astragalus gambellianus SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9:19. 1894. Astragalus nigrescens NUTT. Pl. Gambell. 152. 1848. Not Astragalus nigrescens PALL. Astrag. 65. 1800, a synonym of Oxytropis nigrescens DC. Prod. 2:278. 1825, which is a Siberian species. Not Astragalus nigrescens A. GRAY. Am. Journ. Sci. 0. 33: 410. 1862, Nor Phaca nigrescens HooK. F). Bor,-Am. 1: 143. 1833, which are synonyms of Astragalus multiflorus A. GRAY. Proce. Am. Acad. 6:226. 1866, which was fouuded on Ervum multt- jlorum PursH. Fl. Amer. Sept. 2:739. 1814. Professor E. L. Greene has pointed out very clearly the difference between this species and Astragalus didymocarpus Hook. and ARN.1!3 California. Astragalus didymocarpus Hook. and ARN. Bot. Beechey. 384, 1840. % Tragacantha didymocarpa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. California. § 24. REFLEXUS. ° Astragalus reflexus T. and G. FI. 1:334. 1888. Tragacantha reflexa OK. Revy.Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. Texas. § 25. HyPOGLOTTIDENS. - Astragalus ventorum A. GRay. Am. Nat. 8:212. 1874. Tragacantha ventorum OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 949. 1891. Western Wyoming. Astragalus terminalis Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:370. ' 1882, Montana. 13. Greene. Flora Franciscana §:7. 1891. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 165 Astragalus laxmanni Jacq. Hort. Vindob. 3:22. 1776. A. adsurgens PALL. Astrag. 40. 1800. A. syriacus PALL. Reise. 2:559. 1771. Not A. syrjacus LINN. Spec. 759. 1753. A. semibilocularis DC. Astrag. 136. 1802. A. adsurgens PALL. var. prostratus FiscH. Hort. Gar. ex. DC. Prod. 2: 287. 1825. x A. microphyllus GEORGI. Beschr. Russ. Nachtr. 296. 1802. A. laemanni NuTT. Gen. 2:99. 1818. A, striatus NuTT.in T.andG. Fl. N. Am. 1: 330. 1838. A. adsurgens PALL. var. laxrmannt TRAuTY. in Bull. Mosq. 1: 507. 1860. A. hypoglottis LINN. var. robustus Hook. in Lond. Journ. Bot. 6. 210. 1854. J Tragacantha adsurgens OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 942. 1891. Minnesota and the Saskatchewan to British Columbia and Washington, south to Oregon and western Kansas. led Astragalus hypoglottis Linn. Mant. 2:274. 1771. A. glaux PALL. Reise. 2:464. 1771. A. arenarius PALL. Reise. 2: 464. 1771. A. agrestis DoUGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst.Gard. and Bot. 2: 257. 1832. A. goniatus NuTT. in T. and G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 330. 1838. ' Tragacantha hypoglottis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891. Hudson bay to Alaska, south in the United States from Washington and Montana to Minnesota, Nebraska and southern Colorado. Astragalus virgultulus n. sp. Perennial, bushy, branching from the base, nearly glabrous; stems 15 to 20 cm. in length, erect, forming a somewhat dense, obconical bush, white at the top, 13-18 cm. broad, striate- angled; leaves 5 to 6 cm. in length, rachis trisulcate; leajlets 5 to 8 mm. in length, in seven to nine pairs, oblong-lanceolate, . obtuse or acute, smooth above, but with scattered, appressed hairs beneath; stipules foliaceous, oblong lanceolate from a deltoid clasping base: peduncles striate, not thicker than the stems, abruptly capitate; flowers 10 to 15 mm. in length, erect; calyx short-campanulate, the tube slightly pubescent with white hairs, the linear teeth equalling in length the tube and black-pubescent; corolla ochroleucous, tipped with purple; legume 10 to 12 mm. in length, elliptic-ovate, strigulose pubes- cent with white, spreading hairs, concave dorsally, bilocular, four to eight seeded. PATE re ptr, A MMI ie ee EDC We MMM Ma, Wiles my WE GUAR Ch Conse ert Mika WAN ag Fob ar We els : Ope ais aie aa Saale Ait ads wie bbe PS) OA Bh nan eae 166 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ! . a Collected on the plains near Boulder, Colorado, H. N. Pat- terson, July, 1892. This species has been referred to Astraga- | lus hypoglotlis LINN., but the bushy habit and strigulose, dor- sally concave legume are distinctive. : : § 26. ULIGINOSUS. Astragalus apertus n. n. A. ervoides H. and A. Bot. Beechey. 417. 1841. Tragacantha ervodes OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2:944. 1891. Not A. ervoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 90. 1838. A. hookerianus DtmrTR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850. Not A. hookerianus (T. and G.) A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 215. 1866. Mexico. Astragalus mortoni Nutr. Journ. Acad. Philad. 1:19. 1834. . A. tristis NuTT in T. and G. Fl. 1: 336. 1838. A. spicatus Nutt. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 336. 1838. A. canadensis L. var. mortoni WATs. Bot. King. Rep. 5:68. 1871. Tragacantha mortonti OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. : Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Washington; south to Utah and Nevada. Astragalus accidens Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 22: 471. 1887. Oregon. Astragalus carolinianus Linn. Spec. 757. n. 9. 1753. A. canadensis LINN. 756. n. 10. 1753. Tragacantha canadensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:210. 1891. Quebec, Ontario, Hudson bay and Rocky mountains, to New York, Georgia and Florida; west to the headwaters of the Columbia river and the Saskatchewan; south in the mountains to the Great Basin region; through Colorado, Minnesota, Ne- braska, Kansas and Arkansas. § 27. MOLLISSIMUS. Astragalus anisus JONES. Zoe. 4:34. 1893. Colorado. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 167 Astragalus layneae GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1l:n. 3. 156. 1885. California. Astragalus ‘yaquinus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 270. 1888. Mexico. Astragalus orizabae SEATON. Proc. Am, Acad. 28:117. 1893. Mexico. Astragalus humboldtii A. Gray. in Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 195. 1864. Phaca mollis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et. Sp. 6: 496. 1823. Tragacantha mollis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 941. 1891. Not A. mollis Bres. FI]. Taur. 3:495. 1819, a Persian species. Mexico. Astragalus orthanthus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 195. 1866. Tragacantha orthantha OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus mogollonicus GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 8:97. 1881. Arizona and New Mexico. Astragalus bigelovii A. GRay. Pl. Wr. 2:42. 1853. Tragucantha bigelowiti OK. Rev. Gen, Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Colorado, Kansas, Texas and New Mexico. Astragalus matthewsii Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. 18 :192. 1883. New Mexico. Astragalus mollissimus Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2:178. 1828. Phaca villosa JAMES. Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. 2:186. 1825. Not A. villosus GUELDENST. It. 2: 187. 1791, asynonym of Astragalus pubiflorus DC. Astrag. 183. 1802, a Siberian species. Tragacanthu mollissima OK, Rey. Gen, Pl. 2:946, 1891. Colorado to Nebraska, Kansas and western Texas. 168 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. § 28. CHAETODONTUS. Astragalus scaposus A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13: 336. 1878. A. candicans GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:n. 3.156. 1885. A. calycosus TORR. var. scaposus JONES. Zoe. 4: 26. 1893. Utah and Arizona. Astragalus calycosus Warts. Bot. King. Rep 5:66. 1861. Tragacantha calycosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 9438. 1891. Utah, Nevada and California. Astragalus austine A. GRAy. Bot. Calif. 1: 156. 1880. Tragacontha austinae OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:943. 1891. California. Astragalus lyallii A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:195._ 1866. . Tragacantha lyallii OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:946. 1891. British Columbia and Washington. Astragalus spaldingii A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 524. 1866. : A, chaetodon Torr. in A. Gray. Proc.Am. Acad. 6:194. 1866. Not A. chaelodon BUNGE in Mem. Say. Extr. Acad. Petersb. 8: 272. 1851, a species found in Turkestan. Tragacantha spaldingii OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Idaho and Washington. § 29. LENTIGINOSUS. Astragalus platytropis A. Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 526. 1866. Tragacantha platytropis OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. California and Nevada. ‘ Astragalus diaphanus DouGu. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. Pe 15)... 1833: Washington. 7 / Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 169 Astragalus salinus HOWELL. Erythea. 1:111. 1893. Oregon and Washington. Astragalus latus Jones. Zoe. 4:272. 1893. A. diphysus A. GRAY, var. latus, JONES. Zoe. 3: 287. 1893. Nevada. Astragalus bajaensis n. sp. Perennial, glabrous throughout or slightly puberulent; stems 3 to 5 dm. in length, decumbent or semi-erect and supported, striate, rarely very slightly soft-pubescent with soft hairs, diffusely branching: leaves 7 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis sulcate; leaflets 8 to 15 mm. in length, in fourteen or fifteen pairs, narrowly obovate-oblong, emarginate; stipules small, deltoid-acuminate, reflexed; peduncles small, 3 cm. in length, slender, subcapitately four to six flowered; flowers small, 6 to 7mm. in length, suberect; calyx narrowly campanulate, the teeth nearly one-half the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous; legume 8 to 10 mm. in length, membranaceous, glabrous, ovate with along, filiform tip, straight or slightly incurved, didymous, the sutures meeting and uniting nearest the ventral, six to eight seeded. Collected near San Gregano, Lower California, February, 1879, by Mr. T. S.Brandegee, and communicated by Miss Alice Eastwood of the California Academy of Sciences. The species is nearest to Astragalus fremont T. and G.. Astragalus fremontii T. and G. Pac. R. Rep. 4:80. excl. var. A. ineptus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:525. 1868. A. lentiginosus Dovuet. var. fremontiti WATS. Bot. King. Rep. 5: 66. 1871. Nevada, Arizona and California. Astragalus macdougali n. sp. Perennial, glabrous or slightly pubescent when young; slems 2 to 2.5dm. high, erect or decumbent, striate, six to many from a stout root, not branching; leaves 7 to 9 cm. in length, the rachis striate, appressed pubescent; leaflets 10 to 12 mm. in length, in six to nine pairs, narrowly obovate, obtuse or retuse; stipules triangular falcate, acuminate, subsheathing, becoming reflexed; peduncles 8 to 10 cm. in length, exceeding the leaves, PERRIS Raut SNE ORS Cah ac ieee Ea 170 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, striate, racemosely six to sixteen flowered; flowers 13 to 16 mm. in length, loosely spreading; calyx cylindrical, the slender- subulate teeth one-third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tinged with purple; legume 10 to 14 mm. in length, coriaceous, glabrous, sessile, ovate, slightly arcuate, strongly obcompressed, bilocular, few to many seeded. Collected among rock debris near the top of Walnut canon, near Flagstaff, Arizona, June, 1891, by D. T. MacDougal; also at Bougharts Ranch, Arizona, June, 1893, in flower only by Henry H. Rasby. This species has heretofore been referred to Astragalus diphysus GRAY, and Astragalus lentiginosus DouGL. It may be considered as intermediate between the former and Astrag- alus fremontit T. and G. The type specimen is in the Herharium of the Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey, having been distrib- uted by the U. S. National Herbarium as Astragalus diphysus A. GRAY. The species is named for the collector, Mr. D. T. Macdougal of the University of Minnesota. Astragalus lentiginosus DouGL. in G. Don. Gen. Syst. Gard. and Bot. 2:257. 1882. A. lentiginosus Douau. var. floribundus A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 524. 1866. Tragacantha lentiginosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1891. British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, Nevada and Cali- fornia. Astragalus araneosus n. sp. Perennial, glabrous throughout or slighty pubescent when young; stems 1.5 to 3.4 dm. high, erect, very finely striate, simple, ten to many from a thick root; leaves 5 to 7 mm. in length, rachis slightly winged, not channelled or but slightly so; leaflets 7 to 10 mm. in length, in seven or eight pairs, fleshy, orbicular or obcordate, obtuse, retuse or emarginate; stipules deltoid-acuminate, semi-sheathing below, reflexed; peduncles 6 to 9 mm. in length, striate, capitately or subspi- cately ten to twelve flowered; flowers 12 to 15 mm. in length, erect-spreading or horizontal; calyx short-cylindrical, with a few scattered, blackish hairs, the linear-spreading teeth one- third to one-half the length of the tube; corolla whitish, tipped with purple; legume 2.5 to 3.5 cm. in length, coriaceous, glab- rous, minutely reticulated, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, arcuate- ae Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 171 incurved with a long, acuminate incurved tip, both sutures intruded so as to form a nearly bilocular cavity which is lined throughout with fine cobwebby hairs, becoming smooth, eight to ten seeded. Collected near Frisco, Utah, June, 1880, by M. E. Jones; also at Muddy station, John Day valley, Oregon, May, 1885, by Thomas Howell. This species is related to Astragalus diphysus A. GRAY, but the resemblance is rather to Astragalus beckwithii Torr. It may be taken as a good example of the impossibility of sepa- rating the species on the invariability of the one or two celled legume. Astragalus diphysus A. Gray. Pl. Fendl. 34. 1849. Tragacantha diphysa OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:944. 1891. New Mexico, Colorado and Utah. § 30. CARNOSOCARPUS. Astragalus tennesseensis A. GRAY in CHAPM. FI. S Sts. 98. 1860. A. platiensis Nurr. var. tennesseensis A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:193. 1866. Illinois to Tennessee and Alabama. Astragalus plattensis Nutr. in T. and G Fl. 1: 382. 1838. A, caryocarpus ToRR. in Ann. Lyc N. Y. 2:179. 1828. Not A. caryocarpus KER. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816. A. mexicanus A. GRAY. Pl. Lindh: 176. 1845. Tragacantha plattensis OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. Minnesota to Indiana and northern Alabama; west to Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Texas. Astragalus mexicanus A. DC. Pl. Rar. Gen. 4:16. 1827. A. trichocalyxy NuTT. in T.andG. Fl. 1: 322. 1838. Not A. trichocalye TRAuTY. in Act. Hort. Petrop. 4: 362. 1876.'" Tragacantha mexicana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 946. 1871. Colorado to Missouri and eastern Illinois; south to Texas and New Mexico. 14. This species may now be designated us: Astragalus petropolitanus 7. 1, 172 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus crassicarpus Nutt. in Fras. Cat. 1. 1813. A. carnosus PuRSsH F]. Amer. Sept. 2: 740. 1814. A. caryocarpus Ker. Bot. Reg. 2:176. 1816. A, succulentus RicH. Frankl. Journ. 18. 1823. A. pachycarpus T andG. Fl. N. Am. 1: 332. 1838. Tragacantha caryocarpa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 943. 1891. Sasketchewan to southwestern Texas; from Colorado to Minnesota, Nebraska and Lowa. § OBSCURE SPECIES, THE RELATIONSHIPS OF WHICH ARE AS YET UNDETERMINED. Astragalus tepicus n. n. A. ervoides H. and A. Bot. Beechey. Voy. 417. 1841. Not A. ervoides Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 90. 1838, a Mongolian species. A. hookerianus DiETR. Syn. Pl. 4: 1086. 1850. Tragacantha hookeriana OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891, in pt. Not A. hookerianus (T. and G.) A. GRAY. Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215. 1866, which is based on Phaca hookeriana T. and G. Fl. 1:693. 1840. Mexico: San Blas to Tepic. Astragalus hosackiae GREENE. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:n. | 3.157. 1885. Arizona. Astragalus clevelandi GREENE. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club.$: 121. 1882. California. Astragalus hoodianus HowrLu. Erythea, 1:111. 1893. Oregon. Astragalus conjunctus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:3871. 1883. Oregon. Astragalus sophoroides JONES. Zoe. 2:12. 1891. Arizona. Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 173 Astragalus grallator Wars. Zoe. 3:52. 1892. Colorado. Astragalus greggii Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17:343. 1882. Mexico. Astragalus helleri FenzL. Bonplandia. 8:56. 1860. Tragacantha helleri OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 945. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus hypoleucus ScHavu. Linn. 20:747. 1847. Tragacantha hypoleuca OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:945. 1891, Mexico. Astragalus insularis KELLOGG. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. n. 1:6. - 1884. Cedros island off California. Astragalus circumnudatus GREENE. Pitt. 1:173. 1888. Lower California. Astragalus moencoppensis JONES. Zoe. 2:12. 1891. Arizona. Astragalus nevini Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 21:412. 1886. Island of San Clemente, off southern California. Astragalus parvus Hemst. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1: 266. 1878. Tragacantha parva OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 1:947. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus oxyrhynchus HEMSL. Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 1:265, 1878. Mexico. Astragalus polaris BENTH. in Hook. Trans. Linn. Soc. 14: 323. 1824. Oxytropis polaris SEEMAN. Bot. Voy. Herald. 45. 1852-57. Tragacantha polaris OK. Rey. Gen. Pl. 2:947. 1891. Eschscholtz bay, northern British America. fake. m Py aL # ple? Si Ce Fey, Whee aoe nO PSG a Seen “% Ae RRSP eae eae Be ae ae eet a §. nt - » re i t oF ¥ 4, age 3 ns i 174 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Astragalus quinqueflorus Wats. Proc, Am. Acad. 21: 450. Mexico. Astragalus rattani A. GRay. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:75. 1883. California. Astragalus reptans WILLD. Hort. Berol. 2:88. 1816. . Tragacantha reptans OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 947. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus strigulosus H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et. Sp. 6: 494, Traygacantha strigulosa OK. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 948. 1891. Mexico. Astragalus tolucanus Ros. and SEAT. Proc. Am. Acad. 28:104. 1893. Mexico. Astragalus pacificus n. x. A. hendersoni WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 22:471. 1887. Not A. hendersonti BAKER in Hook. FI. Brit. Ind. 2:120. 1879. A. watsoni SHELD. Bull. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. n. 9: 19. 1894. Not A. watsoniana (OK.) SHELD. supra. Oregon. Astragalus supervacaneus GREENE. Erythea. 1:221. 1893. California. Astragalus breweri A. GRAay. Proc. Calif. Acad. 3:108. Astragalus lindheimeri A. Gray. Pl. Wright 1:52. Astragalus rothrockii n. sp. Perennial, glabrous throughout; stems 5 to 6 dm. high, erect, diffusely branching, striate, sometimes purplish mottled or striate; leaves 6 to 10 cm. in length, the rachis nearly terete: leaflets 5 to 18 mm.in length, in nine to 12 pairs, elliptical, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or rarely slightly retuse; stipules triangular-acuminate, reflexed, becoming deciduous; - Sheldon: SPECIES OF ASTRAGALUS. 175 peduncles 10 to 15 cm. in length, loosely subspicately twelve to fifteen flowered; flowers 12 to 15 mm. in length becoming - deflexed; calyx broadly campanulate, the filiform, spreading teeth three fourths the length of the tube; corolla ochroleucous, tinged with green: legume 2 to 2.75 cm. in length, short-ovate, sessile, coriaceous, glabrous, finely transversely rugose veined, unilocular, with both sutures intruded, so as to become nearly bilocular, eight to ten seeded. Collected in New Mexico, 1877, by Professor J. T. Rothrock; also at Wabash ranch, eastern Arizona, July, 1892, by Pro- fessor E. O. Wooton. A.rothrockii is most peculiar among North American species of the genus. In size and general appearance it is like A. fex- anus SHELD., but its more minute characters seem to place it with A. diphysus A. GRAY, although that species is completely bilocular. It would form a good connecting link between the two above species in a diagrammatic classification of the species of Astragalus. The species is named for Professor J.T. Roth- rock of the University of Pennsylvania, who first collected the plant. “-\ XVI. ON A NEW REGISTERING BALANCE. ALEX. P. ANDERSON. In the course of certain experiments on transpiration’ lately conducted in the laboratories for plant physiology of. the University of Minnesota it became apparent that to ascertain the rate of transpiration for some length of time some self registering mechanism that could be used to record the increase in the weight of the absorber was necessary. With such an appliance the periodicity (if any) in transpiration could be determined, and a true transpiration curve plotted. After _ repeated trials and alterations, such a registering balance has been designed consisting essentially of a balance, one arm of the beam of which is lowered by the increase in weight of the calcium chloride absorber. _As this arm is lowered a circuit is closed and an electro- magnetic mechanism releases a weight which falls on the other arm of the scale beam, or rather into its scale pan. Thus the scale is balanced automatically, after an increase equal to the weight used has taken place. At the same instant that the weight is released it is recorded on the registering cylinder of the recorder, which can be at any distance from the balance itself. The scale and balancing mechanism are enclosed in a case which entirely protects the whole from fall- ing moisture. The following detailed description will serve to illustrate the action: The weighing apparatus consists of a platform scale made especially for the purpose, and to fit the registering mechanism. This scale is sensitive to one-fifteenth of a gram, with a capacity of five kilograms. It has abeam eleven inches long, the supports of which are screwed to an iron plate in the bottom of the case, thus making the scale and case practically one and both can be leveled and adjusted together. The brass scale pans are seven inches in diameter and are carried by brass supports, attached to the arms of the scale beam. The scale bearings are of diamond steel. 178 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The electro-magnetic balancing mechanism consists of a weight holder and an electro-magnet, together with the contact point on the scale beam, mercury cup, wiring, batteries and the necessary fittings. The weight holder is acoiled brass tube that holds about one hundred and twenty-five weights. At the lower end of this brass coil is a lever that can turn back and forth on pivot. One end of this lever is connected by a link to the armature of the magnet, and the other end, which is held in place by a spring, when the circuit is open, has a weight pocket that takes one weight from the weight tube each time the circuit is closed and carries it laterally about five-sixteenths of an inch and lets it drop, through a hole in the brass plate, on to the scale pan. a. As soon as the circuit is opened again by the readjustment of the scale beam the lever returns to its position and receives another weight from the tube, and is again ready to drop it into the scale pan as soon as the necessary increase in weight to close the circuit at the other end of the beam has taken place. The -weight holder has a calibre one-sixteenth of an inch larger than the diameter of the weights used. It is screwed to the frame of the electro-magnet and extends upward and to _the outside of the case for the reception of the new weights at its exterior end. It is made air and water tight from the ex- terior by means of a rubber stopper that fits into the case. The weight holder can therefore be taken out and replaced by one of greater or less calibre, depending upon the size of the weights used, thus if two tubes, five-sixteenths and one-fourth inch respectively, are used, two sets of weights can be put in, viz.: one-fourth inch weighing about one gram, and three-six- teenth inch weighing about one half a gram. Larger or smaller sizes could be used, but for growth or transpiration the above sizes are sufficiently delicate to give a good curve. The weights used are steel balls, the same make and size as are used in bicycle bearings. These are perfectly accurate, not varying in diameter more than one two thousandths of an | inch, and in weight on an average not more than one thous- andth of a gram. Sets of these balls can of course be weighed and verified by the experimenter himself. The electro-magnet has a single coil, and one end of the core is joined with the frame of the magnet which forms the return magnetic circuit. The other end of the core is contracted in the form of a paraboloid. : Anderson: REGISTERING BALANCE. 179 The armature having a recess to correspond with this para- ---—*boloid, is placed between the two sides of the frame, being ____ pivoted at one end; the other end has a lever communicating a with the weight dropping mechanism by a connecting link. a This construction of the magnet gives a double magnetic cir- es cuit of low resistance, and also a maximum pull and greater ___ range of movement of the armature. The current from a sin- ie gle good carbon-zinc cell is sufficient to operate the weight uo dropping mechanism. The current from the battery passes ~~ through the magnet to a mercury cup, thence through a pla- tinum contact point on the scale beam to the binding post on the case and back to the battery. The case is twelve by eighteen inches and is made of ena- melled sheet iron riveted to a frame work of wrought iron. The edges of the sheet iron are turned in so as to make with the frame work a groove on each side for two sliding glass doors. Thus the whole inside of the registering balance can be seen and watched from without, and either side of the case opened as desired. The case is leveled by means of four milled headed brass screws. A circular spirit level is placed on the iron _plate immediately in front of the scale beam supports and thus the entire apparatus can be leveled in a few moments. The . whole case is made so that it can be used in a green-house or ak ees Ye Rae oe ees A Pv cei iets = ae i oy ‘ in the open air without interference from moisture or rain. > The registering balance can be used for registering any con- d tinuous increase in weight. For transpiration a combined BY calcium chloride and sulphuric acid absorber is placed on one 4 scale pan, and the previously dried air that takes up the trans- : 3 pired moisture from the plant chamber (bell glass) is forced i through the absorber by means of an aspirator. Two light pieces of rubber tubing connect the absorber with the plant chamber and aspirator, by means of pieces of glass tubing in rubber stoppers fitted into the case. The rubber tubes are thus inside of the case and can not be disturbed by any outward influence. They buoy up and down with the scale pan and absorber. In balancing the scale for the beginning of an ex- periment these pieces of rubber tubing are partly weighed and continue to be a part of the weight on the absorber pan, but as their weight is approximately constant no error results. An attachment is made to the balance when used for weigh- ing large fruits, which necessarily must be grown outside of the case. This is made by elongating the scale pan support to a * * ee » * i Nanas ae ps beak "MINNESOTA BOTANICAL srupiEs. a errors usually attending this work, while it is of ae value i HG work on growth increase of weight. f Cas, See Plate VII XVIL. ON A NEW ELECTRIC AUXANOMETER a AND CONTINUOUS RECORDER. ee W. D. Frost. ; a _ THE ELECTRIC AUXANOMETER. _ In undertaking recently some work on growth in thickness ___ it was found that there was no available auxanometer suitable for the exact needs of the line of experiments designed. ___ Pfeffer’s auxanometer was the best instrument within reach of the writer, and while this is adapted for work with moderately large plants it is too cumbersome for delicate ones, as the -_-«counter-weight required to overcome the friction of the pulleys ‘Me is sufficient to produce abnormal conditions. In the measure- i * ment of growth in thickness of stems, fruits, etc., it seemed ____ absolutely necessary that the whole instrument used should be vattached to, and suspended from the plant, to avoid any error caused by movements, such as twisting or bending, due to hel- iotropism or geotropism. as To meet these conditions the only contrivance which seemed _ possible was one in which a very small increment of growth _ should momentarily close an electric circuit by means of some easily adjustable mechanism. The increment of growth necessary to close the circuit being constant, successive _ elosures of the circuit could, of course, easily be registered. oe A working model was constructed upon this principle, and it ___ proved so successful that it has been put in permanent shape by the instrument maker of the laboratory. It has further- more seemed advisable to print here a description of it in ad- _vance of the results from its use in investigations now in pro- gress in the laboratories for plant physiology of the University of Minnesota. 1 While it was originally intended for measuring growth in thickness, yet it is equally efficient in measuring growth in length. Its extreme lightness and delicacy make it especially _ useful in measuring the growth of small plants, and since it is 182 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. constructed of aluminum, it can be used on plants while they are under normal conditions of moisture, without injury to the instrument. The auxanometer proper can be separated an in- definite distance from the registering apparatus. Registrations have already been made in the laboratory of the growth of plants under natural conditions, 400 yards distant and in another building. The auxanometer consists of a ratchet-wheel on a steel axis which also bears a series of small grooved wheels 1, 34 and 6 mm. in diameter, and a somewhat larger wheel upon which is wound a thread bearing a counter-weight. The diameter of the larger wheel, is about 5 cm. and the circum- ference contains 144 notches. A ratchet which fits in the notches of this wheel, is mounted on an axis similar to that of the others, and has a long horizontal arm. This arm hasa platinum tip. As the large wheel turns, the ratchet drops into the notches in its circumference and the platinum tip is lowered so that it touches a drop of mercury which is held in a small cup on the arm of the frame. ‘This arm is insulated from the rest of the instrument and is connected by means of a small wire, to one pole of an electric battery. The other part of the instrument is connected with the other pole of the ‘battery. The screw underneath enables the height of the— mercury to be regulated, and consequently the length of time which the current remains closed or open. The frame work of the instrument is made of aluminum, and entire weighs 15 gms. It may be attached to the arm of a tripod support, and in this position can be used for measuring growth in length, (as shown in Plate x). For measuring growth in thickness the instrument can be fastened to the support and held against the stem, or fruit, which is to be measured, or it can be removed from the support and attached to the plant. When attached directly it is held in place by aclamp. This can be entirely removed and placed around the plant. It is roughly adjusted in place by means of a catch, which fits into the notches on the clamp. The fine adjustment is ac- complished by a screw. When the apparatus is in place a silk thread is fastened to the hook on the frame, passed around the plant in the direction opposite the hands of a clock, so that the thread may be in contact with the entire circumference of the plant. The thread is then passed through a hole in the axis of the auxanometer where it is securely fastened and the o oS a fae i i MR a aa ‘) Pe Sel ey eo” ee ee N Frost: AUXANOMETER AND CONTINUOUS RECORDER. 183 counter-weight on the wheel is made sufficient to keep taut the thread which passes around the plant. As the plant increases in thickness the thread is unwound & _ from the pulley upon which it was previously wound; and as this turns, and the teeth of the Jarge wheel pass the ratchet, the electric current is alternately opened and closed. In measuring growth in length the instrument is supported above the plant and the thread passed from the growing part to the small wheels. If the smallest wheel is used, during the growth of a millimeter, 46 registrations are made, that is to say one-forty-sixth of a mm. in length causes the circuit to be closed, while the largest wheel registers a growth of one- seventh of a millimeter. See Plate VIII, THE CONTINUOUS RECORDER. This part of the apparatus consists essentially of two rollers, one of which is attached to a clock train, and as it revolves winds upon itself a ribbon of paper on the other roller, and an electro-magnet, to the armature of which is at- tached a pen that presses against the paper on the second roller. While the circuit remains open a continuous line is traced near one edge of the paper ribbon. When the circuit is closed the pen is drawn to the other side of the paper and the length of the line traced there denotes directly the length of - time that the circuit is closed. The clock train is an eight day lever movement with strong double springs. ‘The case which is seven inches in diameter is finished in brass, and is so attached to the base that it can be easily removed. Projecting through the front of the case is the pinion by which the rollers are turned. This pinion re- volves once in twelve hours, carrying with it the roller made of brass carefully turned and balanced. It is slightly less than four inches in diameter; thus the paper moves at a rate of one inch per hour. It has quarter inch flanges, and an arrangement by which the end of the paper is held in place. On the outer surface of this roller is a dial plate with the lettering opposite to that on an ordinary clock. Upon the support is a pointer. By means of this arrangement the time indicated by the clock can be read within a few min- utes. The second roller, with the exception of the dial, is exactly similar to the first. Both are mounted on steel shafts, turned 184 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. to fit the bearings. The supports are made of brass and screwed to a black walnut base, which is built of narrow strips to prevent warping. The paper ribbon on which the record is obtained is two-' thirds of an inch in width and made in two lengths, one suffi- ciently long to run four and the other eight days. Across the upper surface of the paper ribbon is printed a series of lines that divide the ribbon into hour spaces, which are numbered. consecutively. These hour spaces are so ruled that the time of registration can be read to one minute directly from the ribbon. A source of error arising from the fact that the paper as it is wound on the first roller increases the circumference of the roller, and causes the paper to move at an increased rate as the paper continues to be wound up, is avoided by having each successive hour-space longer than the preceding one. The correction, however, is very slight on account of the thinness of the paper used, and would amount to only six minutes at the end of the eighth day. ’ The time marker consists of a pen made of brass, and large enough to hold an amount of aniline ink sufficient for two weeks registration. This pen is attached by means of a rolled brass strip to the armature of an electro-magnet, which is . hung on a hinge close to the base. Thus, as the armature moves in response to the attraction of the magnet, or the pull of a tension spring, the pen is drawn through a short hori- zontal distance. The rod simply serves as a support to the pen. The pen presses against the paper on the roller, and by means of the milled nut it can be kept at any required pressure, or can be withdrawn from the paper entirely when the latter is to be removed or replaced. When the circuit is open the armature is held back by the tension spring, and the length of the brass strip is so arranged that the pen then traces a line near the right hand side of the ribbon, as it is shown in the plate. When the circuit is closed the armature is attracted and the pen is pushed to the other side of the paper ribbon, thus making a short line at right angles to the length of the paper. If the circuit is immediately opened the time of registration is marked simply by a single cross mark. If, however. the circuit remains closed for some time a line is traced on the left side of the paper. In reading the record in this case the length of time elaps- ing between two successive closures of the circuit, is indicated Boas a distiiep batmadd thie ine successive forward movements Ag f the pen, or, what is the same thing, the length of the line f, ~ traced while the circuit is closed, plus the length of the line _ P _ made while the circuit is open, as any one notch passes the \ ratchet. ry / 3 K The auxanometer | is connected with the registering appa- ; Ao and an electric battery. The battery is of a type suited for a closed circuit. The two instruments may be placed upon the same table, or they may be separated any distance, as ut Pisa convenient for the operator. } 3 cts This recorder may also be used with many other kinds of Pets wherever a continuous record is desired. See Plate IX. XVI. TITLES OF LITERATURE CONCERNING THE FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN BY PLANTS. Dt. c MAG DOUGAL. The relations sustained by plants to the nitrogen compounds of the soil and water, and to the free nitrogen of the air form a subject of gfeat biological import, and since aside from its purely scientific aspect certain phases of the main question are of vast practical interest they have attracted the attention of the agriculturist and chemist as well as of the botanist. The results of the investigations, from these various points of view, which have been in progress for acentury, form a mass of literature which is scattered through the journals and pro- ceedings of the various branches of natural science in such manner as to be very difficult of access to the student with ordinary facilities. Among this rich and withal unwieldy mass of literature the part of especial interest to the botanist is that which concerns the fixation of free nitrogen by the leguminous plants and the organism found in the tubercles which characterize this group, and the fixation of free nitrogen by green plants which do not sustain mutualistic relations to the lower organisms. The large number of controversies resulting from the attain- ment of radically different conclusions from similar experiments along certain lines of the work, in the hands of various investi- gators, leads to the belief that safe generalizations can be made from the restricted groups of facts thus obtained only when confirmed by extended and parallel researches. To meet this idea the references given below concern the points of central interest to the botanist, beside a number of titles to ‘‘ nitrifica- tion,” and to cases of mutualism and symbiosis which may offer a comparison however distant with the relations existing | between the leguminous plant and the tubercle organism. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 187 The list is composed of titles which have been incidentally - collected by Professor MacMillan and the writer, and are com: prised in the card catalogue of the botanical department of the University of Minnesota. Their presentation in this form is for the purpose of making them still more readily available to students and investigators in connection with this department, and wherever this line of work is carried forward. It is pur- posed to bring out a second installment of titles which the writer in the limited time at his disposal was not able to prepare for this number. F _ Allen E. W. Leguminous plants for green manuring and for feeding. U.S. Dept. Ag. Farm. Bull. No. 16. 1894. Alpe and Menozzi. Bull. d. notize agrarie d. Ministere d’ Agric. No. 14. 1892. Andre. See Berthelot. Arcangeli. Sopra i tubercoli radicali delle Leguminose. Atti del. real. Accad: d. Lincei, 7: Fasc. 6, 223. 1891. Atkinson G. F. Science Cont. Ala. Ex. Sta. 1:1. 1889. Atkinson G. F. The genus Frankia in the United States. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 19:171 1892. Atkinson G. F. Tubercles of Ceanothus. Bot. Gazette 16: 262. 1891. Atkinson @. F. Contributions to the biology of the organism causing leguminous tubercles. Bot. Gazette 18: 157, 226, 257. 1893. Atkinson G. F. Symbiosis in the roots of the Ophioglossacez. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 20:356. 1898. Atwater and Rockwood. On the loss of nitrogen during germ- - ination and growth. Am. Chem. Jour. 8:327. 1868. _ Atwater W. 0. On the assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen by plants. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 685. 1884. Atwater W. 0. Absorption of atmospheric nitrogen by plants. Am. Chem. Jour. 6:365. 1885; also, 12:526. 1891; also, 13:42. 1891. Atwater and Woods. Atmospheric nitrogen as plant food. Conn. Storrs Ag. Ex. Sta. Rep. 2:11. 1889; also, 3:12. 1890. Atwater and Woods. The fixation of free nitrogen by plants. Conn. Storrs Ag. Ex. Sta. Rep. 5:17. 1892. Atwater W. 0. On the liberation of nitrogen from its com- pounds, and the acquisition of atmospheric nitrogen by plants. Am. Chem. Jour. 8:398. 1868. 188 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Atwater and Woods. Absorption of atmospheric nitrogen by — , . plants. Am. Chem. Jour. 13:42. 1991. Babes, Cornil et. Bacteries du sol. Les Bacteries, 1: 2138. 1890. Bary A.de Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze, Flechten und Myxomyceten. 1866. Bary A. de Die Erscheinung der Symbiose. 1879. Benecke F. Ueber die Mykorhiza. Biol. Centralb. 4: 758, 781. 1888. Benecke F. Ueber die Knéllchen an den Leguminosen-Wurz- eln. Bot. Centralb. 29:53. 1887. Berg F. Das nitrificierende Ferment des Bodens. Sitzungsb. Naturf. Ges. Dorpiit. 10: No.1. 1892. Berggren S. Om rotbildningen hos australa Coniferer. Bot. . Notiser. 144. 1887. . Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l’azote libre par les principes. immédiats des végétaux sous Vinfluence de l’electricité. Jour. f. Pharm. 24:488. 1876.° Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l'azote libre par les principes immédiats des végétaux sous l’influence de l’electricité atmospherique. Compt. rend. 83:677. 1876. Berthelot. Sur l’absorption de l’azote libre par les principes. immédiats des végétaux sous l’influence de l’electricité. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 10:55. 1877. Berthelot and Andre. ‘‘Nitrates in plants.” Jour. f. Pharm. et Chim. 1884. Berthelot. Fixation directe de l’azote atmospherique libre par certaines terrains argileux. Compt. rend. 101: 1885. Berthelot and Andre. Sur les principles azoteés de la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 103:1101. 1886. ‘Berthelot. Sur la fixation directe de azote gazeux cle l’atmos- phere par les terres végétales. Compt. rend. 104:205. 1887. Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote gazeux de l'atmosphere par les terres végétales, avec le concours de la végé- tation. Compt. rend. 104:625. 1887. Berthelot. Experiences nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote et par certaines terres végétales et par certaines plantes. Compt. rend. 106:372. 1888. Berthelot. Sur quelques conditions generales de la fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 106: 569. 1888. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 189 Berthelot. Sur la transformation dans le sol des azotates en composes sacle al azotes. Compt. rend. 106:638, 1888. Berthelot. Observations sur la fixation de l’azote par certaines sols et terres végétales. Compt. rend. 106: 1049. 1888. Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 106:1214. 1888. Berthelot. Experiences nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote par certaines terres végétales et par certaines plantes. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 16. 1889. Berthelot and Andre. Faits pour servir 4 Vhistoire des prin- cipes azotes renfermes dans la terre végétale. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 6 ser. 25:314. 1892. Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote dans les oxydation len- tes. Compt. rend. 108:5438. 1889. Berthelot. Fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale nue ou avec le concours des Leguminéuses. Compt. rend. 108: 700. 1889. Berthelot. Recherches nouvelles sur la fixation de l’azote par la terre végétale. Influence del electricité. Compt. rend, 109:281. 1889. Berthelot. Sur les relations de l’azote atmospherique avec la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 109:345. 1889. Berthelot. Sur la fixation de l’azote atmospherique. Compt. rend. 109:417. 1889. Berthelot. Observations sur la formation de l’ammoniaque et de composes azotes volatils aux dépens de la terre végétale et des plantes. Compt. rend. 109:419. 1889. Berthelot. Remarques sur la formation des azotates dans les végétaux. Compt. rend. 110:109. 1890. Berthelot. Observations sur la note precedente de Schloesing fils et Em. Laurent. Compt. rend. 111:753. 1890. Berthelot. Observations sur les reactions entre la terre végé- tale et ’ammoniaque tea ae Compt. rend. 111:558. 1890. Berthelot and Andre, Faits pour servir a l’histoire des prin- cipes azotes renfermes dans la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 112:189. 1891. Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur la fixation de l’azote par les microbes. Compt. rend. 1156:569. 1892. Berthelot. Recherches nouvelles sur les micro-organismes fixateurs de l’azote. Compt. rend, 116:842. 1893, ‘| \ , ¢ t ’ 190 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Berthelot. Observations relativus a une note de Winograd- sky Sur l’assimilation de l’'azote gazeux de l’atmosphere par les microbes. Compt. rend.°116:1388. 1893." Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur les micro-organismes fixateurs de l’azote. Ann. d. Chim, et Phys, 30:419. 1893. Berthelot. Nouvelles recherches sur la fixation de l’azote atmospherique par les micro-organismes. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. $0:411. 1898. Berthelot. Sur une methode destinee a ¢tudier les echanges gazeux entre les étres vivants et l’atmosphere que les entoure. Compt. rend, 118:112.. 1894. Berthelot. Nouvelles observations sur les composes azotes volatils emis par la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 118:195. 1894. Beyerinck M. W. Die Bacterien der Papilionaceen-knéllchen. Bot. Ztg. 46: 725, 741, 757, 780, 797. 1888. Beyerinck M. W. Wurzelknospen. Verh. d. koninkl. Akad v. Wetensch. te Amsterdam. 25:—. 1887. See also 1890. Beyerinck M. W. Kiinstliche Infektion von Vicia faba mit Bacillus radicicola: HErnihrungsbedingungen dieser Bacterie. Bot. Ztg. 48:838. 1890. Beyerinck M. W. Over ophooping van atmospherische Stick- stoff in culturen van Bacillus radicicola. Vers. en Meded. der koninkl. Akad. van Wetensch. te Amster- dam. Afd. Natuurkunde, Hft. 3:460. 1891. Bohme K. Stickstoff-ernihrung der Leguminosen. Separat 1892. Dresden. ; Bolley H. B. Notes on root tubercles of indigenous and exotic Legumes in virgin soil of Northwest. Ag. Science Hoos, . 1898. Bonnier G. La Constitution des Lichens. Jour. d. Bot. 1:1. 1887. Bonnier G. Germination des spores de Lichens sur les proto- némas des Mousses. Rev. Gen. d. Bot. 1:165. 1889. Bonnier G. Recherches sur la synthese des Lichens. Ann. d. Sc. Nat 7ser. 9:1. 1889. : Bonorden H. F. Handbuch der Allgemeinen Mykologie. 1851. Bordier M. H. ‘‘Nitrification.” Mem. Sc. Phys. et Nat. Bor- deaux 5:185. 1890. Borgreve. Zusatz zu: Braun zur Mycorhiza Frage. Forstl. Blads> 205 , 1889. * ee ) alae Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE -NITROGEN. 191 Bouche. Zur Unterscheidung des Phaseolus vulgaris und Ph. multiflorus Lam. Bot. Ztg. 10:735. 1852. Boudier. Du parasitisme probable de quelques espéces du genre Elaphomyces et de la recherche de ces Tubér- acés. Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d. France, 23:—. 1876. Bouquet. Eine neue Hypotheses des Absorptions der Stick- stoff durch Pflanzen. Jour. Ag. Practique. 1888. Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren- nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere. Ann. Sc. Nat. 10: 257. 18387. Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation enterprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren- nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Compt. rend. 6: 102. 1838 and 7:138. 1838. Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren- nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 67:35. 1838 and 69:353. 1838. Boussingault J. B. Recherches chimiques sur la végétation enteprises dans le but d’examiner si les plantes pren- nent de l’azote de l’atmosphere, Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 14:193. 1838, and 16:385. 1839. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Ann. d. Chim. 41:5. 1854, and 43:149. 1855. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1:241. 1854. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation, etc. Jour. d. Pharm. 26:127. 1854. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. _ Compt. rend. 38: 580, 607. 1854, and 39:601. 1854. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Ann. d. Chim. 46:5. 1856. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Ann. Sc. Nat. 2:357. 1854, Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur la végétation. Jour f. Prakt. Chem. 62:108, 181. 1854, and 63:418. 1854. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur l’influence que l’azote assimilable des engrais exerce sur la production de la matiere vegetale. -Compt. rend. 44:940. 1857, and 45:833. 1857. 192 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Boussingault J. B. Recherches sur linfluence que l’azote assimilable des engrais exerce sur la production de la “si matiere vegetale. Ann. Sc. Nat. 7:5. 1857. Boussingault J. B. Agronomie, Chemie, Agricole et Phy- -siologie 1:198. 1860, and 2:340. 1861. ; Boussingault J. B. Sur la nitrification de la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 76:22. 1873. Boussingault J. B. Sur la nitrification de la terre végétale. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 29:186. 1873. Boussingault J. B. Sur l'infiuence que la terre végétale exerce sur la nitrification des substances azotes d’origine or- ganique employees comme engrais. Compt. rend. 82:477. 1876. Also, Ann. d. Chim. 8:5. 1876. Boutin. Note sur l’origine des nitrates dans l’Amarantus bli- tum. Compt. rend. 82: No. 25. 1876. Boutroux L. Sur la fermentation panaire. Compt. rend. 112:203. 1891. Seealso Ann. d.Chim.et Phys. 1892. Boutroux L. Reveux des travaux sur les bacteries et les fer- mentations. Rev. Gen. d. Bot. 16:30. 1894. Bowman J. E. On the parasitical connection of Lathraea squamaria and the peculiar structure of the subter- ranean leaves. Trans. Linn. Soc. 16:399. 1833. Braun. Zur Mycorhiza Frage. Forstl. Bl 13:204. 1889. Breal E. Ann. Agron. 1888. Breal E. Observations sur la fixation de l’azote atmos- pherique par les Légumineuses dont les racines portent des nodosités. Compt. rend. 107:372. 1888. ’ Breal E. Fixation de l’azote par les Légumineuses. Compt. rend. 109:670. 1889. 110:670. 1890. Breal E. Bindung des Luftstickstoffs durch Kresse (Tropae- olum). Ann. Agron. 18:369. 1893. Brefeld 0. Bot. Untersuchungen. 1883. Brefeld 0. Untersuchungen auz dem Gesammtgebiete dee Mykologie, 8. 1877. And 7%. 1888. Bruchmann H. Ueber Anlage und Wachstum der Wurzeln von Lycopodium und Isoetes. Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. New Ser. 1:522. 1874. Bruchmann H. Die Dichotomie der Wurzel von Pinus sylves- tris. Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. New Ser. 1:572. 1874. Bruchmann H. Das Prothallium von Lycopodium. Bot. Cen- tralb..21: 23, 309. 1885. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 193 x - Brunchorst B. Ueber die Knéllchen an der Wurzeln von Ei | Alnus und den Eleagnaceen. Bot. Centra lb. 24: 222. i. 1885. vad Brunchorst B. Ueber die Knéllchen an den Leguminosen- go wurzeln. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: Hft. 7, 241: 1885. a Brunchorst B, Ueber einige Wurzelanschwellungen, besond- as ers diejenigen von Alnus and Hlaeagnaceen. Unter- at SS ae a ae" Lola’ ~ ~~ FO ~ aa at an sim a } a , a i S ie q > PG eh NY Pe ere feo: og Ba “ ts tn 22 We ee ee - = pe ae Arse a ioe eet es fe such. Bot. Inst. z. Tubingen, 2:151. 1886. Brunchorst B. Die Struktur der Inhaltskirper in den Zellen einiger Wurzelanschwellungen. Sep. a. Bergens Mus. Arsberetning, 235. 1887. Buscalioni. Si contengono bacteri nei tubercoli radicati delle Leguminose. Malphigia 1:21, 464. 1887. Cloez S. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur la source de l’azote dans les plantes. Compt. rend 41:935. 1855. Cloez 8. Lettre a M. Chevreul concernant les experiences de M. Ville sur la question de l’assimilation de l’azote de lair par les végétaux. Compt. rend. 41:775. 1855. Cloez S. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur la source de l'azote dans les plantes. L’Institute 23: 417. - 1855. Cloez 8. Recherches experimentales sur la nitrification et sur la source de l’azote dans les plantes. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 68:188. 1856. ~ Cloez 8. See Gratiolet. Clos D. Ebauche de la rhizotaxie 1848. Paris. Clos D. Du collet dans les plantes et de la nature de quelque tubercles. Ann. d. Sc. Bot. 3:18. 1849. Clos D. Du collet dans les plantes et de la nature de quelques tubercules. Ann. Sc. Nat. 18:5. 1850. See also Soc. Philom. Proc. Verb. 34. 1850. Clos D. Revision des tubercles des plantes et des tuberculoides des Légumineuses, Mem. d. 1]’Acad. d. Toulouse 9 ser. 5. 1. 1893. Canevari A. La nutrizione delle piante il terreno e la conci- mazione, L'Italia agricolia 19. 1887. Chevreul E. Sur le role de l’azote atmosphérique dans Veconomie végétale. Compt. rend. 107:1460. 1888. Chuard E. Sur I’ existence de phénoménes de nitrification dans les mileux riches en substance organiques et a reaction acids. Compt. rend. 114:181. 1892. ae ae Woe, oye + Pes hy ee Wes PDN soli ae ~ or 4 i i aha 194 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cohn F. Ueber parasitic Algen. Beitr. z. Biol. 1: Hft. 2:87. 1872. Cohn F. Zur Geschichte der Leguminosenknéllchen. Centralb. f. Bakt. u. Par-Kunde. 10: No 6, 190. 1891. Coignet J. De l’absorption de l’azote par les végétaux. Ann. d. 1. Soc. d’agr. d. Lyon, 5 Ser. 2: 233. 1888. Condamy A. Etude sur Vhistoire naturelle dela Truffe. 1876. Conn H. W. Nature of the root tubercles of leguminous plants. U. S. Ex. Sta. Rec. 2:686. 1890 and 1891, and $: 56. 1891 and 1892, Conn H. W. Free nitrogen assimilation. Bull. Torr. Bot. : Club 20:148. 1898. Corda A. K. J. Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum. 18387, 1854. Cornil et Babes. Bacteries du sol. Les Bacteries 1: 213. 1890. Cornu. Commission du Phylloxéra. 1876. Cornu. Etudes sur le Phylloxéra vastatrix. 1878. Coudon Muntz. and La fermentation ammoniacale de la terre. Ann. Agron. 19: 209. 1893. Crochetelle et Dumont. Sur la nitrification des terre de prairie, Compt. rend. 117:670. 1893. Dangeard. Note sur les Mycorhizes endtropiques. Le Botan- iste Ser. 2, 228. 1891 De Candolle. Prodromus Syst. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2:312. 1825. Deherain P. P. Sur l’absorption de l’azote par les plantes. Bull. Soc. Chim. 16:2. 1871. Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique dans la vegetation. Compt. rend. 73:1852. 1891. And 76:1890. 1873. Deherain P. P. Sur Vintervention de Padote atmospherique dans la vegetation Bull. Soc. Chim. 19:538. 1873. Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique dans la vegetation. Jour. d. Pharm. 18:95. 1873. Deherain P. P. Sur l’intervention de l’azote atmospherique dans la vegetation. Ann. Sci. Nat. 5 Ser. 18:147. 1873. Deherain P. P. Sur Vintervention de l’azote atmospherique dans la vegetation. Chem. News. 29:271. 1874. — Deherain P. P. Sur l’enrichessement en azote d’un sol main- tenu en prairie. Compt. rend. 101. 1885. Deherain P. P. Le travail du sol et la nitrification. Ann Agron. 19:401. 1898. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 195 Deherain P. P. Le travail de la terre et la nitrification. Compt. rend. 116:1091. 1893. Delpino. Osservazioni sopra batteriocecidii la sorgente l’azote in una piante-Galega officinalis. Malphigia 2: 385. 1888. De Saussure. Recherches sur la vegetation. 206. 1604. Detmer. Physiol. Chem. Unters. uber Keimung 68. 1875. Devaux. Circulation passive de lazote dans les végétaux. Jour. d. Bot. 5:180. 1891. Devaux. Les echanges gazeux d’un tubercle, representes schematiquement par un appareil physique, Bull. Soc. Bot. d. France. 37:257. 1891. Devaux. Atmosphere interne des tubercules et racines tuber- culeuses. Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d. France. 37:272. 1890. De Vogue. Fixation de lazote ammoniacal sur la paille. Compt. rend. 115: 25. 1892. De Vries. Wachstumgeschichte des roten Klees. Landw. I Jahrb. 6: 933. 1877. Douliot et van Tieghem. Recherches comparatiyes sur l’origine des membres endogenes dans les plantes vas- culaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 7 Ser. 8:1. 1888. Drouin. See Gautier. Duchartre P. Note surlHypopitys multiflora Scop. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 3 Ser. 6:29. 1846. Duclaux. La distribution de la matiere organique et des microbes dans le sol. Ann. Inst. Past. 7: 823. 1893. Duhamel du Monceau. La Physique des Arbres. 1758. Dumont et Crochetelle. Sur la nitrification des terres de prairie. Compt. rend. 117:670. 1893. Drobnig. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknillen. Inaug. Diss. 1892. Rdéstock. Drude 0. Die Biologie von Monotropa Hypopitys L. und Neot- tia Nidus avis L. 1873. Gottingen. Ehrenberg A. Weitere Untersuchungen tieber die Frage nach dem Freiwerden von gasformigen Stickstoff bei Faul- niss—processen. Zeitschr. f. phys. Chem. 11: Hft. 5. 1887. Eidam KE. Ueber Pilzenentwickelung in den Wurzeln der Orchidaceen. Jahresber. d. schles. Ges. f. vaterl. Cultur. 67:297. 1879. Emmerling A. Untersuchungen iiber die Stickstoffernihrung der Pflanzen. Mitt. a. d, Lab.d. Versuch. Sta. i. Kiel. Hft.1. > 1879, : 196 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Emmerling A. Studien iiber die Eiweissbildung in der Pflanze. Landw. Vers. Sta. Abh.1. 1879. Eriksson J. Studier 6fver Luguminosernas rétknoler. Doc- tordiss. Lund. 1874. . Also, Acta Univ. Lund. 10. 1878. Farlow. Tubercles on Leguminous Roots. Garden and For- est 1:1385,. 1888. Fink K. Die Mikroorganismen in der Ackerkrume. Fihling’s Landw. Ztg. 48:48, 853. 1898. Fitz A. Stickstoffquelle fiir Mucor. Deut. Chem. Rev. 8:1540. 1876. Fisch Rees. und Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und Lebens- geschichte der Hirschtruffel-Elaphomyces. Biblioth. Bot. Hft. 7.1. 1887. Frank. Ueber die biologische Verhiltnisse des Thallus einiger Krustenflechten. Cohn’s Beitr. z. Biol. d Pflanzen. 2:123. 1876. Frank. Ueber die Parasiten in den Wurzelanschwellungen der Leguminosen. Bot. Ztg. 37: 377, 398. 1879. Frank. Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten. 131, 647, 674, 748. 1880. Frank. Ueber die auf Wurzelsymbiose beruhende Ernihrung gewisser Bitume durch unterirdische Pilze. Ber. d, deut. Bot. Ges. 3: 128. 1885. Frank. Neue Mittheilungen fiber die Mycorhiza der Biume und der Monotropa hypopitys. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: ——. 1885. Frank. Mikroorganismen des Erdbodens Ber, d. deut. Bot. Ges. 4: Hft. 8. 1886. Frank. Ueber die Quellung der Stickstoffnahrung der Pflanzen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 4:2938. 1886. ; Frank. Sind die Wurzelanschwellungen der Erlen und Elae- . agnaceen Pilzgallen? Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5:50. 1887. Frank. Ueber neue Mykorhiza Formen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5:395. 1887. Frank. Ursprung und Schicksal der Saltpetersaure in der Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5.472. 1887. Frank. Ernihrung der Pflanzen mit Stickstoff, und ueber den Kreislauf desselben in der Landwirtschaft. Sep. 1888. Berlin. i ee a a Se Se eg a Fe ee ee es SNe a PATENT. ety wie Sok, _ Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 197 Frank. Ueber den Hinfluss welche das Sterilisiren des Erd- boden auf die Pflanzenentwickelung ausiibt. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 6:—. 1888. Frank. Ueber die physiologische Bedeutung der Mycorhiza. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 6: 248. 1888. Frank. Untersuchungen iiber die Erniihrung der Pflanze mit Stickstoff. Landw. Jahrb. 18:419, 496. 1888. Frank. Was niitzen den Waldbiiumen die Wurzelpilze. Forst. Bl. Jan. 1. 1889. Frank. Ueber den Experimental Nachweis der Assimilation freien Stickstoffs durch erdboden bewahnenden Algen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7:34. 1889. Frank. Ueber die gegenwartige Stamm unserer Kenntnisse der Assimilation elementaren Stickstoffs durch die ‘Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7: 234. 1889. Frank. Pilzsymbiose der Leguminosen. Sep. 1890. Berlin. Frank. Pfianzenphysiologie, 120. 1890. Berlin. . Frank. Ueber Assimilation von Stickstoff aus Luft durch Robinia Pseudacacia. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8: 292. 1890. Frank und Otto. Untersuchungen uber Stickstoffsassimila- tion in der Pflanze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8:3381. 1890. Frank und Otto. Untersuchungen iber Stickstoffassimila- tion in der Pflanze. Naturw. Wochen Schr. 6: 215. 1891. Frank. Neue Stimmen iiber die Stickstofffrage. Deut. Landw. Presse, 21:119. 1894. Frank. Inwieweit ist der freie Luft-Stickstoff fir den Er- nihrung der Pflanzen verwerthbar? Deut. Landw. Presse, 18:779. 1891. Frank. Ueber einege neue Versuche betreffs der Stickstoffs- _ assimilation in der Pflanze. Deut. Landw. Presse. 18:403. 1891. Frank. Ueber die auf Verdauung von Pilze abzielende Sym- biose der mit endotropic Mykorhizen begabten Pflan- zen sowie, der Leguminosen und Erlen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 9:244. 1891. Frank. Ueber die auf den Gasaustausch beztiglichen Einrich- a: tungen und Thitigkeiten der Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 10:271. 1892. Frank. Lehrbuch der Botanik 1:574. 1892. ore. **- (ge Fo * "+> . oe - ns hee ey, / ee | Se A OC LPO Oh 198 » MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Frank. Die Assimilation freien Stickstoffs bei den Pfanzen . in ihrer Abhingigkeit von Species, von Ernhirungs- | Verhaltnissen und von Bodenarten. Landw. Jahrb. 21: Hft. land 2. 1892. Frank. Noch ein Wort zur Stickstoff-Frage. Deut. Landw. Presse, 20:183. 1893. Frank. Die Assimilation des freien’ Stickstoffs durch die Pflanzenwelt. Bot. Ztg. 51:Abth 1. 188. 1898. Frank. Sur l’importance des Mycorhizes dans la nutrition des plantes humicoles. Rev. Eaux et Forets 38: 122. 1894, Frank. Die Bedeutung der Mycorhiza die gemeine Kiefer. Forstwiss. Centralb. April. 1894. Frankland E. Chemical changes in their relations to Micro- organisms. Rep. Brit. A. A.S. 681. 1884. Frankland P. and.G. €. The nitrifying process and its spe- cific ferment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 47:296. 1890. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 181:107. 1891. Frankland P. Micro-organisms in their relation to chemi- ‘cal change. Nature 46:1385. 1892. Fries E. Sclerotium. Systema Mycologicae 2:250. 1823. Fries Th. M. Om Vaxtbolag. Sartryck ur Svensk Tidskrift. 1892. Fromberg P. F. H. On the source of carbon and nitrogen in plants as derived from the soil. Jour. Ag. 2:41. 1847. Gain. Influence de l’humidité sur le development des nodosités des Leguminosae. Compt. rend. 116:1894. 1893. Gasparini G. Osservazioni sulla struttura dei spongiolari di alcune piante leguminose. Lette all. Ac. di. Napolli. 1851. Gasparini G@. Richercha sulla natura dei succiatoria la escrezione delle radici. 1856. Gautier et Drouin. Recherches sur la fixation de l'azote par le sol et les végétaux. Compt. rend. 106: 754, 863, 944, 1098, 1174, 1232, 1460, 1605. 1888. Gautier und Drouin. Fixirung von Stickstoff durch den Boden und die Gewasser. Chem. Centralb. 1: No. 8. 1892. Gautier et Drouin. Remarques sur le mecanisme de la fixa- tion de l’azote par le sol et les vegetaux. Compt, rend. 114:19. 1892. bbe toe, _ a Oe ot ae Oe ~~ as Pe _@ js + = i Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 199 Gautier und Drouin. Fixirung des atmosphiireschen Stick- stoffes durch Boden und Pflanze. Chem. Centralb. IL: No. 11. 1892. Gibelli G. La malattia del castagno, ozzervazioni esperiene. 1879. Gibelli G@. Nouvelles etudes sur la maladie du Chataignier dite maladie de l’encre. Arch. d. Biol. Ital. 3: 122. Gibelli G. Nuova studisulla malattia del castagno detta dell’ inchiostre. 18838. Bologna. Gilbert. See Laws. Gilbert. Einige neue Ergebnisse betr. d. Stickstoff Quelle d. Pflanze. Chem. Centralb. No. 46. 1886. Godlewski E. Zur Kenntniss der Nitrification. Anzeig. Akad. Wiss. in Krakau. 1892. Goebel K. Ueber Prothallium und Keimpfianzen von Lycopo- dium inundatum. Bot. Ztg. 45:161. 1887. Goebel K. Zur Keimungsgeschichte der Farne. Ann. d. Jard. Bot. d. Buitenzorg. 7:74. 1888. Goebel K. Morphologische und Biologische Studien. 4. Ueber Javanische Lebermoose. Ann. d. Jardin. Bot. d. Bui- tenzorg 9:6. 1891. Gottsche €. M. Anatomischphysiologische Untersuchungen - tiber Haplomitrium Hookeri. Verh. d. kais. Leop. Car. Akad. d. Naturf.12: Abth. 1. 265. 1843. Gottsche ©. M. Ueber das Genus Monoclea. Bot. Ztg. 15: 281. 1857. Gottsche C. M. Uebersicht und kritische Wurdigung der seit dem Erscheinen der Synopsis Hepoticorum bekannt gewordenen Leistrungen in der Hepoticologie. Bot. Ztg. Beilage 16:140. 1858. Gratiolet et Cloez. Recherches experimentales sur la végéta- tion des plantes, submergees. Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 32:41. 1851. Gratiolet et Cloez. Recherches experimentales sur la végé- tation des plantes submergees. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 52: 275. 1851, and 53:181. 1851. Gravis A. Observationes anatomiques sur les excroissances des racines de l’aume. Bull. d. 1. Soc. d. Bot. d. Belgique. 18: Pt. 1. 50. 1879. Gravis A. Note sur les excroissances des racines de l’aune. Compt. rend. d. l. seance men. d. 1. Soc. roy. d. bot. Belgique. 1880. 200 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Gregory E. Notes on some botanical reading done in the : laboratory of Professor Schwendener in Berlin, in ~ June and July, 1889. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 16: 297. 1889. ; -Grosglik S. Die Mycorhiza. Wszechswiat 4:725. 1885._ 4 a Warschau. : Halsted B. D. Nitrogen assimilation in clover: A hint. Bull. Bot. Dept. Ag. Coll. Iowa. Feb., 1888. ; Hariot P. Sur une Algue qui vit dans les racine d. Cycad. Compt. rend. 115: 325. 1892. Hartig R. Ueber die symbiotische Erscheinungen im Pflan- zenleben. Bot. Centralb. 25:350. 1886. Hartig R. Die pfianzliche Wurzelparasiten. Allg. Forst. u. Jagdztg. April. 118. 1888. Hartig R. Die pflanzliche Wurzelparasiten. Centralb. f. Bakt. u. Par.-kunde. $:1, 19, 58, 91, 118. 1888. Hartig R. Lehrbuch der Anatomie und Physiologie der Pflanzen. 1891. Hartig R. Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten. 2Ed. 1889. Hartig Th. Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der Forst- wissenschaft und forstliche Naturkunde. 1837. Hartig Th. Vollstahdige Naturgeschichte der Forstlichen | Kultur-Pflanzen. 365. 1851. , Hartig Th. Luft-Boden und Pfianzenkunde in ihrer Anwen- dung auf Forstwissenschaft (und Gartenbau). Lehr- buch der Forster. 8th Ed. 1:1840. 9th Ed. 1851. 11th Ed. 1877. : Hartig Th. Ueber das sogenannten Absterben der Haarwur- zeln (racines chevelues Duham.) Bot. Ztg. 21:289. 1863. Hartig Th. Anatomie und Physiologie der Holzpflanzen. 1878. Harting P. und Gunning. Onderzoekingen over de bron der Stickstoff voor de Planten en het ammoniak gehalte der damp-kringslucht. Amsterdam Verslag. Akad. soe, don. Harting P. Tegenbedenkingen op het betoog von der Herr * G. J. Mulder van Waar pekomen de niet bemesten Planten hare Stickstoff ? Amsterdam Verslag. Akad. 3: 89. 1855. Harting P. Recherches concernant l’assimilation de l’azote de lair par les végétaux. Compt. rend. 41:924. 1855. Harz C. 0. Ueber vergleichende Stickstoffdiingungsversuche. Bot. Centralb. 33:218. 1888. ars. ed aes les Sent Pte “d ee ath hae ~ = y < Te = \e ; Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 201 Heiden E. Ueber das Absorptions-Vermégen des Bodens und die Aufnahme der Pflanzen Nahrstoffe in der Pflanze. Ann. Landw. 41:111, 227, 348. 1863. Hellriegel and Wilfarth. Absorption of nitrogen by plants. Bied. Centralb. 228. 1888. Hellriegel. Welche Stickstoff Quellen stehen den Pflanzen zu Gebote? Tageblatt d. Naturforscher Versamml. z Berlin 290. 1886. Hellriegel und Wilfarth. Untersuchungen uber die Stickstoff- nahrung der Gramineen und Leguminoseen. 1888. Berlin. Hellriegel. Ueber die Beziehungen der Bakterien zu der Stick- stofferniihrung der Leguminosen. Zeitschr. f. d. Ver. f. Riibenzucker Industrie d. deut. Reiches. 241. 1886. Also, Nov. 1888. Hellriegel. Ueber die Stickstoffniihrung landwirtschiftliche Cultur gewiichse. Bericht. Wien. 1890. _ Hellriegel und Wilfarth. Erfolgt die Assimilation des freien Stickstoffs durch die Leguminosen unter Mitwirkung niederer Organismen? Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7: 138. 1889. Hellriegel H. Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze von B. Frank ‘‘Ueber den Hinfluss welchen das Sterilisiren der Erd- bodens auf die Pflanzenentwickelung ausiibt.” Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 7:131. 1889. Henschel G. Ist die zu Mycorhizabildungen fiihrende Sym- biose an jungen Fichtenpflanzen schidlich? Oéest. Vierteljahrschr. f. Forstwesen. 118.. 1887. -Hiltner. See Nobbe, Schmid and Hotter. Hoffman H. Ueber Bacterien. Bot. Ztg. 27:265. 1869. Hofmeister W. Allgemeine Morphologie der Gewachse. 1868. Hotter. See Nobbe, Schmid and Hiltner. Houzeau A. Faits pour servir a l’histoire de la nitrification. Compt. rend. 68:821. 1869. Houzeau A. Faits pour servir a Vhistoire de la nitrification. Ann. d. Chim. 25:161. 1872. Immendorf. Beitrage zur Lisung der Stickstoff frage. Landw. Jahrb. 21: Hft. 1 and 2. 1892. Irmisch. Beitrage zur Biologie und Morphologie der Orch- ideen. Leipzig. 1853. Jackson €. T. Existence of nitrogen in plants; its origin in animals. Boston Med. and Sc. Jour. 63: 289. 1860. 202 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Jager G@. Ueber eine krankhafte Veriinderung der Bluthen ie Organe der Weintraube. Flora 43:49. 1860. Janezewski E. V. Zur parasitische Lebensweise des Nostoc — lichenoides. Bot. Ztg. 30:73. 1872. Janczewski E. V. Das Spitzenwachstum der Phanerogamen- wurzeln. Bot. Ztg. Vorl. Mitth. $2:118. 1874. Jodin F. V. Du role physiologique de l’azote. Compt. rend. §5:912. 1892. - Johow F. Die Chlorophyllfreien Humusbewohner West In- diens, biologisch-morphologisch dargestellt. Pring- sheim’s Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. 16: 445. 1885. Johow F. Die chlorophyllfreien Humus pfianzen nachi hren biologischen und anatomischen entwickelungsge- schichten Verhiltnissen. Pringsheim’s Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. 20: 475. 1889. Jounson. Studier sfver algaparasitism hos Gunnera L. Bot. Notiser. Hft. 1:1. 1894. Joergensen A. Bidrag til Rodens Naturhistorie. Bot. Tidsskr. 10:144. 1878. ; Joergensen A. Korkdanelsen paa Roden. Bot. Tidsskr. 11: 1351879; Jumelle H. Recherches physiologiques sur les Lichens. Rey. Gen. d. Bot, 4:49, 108, 159, 220, 259, 320. 1892. Kamienski Fr. Die Vegetationsorgane der Monotropa hypopitys. Bot. Ztg. 39:457. 1881. Kamienski Fr. Les organs vegetatifs du Monotropa hypopi- tys Mem. d. 1. Soc. Nat. d. Sc. Nat. d. Cherbourg. 24: 1882. Kamienski Fr. Ueber symbiotische Vereinigung von Pilzmy- celium mit den Wurzeln héherer Pflanzen. Arbeit. d. St. Petersb. Naturf. Ges. 17:34. 1886. Keller. Die Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Biol. Cen- tralb. 9:97. 1889. Kellner 0. Ueber den Gehalt einiger Wurzelgewiichse an Stickstoffhaltigen Nicht-Proteinstoffen. Deut. Landw. Presse No. 82. 1880. Kellner und Yoshii. Ueber die Entbindung freien Stickstoffs bei der Faulniss und Nitrification. Zeitschr. f. Phys. Chem. 12:95. 1888. Kerner von Marilaun A. Schmarotzer, etc. Pflanzenleben 1: 52, 59, 147, 224, 553, 556, 695, 711, 728, 729, 730: 1890: Also '2277).83, 445, 1891, et Ment eee ~ ee a Ng 7 ae - ’ Se TS ee Pe Be ees | Pee Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 208 Kionka H. Die Wurzelknillchen der. Leguminosen. Biol. Centralb. 11:282. 1891. Klebahn H. Die neuesten Untersuchungen uber die Wuyrzel- knéllchen. Humboldt 148. 1890. Klein und Szabo.* Zur Kenntniss der Wurzeln von Aesculus hippocastaneum L. Flora 63:147, 163. 1880. _ Kny L. Ueber parasitische Algen. Bot. Ztg. 31:139. 1873. _ Kny L. Ueber die Wurzelanschwellungen der Leguminosen und ihre Erzeugung durch Hinfiuss von Parasiten. Sitzungsber. d. bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg 21:55. 1879. Kny L. Zudem Aufsatze des Herrn Prof. B. Frank ‘‘ Ueber Parasiten in den Wurzelnanschwellungen der Papil- ionaceen.” Bot. Ztg. 37:537. 1879. Kny L. Ueber eigenthiimlich Durchwachsungen an den Wur- zelhaaren zweier Marchantiaceen, untersucht von Dr. Bottger. Sitzungsber. d. Prov. Brand. Jan. 1879. Koch und Mayer. Ueber die Aufnahme von Ammoniak durch oberirdische Pflanzentheile. Bied. Centralb. f. Landw- Sept. Hft. 1873. Koch A. Zur Kenntniss der Fiiden in den Wurzelkniéllchen der Leguminoseen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 5:111. 1887. Koch A. Zur Kenntniss der Fiiden in den Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminoseen. Bot. Ztg. 48:597. 1890. Koch und Kossowitsch. Ueber die assimilation von freien Stickstoff durch Algen. Bot. Ztg. 51:321. 1898. Koenig. Stickstoff Vorrat. 1887. - Kolaezek. Lehrbuch der Botanik. 3741. 1856. Kossowicz. Die Herkunft des Stickstoffs in den Pflanzen. Mitth. Landw. Akad. zu Petrowsky 13:61. 1890. Kossowitsch P. Durch welche Organe nehmen die Legumi- nosen den freien Sticksotff auf. Bot. Ztg. 50: 697, 713, 729, 745, 771. 1892. Kossowitsch P. Untersuchungen iieber die Frage ob die Algen freien Stickstoff fixiren. Bot. Ztg. 52:97. 1894. Kostycheff. ‘‘The formation and properties of vegetable mould.” St. Petersburg Soc. Nat. Bot. 20:123. 1889. Kuhn V.R. Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie der Marattia- aceen und andere Gefiiss-Kryptogamen. Flora 72: 457. 1889. Lachmann J. Ueber Kndllchen der Leguminosen. Landw. Mittheil. Zeitschr. d. K. Lehranstalt und Versucht sta. 37. 1856. Serre, 204 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lachmann J. Knollen an den Wurzeln der Leguminosen. Chem. Centralb. ‘No. 18. 1892. Laurent E. Sur le microbe des nodosités des Loguminguaeet Compt. rend. 111:750. 1890. i Laurent E. Experiences sur la production-des nodosités chez. le pois a la suite d’inoculations. Bull. d. 1. Acad. Roy. d. Belgique 8Ser. 1: No. 6. 764. 1890. Laurent E. Expériences sur la réduction des nitrates par les végétaux. Ann. Inst. Past. No. 7:22. 1890. Laurent E. Recherches sur les nodosites radicles. Ann. Inst. Past. 5:105. 1891. Laurent E. Experiences sur la reduction des “hibeasee par les” vegetaux. Rev. Mycol. 16:25. 1894. Laurent. See Schloesing. a Lawes and Gilbert. On the present position of the questionof the sources of nitrogen in vegetation, with some new — results, and preliminary notice of new lines of investi- © gation. Proc. Roy. Soc. 42: No. 256. 1886. Lawes, Gilbert and Pugh. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants. Rep. Brit A. A.S. 51. 1852. Lawes and Gilbert. On the sources of the nitrogen of vegeta- tion, with special reference to the question whether plants assimilate free or uncombined nitrogen. Proc. Roy. Soc. 10:544. 1859-60. Lawes and Gilbert. On the sources of the nitrogen of vegeta- tion, with special reference to the question whether plants assimilate free or uncombined nitrogen. Phil. Trans. 481. 1861. Chem. Soc. Journ. 1:100. 1863. Lawes and Gilbert. On assimilation of nitrogen. Chem. News, 6:127. 1868. Lawes and Gilbert. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants. Journ. d. Pharm. 44:281. 18683. , Lawes and Gilbert. Sources of nitrogen in vegetation. Proc. Roy. Soc. 43:108. 1887. Lawes and Gilbert. On the present question of the sources of nitrogen in vegetation, etc. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 180:1-107. 1888. Lawes and Gilbert. Fixation of free nitrogen. Proc. Roy. Soc. 47:No. 1, 85. 1890. Lawes and Gilbert. New experiments on the question of the fixation of free nitrogen. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. 47: 85. 1890. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 205 _ Lawes and Gilbert. Experiments on root tubercles and the . fixation of atmospheric nitrogen. Abth. f. Ag. Chem. -u. Landw. Ver. d. Ges. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte. Halle Sept. 1891. Lawes and Gilbert. Sources of nitrogen in leguminous plants. Jour. Rey. Ag. Soc. 3 Ser. 2:657. 1892. _ LeComte H. Note sur le Mycorhiza, Bull. d. Soc. Bot. d. France 34:30. 1887. Leone und Magnanimi. Nitrification des organischen Stick- stoffs. Chem. Centralb. 1: No. 5. 1891. Leone T. Nitrificazione e denitrificazione nella terra végétale. Gaz. Chim. ital. 20:149. 1890. Leplay H. Sur la formation des acides organiques, des matieres organiques, azotées, et du nitrate de potasse, etc. Compt. rend. 106:1020. 1888. Levy J. Beitrag zur Lehre von d. .Stickstoffaufnahme der Pflanzen, Dissertation. 1889. Halle. - Lehman C. Origin of nitrogen in plants. Physiol. Chem. 3: 184, 1854. My * Liebig J. von. Die organische Chemie in ihrer Anwendung auf . Agricultur und Physiologie. 4:164. 1842. Braun- schweig. Liebig J. von. Die Pflanze, Liebig Annalen 121:165. 1862. Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel m” des Pflanzenreichs. Liebig Annalen 39:129. 1841. Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel A des Pflanzenreichs Ann. d. Chem. 4:186. 1842. . Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nihrungsmittel 5 des Pflanzenreichs. Sturgeon Ann. Electr. 10:483. ‘gf 1843. _ Liebig J. von. Ueber die Stickstoff-haltigen Nahrungsmittel E des Pflanzenreichs. Taylor Sc. Mem. 3:244. 1843. ¥ Liebscher. ‘‘ Assimilation of nitrogen by leguminous and non- a ‘ leguminous plants.” Deut. landw. Presse No. 104. 1080. 1892. Liebscher. ‘‘A contribution to the nitrogen question.” Deut. landw. Presse 419. 1898, and Jour. Landw. 41:139. 1893. _ Liebscher. Nochmals die Stickstoff-frage. Deut. Landw. ; Presse. 20:1037. 1893. a Link H. F. Grundlehre der Anatomie und Physiologie der a Pflanzen. 1807. Link H.F. Grundlehre der Krauterkunde. 1837. Ae a ee eee say APR ee ee? ee YS ee ae NE : wy eh wee TMiig ERR Ree RE PDs WEA TET C NR TER eee he ea Tt y eae IL Ue A a Wii PB LUNDA 5" Labnit WSS i" 206 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Loew 0. Ueber die Ernihrungsweise des nitrificirenden Spalt- pilzes Nitromonas. Bot. Centratb. 46: 222. 1891. Loew 0. ‘‘ Nitrification by a Schizomycete.” Bot. Ver. Mun- chen. April 20. 1891. Loew 0. The synthetical powers of micro-organisms, Science ~ 23:144. 1894. Lonay A. la question de l’azote et culture les Léguminéuses, 1889. Nivelles. Lotsy J. P. A contribution to the investigation of the assim- ilation of free atmospheric nitrogen by White and Black Mustard. Dept. Ag. Bull. 18. 1894. Lotsy J. P. On the assimilation of free nitrogen by plants. Johns Hopkins Univ. Cir. 18: No. 101, 30. 1894. Lundstroem A.N. Om mycodomatier pa _ papilionaoernads rotter. Bot. Notiser No. 5. 1887. Lundstroem A. N. Ueber symbiotische Bildungen bei den Pflanzen. Bot. Centralb. 28: 282. 1886. Lundstroem A. N. Ueber Mycodomatien in den Wurzeln der Papilionaceen. Bot. Centralb. 33:159, 187. 1888. Also Naturv. Studentsiillsk. April 28, 1887. Upsala. Lundstroem A. N. Vort. Pflanzen biologische Studien 2:71. Lundstroem A. N. Einige Beobdachtungen ueber Calypso borealis. Bot. Centralb. 38:697. 1889. MacDougal D. T. Nitrogen assimilation by Isopyrum biter- natum. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 2. 39. 1894. Magnanimi, Leon und, Nitrification des organischen Se stoffs. Chem. Centralb. 2: No.5. 1891. Magnus P, Nostoc lichenoides nicht parasitic. Bot. Ztg. 31: . Zo) 183! Magnus P. Durch Parasiten veranlasste Wurzelauswachse. Sitzber. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand. 79. 1877. Magnus P, Ueber Schinzia cypericola in d. Wurzeln von Cy- perus flavescens und Juncus bufonius. Verhandl. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand 21. 1879. Magnus P, Drei neve Pilze. Ver. d. bot. Ver. f. d. Prov. Brand. 20:50. 1878. Also 22:119. 1880. . Magnus P, Wurzelanschwellungen des Rubus Idaeus. Ber. a. d. Hauptversamml. d. Bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brand. z. Berlin October 29, 1881. Magnus P. Ueber einige Arten der Gatt. Schinzia Ber d. deut. Bot. Ges. 6:100. 1888. Cie oon Be = x ef c= See ee ae stp St a 4 Pc Th gi ee a ee = > toe a - — => 4 ale Cl = pe ~ EL ee ee PU ae ee a ee ee ee, ee ee ee Pee a etl ; q : ; a + can } ut Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 207 Magnus P. Das Auftreten der Schinzia cypericola P. Magn. in Bayern und einiges tiber deren Verbreitung in Europa. Separat. 1893. Berlin. Malphigi. Anatomie plantarum pars sec. de Gallis. Op. 2: 126. 1687. Leiden. Marcano et Muntz. Sur la formation des terres nitreés dans les regions tropicales. Jour. d. Pharm. et. Chem. 5 Ser. 12:No.6 1885. Marchal E. Sur la production de l’ammoniaque dans le sol par les microbes; also Ann. d. 1. Soc. Belg. d. Mic. 18: 69. 1893. Marchand L. Sur une Nostochineé parasiteé. Bull. Soc. bot. d. France 26: 336. 1879. Masse G. On the structure and functions of the subterranean parts of Lathraea squamaria. Jour. Bot. 24: 257. 1887. Mattei. Ancora sull’ origine della Vicia faba. 1887. Bologna. Mattirolo 0. Sul parassitismo dei Tartuffe sulla quistione delle Mycorhizae, Malphigia 1: Fasc. 8, 9. 1887. Mattirolo 0. Si contengono bacteri nei tubercoli radicali delle Leguminose. Malphigia 1: Fasc. 10, 464 and 11, 536. 1887. Mattirolo 0. Sur le parasitisme des truffes et sur la question des Mycorhiza. Arch. Ital. Biol. 9:218. 1888. Mattirolo 0. Sur le parasitisme des truffes et sur la question des mycorhizes. Arch. Ital.d. Biol. 9. 1888. Mayer A. Lehrbuch der Agriculturchem. 8rd Ed. 1: 163. ——. -MeMurtrie. Notes on absorption of nitrogenous nutriment by the roots of plants. Proc. Brit. A. A. 8. 139. 1887. Mene ©. Experiences sur l’influence d. gaz dans la végéta- tion, Dingler polytech. Jour. 119:453. 1851. Mene C. Experiences sur l’influence du gaz azote dans la végé - tation. Compt. rend. 32:180. 1891. Menozzi. See Alpe. ° Merker P. Gunnera macrophylla Blum. Inaug. Diss. Mar- burg, 1888. Flora 72: 211. 1889. Meyen J. Ueber das Hervorwachsen parasitischer Gebilde aus den Wurzeln anderer Pflanzen. Flora 12: 49. 1829. Meyer A. Ueber die Knollen der einheimischen Orchideen. Archiv. d. Pharmacie 24. 1886. Milde. Notizen zur Kenntniss von Anthoceros und Blasia. Bot. Ztg. 9:629. 1851. 208 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Miles. Die nitrifizirenden Mikroben, Chem. Centralb. No 47. 1887. Pie . Miles. Biological factors in the nutrition of farm crops. a 5 A. A. A. S. 488. 1890. . Millon E. Nitrification. Chem. News 2:No. 56. 263, 337. 1860. See also Compt. rend. 17: 452, 470. Millon EK. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Jour. d. Pharm 38:325. 1860. Millon E. Note sur la nitrification, etc. Compt. rend. bts 819. 1860. Millon E. De la nitrification en la Algerie. Jour. de Pharm. 38:246. 1860. Millon E. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Compt. rend. 51:548. 1860. Millon E. Theorie chimique de la nitrification. Chem. News 2:337. 1860. Millon E. Nitrification. Chem. News. 82. 1864. Moebius. Ueber endophytic Algen. Biol. Centralb. 11: 546. 1891. Moebius. Conspectus algarum endophyticum. La Notarisia 6: 1221, 1279, 1291. 1891. Moeller H. Plasmodiophora Alni. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: 102. 1885. Moeller H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Frankia subtilis. Brunch. Ber.d. deut. Bot. Ges. 8:215. 1890. Moeller H. Bemerkungen zu Frank’s Mittheilung urber den Dimorphismus der Wurzelknélichen der Erbse. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 10:242. 1892. . Moeller A. Ueber die Cultur flechtenbildener Ascomyceten ohne Algen, Inaug. Diss. Miinster. 1887. Moreck. Ueber die Formen der Bakterioiden bei der einzelnen spezies der Leguminosen. Inaug. Dissert. 1891. Leipzig. : Morren €. Experiences sur l’absorption de l’azote par les ani- malcules et les algues. Compt. rend. 38:932. 1854. Morren €. Experiences sur l’absorption de l’azote par les ani- malcules et les algues. Ann. Soc. Nat. (Zool.) 1:389. 1854. Mulder G. H. Ueber die condensation des Stickstoffs aus der Atmosphire in der Ackererde und ueber das Hrnih-— rungsvermiégen der organische Bestandtheile des Bodens fiir die Pfianze. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 32: 344. 1844. : _ ¢ Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 209 7 Mulder G. H. Ueber die Quelle des Stickstoffs in den Pflanzen. Flora 28:239. 1845. - Mulder G.H. Van Waar bekommen die niet bemeste planten hare Stickstoffs. Amsterdam. Verslag. 3:61. 1855. Mulder G. H. Versuch einer Phys. Chem. 751. Muller P. E. Bemerkungen ueber die Mycorhiza der Buche. Bot. Centralb. 26:22. 1886. Muntz, See Schloesing. Muntz A. De quelques faits d’ oxydation et de reduction, produits par les organismes microsc. du sol. Journ. d. Pharm. et d. Chem. 5 Ser. 12: No. 6. 1885. Muntz and Marcano. Sur la formation des terres nitreés dans les regions tropicales. Journ. d. Pharm. et d. Chem. 5 Ser. 12: No. 6. 1885. Muntz A. Ueber einige Oxidation und Reduction durch Mik- roorganismen im Boden. Chem. Centralb. No. 387. 1885. Muntz A. Ueber d. Bildung d. saltpeterhaltigen Erden in den Tropen. Chem. Centralb. No. 37. 1885. Muntz A. Sur la decomposition des engrais organiques dans le sol. Compt. rend. 110:1206. 1890. Muntz A. Sur la decomposition des engrais organiques dans le sol. Compt. rend. 110:1026. 1890. Muntz A. Du role des engrais verts comme furnures azoteés. Compt. rend. 110:972. 1890. Muntz A. Sur la formation des nitrates dans ia terre. Compt. rend. 112:1142. 1891. Muntz A. Sur la formation des nitrates dans la terre. Compt. rend. 112:11438. 1691. Muntz and Coudon. La fermentation ammoniacale de la terre. ' Ann. Agron. 19: 209. 1893. N. H. J. M. The fixation of free nitrogen. Nature, 24:41. 1890. Naegeli. Botanische Beitriige: Pilze im Innern von Zellen Linnaea 16:278. 1842. Naegeli. Erniihrungsmechanismus der niederen Organismen. Sitzber. d. Miinch. Akad. July, 1879. Naegeli. Ernihrung der niederer Pilze durch Kohlen und Stickstoffverbindungen. Bot. Mittheil. 3:395. 1881. Nathusius. Symbiose der Waldbiume mit Mycorhiza. Zeit- schr. f. Naturw. 62:Hft.6 1890. Nicolai. Das Wachstum der Wurzel. Schr. d. phys.-ikin. Ges. z. Koenigsberg. 7:35, 78. 1875. et fet yee eae! aa Bes Mat Oath PERF N.Y ENP Lee Oe OF i ee Te Mf eat! f ay. 210 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bh Noack F. Ueber Micorhizende-bildende Pilze. Bot. Ztg. 447:389. 1889. Nobbe F. Vegetationsversuche in Boden mit lokalisirten Nathrstoffen.. Landw. Ver. Sta. 6:98. 1868. Nobbe F. Ueber die Stickstoffernihrung der Leguminosen. Verhandl. d. Ges. Deut. Naturf. und Aerzte. Ver- samml z. Bremen, 2:551. 1890. Nobbe F. Stickstoffernihrung der Leguminosen. Chem. Cen- tralb. 1: No. 6. 1891. Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Versuche ueber die Stick- stoffassimilation der Leguminosen. Landw. Ver. Sta. — 39:327. 1891 Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Ueber die physiologische Bedeutung den Wurzelknéllchen von Eleagnus angus- tifolius. Landw. Ver. Sta. 41:1388. 1892. Nobbe, Schmid, Hiltner and Hotter. Ueber die Verbreitungs- fihigkeit der Leguminosen Bacterien im Boden. Landw. Ver. Sta. 41:187. 1892. Nobbe and Hiltner. ‘‘The interchange between leguminous plants and the bacteria causing root tubercles.” Sichss. Landw. Zeitschr. 165. 1893. ‘Oliver F; W. On Sarcodes sanguinea. Ann. Bot. 4:303. 1890. Otto R. Die Assimalation des freien atmosphiirischen Stick- stoffes durch die Pflanze. Bot. Centralb. 46:387. 1890. Also, 47:62, 128, 175. 1891. Otto. See Frank. Penzig 0. Die Krankheit der Edelkastanien und B. Frank's Mykorhiza. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3:301. 1885. Persoon. Traité sur les champignons comestibles. 1818. Petermann A. ‘‘Contribution a la question de l’azote.”” Mem. d. 1’ Acad. Roy. d. Belg. 1891. ® Petermann A. Beitrige zur Stickstoffrage. Abstract. Chem. Centralb. 1:988. 1893. Ibid. 2:889. 1892. Ibid. 3:No. 20. 1892. . Petermann A. Contribution a la question de l’azote. Mem. d. l Acad. roy. d. Belg. 47. 1892. Petermann A. Contribution a la question de l’azote. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 8, Ser. 25: 267. 1893. Pfeffer W. Ueber Fleischfressende Pflanzen und ueber die Ernahrung durch Aufnahme organischer Stickstoff ueberhaupt. Landw. Jahrb. 6:969. 1877. Pfeffer W. Pflanzenphysiologie 1: 239. 1880. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 211 _ Pfeiffer A. Die Beziehungen der Boden Capillaritit zum Transport von Bacterien. Zeitschr f. Hyg. 1:394. 1886. Pfeiffer A. Antwort auf die Entgegnung des Herrn Dr. Soyka, ete. Zeitschr. f. Hyg. 2:239. 1887. Pfeil W. Wunschenwerthe Abbildung der Baumwurzeln wie sie sich nach dem Alter des Baumes in verschiedenen Boden andern. Krit. Bl. f. Forst. u. Jagdwiss. 25: 255. 1848. Pfeil W. Recension von Schacht’s ‘‘Beitrige zur Anatomie und Physiologie der Gewiichse.”” Krit. Bl. f. Forst. u. Jagdwiss. 35:51. 1855. Pichard P. Influence dans les terres neues des propor- tions d’argile et d’azote organique sur la fixation d’azote atmospherique, sur la conservation de l’azote et sur la nitrification. Compt. rend. 114:81. 1892. Pichi. Alcuue osservazione sui tubercoli radicali delle Leg- ; uminose. Atti della Soc. Tose. di Sc. nat. 1888. Pott. Untersuchungen iiber Wachstumisverhaltnisse der Leg- : uminoseen. Landwirtsch. Versuchssta. 25:Hft. 1 ie and 2. Poulsen V. A. Bidrag til Triuridaceernes. 1886. Poulsen VY. A. Triuris majorn.sp. Et Bidrag til Triurida- ceernes Naturhistorie. Bot. Tiddskr. 17:293. 1890. Prantl K. Untersuchungen ueber die Regeneration des Veg- etationspunktes an Angiospermwurzeln. Arbeitld. bot. Inst. z. Wiirzburg. 1:546. 1874. Prantl K. Die Assimilation freien Stickstoff und der Parasitis- mus von Nostoc. Hedw. 28:135. 1889. Prazmowski. Ueber die Wurzelkniéllchen der Leguminosen. Bot. Cent ralb. $6: 215, 248, 280. 1888. Prazmowski. Das Wesen und die biologische Bedeutung der Wurzelknéllchen der Erbse. Ber. a. d. Sitz. d. Akad. i. ‘* Krakau. 1889. _ Prazmowski. Die Wurzelknillchen der Erbse. die Aetiologie s und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Kndéllchen. Landw. | Vers. Sta. 37: Hft. 83 and 4, 104, 161. 1890. See also 38: Hft. 5. 1890. Prillieux E. De la structure anatomique et du mode de veg- etation du Neottia nidus: avis. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 4 Ser. 5:267. 1856. Prillieux E. Sur la nature et la cause de la formation des tubercles qui nassent sur les racines des Leguminéuses. Bull. Soc. Bot. d. France. 26:98. 1879. 212 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Prillieux E. Anciennes observations sur les tubercles des racines des Leguminéuses. Compt. rend. 111:926. 1890. : 1s Prillieux E. Anciennes observations sur les tubercules des racines des Leguminéuses. Bull. d. 1. Soc. Bot. d. France. 13: No. 1. 1891. Prove. Untersuchungen ueber die Stickstoffnahrung der Erb- sen. Zeitschr. Landw. Ver. Bayern. 82:85. 1892. Pugh, Lawes and Gilbert. Assimilation of nitrogen by plants. RepiBrit) AY ASS) 612 e852; Rabuteau. Recherches sur les metamorphoses et |’ elimina- tion des azotites. Compt. rend. Soc. d. Biol. 5 Ser. 1:66. 1870. Raulin. Etudes chimiques sur la végétation des Musedinées. Compt. rend. 57:229. 1868. Rees M. Entstehung der Flechte-Collema glaucescens. Mon- atsber. d. Berl. Akad. Oct. 1871. Rees M. Ueber den Parasitismus von HElaphomyces granu- latus. Sitzungs-Ber. der Physik.-Med. Soc. z. Er- langen. May. 1880. Rees M. Ueber Elaphomyces und sonstige Wurzelpilze. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 3: 293. 1885. Rees und Fisch. Untersuchungen ueber den Bau und Lebens- geschichte der Hirschtruffel-Elaphomyces. Biblioth. Bot. Hft. 7:1. 1887. Reinke J. Ueber gonidienartige Bildungen in einer dicoty- lischer Pflanze. Nach. v. d. konig!. Ges. d. Wiss. u. Univ. z. Gottingen, 100. 1871, 1872. Reinke J. Andeutungen ueber den bau der Wurzel von Pinus Pinea. Bot. Ztg. 30:49. 1872. Reinke J. Morphologische Abhandlungen. 1873. Reinke J. Zur Kenntniss der Rhizome von Corallorhiza und Epipogon. Flora. 56:145, 161, 177. 1873. Reinke J. Zwei parasitische Algen. Bot. Ztg. 37:473. 1879. Reinsch H. Ueber eigenthiimlichen Stoff in der Monotropa hypopitys. Jahrb. f. prakt. Pharm. u. verw. Facher, 25:193. 1852. Reissek S. Endophyten der Pflanzenzelle. 1846. Uren. Resa F. Ueber die Periode der Wurzelbildung: Inaug. Diss. 1877. Resa F. Untersuchungen ueber die Periode der Wurzelbil- dung, insbesondere bei den Holzgewachse. Forstl. Bl. gal. 1878. Td ‘ Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 213 Reum J. A. Pflanzen-Physiologie. 1835. Reuss H. Der Waldfeldbau im Dienste des Forstkulturbe- triebs. Centralb. f. d. gesamm. Fortstw. 289, 354. 1889, Rockwood, see Atwater. Rossmassler. Der Wald. 418. 1863. Rostrop E. Sygdomme hos Skovtraeerne, foraarsagede af ikkerustatige Snyltesvampe. Tidsskr. f. Skovbrog. 4:113. 1880. Russel H. L. The fixation of free nitrogen by plants Bot. Gazette. 19:284. 1894. Russow. Vergleichende Untersuchungen der Leitbiindelkryp- togamen. 122. 1872. St. Petersburg. Rylands T. G. On the nature of the byssoid substance found investing the roots of Monotropa Hypopitys. The Phytologist 1:341. 1842. Sarauw F. L. Ueber die Mykorhizen unserer Waldbaume. Bot. Centralb. 53:348. 1893. Sarauw F. L. Rédsymbiose og mykorhizer saerlig hos skovtraerne. 1898. Sachs J. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte d. Collema bulbosa. Bot. Ztg. 13:1. 1855. Sachsse. Keimung von Pisum sativum. 1872. Serno. Ueber das Auftreten und des Verhalten der Salpeter- saure in den Pflanze. Landw. Jahrb. 18:877. 1889. Schacht H. Physiologische Botanik. die Pflanzenzelle. 1852. Schacht H. Beitrag zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Wur- zel. Flora 36:261. 1853. Schacht H. Ueber Pilzfiden im innern der Zellen und der Starkemehlkirner. Ber. u. d. Verh. d. kiénigl. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. z. Berlin. 377. 1854. Schacht H. Beitrag zur Anatomie und Physiologie der Ge- wiichse. 160, 1854. Schacht H. Lehrbuch d. Anatomie und Physiologie. 2: 147. 1859. Schacht H. Der Baum 172. 1860. Schenk. Symbiose einer Hricaceae und Mycorhiza. Zeitschr. f. Naturw. 62:Hft. 6. 1890. Schenk. Ueber Cycas Wurzeln mit Algencolonien. Tagebl. d. 45 Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte z. Leipzig. 1872. Schindler. Ueber die biologische Bedeutung der Wurzellkndll- chen bei der Papilionaceen. Jour. f. Landw. 33: 325. 1885. Mi rises WAMU puiihs Vo ema PT RIE Be ety Parte ide te etn ON LT ae) be ot oens winapi Gc) ar Geen a! RTRs NEUE Ma NOS Ps Perea EMAC RNC US TRCeTN SECU RAE RT OZ PAR, Ce aROUR RE RN ee 214 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Schindler. Ueber die Bedeutung die sogenannten Wurzel- knéllchen bei der Papilionaceen. Oester. Landw. Wochenb. 11: No. 34. 1885. Schindler. Zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknéllchen der Papilion- aceen. Bot. Centralb. 18:86. 1888. Schlechtendal. Phaseolus multiflorus. Bot. Ztg. 10:893.. — 1852. Schleiden M. J. Grundziige der wissenschaftliche Botanik. 1842-48. 1845-46. 1849-50. . Schlicht A. Ueber neue Fille von Symbiose der Pflanzen- | wiirzeln mit Pilzen. Ber. d. deut. Bot Ges. 269. 1888. -— Schlicht A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Verbreitung und der as Bedeutung der Mykorhizen. Inaug. Diss. Univ. Er- langen. 1889. Schloesing and Muntz. Sur la nitrification par les ferments organises. Compt. rend. §0:1250, 1873; 84:301, 1877; 85: 1018, 1878, and 86: 891, 1879. Schloesing Th. Sur les relations de l’azote atmosphérique avec la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 106:805, 898, 982, 1128. 1888; also 107:290. 1888. Schloesing Th. Sur la nitrification de ’ammoniaque. Compt. rend. 109: 423, 883. 1889. 4 Schloesing Th. Sur les relations de Vazote atmosphérique avec la terre végétale. Compt. rend. 109: 210, 345. 1889, Schloesing and Laurent. Sur la fixation de l’azote gazeux par les Legumineuses. Compt. rend. 111:750, 1800; also ~ 5 115: 659, 732, 1892. f Sag Schloesing Th. Remarques au sujet des observations de M. “4 Berthelot, etc. Compt. rend. 110:612. 1890. Schloesing Th. Sur l’absorption l’ammoniaque de l’atmos- ‘a phere par la terre végétale.. Compt. rend. 110:429, — 499. 1890. Schloesing and Laurent. Sur la fixation de l’azote libre par les plantes. Compt. rend. 113:776. 1891. Schloesing Th. Observations sur la communication de M. Berthelot. Compt. rend. 115:636. 1892. Schloesing and Laurent. Recherches sur la fixation de l’azote libre par les plantes. Ann. Inst. Past. 6:65. 1892. Schmid. See Nobbe, Hiltner and Hotter. Schmitter. ‘‘New experiments in soil inoculation.” Woch- enschr. 6kén. Ges. 251. 1891. —— ae eee aie ee ee ~ re Sane eee \ cr Pts aa es ~eoe eee) é Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN, 915 Schmitz Fr. Phyllosiphon Arisari. Bot. Ztg. 40:523, 539, : 566, 579. 1882. Schneider A. Observations on some American Rhizobia. . Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 19: 205. 1892. Schneider A. Recent investigations concerning rhizobia and free nitrogen assimilation. Ag. Science 7:549. 1893. Schneider A. A new factor in Agriculture. University of Illi- ; nois. Ag. Ex. Sta. Bull. No. 29, December, 273. 1893. Schneider A. Morphology of the root tubercles of the Le- guminosae. Am. Naturalist 27:782. 1893. Schneider A. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Rhizobien. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 12:11. 1894. - §Solms-Laubach. Der Aufbau des Stockes von Psilotum tri- es quetrum und dessen Entwickelung aus der Brutknospe. , Ann. d. Jard. Bot. d. Buitenzorg. 4:139. 1884. _ Sorauer P. Wurzelknollen. Pflanzenkrankheiten 1:743. rat 1886. - Sorauer P. Die Hernie der Erlenwurzeln. Pflanzenkrank- heiten 2:73. 1886. Sorauer P. Zusammenstellung der neuvern Arbeiten ueber die Wurzelknéllchen und deren als Bakterien ausgespro- chene Inhaltskérperchen. Bot. Centralb. 31: 308, 348, 1887. Schuetzler J. B. Sur les germes organises de la nitrification. Bull. Soc. vand. d. Se. Nat. Lausanne. 22:213. 1886. Schulze E. Ueber die Processe durch welche in der Natur ein freier Stickstoff in Stickstoffverbindungen iiberge- gefiihrt wird. Landw. Jahrb. 6:Hft. 4 and 5. 1877. Schwarz F. Die Wurzelhaare der Pflanzen. Unters. a. b. bot. Inst. z. Tub. 1: Hft. 1, 135. 1883. Schwendener 8S. Ueber die wahre Natur der Flechten. Verh. d. schweiz. naturf, Ges. z. Rheinfelden. Sept. 1867. Schwendener 8. Untersuchungen ueber den Flechtenthallus. Nachtrag Nageli, Beitrag zur wiss. Bot. 4:195. 1868. Schwendener 8S. Die Algentypen der Flechtengonidien. 1869. Soyka J.. Der Boden. Handbuch d. Hygiene u. d. Gewerb- krankheiten. 1: Abt. 2 Hft. 3. 1887. Soyka J. Entgegnung auf Herrn Dr. A. Pfleiffer’s Aufsatz “Die Beziehungen der Boden Capillaritit.” Zeitschr. oy f. Hyg. 2:96. 1887. Storer. Agriculture, 1:33,309, 420, 467, etc. 1892. Boston. Tacke B. Ueber die Entwickelung von Stickstoff bei Faulniss. Landw. Jahrb. 16:917. 1887. pe we . NO 8) rT ear wa ase Ne ae > ars ee 58 a 4é vey ~ % iv. Ly Dy au POR ENCED Art ann Py yy Meth a aie SR ERE ge fa Ph th ellis ed Be ty neat ai ay « oh >* hi * eee ly ‘he | i 216 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Tacke B. Ueber den Stickstoffverlust bei der Nitrification und is e den Stickstoffgewinn im vegetations freien Erdboden. mae Landw. Jahrb. 18:489. 1889. ae Thomae K. Bildung der Hiweisskérper in der Pflanze. Na- ~ turw. Wochenschr. 8:469. 1892. * Thomas M. B. TheGenusCorallorhiza. Bot. Gazette 18: 166. 1892. oe Treviranus L. C. Ueber die Neigung der Hiilsengewiichse zu nN unterirdischen _Knollenbildung. Bot. Ztg, 11:393. ; 1853. < Thumen von. Les Mycorhizes et les théoriés nouvelles de la . vie complexe biologie. Rev. gen. d. Sc. Pures et Appl. s 1: 326. ‘ Tieghem P. van. Recherches sur la symmetrie de la structure des plantes vasculaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 5 Ser. Me bse 187 Tieghem P. yan. Sur le reseau de soutien de l’ecorce de la racine. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 7 Ser. 7:375. 1888. Tieghem van and Douliot. Recherches comparatives sur lVor- igine des membres endogenes dans les plantes vascu- culaires. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 7 Ser. 8:1. 1888. Treub M. Korte bot. aanteekenimgen II; Nostoccolonien in Gunnera macrophylla Blum. Nederland. Kruidkrund. Archief. 2 Ser. 3:407. 1882. Treub M. Etudes sur les Lycopodiaceés. Ann. d. Jard. d. Bot. Buitenzorg 5:87. 1886. Troschke. Ueber der Kultur der Lupin im wasserige Nahr- losung und ueber der Wurzelanschwellungen der Lu- pine. Mittheil a. d. Vers. Sta. Regenw. 1884. Troschke. Die gegenwirtigen stand der Stickstoffrage. Woch- enschr. d. po6mmerschen dkon. Ges. 24:4. 1884. Tschirch. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Ber.d Bot. Ges. 5:58. 1887. Tsehirch. Ueber der Wurzelknéllchen der Leguminosen. Ges. Naturw. Freunde z. Berlin No. 4. 1887. Tschirch. Ueber den Hinfiuss des Sterilisirens des Erbodens auf die darin wiichsenden Pflanzen. Tagebl. d. 60 Ver- samml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept. 1887. Tschirech. Ueber die Untersuchungen des Herrn Frank: Ueber die Wurzelsymbiose der Ericaceen. Tagebl. d. 60 Ver- samml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept. 1887. a . . EE eae tn ee I ease oe Na Ee eS eee Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 217 Tschirch. Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Bakterioid- en in der Wurzeln der Leguminosen. ‘Tagebl. d. 60 Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden, Sept. 1887. Tubeuf C. VV. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Baumkrankheiten. 1888. Berlin. Tulasne L. Observations sur le genre Elaphomyces. Ann. d. Se. Nat. Bot. 2 Ser. 16:5. 1841. Tulasne L. Fungi Hypogaei. 1857. Unger F. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der parasitischer Pflanzen. Ann. e. Wien. Mus. d. Naturgesch. 2:13. 1840. Unger F. Versuche ueber die Ernihrung der Pflanzen. Flora 25:2, 241. 1842. Unger F. Ursprung des von den Pflanzen ausgeschiedenen Stickstoffgas. Wien Sitzungsbar. 10:414. 1853. Unger F. Die Pflanze und die Luft. Skofitz. Bot. Wochenbl. $:187. 1854: Vannuecini G. Sull’ assorbimento e diffusione dell’ azoto e dei nitrati nel terreno privo di vegetazione. Anghiari. 1891. Ville G@ Note sur l’assimilation de l’azote de l’air par les plantes. Compt. rend. 31:578. 1851. Ville G. Note sur l’assimilation de l'azote de l’air par ies plantes. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 52:60. 1851. Ville @. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Compt. rend. 35:464, 650. 1852. Ville G. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Cos- mos. 1:669. 1852. Also 2:309. 1853. Ville G@. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Ann. Nat. Hist. 12:68. 1853. Ville @. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 58:10,368. 1853. Ville G@. Recherches experimentales sur la végétation. Proc. Roy. Soc. 6:307. 1853. Ville G. Absorption de l’azote de l’air par les plantes. Compt. rend. 38:705, 723. 1859. Ville G. Absorption de l’azote de l’air par les plantes. Jour. f. Prakt. Chem. 62:121, 183. 1854. Ville G. Sur Vassimilation du gaz azote de l’air par les végé- taux. Bibl. Univ. Arch. 30:305. 1855. Ville G. Quel est le role des nitrates dans l’oconomie des plantes? Compt. rend. 41:987. 1855. Also 43:85, 612. 1856. 218 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ville G. De letat auquelse trouve quand il est absorbe l’azote quiles plantes tirent de l’air. Compt. rend. 43:143. | 1856. . Ville G. Quel est le role des nitrates dans Yoconomie des plantes? Ann. d. Chim. et Phys. 49:168. 1857. Ville G. Nouvelles recherches sur le role des principes inor- ganiques dans l’oconomie de la nutrition végétale. Compt. rend. 47:4388. 1858. Ville G@. De Vimportance compareé des agents de la produc- tion végétale. Compt. rend. 51:874. 1860. Ville G. ‘‘ Nitrification.” Mem. Novorossian Soc. Nat. 17:1. 1892. Vines 8S. H. Note on the Nitrogenons nutrition of the Bean. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 741: 1888. Vines 8. H. On the relation between the formation of tuber- cles on the roots of Leguminosae and the presence of nitrogen in the soil. Ann. Bot. 2:386. 1888-89. Vittadini ©. Monographia Lycoperdineorum. Mem. d. reale © Accad. d. Se d. Torino. 2 Ser. 5:145. 1843. Vonhoene H. Ueber das Hervorbrechen endogener Organe aus dem Mutterorgane. Flora. 6: 227, 2438, 268. 1880. Vuillemin P. Les tubercles radicaux dés Légumineuses. Ann. d. Sc. Agron. franc. et é’trang. 1:121. 1888. Vuillemin P. Remarques sur la memoire de Lundstroem. Jour. d. Bot. April. 1888. ; Vuillemin P. Antibiose et Symbiose. Ass’n. fr. pour Vavan. de sie. £8: 1889. Vuillemin P. Les tubercles des Légumineuses et leurs habi- tants. Bull. Soc. 1. Sc. d. Nancy 2 Ser. 9: fase. 22. 1887. Also Separate. Paris, 1889. Vuillemin P. Les Mycorhizes. Rev. Gen. d. Se. pures et app. 1:326. 1890. Ward M. On the tubercular swellings on the roots of Vicia faba. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 178:189. 1887. Ward M. Some recent publications bearing on the source of nitrogen in plants. Ann. Bot. 1:325, 1887-88. Ward M. On the tubercles of leguminous plants with special reference to the pea and bean. Proc. Roy. Soc. 46: 481. 1889. Ward M. Symbiose und Symbiotische Gihrungen. Chem. Centralb. 1: No. 18. 1892. Ward M. Recent investigations and ideas on the fixation of nitrogen by plants. Nature, 49:511. 1894. Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 219 _ Waage Th. Ueber haubenlose Wurzeln der Hippocastanien og und Sapindaceen. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Ges. 9:189. a4) 1891. Wagner P. Ist es wahr das der weisse Senf den freien Stick- z stoff der atmosphirischen Luft aufnimmt und nach Art der Leguminosen Stickstoffbereichenden wirkt ? Deut. a Landw. Presse, 20:901. 1893. ‘ Wagner P. Einige Zeit und Streitfragen aus dem Gebiet der . Diingungslehre. Deut. Landw. Presse, 20:913, 933, We 1004. 1893. - -~Wahrlich W. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Orchideenwurzel- Jog pilze. Bot. Ztg. 44:481. 1886. 3 Warington. Alterations in the properties of the nitric fer- ments by cultivation. Chem. News, 43. 1881. ; Warington. On alterations in the properties of the nitric fer- m ment by cultivation. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 393. 1881. i Warington. Some practical aspects of recent investigations a on nitrification. Jour. Soc. Arts. Lond. 30:582. 1881-2. a. Also Nature, 30:644. 1884. Warington. On nitrates in the soil. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. es 469. 1883. - -‘Warington. On nitrification. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 682. 1884. M Warington. On nitrification. Jour. Chem. Soc. Lond. 45: 537. 1884. Also Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 54:682. 1885. Warington. On the distribution of the nitrifying organism in the soil. Chem. News. 54:228. 1886. Warington. On the distribution of the nitrifying organism in the soil. Rep. Brit. A. A. S. 582. 1886. Warington. On the power of certain bacteria to form organic compounds from inorganic matter. Rep. Brit. A. A.S. er 866. 1890. o Warington. Recent investigations on nitrification. Ag. Sci- ence 7:34. 1893. ; Warming. Hippophaé rhamnoides. Smaabiologiske og rmor- as fologiske Bidrag. Bot. Tidsskrift 9:108. 1876. Weber ©. Ueber den Pilz der Wurzelanschwellungen Juncus - _bufonius. Bot. Ztg. 42:369. 1884. ; Wicke. Beobdachtungen an Chenopodium vulvularia iiber die _Ausscheidung von Trimethylamin. Bot. Ztg. 20: 393. . 1862. Wiesner. Biologie der Pflanzen. 1889. Wien. RIES! ee ta ee wre hae eats iets eee pil Dee ves oe sre iA A gi ah NEC A ae ees yet OP ee Be, | Pe ase PAS Ramat oy ht Vi = Air ah ow NR 4] oo yy » rs bie’ / he hed | en ¥ Sia SRY Lo, a he en BM ies Foie oF ect. 2) Soro hike aR MN Le oe PY Gel is 5 > é wy “ ‘ . ae Se oY Alp vy 2 ro een . - 7 ¢ 4 TNs ee hee 5 ee : a ; ‘ eee beet 220 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Wigand. Bacterien innerhalb der geschlossenen gewebes der — knollenartigen anschwellungen der Papilionaceen- ‘ Wurzeln. Bot. Heft. Forsch. a. d. Bot. Gart. z. Ma burg. Hft. 2, 88. 1887. : Willfarth. Ueber Stickstoffaufnahme der Pflanzen. Tagebl. — d. 60 Versamml. deut. Naturf. u. Aerzte i. Wiesbaden. Sept. 1887. Willfarth. Ueber die Stickstoffaufnahme der Pflanzen. ~~ Verhandl. d. Ges. Deut. Naturf. und Aerzte. Ver- samml. z. Bremen. 2:549. 1890. i Willfarth. Siickstoffaiifnahine der Pfianzen. Chem. Centralb. 1:No. 14. 1891. Willfarth. ‘‘ New experiments with plants collecting nitro- gen, and their employment in agricultural practice.” Deut. Landw. Rundschau Nos. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. 1882. Willfarth, see Hellriegel. Winogradsky. Sur les organismes de la nitrification. Compt. rend. 110:1013.:° 1890. Winogradsky. Recherches sur les organismes de la nitrifica- tion. Ann. Inst. Pasteur No. 4, 213. 1890. No. 5, 257. 1890. No. 12, 760. 1890. No. 2, 92.° 1891.) Now; 577. 1891. Winogradsky. Sur la formation et l’oxydation des nitrites. pendant la nitrification. Compt. rend. 113:89. 1891. Winogradsky. Contributions 4lamorphologie des Organismes. de la nitrification. Arch. d. Sc. Biol. St. Petersb. 87. 1892. Winogradsky. Sur l’assimilation de l’'azote gazeux de l’atmos- phere par les microbes. Compt. rend. 116: 1885. 1898. Winogradsky. Sur l’assimilation de l’azote gazeux de l’atmos- phere par les microbes. Compt. rend. 118:353. 1894, Wolff und Zimmermann. Beitrag zur Chemie und Physiologie der Pilze. Bot. Ztg. 29:280. 1871. Wollny. Ueber die Thitigkeit niederer Organismen in Boden. . 1883. Braunschweig. Wollny. Ueber die Thitigkeit niederer organismen in der Ackererde. Deut. Landw. Presse, Nos. 47, 84, 85, 87, 89. 1883. Nos. 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 31. 1884. Wollny. Untersuchungen ueber die Zersetzung der organischen Substanzen. Jour. f. Landw. 34:213. 1886. RO REC EO eS et) a ee ee ep ey, eet re > bel a : § -: rete Mac Dougal: FIXATION OF FREE NITROGEN. 221 Wollny. Ueber die Beziehungen der Mikroorganismen zur Agrikultur. Centralb. f. Bakt. und. Par-Kunde I: 441, 467. 1887. Wollny. The relation of the physical properties of the soil to the cultivation of plants. Ex. Sta. Rec. 4:525, 627. 1892. Woods. See Atwater. Woods ©. D. The acquisition of nitrogen by growing plants. Conn. Storrs Ex. Sta. Rep. 4:17. 1891. Woronin. Ueber die bei der Schwarzerle und der gewoehn- lichen Garten-Lupine auftretenden Wurzel anschwel- lungen. Mem. d. Acad. d. St. Petersbourg, 7, Ser. 10: No. 6. 1866. Woronin. Observations sur certaines excroissances que pre- sentant les racines d. l’aune et d. lupin des jardin. Ann, d. Sc. Nat. Bot. 5. Ser. 7:73. 1867. Woronin. Plasmodiophora Brassicae. Pringsheim’s Jahrb. 11:548. 1878. -Woronin. Ueber d. Pilzwurzel v. B. Frank. Ber. d. deut, Bot. Ges. 3: Hft. 6. 1885. Wortman. Ueber die neuesten Untersuchungen beziiglich der organismen der Nitrifikation und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Landw. Jahrb. 20: Hft.1, 175. 1891. _Wydler H. Kleinere Beitriige zur Kenntniss einheimischer Gewiichse: Papilionaceen. Flora 43:17, 51, 83. 1860. Yoshii, Kellner und. Ueber die Entbindung freien Sticktoffs bei der Faulniss und Nitrification. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem. 12:95. 1887-88. Zimmermann und Wolff. Beitrag zur Chemie und Physiologie der Pilze. Bot. Ztg. 29:280. 1871. td ae SOTA BOTANICAL ST 4 ; 4 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PLATE VII. The Anderson registering balance set up to weigh transpired wate ; | PLate, VILE 5027). a ae The Frost electric auxanometer in, use to determine growth in he PLATE TX...) th ean ‘ The Frost time-recorder. 5 | PLATE X. The Frost auxanometer connected with recorder. . From photographs by Professor Wm. R. Appleby. Sept. 1894. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bulletin No. 9. PLATE Vil. Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES Sept. 1894 PLATE VII Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Sept. 1894. PLATE IX. n lu a 2) kK cep) =! = O Zz < ke oO (aa) < Kk 2) 7) w Zz Zz = Bulletin No. 9. PEATE X, XIX. COMPILATION OF RECORDS OF SOME MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS. EDMUND P. SHELDON. The following is a record of the additions to the Minnesota Metaspermic flora, which have not hitherto been reported in the publications of the Geological and Natural History Survey of the state: Potamogeton vaseyi RoBBINS in A. Gray Man. Ed. 5. 485. 1867. Specimens of the fruiting form with floating leaves were found in Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor, July, 1893). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 283. 1893. . Potamogeton robbinsii OAKES in Hovey’s Mag. p. 2. May. 1841. Chisago lake, Chisago county, Minn. (#. J. Hill, 1890). Reported by Mr. E. J. Hill in Bot. Gaz. 16:127. 1891. Potamogeton illinoensis MoRonG Bot. Gaz. 5: 50. 1880. Collected at Lake Minnewaska, Polk county, Minn.,(B. C. Tay- lor, Aug., 1891) and at Green lake, Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 283. 1893. Sagittaria cuneata SHELDON in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 283. 1893. Collected in shallow water of East Battle lake, Otter Tail county, Minn., from which locality the type specimen is de- scribed. Found also in Mollie Stark lake and Blanche lake of the same county, (Z. P. S., July, 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 283. 1893. 224 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Poa debilis Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 459. 1848. Abundant in open, sandy soil near Mora, Kanabec coun ‘ Minn., (£. P. S., July, 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. _ : 20: 283. 1893. Eriophorum virginicum Linn. Spec. 52. 1753. Swamps and peat-bogs near Little lake, Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 283. 1893. Scirpus maritimus Linn. Spec. 50. 1753. Found growing in saline marshes and around edges of | 7 swamps near Willmar, Kandiyohi county, Minn., (W. D. Frost, July, 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 284. 1893. Carex norvegica WILLD, Spec. 4: 227. 1804. Collected in marshy ground near Irving Chase lake, Cass county, Minn , (MacM. and Sheld., Aug., 1890). In specimens from this collection the terminal spike is dis- tinctly long-contracted below with staminate flowers. It is remarkable that this plant, which has hitherto been reported for North America as occurring only in Maine and northward, ‘¥ should be found in the heart of the Minnesota forest. Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Ball. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 2838. 18983. Carex stricta LAM. var. decora BAILEY Bot. Gaz. 13: 85. 1888. Common in sandy soil near Brainerd, Crow Wing county, Minn., and near Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn., (Z. P. S, June, 1892). This variety seems to prefer upland, sandy places. It is frequently seen on the pine-barrens near the two above locali- ties. Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 288. 1898). wis ait, eo MG wri Ae ss Sheldon: RECORDS OF FLOWERING PLANTS. 225 Penge Colas Ame Journ: Sci 114: 35,— 1826, a Collected in tamarack swamp near Twin lake, Hennepin county, Minn., (Z. P. S., Sept., 1890), and in low, swampy ground west of Brainerd, Crow Wing county, Minn., (Z. P.S., June, 1892). ___- Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. fo 20: 283. 1893. * «sv . ¢ . Carex supina WiLLp in Wahl. Koengl. Acad. Handl. II. ie 24:158. 1803. C. obesa ALL. var. minor Boort Ill. 162. 1867. - Collected upon high bluffs at South Fowl lake, Northern - Minn., (F. F. Wood, July, 1891). Reported by L. H. Bailey in Bot. Gaz. 17: 148. 1892. Carex abbreviata Prescott, in Boott. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20:141. 1846. C. torreyi TUCKM. Enum. Meth. 21. 1843. _ Was found in abundance upon a small areain the suburbs of Minneapolis, Minn., (J. H. Sandberg, 1890). a Reported by L. H. Bailey in Bot. Gaz. 17: 149. 1892. Carex flava Linn. Spec. 975. 1753. Typical specimens of this species were found in abundance ou the shores of many of the lakes of Otter Tail county, Minn., me «6(L. P. S., Aug., 1892. Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 284. 1893. Carex albursina SHELD. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 284. 1893. Abundant near Wilton, Waseca county, Minn., (Z. P. S., ag June, 1891), and in the neighborhood of Mahtomedi, on the < _ shore of White Bear lake, Washington county, Minn., (Z. P. _§., July 1892), ____-_ Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. = 20: 284. 1893. + Arenaria patula Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 273. 1803. Collected on the north shore of White Sand lake, Cass county, Minn., (Conway MacMillan and E. P. Sheldon) Aug., 1890. Reported by Conway MacMillan in Bot: Gaz. 15: 3832. 1891. 226 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Caltha natans PaLu. Reise Russ. 3: 284. 1776. Collected near Tower, Minn. (Z. J. Hill, 1889), also col- lected in the same locality (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891). Reported by E. J. Hill in Bot. Gaz. 15: 307. 1890. Erysimum syrticolum SHELDON Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 285. 1893. The locality of the type is on the high, sandy banks of Lake Benton, Lincoln county, Minn., where I collected it in August, 1891. During August, 1892, I found it sparingly on the gravelly shores of Pelican lake Otter Tail county, Minn. This species resembles EZ. inconspicuum (S. Wats) MacM., . but the glaucous, strict aspect and short pods characterize it. Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 285. 1893. Nasturtium obtusum Nott. in T. and G. Fl. 1: 74. 1888. Frequent in low marshy ground near Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county, Minn., (#. P. S., Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: 285. 1898. Crataegus punctata Jaca. Hort. Vindob. 1:10. 1770. A number of scattered bushes were found growing on open hillsides near Center City, Chisago county, Minn., (B. @. Taylor, June, 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20; 285. 1893. Elatine americana (PURSH) ARN. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. 1 : 480. 1880. This was found in abundance, growing in 2-6 irches of water at Linn lake. Chisago county, Minn., (B. C. Taylor, Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 285. 1893. Myriophyllum humile (Rar.) Morone Bull. Torr. Club. 18 :242. 1891. M. ambiguum NUTT. var. limosum Nutr. Gen. 2: 212. 1818. It was found rooting in the mud about Irving Chase lake, Cass. county, and near the water line of other neighboring forest lakes. (Conway MacMillan and Edmund P. Sheldon, Aug., 1892.) Reported by Conway MacMillanin Bot. Gaz. 15 : 332. 1890. “ ee mY ; Sheldon: RECORDS OF FLOWERING PLANTS. Ns ae We a i - a > i ” Bartonia virginica (Linn). B.S. P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 1888. Found growing among moss in a peat bog near Zumbrota, Goodhue county, Minn., (C7. A. Ballard, Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 286. 1893. Utricularia gibba Linn. Spec. 18. 1753. Found growing in the mud at the water’s edge in Irving Chase lake, Cass county, Minn., (Conway MacMillan and Ed- mund P,. Sheldon, Aug., 1890). Reported by Conway MacMillan in Bot, Gaz. 15 : 333. 1890. Aster lateriflorus (Linn). Britt. var thyrsoideus (A. GRAY) SHELD. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 288. 1893. A. diffusus AIT. var. thyrsoideus A. GRAY, Syn. Fl. 1 :187. 1888. It is abundant near lakes Belmont and Eagle, in the Leaf Hill district of Otter Tail county, Minn., (#. P. Sheldon, Aug. 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20: =206. 1893. Aster incanopilosus (LINDL.) SHELD. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 286. 1898. A. ramulosus LINDL. var. incanopilosus LINDL. in DC. Prodr. 5: 243. 1836. A. multiflorus AIT. var. comnmutatus T. and G. Fl. 2 :124. 16841. A. commutatus A, GRAY, Syn. Fi. 1:185. 1888. This large capitate species of the section Squarrosa is com- mon on the dry prairie hills of Otter Tail county, Minn., (Z£. P. S., Aug., 1892). Reported by Edmund P. Sheldon in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20 : 286. 1893. Echinops sphaerocephalus Linn. Spec. 814. 1753. P.. This European composite has been introduced in the neigh- oe. borhood of St. Anthony Park, Ramsey county, Minn., (Dr. ; A Otto Lugger, Sept., 1891, and Oct., 1892). It is becoming thor- - oughly established. To my knowledge this is the first record- ed occurrence of the plant in North America. Reported by Edmund P. Sheldonin Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 26: 287. 1893. ee a oe te ag te Le ee a ee te) ee ee * od +is - ae 4 ty XX. LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED — IN MINNESOTA DURING 1894. JOSEPHINE EK. TILDEN. The accompanying list is a continuation of the one published in MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, Part I, p. 25, 1894. It includes all new species collected during the intervening year and those of the former list found in new localities. All gather- ings were made within a radius of seventy miles of Minneapo- lis. The nomenclature for the most part is based upon the Sylloge Algarum of DeToni, the Monographie des Oscillariées of Gomont and the Essai de Classification des Nostochinées of Thuret. OEDOGONIACEAE (De By.) Wirrr. Pr. Mon. Oedog. 6. 1874. 90. Oedogonium huntii Woov, Freshw. Alg. U. S. 197. 1862. Bush lake, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 18, . 1894.) 91. Qedogonium franklinianum WiITTR. in Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Aq. Dulce. Exsicc. n. 309. 1880. Minneapolis. August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson. | 92. Oedogonium obtruncatum WITTR. var. oblatum TILD. Am. Alg. no. 3. 1894. In tanks in greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23, 1894. 93. Oedogonium princeps (Hass. ) Witrr. Prodr. Monogr. Oedog. 42. 1874. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 9, 1894. SPHAEROPLEACEAE (Ka.) Conn in Monat. Koen. Akad. Wiss. in Berl. 835, 1855. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 229 94. Sphaeroplea annulina (RotH) Ac. Syst. Alg. 76. 1824. x Bass lake, Hennepin county. April 23, 1894. Coll. Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal. ULOTRICHIACEAE (Ka.) Borzt em. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 1: a 151. 1889. 95. Hormiscia flaccida (KG.) LAGERH. var nitens (MENEGH. ) HANnsG. Prodr. 61. 1886-88. Minneapolis. October 26, 1894. 96. Hormiscia zonata (WEB. and Mour) ARESCH. in Acta. Soc. Upsala. 12. 1866. University springs, Minneapolis. April 7, 1894. 97. Aphanochaete repens BertH. Unters. ueber d. Verz- weig. einig. Suesswasseralg. 1878. Minneapolis. April 28, 1894. 98. Chaetophora pisiformis (RorH) Ac. Syst. Alg. 27. : 1824. Minneapolis. April2, 1894. 99. Chaetophora tuberculosa (RotH) Hook. in Ag. Syst, Alg. 27. 1824. Taylor’s Falls, Chisago county. August 11, 1894. 100. Chaetophora monilifera Ka. Spec. Alg. 896. 1849. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894. 101. Chaetophora cornu-damae (RotH) Ac. var genuina DE Toni Syl. Alg. 1:187. 1889. Marsh, St. Louis Park, Hennepin county. May 29, 1894. Coll. Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal. 102. Chaetophora ecalearea Tirnp. Am. Alg. no. 11. 1894, Forming a calcareous crust 4.5 mm. in thickness. Lower cells 9 mik. in diameter, 3-5 times as long; upper cells 8-12.5 mik. in diameter, twice as long. Articulations distinctly contracted at joints. Ter- minal cells usually rather blunt. sometimes ending in very long, articulated setae. Completely cover- ing sides of old wooden tank as far up as water line. Minneapolis. September 28, 1894. Coll. E. P. Sheldon. 103. Draparnaudia plumosa (VaucH.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 58. 1824. Washburn Park, Minneapolis. August 18, 1894. ee ee ee a, cee a PER EE el Led et ea in hh be ae ee Ue ee ee VO Se eerie atc Ca Seti Ce aS, Soll aac tobe y 230 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 104. Draparnaudia glomerata (VAucH.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 59. 1824. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894. 105. Draparnaudia opposita Ac. Syst. Alg. 59. 1824. Twin lakes, Hennepin county. October 15, 1894. 106. Stigeoclonium tenue (AG) RaBeNH. FI. Eur. Algar. — e2ov7.- B68. Minneapolis. June 20, 1894. 107. Stigeoclonium fiagelliferum Kc. Phyc. Germ. 198. 1845. Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 9, 1894. 108. Stigeoclonium amoenum Kc. Spec. Alg. 355. 1849. Minneapolis, June 27, 1894. Coll. Henry Tilden. 109. Stigeoclonium nanum (DILLW.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 352. 1849, Osceola, Wisconsin. October 8, 1894. 110. Stigeoclonium fastigiatum Ka. Spec. Alg. 356. 1849. Minneapolis. August 16, 1894. 111. Stigeoclonium fasciculare Kc. Bot. Ztg.177. 1847. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894. 112. Conferva bombycina (AG.) LAGERH. var. elongata RABENH. Krypt. Fl. Sachs. 1: 246. 1863. Minnesota river, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 16, 1894. 113. Microspora vulgaris RABENH. Krypt. Fl. Sachs. 1: 245. 1863. je State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894. 114. Urospora penicilliformis (RotH) ARESCH. Observ. Phyo lo. 166Gb: Minneapolis. June 20, 1894. CLADOPHORACEAE (Hassati) Witter. em. DE Ton Syll. Alg. 1: 264. 1889. 115. Cladophora fracta (Dittw.) Ka. Phye. Gener. 263, 1843. Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894. 116. Cladophora fracta (DILLW.) Kc. var. genuina KIRCHN. Alg. Schles. 12. 1878. Parker’s lake, Hennepin county. July 28, 1894. z i “4 > ; Ce Y- ~~ TAY, % a eee ‘ a : : oN ae AOL Oh ee PSP, Oar 118. n1O), 120. 126. OS we Ade ak Eee! RIS ey ets eee Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 3 | Cladophora fracta (DiLLw.) Kc. var. patens Aa. Syst. Alg. 110. n. 83. 1824. Rest Island, Lake Pepin, Wabasha county. September 2, 1894. Cladophora fracta (DiLLw.) Ka. var. rigidula (Ka. ) RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 335. 1868. Minneapolis. August 25, 1894. Cladophora fracta (DILLW.) Kc. var. setiformis ( KG.) TiLp. Am. Alg. No. 28. 1894. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 14, 1894. Cladophora oligoclona Ka. Phyc. Germ. 218. n. 98. 1845. Near Shadow Falls, St. Paul. August 3, 1894. . Cladophora oligoclona KG. var. flotowiana (KG.) HANSG. Prodr. 81. 1886-88. Wood lake, Hennepin county. May 21, 1894. . Cladophora crispata (RotH) KG. var. brachyclados Ka. Alg. Exsice. 4-67 (sub Conferva) 1833-36. Lake City, Wabasha county. September 2, 1894. . Cladophora crispata (RoTH) Kc. var. vitrea (KG.) RABENH. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3: 336. 1868. Minneapolis. June 27, 1894. . Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. fasciculata RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 339. 1868. Minneapolis. July 6, 1894. . Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. rivularis RABENH, FI. Alg. n. 147. 1861-78. Lake City, Wabasha county. September 4, 1894. Cladophora glomerata (Linn.) Ka. var. clavata WOLLE Freshw. U. 8.128. 1887. Riley’s coulie, Lake Pepin, Wabasha county. Septem- ber 4, 1894. . Cladophora eallicoma AG. in Phyc. Gener. 257. 1843 Minnesota river, Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894. . Cladophora declinata Kc. Spec. Alg. 406. 1849. Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. . Cladophora declinata Ke. var. pumila (BaIL.) KIRCHN. Alg. Schles. 75. 1878. Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894. 232 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 130. Cladophora declinata Kc. var. fluitans (Kc.) Hansa. Prodr. n. 115. 1886-88. Minneapolis. August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson. 131. Cladophora canicularis (RoTH) Ka. Phyc. germ, 214. 1845. Minneapolis. July 6, 1894. 132. Pithophora kewensis WittR. On the Devel. and Syst. Arrang. of the Pithoph. 52. 1877. In tanks in greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23, 1894. VAUCHERIACEAE (Gray) Dumort. Comm. Bot. 71. 1822. 183. Vaucheria dichotoma (Linn.) AG. Syn. Alg. Scand. 4705" 1847. Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. 134. Vaucheria ornithocephala AG. Spec. Alg. 467. 1821. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 11, 1894. 135. Vaucheria dillwynii (WEB. and Mour) Ac. Syst. Alg. Tees ABP: Near Lake Calhoun, Hennepin county. May 7, 1894. 136. Vaucheria sessilis (VaucH.) DC. Fl. Fr. 2:63. 1805. Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem- ber 4, 1894. 137. Vaucheria geminata (VaucH.) DC. var. racemosa WALZ. in Pringsh. Jahrb. 5: 147. 1866. Minneapolis. May 28, 1894. Purgatory Creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin County. July 11, 1894. 188. Vaucheria terrestris LyNcsB. Hydroph. 77. 1819. Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson. HYDROGASTRACEAE (ENDL.) Rasenn. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 265. 1868. 139. Botrydium granulatum (LINN.) GREv. Alg. Brit. 18380. Lake City, Wabasha county. Sept. 4, 1894. Twin lakes, Hennepin county. Oct. 15, 1894. PALMELLACEAE (DrEcngE.) NarG. em. DE Toul, Syll. Alg. 1: 559. 1889. a oe 4 “gs as Se nh ftv Na alte a Se See Oo i Ve FS Pi ry v Sra Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 233 140. Coelastrum microporum Narc. in A. Braun. Alg. Unic. 70. 1855. Minneapolis. April 2, 1894. 141. Tetraspora bullosa (RotH) Ac. Spec. Alg. 1: 414. 1821. Boston coulie, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem- ber 3, 1894. 142. Tetraspora extensa Titp. Am. Alg. no. 48. 1894. Thallus 3-85 metres in length, narrow and ribbon-like, measuring not more than 10 millimetres across, or irregularly expanded with a diameter of 3 cm., gela- tinous, verrucose, vivid green; cells spherical, ar- ranged in groups of four, 10-12.5 mik. in diameter. In tanks, current rather sluggish, temperature of water 10 C. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894. 143. Dictyosphaerium ehrenbergianum Nara. Einz. Alg. 73. 1849. Minneapolis. September 13, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost. 144 Palmella uvaeformis Ka. Alg. Exsice. n. 102. 1883-36. Minneapolis. August 10, 1894. 145. Protococcus viridis AG. Syst. Alg. 13. 1824. Minneapolis. November 23, 1894. 146. Protococcus cinnamomeus Kc. Spec. Alg. 202. 1828. Minneapolis. November 17, 1894. 147. Protococcus infusionum (SCHRANK) KIRCHN. Alg. Schles. 103. 1878. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894, 148. Protococeus infusionum (SCHRANK) KIRCHN. var. roemerianum (KG.) Hansc. Prodr. 148. 1886-88. Bass lake, Hennepin county. Apr. 238, 1894. Coll. _ Conway MacMillan and D. T. MacDougal. 149. Euglena viridis (ScHRANK) EHRENB. in Leun. Syn. Thierkunde 2:1121. 1886. = State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August & 1894. ZYGNEMACEAE (MENEGH.) RABENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 2: 228 a 1868. 150. Spirogyra porticalis (MUELL.) CLEVE. Svensk. Zyg- nem. 22. 1868. Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 9, i894. 234 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 151. Spirogyra decimina (MUELL.) Ka. Phyc. Germ. 223. 1845. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 11, 1894. 152. Spirogyra rivularis RaBENH. FI. Eur. Algar. 3: 243. 1868. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 13, 1894. 153. Spirogyra rivularis RABENH. var. minor HANSG. Prodr. 161. 1886-88. Stone quarry, Minneapolis. October 9, 1894. 154. Spirogyra setiformis (RoTH) Ka. Spec. Alg. 442. 1849. Minneapolis. July 5, 1894. 155. Spirogyra erassa Ka. Alg. Etsicc. n. 98. 1833-36. Near Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 14, 1894. 156. Spirogyra mirabilis (Hass ) Ka. Spec. Alg. 488. 1849. Shadow falls, St. Paul. August 3, 1894. 157. Spirogyra bellis (Hass.) CRovuAN. FI. Finist.121. 1867. Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 14, 1894. 158. Spirogyra subsalsa Ka. Phyc. Germ. 222. 1845. Purgatory creek, Eden Prairie, Hennepin county. July 18, 1894. 159. Spirogyra quadrata (HAss.) PETIT in Bull. Soc. Botan. . Fr. 21:41. 1874, Minneapolis. October 11, 1894. 160. Spirogyra grevilleana (Hass.) Ka. Spec. Alg. 4388. 1849, Minneapolis. Apr. 30, 1894. DESMIDIACEAE (Ka.) DE By. Conjug. 1858. 161. Closterium acerosum (SCHRANK) ExR. Abh. Berl. Akad. 1881. Minneapolis, Sept. 18, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost. 162. Cosmarium suberenatum Hawntzscu. in Rabenh. Alg. n. 1218. 1850-67. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894. HORMOGONEAE Tuuret. Essai de class. des Nostochinées. Ann: des Se. Nat: Botovi- f: 375. 4875; 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. a7. 172, 173. 174. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 235 . Porphyrosiphon notarisii Kc. Tab. Phyc. 2:7. 1850-52. Minneapolis, August 7, 1894. Coll. A. P. Anderson. Symploca muscorum GomontT in Morot Jour. de Bot. 4: 354. 1890. In greenhouse, Minneapolis. November 23, 1894. Symploca muscorum Gomont var. rivularis (WOLLE) Tip. Am. Alg. no. 67. 1894. Minneapolis, November 27, 1894. Lyngbya ochracea THURET in Ann. des Sc. Nat. Bot. Vir ks y70. . 1875. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894. Lyngbya hinnulea (WOLLE) TiLD. Am. Alg. no. 69. 1894. In tank in Zoological laboratory, University of Min- nesota, Minneapolis. November 27, 1894. Phormidium retzii (AG.) GomMonT in Morot Jour. de Bot. 4: 355. 1890. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894. Oscillatoria princeps Vaucn. Hist. d. Conferves d’eau douce. 190. 1808. Bridal-veil falls, Minneapolis. June 26, 1894. Oscillatoria limosa Ac. Disp. Alg. Suec. 35, 1812. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894. Minnesota river, Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894. In greenhouse, St. Paul. November 26, 1894. Oscillatoria anguina Bory Dict. class. d’Hist. nat. 12:467. 1827. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. August 8, 1894. Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem- ber 4, 1894. Oscillatoria tenuis AG. Alg. Dec. 2:25. 1813. In tanks in Zoological Laboratory, University of Min- nesota, Minneapolis. November 27, 1894. Oscillatoria tenuis AG. var. natans (KG.) Gom. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. 16: 221. 1892. Trout mere, Osceola, Wisconsin. October 8, 1894. Oscillatoria brevis Kc. Phyc. Gener. 186. 18483. St. Paul. November, 26, 1894. 176. LG 180. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. . Oscillatoria numidica Gomont Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. 1G Zoi otouc. Minneapolis. In greenhouse, November 23, 1894. Spirulina subsalsa OERSTED Beret. in Nat. Tidskr. 17. 1845. Twin lakes, Hennepin county. October 15, 1894. Rivularia echinulata Smrru. Lake Chisago, Chisago county. July 26, 1894. Coll. D. T. MacDougal and A. P. Anderson Gloeotrichia natans RaBENH. Deutsch. Krypt. Fl. 90. 1847. Minneapolis, August 17. 1894. . Gloeotrichia inerustata Woop Prodr. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 128. 1869. Lake Minnetonka, Hennepin county. August 25, 1894. Coll. D, T. MacDougal. Tolypothrix distorta (MUELL.) KG. Phyc. Gener. 228. 1848. Minneapolis. August 17, 1894, . Nostoec spongiaeforme AG. Syst. Alg. 22. 1824. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. September 17, 1894. . Nostoe caeruleum Lynes. Hydroph. Dan. 201. 1819. Parker’s Lake, Hennepin county. July 28, 1894. . Nostoe pruniforme (RotH) Ac. Disp. Algar. Suec. 45. 1812. Minneapolis. August 17, 1894. . Anabaena circinalis RABENH. Alg.n. 209. 1852. Lake Calhoun, Hennepin county. _ October 22, 1894. 5). Anabaena osecillarioides Bory Dict. class. d’Hist. nat. 308. 1822. Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Septem- ber 4, 1894. BACILLARIEAE Nirzscu. Beitr. Infus. 1817. 186. Navicala cuspidata Ka. Bac. 94. 1844. Minneapolis. November 14, 1894. 187. Navicula gibberula Ka. Bac. 101. 1844. Minneapolis. September 13, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost. Be. ir eet 189, 190. 191. 192. 193. P1904, 195. e496, 197. 198. 199. 200. 201. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 237 Pleurosigma spencerii (QUEK.) W. SM. in Ann. Nat. Hist. 12. 1852. Mississippi river. August 23, 1893. Coll. A. P. An- derson. Gomphonema constrictum EHRENB. Abh. 63. 1831. Minneapolis. August 3, 1894. . Gomphonema olivaceum (LyNGB.) Ka. Bac. 85. 1844. Upper Mississippi river. August 17, 1892. Coll. A. P. Anderson. Cocconeis pediculus EHRENB. Infus. 194. 1836. Fort Snelling. October 1, 1894. Nitzschia vitrea Norm. var. recta (HANTZSCH) V. H. Syn. 182. 1880-1885. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894. Odontidium mutabile W. Sm. Br. Diat. 2:17. 1856, Minneapolis, November 23, 1894. Meridion circulare (GREv.) AG. Consp. 40. 1830-32. Second creek, Lake City, Wabasha county. Sept. 4, 1894. Synedra pulchella (RaLrs) Kc. var. minutissima (W. SM.) GrRunN. in Cl. et Grun. Arct. Diat. 107. 1880. Minneapolis. November 15, 1894. Synedra ulna (NiTzscH) EHRENB. Inf. 211. 1836. Minneapolis. September 24, 1894. Fragilaria capucina DesMaz. Crypt. de France ed. i. n. 453. 1825. . Osceola, Wisconsin. September 24, 1894. Raphoneis (?) archeri O'Meara in Micr. Jour. 247. 1867. Minneapolis. Sept. 18, 1894. Coll. W. D. Frost. Cystopleura sorex (KG.) KuNTzE Revis. Gen. Plantar. 2: 891. 1891. Mississippi river. August 29, 1892. Coll. A. P. An- derson. Arachnoidiscus ehrenbergii BAIL. and Harv. Diat. 174. 1862-74. Minneapolis. September 13, 1194. Coll. W. D. Frost. Lysigonium varians (Ac.) DT. Alg. Abyss. 1891. State Fish Hatcheries, St. Paul. October 138, 1894. XXI. THE GRAND PERIOD OF GROWTH IN A FRUIT OF CUCURBITA PEPO DETERMINED BY WEIGHT. ALEX. P. ANDERSON. Method of experimentation. Almost all of the available. information concerning the factors in the grand period of growth has been obtained by experiments in which the rapidity of growth has been determined by measurements of change in form and size of the organs under observation. The work in this direction abounds in results of great accuracy and in many cases of extreme delicacy. These have been attained by the use of the auxanometers of Baranetzky and Sachs, and the perfected forms of such apparatus devised in the labora tories of Pfeffer and Wiesner. Length-extensions have been determined by use of the horizontal microscope (Detmev) or telescope (Sachs), and increase in thickness, or in the shorter diameter of organs by the micrometer apparatus of Darwin, and the delicate auxanometers of Golden and Frost. From the great mass of material obtained by the experi- ments in which these pieces of apparatus have been chiefly employed, the influence of the principal external conditions on growth-extension has been quite approximately ascertained. It remains yet to be seen however what correspondence exists between growth-extension and increase in weight of an organ, and how far the changes in weight may be taken in the delineation of the curve of the grand period of growth. The use of weight as a means of measurement of growth has been very limited because of the difficulty of obtaining the necessary data at short intervals by reason of the con- nection of the plant with the substratum, and the mechanical difficulties in the way of obtaining the correct weight of organs while attached to the plant. The work is still further compli- cated by the constant changes in weight due to excretion and transpiration. Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 239 In the following experiments the first difficulty was overcome by the use of the registering balance which I have described in a previous number of this bulletin.? In order to lessen the mechanical difficulty of obtaining the correct weight of a portion of a plant while still in organic union, the fruit of Cucurbita pepo was selected because of its rapid growth and relatively large size and weight, and the slender somewhat pliant stem on whichit is borne. By reason of this latter fact the weight of the fruit could be ascertained, while the error resulting from the bending of the stem remained the same in the swing of the scale pan through an arc of two centimeters, and was so nearly constant throughout the experi- ment that it offered no disturbing factor in the general results. A still further reason for the selection of this material was the fact that F. Darwin had made a series of observations on the fruit of Cucurbita in asimilar manner. His experiments were begun when the fruit had nearly reached the maximum rate of growth and included only a portion of the grand period. * In the experiments detailed on the following pages it was purposed to follow the changes in the weight of the fruit from the time when its mass was first appreciable by the balance, through its stages of growth to maturity, with attention to its changes during the ‘‘ripening” period. Aneffort was made to analyze the relations between the changes in weight of the fruit with the transpiration from its own surface as well as from the remainder of the plant. This latter purpose en- tailed numerous and frequent observations of the light and humidity as well as other atmospheric conditions. To obtain suitable material under normal conditions, seeds of Cucurbita pepo were placed in a plot of sandy loam immed- iately on the south side of Pillsbury Hall, May 24, 1894. On September 20 several plants had obtained the length of 9 meters with a strong development of leaf surface. The terminal portion of one of these vines, 1.5 meters in length was taken into a laboratory room by an aperture in the sash at a point 7 meters from the root. The part of the vine remaining in the open air carried a leafsurface of about 3.5 square meters and branched somewhat profusely. The labor- atory was fitted with a solid wall table next the windows ona 1. Minn. Bot. Stud. Part 4. 177. 1894. 2. On the growth of the fruit of Cucurbita. Ann. Bot. 7: 459. 1893. 240 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. level with the surface of the ground outside. On this table was placed the registering balance connected with a Frost time recorder. * The laboratory received the sunlightfrom 8 a. m. to5 p. m. and was ventilated in such a manner that the conditions of moisture and humidity were practically the same as those of the outside air. Access to this room was allowed only to per- sons immediately concerned in the experiments, to avoid dis- turbance of balances. A recently formed fruit at a distance of 60 cm. from the tip of the vine was placed on the scale pan on the extended upright from one arm of the beam outside of the case of the balance.* The scale plan was covered with cotton wool to afford a suitable resting place for the fruit. In this position the fruit was a few centimeters distant and directly in front of a large window with southern exposure. At a distance of 25 cm. from the scale pan toward the root the vine was firmly fastened, on alevel with the fruit, to an uprightsupport. In this position the flexibility of the stem was very great and was moreover quite constant. The scale pans were allowed to swing through a vertical arc of nearly 2 cm. and very delicate registrations could be secured. The terminal portion of the vine as well as two or three side shoots was cut away ata distance of 12 cm. beyond the fruit. The cut surfaces were sealed to prevent undue exudation of water. Attached to the vine near the point of support were two leaves whose weight did not fall upon the scale pan. At points, one beyond and one near the fruit, were also two leaves which had attained their full size before the experiment began, as was demonstrated by measurements of their superficial extent. Thus the scale pan was freed from the weight of all rapidly growing organs except the fruit, and besides its weight variations, only those due to the transpira- tion from the surface of two leaves and a portion of the stem about 40 cm. in length were recorded by the apparatus. The fruit at the beginning of the experiment was 6cm. in diameter and weighed 188 grams. The latter fact was deter- mined by weighing several fruits of equal size and also by subtracting the net increase from the final weight at the end of the experiment. 3. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 181. 1894. 4 Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 179. 1894. hy ; eid ty eRe bs es Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 241 A record was kept of the temperature and relative humidity by means of dry and wet bulb thermometers. The method followed was that of the U.S. Signal Service. Tables of this institution were also used in the determination of the relative humidity. ® A record was also kept of the barometric pressure. A second registering balance was used from time to time for determining the rate of transpiration of the leaves and for taking the de- crease of fruit no.2. For measuring the rate and amount of transpiration of the leaves and internodes this balance was set up aspreviously described.* A branch of the same vine bearing the fruit on the first registering balance, was taken through an aperture in the sash of another window. The second register- ing balance had previously been arranged and placed near this window. A portion of the tip of this branch, 35 cm. in length bearing _ five small leaves was extended through a piece of rubber cloth tied and sealed to the bottom of an 8 liter bell glass. The aper- ture in the rubber cloth was sealed and all connections with the open air and absorber were the same as figured in a pre- vious number of this bulletin. 7 An aspirator was connected with the city water supply, the pressure of which varied somewhat from time to time. This variation, however, could be guarded against since the aspira- tor had an index and could be regulated. By keeping an equal flow of water a constant current of dried air could be drawn through the bell glass containing a part of the Cucurbita vine and leaves. In the arrangement ofan absorber in the transpir- ation chamber, it was found after repeated experiments that calcium chloride alone would not take up all the moisture from a current of air passing rapidly through it. When the per cent. of moisture was small the error was slight and inappreciable, but when transpiration was rapid and it was necessary that the air in the bell glass should be entirely renewed every five minutes, the calcium chloride soon lost its power of absorption and some of the water passed through. This error was guarded against by using an absorber charged with calcium chloride and sulphuric acid in separate vessels.’ The absorber con- sists essentially of two low flasks. The first one, containing about 20 c. c. of concentrated sulphuric acid receives the cur- 5. Signal Service, War Dept., Annual Rep. 277, 301, 308, 1886. 6. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 179, 1894. 7. Plate vor. Minn. Bot. Stud. Pt. 4. 222. 1891. S. Minn. Bot. Stud, pt. 4.179. 1894. 242 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. rent of air from the plant chamber. From the first the curren- passes into the second fiask containing about 30 c. ce. of the acid. From the second fiask the current passes on through a 16 cm. U tube filled with calcium chloride. Rubber stops and glass connections are used in each case. The acid in the first flask was found to take up nearly all the moisture for the first four hours of an experiment. What passed over was taken up in the second. Repeated experiments were made and even where a large leaf surface was used the calcium chloride in the U tube after twenty-four hours was found almost as dry as when it was putin. The calcium chloride and sulphuric acid were renewed every twelve hours. After several observations had been made on the trans- pirations of the leaves and internodes another fruit (No. 2) was taken to determine its rate of transpiration or loss in weight after it had been cut from the vine. One of the same stage of development as the one on the first balance was se- lected and its stem cut6 cm. from the fruit. This portion of the stem attached to the fruit was immediately immersed in water in a test tube and the test tube sealed around it to pro- vent evaporation of the water. The fruit and test tube with water were now placed on the decrease pan of the regis- tering balance. The registering balance was arranged to record decrease by placing the fruit on the pan receiving the weights from the holder. At the beginning of an experiment for taking decrease the scale was balanced by weightsin the other pan. Whenever a decrease of such amount as to close the circuit took place the equilibrium was restored bya weight dropping on the decrease pan. The observations on the decrease of Fruit no. 2 were carried on during ten days during five of which the stem was immersed in water as described above. During the remaining time observations were made on the decrease of the fruit after it had been cut off from all supply of moisture. At the beginning of the experiments, September 22, 1 gram weights were used in the registering balance, but with the rapid rise of the increase to 1 gram per minute, it was found necessary to substitute 2 gram weights, to allow time for the balance to come to rest in the intervals. It was found convenient to begin and end the day at 8 a. m. since this usually marked a period of equilibrium in the plant: increase had ceased and decrease would set in shortly after that hour. ~ | er vi Ye Pere Soe Sy ee a On eee sh eee Se ee Tk PANS oh. Oe ™ eet Balas sae ees Dinter Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 243 The readings from the psychrometer and other non-record- _ ing apparatus were taken every hour from 8 a. m. to 8 p. m. and every four hours during the remainder of the day. Dur- certain periods however it was found necessary to make such readings once in 15 or 30 minutes. _ At the beginning of the experiments, September 27, four days after pollination, the fruit weighed 138 grams and at the end of the experiment, November 7, 47 days later, 5,216 grams. At the end of 30 days the fruit was completely ripened = but still continued to show marked changes in weight. At the close of the observations an examination of the fruit demonstrated that in size, structure and weight, it had undergone a normal development. It contained 575 seeds _ which weighed when taken out 95.38 grams. Of 100 of these seeds placed in a Geneva germinator, 96 germinated. The data concerning the growth of the internode were obtained by use of a Baranetzky auxanometer on a terminal in- _ ternode of a vine 5 m. in length in the plant house. The inter- node was firmly fixed at its base to an iron post and attached to the auxanometer in the usual manner. The entire plant re- ceived the daily course of the sun, and while the actual con- ditions of temperature and moisture were much different from _ those surrounding the plant bearing the fruit, yet the daily _ variations of these conditions corresponded quite exactly. All of the more important data bearing on the growth of the fruit, changes in weight of the ripened fruit, growth of an in- ternode, transpiration of the leaves and accompanying condi- tions are given in the following tables and graphically repre- sented in Plates XI to XX inclusive. Each table with the ex- ception of the first and last covers a period of 50 hours. The former extends over the entire period of observation, 47 days, and the latter over four days. Neri : ber ors : Sey 244 Bye? TABLE I. Data of Grand Period. Bae 2s - (See Plate xr) ¢ Time. nee, Decrease. Remarks. ; s 8 A.M. to8 A.M. | Grams. Grams. - Ss Sep. 22—Sep. 23 129 ai 939 “ 941 176 si “o4 85] 215 eee 25 26) 308 a 96 «6 omls 587 =. POT 2° 928 706 4 Sunshine on fruit at time of decrease. y : Be 28 CeO 732 12 | Sunshine on fruit at time of decrease. aoe : Gio ema ACAAG toler ols: ..| Rain, clouds and cold wind. : ; ‘ . ‘© 30—Oct. 1 406 14 | Sunshine on leaves at time of decrease. 8 x Oct. 1— “ 2 Bh cee eee ...| Rain and cold wind. $i er. SERIO Ait we eid 400 4 | Rain with sunshine at the time of decrease. es Cae i a am 282. lauote ss.) Rainvand clouds. ; = | peter 144 |.........| Rain and clouds. Seo past 120 | 4 | Clouds. sunshine at decrease. ; COS (Gia ort ay ( 150 16 | Sunshine at time of decrease. Ne EATS ( ese ORE Ra 74 12 | Rain, sunshine at time of decrease. GOP YY OSS a7) 9? 26 | Sunshine all day. a CO oa 0) 96 40 | Sunshine all day. SG: HICONE te a (| 86 32 Soma all day. ee Si Uy see lb 28 20 | Fruit beginning to turn yellow. Ue jalamecen at ke) 64 58 | Warm, sunshine all day. ie : SoS fae), 4 62 64 | Cold wind, sunshine all day. ome peste 8615 |) we 246 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 2 . 3 4 - 2 TABLE I. 8 a m. Sep. 25 to 8 a. m. Sep. 27. (See Plate XII.) | Time. ce. z : 3 33 os 2 Remarks. og | 2s 2 Hour. Ze 36 = Date. ay do) AS a Sep. 25. | 8-9 a.m. eae eres 14 Sunshine. 9-10 * eel eee 16 | Clear. +4 102210 Polis eee 18 Be. Sunshine. j 11—12 m. Aare eteterakets 19 y 12—1 Pp. m. 6 eeese 20 Clouds. fe SP UMLOE MN eta 2] ty ; Leaves and fruit in bright Oa5. 5 28 Palas 24 i ee ee ay eee ee Gi Narers ces 24 Clouds. Ap ine pel eres 22. ob) 5-6 ABE chien ce 21 (et, Gea 1G sliceeectinde (S33 6 8—9 74 9-10 ‘ 10-11 ‘ 11—12 “ Date. Sep. 26. ee ae: ze = . Base: ap - Sep. 27. 9—10 10—11 11—12 12—l 4a. ge cho x- |hc5 sa | ee | 6 AS 16 Cay hens 18 BoA 20 eee 23 GS eee 24 Tah eee 26 ka eae 25 Goa hee 25 77 a eee 24 $e 24 2a ane 23 Saeed. 50 bee 29 |......] 22 Sele oy 21 Re ac 21 AS he Be 21 int (pe | ee eee 21 7 eal Rage 20 Pa pagal 20 Dieta opm 20 rope | ey 19.5 Tote ea 19.5 Dee epee 19 | ) _ TABLE IL 8 a.m. Sep. 25 to 8 a. m. Sep. 27. (Cont.) (See Plate x11.) Remarks. Cold wind. Sunshine. Vines Sprinkled and watered at 1:10 p. m. Sunshine. Warm and sultry nights. root = Time at which one gram a8s5| 43 | 2 ea weights fell on scale g 28 6 Remarks. ty : ; Increase. |Decrease. a ep 20.0) SOs. MWtce.s sie) eine cce|eeiement | EE SU eeaet een ae 14| 13 | ee Bern tes Aon ee ees se Sunehine: VR Se eee .59 21 EG bee ie ie erage rae er | a Sey By Ohana commentato cysl [inna ache elev Sravars POG abet als Oecracries Foou lhe mee Sp O fe a bE ed 20 SETS een ciatoew cok OS aie larneicks LST A jeu | Sen ee Y Dial See 250 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. — TABLE IV. 8 a.m. Sept. 27 to 8 a. m. Sept. 29. P (See Plate XII

as Time. €, |2. Be |BE Day Hour Ae ie Sept. 28. | 8-9a.m.| 20 9—10 ** 2 10—11-** 0 |2 11—12m. (Hepat 12-1p.m| 0 | 4 1—2 ‘ 0 |0 2-3 * | 6 g=4 =i | 39 4-5‘ 42 5-6 “ 50 i eas 7—8 ‘ 52 afg=9) 54 Ba 9-10 * | 50 ug lo—-11 * | 46 : 11—12 ‘ 42 Sept. 29. |12—1a.m.| 44 - 1-2 “ | 44 2—3 ‘' 44 3—4 * 42 4—5 32 5—6 ‘ 32 6—7 * 32 7-8 ‘ 22 732 {12 beret eg cata Psychrometer (SeTeae Sy ee, t | TABLE IV. Sam. Sept. 27 to 8 a. m. Sept. 29. ( Continued.) (See Plate XIII.) Remarks, Fruit’and vines in sunlight Cloudy. Grand maximum increase. MINNESOTA BOTANIC ated se es z ert ®D 7 = r £5 = ee Time at which two gram weights fell ae ie) Bee 2 # on scale pan. SA] a Bui £5| 8 Oe nis Rae ; Tncrease. Decrease. “ . Banna, [ell ce | a> kee 19 Ps 7 as eo 1 ee, Co is rare ts Sal i .2 4 Blgver tpl cael ae ee .13 | 20 AG PPR aan ae Minas -083) 21 12 sf : oy 11:05 a. m. 1:45 cA 12:05 p. m.|.033} 23 2:05 DD eek sien Babies iat be i De Niort Beta Serr a ls 08 | 25 THUR) See Ga Te AT oS tease oats a -8 | 26 ae 7:07 “ as 7:095 “ at, es . Sep. 28, | 1:12 a. m. ; ee | ea ee ty By Ss appear Par Fe 1. | 22 . TsSe es | cee eee 1. Be? . Pas Oats as or POG ea" teat ater ale 66 Ries: Ban oe [ae hee 8 | 22 See PUIG ee A la ease aoe le 7 a 7:00 < 3 SO ae eae ae 5 . ie ee On Bee 5 | 21 Es TED es cr eee ee a e: inde an BE AL STUDIES. 4 TABLE V. Data of Short Interval taken from Table LV (See plate x1mr.) 75 7183 Sunshine. 70 a 80 75 88 88 86 Remarks, 1s = = Ee : Time at which two gram weights fell = 3 = on scale pan. ak a as| 3 | aA) Increase. Decrease. ~ Sep. 28. | 8:30 a. m.|..........- .25 | 23 8:38 fee Pe ata cis eles vias ale 33 0 TG Ea ee 125 DN Ne = (the, of dicts sre os og Si te ae ‘ 10:45 a.m.) _ 11:10 Seen OG: ince 11:28 mE bes | 11:48 OVAL 1228 12:30 p. m.|.047 1:05 ‘* |.055] 30 2:10 p. m. ; Ae a cad Pee aan B 1 2:42 Oe baa oe ata ust stale 16 3:05 Sr a Ree alea se oie 083 3:09 Seen ea: Pree eee 5 | 30 3:18 A pais Opeleeea coda oe 5 3:17 FUP aN (oasis tas store 5 | 30 5:30 p. m en py, Wie ol Re, Pores 83 ee A Pee eee 29 Bigi2) we Pan 83 8:38 SLRS por wise ie aale 1 8:40 Cae ecoe teed b 1 | 26 8:42 “ | Sere HO SoBe si! Sep. 29. | 3:48 a. m 3:51 ee eer eee be 66 3:54 el care eee ee ee 23 3:57 Pee liter & aialinin.«'¥'|"s 66 frais s 1 thas a eae Start se petieg 2h : iy Pan - are “ ees iF cae _ Anderson: 3 ‘GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 258 “AB BLE V. Data of Short Interval taken from Table LV. (Cont ) (See plate x11.) Remarks. | Psychr. { } | 79 sn | J } 76 66 recast tN light. 60 60 Ie Denes and fruit in hade. 58 Clouds. "|| | al Clouds, warm night, 4 Grand maximum 75 increase. | | et) = cy ae a “hae ; a . aA 254 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, = ; (See Plate xty.) =| : Bao Time. Sa as o) ae ae Sq : 2 Sse. Remarks. Sp peck Bs ae | ae Day. Hour a Capea ea aan ro eae B04 Sept. 30 | 8—9a.m.| 6 |....../15| 78 [1 Stnanine 9-10 “ Sulsee st allotteion Laer Ue DR ie re 2 20) 58 | 1.5 |] jy as Ds a eae 4 |25} 50 | 3. ne Lira and leaves near 12—1 p. m.|...... 4/23) 57 | 3.4 |¢f fruitin sunlight. — es eT 0 4 ja! 1 | 3.2 | 3 Bal etna [eee « 21; 71 13 Jj 3—4. “ 1 TERS | Peace 20| 74 | 2 } es 1 A = Ae aes) Hee 20| 74 11.5 = ae ae . ree at Wat an (ieee 3 | 75 1.5 |) i 6—7 ‘8 OA alee eee 17 “a ile eae and fruit eget oe ene 18| 79 | 4+ disturbed. — s ERS td Eo ap) i fa | Pe f0.87 a): ae ele ee 1S 191. Je cae ae a eee 18198) 7.5 hs pea ee ea eee iW pl mayo om paced Octet WP =talm: (ots he Ce ca e238 | pao e i. ION Tanks eee. 1 We Ss yee aoe. ots ee eee 3 = : uds. ESA Ne WANA Nae 15 | 79 3 7 Oe RC el > Wee, 14} 80 3 5p tel eo oe 144, 280 | GE SO alee 15 | 78 7+] 7 (ESS ea an | seam en 16| 73 8 + ok ABLE VI. 8 A. Hour. 8—9 a.m. 9—10 * 10—11 * 11—12 m. 12—1 p.m. 1—2 “ 2-3 ‘ 3-4 “ 4-5 *‘ 5-6 ‘ 6-7 ‘* 7—8 ‘ s—9 ‘ 9—10 * 10—11 * 11—12 “ 12—1la. m. 1—2 ‘ — ac Increase grams Decrease grams M. Sep. 30 to 8 A. M. Oct. 2. ( Continued.) Transpirat’n of leaves. (See Plate xtrv.) per Remarks. - Grams hour. Clouds. | | J ) r Rain. ‘ — G2 69 Oo Cees Coo a IR OR eo) OO gay et 2+ Chonda: _ at in- tervals. ranspira- 2+ | ¢ tion slow. LaF - Pm 3 256 TABLE VII. HS e3 Time at which two gram weights fell we on scale pan. = 5 Ce 33 Increase. Decrease. ra Sep. 30. | 8:12 a. m. 8:24 be eee ee eeee|| © 16 8:40 Ed ae Searches stato 12 9:05 ay ee ra Pac bes Ic 08 9:20 Eb ee |F esto tare ior Gee 13 9:43 SUer leases ieee otras .083 10:02 SEEN aciocs, aisroste eis 1 10:55 a. m. 10:25 ‘* 1.066 10:48 1.083 12:10 m.}.09 12:30 ea | 1:12 eH COE 1:48 BO HAO 2:55 p. Mm. 3:05 Pero | ata Re Oc tote aie 2 3:20 Peer irhatere olerate terrae 13 3:30 oe lhnaiatele cia talons 2 6:34 m. Oe Gr tna ian eee is 6:43 7:02 p. m. OTD aes oleae Sear care here apy 7:14 egal Nee ese fe oe A ae 3 7:24 SS | Ae Se Pe Poa 2 8:02 p. m : 8:04 od ice He ei i: 8:06 SE meen Red oie ot ibe 8:08 os Seat | ees Se Ae 8 Ie OCs vies 16:01 -a.am- 6:04 ioe Raooee oer oe . 66 6:07 a 6:10 De | Pe rete .66 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Data of Short Interval taken from Table Vi. (See Plate xiv.) | Temp. C° — Or 21 18 18 17 14 q Remarks. @ a 78 |) | > Sunshine. | 60 |} | | Fruit and leaves near it f in sunlight. 70 | | 71 | Leaves and fruitin shade 77 7g | ( Registering balance and fruit disturbed. 79 Clouds. 80 (ea a” ; a ood > ? i Laie Ae" e.. J “ 7 , * c Song Al CA. 2 4 rare. + a 4 ve - a Oe Tite ES Smee a4 Fs % dae gt ee A 4 r, ~ Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. "ABLE Vi. Data of Short Interval taken from Table VI.(Cont.) Ag a (See Plate xty.) ; 2 Eo - Time at me two eae weights fell & a E eee Sale| 3 B8/a | 2 ; Increase. Decrease. : MSL ne eh MIE H ae reitio ePeve, oe 2 ) 8:22 Berea | Meareencterelstotetel oly ots 16 | 75 dian (See . 8:42 COeP eee eNePaa nif Ar pen ee ok 12 r Clouds 11:31 3 | MSs 2 tinles ack ware 14 12:02 p. m.|------ tenee 11 | 17 | 80 12:12 a oe hs ys cae |e? ! - Peltpoes or tie har. ui 2's 2 J 4:10 Beech te 5 ) 4:34 ok | gd ag ee ate 16 | 16 | 84 8:09 SS ; © 8:19 ue 8:29 es 8:39 ae Oo 2 15 | 86 Rain. 2. | 1:04 a.m = 1100 1:16 Sn Apes naes .33 ) 14 | 86 } 1:22 a ean. * 6:08 kee } ty Ce aid ‘ DG aa eee .33 | 15 | 87 eae 4 ‘a pe bs ge wae | Me #: eo» - . ee ee a iL’ vee i ae ee. Time. 5 5 Day. Hour Ree: Oct. 7. | 8-9 a.m o> pg : Rains 9—10 ‘ oo 16—— tie 11—12 m. S< 121 pes cece 6 ? _? te “é Beta nck % > a = 4—5 ‘ 56 L onal fie , ; i ve poet > 8—9 : . 9—10 * aa 10-11 * ah 11—12 * : Oct..8. |12—1 a.m. < [= =2 oe 2-3 ‘S > 3—4 of Lats ee 5—6 ‘e 6—1 ee a es Increase grams. Decrease grams er eeee “MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. _ TABLE VIII. 8 A.M. Oct. 7 to 8 A. M. Oct. 9. (See Plate xv.) per Remarks. Grams Transpirat’n hour. of leaves. _————— eee aS site| Clouds. Sunshine. Rain. er ( Sunshine. i} .4 8 it st 0 7 er ee on oo | by ie) = j=} ’ iS ERS Vee oy ?Cold wind. ROM kCoe, Cos iGO eect ee” (Com Se ton OK oo oe ————— —~, -- ———~ — Rain and cold wind. - a SOS ol of / ae . . > Las ? ¥ Se a es ~ Se a LS os a” Wao “a ¢ a : GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. Dey. > 63 . Vill. 8 A.M. Oct. 7 to 8 A. M. Vet. 9. (Continued. ) (See Plate xv.) TABLE aa ; 2.5 Time. ce MD ral aoa - 28 38 g BEE ; Remarks. ee iS ae 86 | 36/8 aoe . +e Day. Hour. 3 A i FaRatc} & eet. € | 6—9a.m)...+7.|:..... 9| 89 | .9 ) * Reet 9-10. |... 2=119;| “84. <1 2.0 | # “a oa 9 aca aes as Se eee 1.7 113 mi. | oss 6 li9| 73 | 2. | ; toa aga Ge uae eens Poo em 20s pier eg cee aaeE 21| 68 | 4. coe ie eee 22] 70 | 4. | ‘ Bade thes Sc io «| 3. TALL SRE ig Ee 19| 73 | 2.5 Rg | ce eee chad fel of Vana Sh CR ag we Ts Sa ea PP 3 | | jaa (al a PU RB: ar dsio- 2 ; Sol A Sey ae eee | ae, a 1.0 9—10 * Oe ieee ee aes Pees 1.0 si 3 7 aaa ac Mite a eee Saal 9 1) ; ee Loe PIR Gea Se eevee 12 8B TB it | Bert 9. [2 -1a.m|: 6 |......|-.-[... 8 = ae eed Bh eee Pep eo .6 | ‘Cold. cS Geis ech cepa A 6 dy YE 9| 88 | .6 3 AS i Wis pe aa ae 8 ia ora 13! 92 | 1.9 2 Ren eel Maid BEY . -. “9 | 26— i by ¥ ee 3 oy pr LesA: u? MINNESOTA BOTANI a, Time. Increase Decrease Day. Hour. Oct. 11. | 8—9a.mJ......] 2 9—10 “ 3 10-11 “: Beal V2 we lo [P 8 | 72 4 4 2 Sunshine. 12—1 p. m.|...... ase c 1—2 « eeeeee 18 70 | | | J 3 Se eeG es a ce; Cold wind. =a | Fruit beginning toturn yel- | low. ee y) 8—9 9—10 Oth lB | Ree cae ea Oct. 12. [12-1 am.| 1 Hetatidiecle Sp pies is) ‘ Beg (inl Coe aa een: 1800 ea ty 56a 8 Ages ott salt Ty ae Se ae he 42 ts The eh? s tke in a a ay x as - oe. Rae)? A ee cca , 4 ~s oe Day. Hour. —10."* 9—10 “ 10-11 «. 11—12 Oct. 13. [12-1 a. m. ee 1-2 “ Reet by ee Anderson: _ TABLE IX. 8 A.M. Oct. 11 to 8 A.M. Oct. 13. (Continued). (See Plate xv1.) esr | Increase grams Decrease. grams . Remarks. 17 80 } ori: 16 Sunshine. 60 : 65 | | 70 |) ' 4 3 4 Ce eae 16 | 78 5 : . Cold night. 4 fA ae San Pay ey 5 3 2 ES axes eta es 13} 80 |J 64 | 58: » Oeste t Se! 2 ee x ll Alias dia STi: fae ‘. -80 10 |16 78 8 |19 70 Gow20) HS 8 [21 65 Ss cise 55 2) 22 55 seee rele eels wee ee woe e es leeeleeeeee om a Ge enn DIES. fruit No. 2. Stem in wa- Grams. Transpirat’n}| ter. Sunshine. bo on on hea aamet coll dan, (oma, Fae =e PS (See Plate xvit.) Remarks. The tips of a few of the leaves outside of building frosted. De- — crease at time of © frost. ; ¥3 Warmer. id: r hee 9—10 * 10—11 ** 11—12 m 2—1 p.m 2S 2-3.‘ 34 4—5 * 56 6—7 “ 7-8 ‘ 8—9 ‘* 9—10 ** 10—11 “ od 11—12 ‘‘ is Oct. 15. {12—la. m. a 2“ 2-3 3—4 “ 4-5 * 5-6 ‘ 6—7 ‘ 7—8 ‘ ae Increase grams —— SS ES EE eee | seen we slew w wee oe 3 H ef ial 3 Ba | 8] 2 A a 2 1/9] 80 10] 78 14| 74 20 |22) 63 18 |22| 65 10 |20| 67 6 |18] 68 17 | 67 aire 16 | 73 Rae 2 14| 77 rotsaes 12] 80 Leary 13] 80 70 : ea An de r3on GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. TABLE X. 8 A. M. Oct. 13 to 8 A. M. Oct. 15. (Continued. ) (See Plate xym1.) Transpirat’n . fruit No. 2. — Stem in wa ter. Grams. — -_—_——, ———— Oo FF NY Remarks. Sunshine all day. Leaves and fruit in shade. Cold night. TABLE XI. Temp. C° Psychr. n go a5 Time at which two gram weights fell ee on scale pan, | 85 fe > Increase Decrease Ochs Mites. ton, cusr S00 lease mel. 8:30 s 9:00 a 067 9:12 Qu 9:22 “s 9:32 alae? 11:00 oe 11:20 CO eal: 11:40 re Ie jon 1:30 P Se ipl la3 1:45 ee 2:00 re 2:30 ve. -|',06 3:20 p.m S200 We 3:55 COM etait ake ells 1 4:20 ne Och 14. 12:10 asm: 12:30 Se eysiete rete eich erect 1 1:00 Cl reilotanal decease eels 1 1:20 us 2:00 OSS Teall | aay raneron sey ells 05 2:30 a. m. 2:48 cei viel. 3:10 oral 09 3:30 WO 4:00 et |-07 4:30 re 5:00 Seal nCha 6:00 us OOM tants .03 7:30 a 8:00 es .06 8:48 a 9:30 ee 506 20 20 22 22 70 76 60 60 60 80 + Sunshine. J oe and fruitin shade J Becoming colder. of room frosted. Cold morning. ; we Tips of leaves outeides | | | oe leaves thawed. ‘ime at which two gram weights fell Rate in gram per minute, lo moO or Over — w SSSR Al ad lO Do ee Whotst Pec S888 FSS5 S8s 22 18 16 14 ‘TABLE XI. Data of Short Interval taken from Table X. Be ( Continued.) 65 63 70 15 |3 77 80 80 y gy } if ‘ohh gree SaaS (See Plate xym.) Ree eee Myers rete ¢ Sunshine on fruit. ——---~ Wa | rt and leaves in shade Stan camel eee ae aes os ou: fe 2 MS (eo aK Te a oy BOT etre le te MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. __ oa an TABLE XII. 8 A.M. Oct. 15 to8 A.M. Oct. 17. — (See Plate xvii.) a Time. og | Se Bon 38 e 5 ay, eb Remarks. ge | gh Pre Day. Hour. A =) ane Oct. 15s) 8-—9'alm:) 4. oos: 6 ) PEE) Ge MR oe 7 | é IDA aoe Ne aed tess B 4 he re ee vy rey ps Oa | 3 gn mes TE 1207) 21055) 1B gd ee feed ane et 10> 21a) 684-043 x ee oe eas 712}. 60 | 1A | & sr pCi aie he 21} 70° | 1.3 | Bs #5" 1) 84 2 in| 2 lie |) sp Se Dene igh | hi feerteg Py eae ey ees ij : BT a 10 Gales 20 | 74 ae leh : 18 Goal ake 19| 74 7 | {Maximum increase. — | Fruit almost ripe. | g—9 CIS ERR yh ey Ian 7, ¢ 9—10 * den Aten ele ae rene 7 10—11 ‘ As Weeds [Ses tees 6 11—12 * Wogle aca Satna 5 Oct. 16.)12—1.a.m.|) 3° |ale. 18 | 80 4 aoe hs gl See CaP a ae 4 Dest 1 BPI aate 1 oe Rares S 3 os eee Tal? 82 3 . 4-5 “ ital Teste anes hae 4 5-6 Ad inc 14 Goel ay gi) ie G75 > a PAR see (ef ay once nae | Warmer; daylight. age etal rig al ae | 80 | .6 |) : Rae apes a, Ss ~ , » Bir Hour. < Oct. 16. hy 9—10 ‘‘ Increase, grams. 8—9 a.m.]...... Ae ~ ee ; Dewees Aes oh te Bia é ‘< | « Anilerson:* GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. i MBLE XID 8 A.M. Oct. 15 to 8 A.M. Oct. 17. ( Continued.) ' , Be 3 a Pe 5 81 9 75 i Sate Gale a Oe > EES ESCH ea tie leo ecb BeOct. 17, |12—-1a.m\| 2 |...-:. aes (Ded eae peg Vee Rae Penman cdg aN | Mex: cath SU GE ke ae 16 | 75 : Se ie hee “Tar en OMG Wich ag he em aie) ae 7 EA Ge ea Pe Bag ei Ie |. 20.51.00 Sil18 fore 58 | 84 \ (See Plate XVIII.) [=| n £ Care| PNOS Ss -ph ESs6 Bo Remarks, e582 ZE83 Ben 6 1) .6 14 | Grand maximum of daily decrease. rc | ot J ‘ Maximum increase t began when leaves. were shaded. alae | Fruit almost ripe. J — (fea y=) 9 9 a! 8 iy .6+ { Warmer daylight. Le Rar MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUI Increase, Day. Hour. Oct. 20. | 8S—9 a. m.]. 9—10 ‘f 10—11 +" 112m. 12—1 p. m.). 1—2 p.m. 2—3 38—4 4—5 5—6 7—8 8—9 9—10 * 10—11 ‘‘ 11-12 ‘ Oct. 21. 1121 a. m. 12 Clouds. © flu whe nanan aseeaane)es ie est “ “GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. LE XII 8 A.M. Oct. 20 to 8 A. M. Oct, 22. (Cont.) (See Plate x1x.) Remarks. Decrease Increase Clouds. forge eet) es: 3 | 17| 87 = MUTE Sida bol Gales } . 12-1 Oba) ¢ bad a ae 11 TOR at lees. ee 13 | 22) 75 i 52 eat ial eae esi a 2a hon eas SEN ate | : x a aes Peaee a Beltane. | "3 ts Pe Oren, en ee ) es Sei ha. 488 (aes ares Rie “ Cae bg aes : 18| 87 “ Bur lean saeaee: F ea ra cue ie eras UGS eae | ae erie ees ee gS Bead aie! Qala oee sabe weg he ee te. bee healed es Bigs oe Hood ses eal ie 5 ae 3-4 Dial oaenees Mae ied eee aR Det he Feely: =. 33 5-6 eran agli Oy om "Gaal ie le Pt Be. Weei <6 eee 16] 81 > 4 ity i$ yee ; Raat et, oe >i : Oo” Se Sts ee 2 = To ge ae! ates Be TABLE XIV. ~- 12:30. A. M. Nov.. 2 to 10:A 4M; Nov. 7. Be cout‘ ; (See Plate xx.) és 3 Time. Oe ota. 3 : Bec, i Peat zy ye Remarks. Tee mrs | Be s o : Day. Hour. ig es Roms is eed (ek fsa plc es. PSs Nov. 2. |12:30—-4 am.| 0 0} 14) 88 t Rain. No change. “ae ea | 15] 83] ) Bons 6:12—7:20 “ 2} 15] 82} ‘ Sunshine. Cg E 7:20—8:30 ‘* 2) 15 co : Gh a Bees cut 80 cm. from the ae Ss fruit and immersed ; pe SES Fg. EM scary bert eoes fee water. eee © D Position of fruit and yine “oo s | balance as before. oon {02 one Un We Se a teh 8 ie: 1) 12:30pm.) 2 | ai Sp % 12:30--2:30 “ | = | 1) 16) 76 De = a ¥ ie “ = Q) 21 70) | Ss ° ae « | @ | 0) 18) 72 = Gee 2 yDE Eo a | Qe) 78 ee ie 2 No change. Sunshine “all : Bho fees aera area eb | day; transpiration rapid; Rp 2 stem absorbed 23 c¢. c. 0 . ae EBay “ 2 Q| 16} 75} |} ~ water. a ees a eae eee (es "Cheam 3) 2 G51. + ae (oeat oO Re oe Novy. 3. |12:30—4:30 p.m.| 0} 22) 65) j ae. 5 ] ” Te Zi baa Fruit separated from vin ‘g STE) SENG ol Oe Oe oral petal bene ec ; and put on decrease pan | fa) Es | registering balance. . ‘Vas | ea ‘ } pp ey GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. of a (abe XIV. 12:30 A. M. Nov. 2, 10:00 A. M. Nov. 7.(Cont.) ae} (See Plate xrvy.) Bene re: een as gram = 5 Time ey which ane gram 8 & Remarks. = weights fell. 3 2 weights fell. 2 a ESRI FS es a | eam I Dae Nov. 3. | 5:30 p.m.| 21 | 68 |Nov. 5. | 6:20 a.:m.| 10 | 70 . 6:24 eS 9:25 = 2 15 1:00: 148 1 63 = | ob 9 ee aaa Pa WSL eg eg baa og 08 | E 9:20 1:20 * 2 10:30 s 2:25 fe 19 61 3 140 “ | 10] 70 3:25“ ae Nov. 4. {12:50 a.m 4:25 3 2:95 5:30 © | 18 | 65 = 355“ | 6|.%6 6:35 E 5:15 7:40 « & 6:40 ‘ | 14] 77 9:20 Jo 5 8:50 + 1120, fons ede. | =e 11:30 ‘ | 15| 72 |Nov. 6. | 2:00 a. m. z 12:50 p. m.| i5 | 67 500 “* |isii2| = 140 “ 840“ g Babe 115) 00 LODO 1S BT = 4:30 * 12:35 p.m 3 B45 CO 2:30 « E Pips BAG PRC \75 = 8:50 | 14] 71 8:00 * S e 10:5 « 10:35 é Nov. 5. [12:30 a. m| 9| 72 |Nov. 7. | 3:20 a. m. a s: 2:30 6:15 * | E 4:20 « 10:00 * < 272 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comment on the preceding tables. Table I. The total weight of the fruit at the time of the grand maximum, Sep- tember 27-28, was approximately equal to one-half of its final weight, October 30, when increase had ceased. The development of the fruit can be divided into three periods: 1. Period of active and continuous increase; from the time of pollination, September 18, to the grand maximum, Septem- ber 27-28. 2. Period of decline in the daily increase and rise in the daily decrease; from the grand maximum, September 27-28, to the beginning of ripening, October 10-12. 3. Ripening period, October 10-12 to October 22-24. The grand maximum decrease occurred about the middle of the ripening period. The daily decrease was greatest at the time of ripening. The daily increase and decrease continued until October 31, when increase ceased, followed by a continu- ous loss in weight. Tables IJ and III. On the morning of September 25, the influ- ence of light and moisture on the young fruit was demonstrated. From 2-3 Pp. M., when the leaves and fruit were in bright sun- light, the increase was at the rate of one gram per hour, while from 1-2 P. M., when the sun was clouded, the increase was ten grams per hour. September 26, from 11 A. M. to 1 P.M., an increase of one gram per hour occurred. At 1:10 P. M. the vines were sprinkled and the root watered. Two minutes later, at 1:12 Pp. M., the increase was at the rate of thirty grams per hour, while the fruit was still in the sunshine. These results agree with those of F. Darwin’. ‘‘Syringing the leaves and watering the soil causes a rapid increase in growth.” Tables IV. and V. The grand maximum increase had been reached and the first decrease occurred when the leaves, fruit and plant were in direct sunlight, temperature high and rela- tive humidity low. The grand maximum increase occurred between 1-2 A. M. and 8-10 Pp. M., September 28. The rate of increase at night at the time of the grand maximum was quite uniform and con- stant, the daily maximum occurring between 8 P. M.and 6 A.M. Tables VI. and VII. The lessened daily maximum increase following the grand maximum is demonstrated. 9, Ann. Bot. 7: 485. 1893. Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 273 Decrease occurred at the time of sunshine, high temperature, __ low relative humidity and rapid transpiration of the leaves. From 8 a. M., October 1, to 8 a. M., October 2, there were only slight variations in temperature, humidity and rate of transpiration of the leaves. No decrease was exhibited. This was due to the cloudy and rainy weather. Table VIII. The complete cessation of growth from 10-12 P. M., October 7, was due to a cold wind. The vines were sprinkled for one minute at 12:20 Pp. M., October 8; an increase ~ immediately occurred, but as soon as the leaves were dry, decrease began. The effect of sprinkling vines at this stage of the fruits’ development was uot so marked as at the grand maximum. ; Table IX. This table is inclusive of the time at the begin- ning of the ripening period. The daily increase and decrease are nearly equal. There was a cessation in growth from 8 P. M., October. 11, to 1a. M., October 12, when the temperature was low and trans- piration rapid, as indicated by the psychrometer. ; Tables X and XI. At the ripening period the two leaves near the fruit had been cut away so that only the weight of the fruit remained on the balance. October 13 there was a decrease from 8 A. M. to 3:20 P. M. From 2-6 a. M., October 14, the temperature outside of the laboratory fell to O0°C, and the tips of a few of the leaves were frosted. During the time of the low temperature a decrease of sixteen grams occurred. This points conclusively to the fact that the decrease in weight was due largely to the _ transpiration of the fruit itself. At the time of the low temperature it may be assumed that there was scarcely any movement of sap. With the rise in temperature from 6-8 A. M. a slow increase occurred. This was again followed by the daily decrease as soon as the sun began to shine on the _ leaves. The transpiration of fruit No. 2 is given in this table, and _ shows the same periodicity of decrease as the fruit attached to the vine, being greatest at the time of least relative humidity and highest temperature. Table XII. At the time of ripening and completion of the ripening period, the daily maximum increase occurred during the first two hours of the increase, which began as soon as the leaves and fruit were shaded, This occurred from October 13-24, inclusive. The probable reason for this position of the 274 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. maximum daily increase, inasmuch as it occurred later in the evening and during the night at other stages of development of the fruit, is that the translocation of the carbohydrates and proteid substances that go to make up the seed, occurred at — this time of day. Further, following a cloudy and rainy day when there had been no decrease nor sunshine, this maximum increase did not occur. The grand maximum of daily decrease occurred between 8 A. M. and 4 Pp. M. October 15. The increase following this decrease from 4:30-7:30 P. M. was thirty-six grams, or one-half of the total increase from 4:30 P. M., October 15, to 7 A. M., October 16. Table XIII. The maximum daily decrease occurred betweer 11 A. M. and 12 m., October 20. The plant was sprinkled at 1:28 Pp. M. when decrease was at the rate of one gram in four minutes. At 1:32, four minutes later, the fruit increased at the rate of one gram in two minutes. This increase, however, continued only three minutes, and at 1:35 Pp. M. there was a standstill, immediately followed by a decrease which continued until the regular daily increase began, as soon as the leaves were shaded at 3:30 P. M. From 8 A. M., October 15, to 8 A. M., October 22, the total increase exceeded the total decrease by sixteen grams. From 8 A. M., October 22, to 8 A. M., October 30, when all increase had ceased, the total decrease was fifty-two grams more than the increase. Table XIV. In this table are given data obtained after in- crease in the weight of the fruit had ceased. The object of the prolongation of the experiment was to demonstrate that the daily decrease that had taken place since the grand maxi- mum was chiefly and directly due to the transpiration of the fruit itself, but indirectly to the amount of the transpiration current to the leaves. On November 2 the fruit was still in connection with the vine, and showed a daily periodicity in its decrease, which was greatest at the time of highest temperature and least relative humidity. At times when the atmosphere was almost satu- rated, as during rain from 12:30-4:00 a. M., November 2, no decrease took place. With the rise in temperature and fall in the relative humidity, decrease began. At 10 a. M., November 2, the vine was cut eighty centi- meters from the fruit and the end of portion attached to it was — immersed in a beaker of water. The fruit still remained on Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 275 the balance, and the position of the stem between the fruit and the point of support remained as before. The leaves near the fruit had been cut away so that the fruit formed the only weight on the balance. From 10 a. M. to 2:30 Pp. M. a decrease of three grams occurred. From 2:30 p. M.. November 2, to 4:30 Pp. M., November 3, there was no change in the weight of the fruit. All this time, however, as shown by the psychrometer, transpiration was rapid. The stem in the beaker absorbed twenty-three cubic centimeters of water, which must have been taken up by osmotic action and transpired by the fruit. At 4:30 Pp. M., November 3, the fruit was separated from its stem and placed on the decrease pan of the registering bal- ance, where it remained until 10 a, M., November 7. While on the decrease pan the fruit showed a daily periodicity in its loss of weight, this being greatest at the time of least relative humidity. The amount of daily loss in weight became less each day with the drying of the rind and the cuticularization of the epidermis. The use of weight as a means of measurement of the rapidity and amount of growth of massive organs is found to be a fairly efficient method in the determination of the features of the daily period and the grand period. The changes in weight due to conditions of transpiration and accession of food mater- ial are such that their periodicity corresponds to that of growth. The conditions of transpiration and their effect in such ex- periments are easily controlled and analyzed, and a curve of the growth may be plotted, which would be entirely free from error arising from this source. The curve representing the growth of a plant, determined by weight, will be found approximately correct, although of course both the upper and lower apices of such a curve will be somewhat extended. On the other hand, in auxanometric measurements of length-extension only one dimension of an organ is taken into account, and the error in such instance must be equally great, and is, moreover, incapable of elimin- ation. SUMMARY. 1. The grand period of growth of the fruit of Cucurbita under observation occupied 34 days. 2. The growth of this fruit took place in a temperature varying from 4°C. to 28°C., and in a humidity from 50 to 98 per cent. ete al ee See eee te ee ee eS OT a 276 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 3d. The grand maximum of daily increase occurred 11 days after pollination, and 11 days previous to the beginning of the ripening period, which occupied 12 days. 4. The maximum daily increase occurred at times between 8 P.M. and 38 a. M. The maximum daily decrease occurred between 9 A. M. and 5 P. M. 5. During ‘‘ ripening” an extended decrease lasting throughout the daylight hours, was quickly followed by the maximum increase. This was not true during the growing period. The rapid flow of sap to the ripe fruit was perhaps promoted by the high endosmotic equivalent of the cell sap in the fruit. 6. At the time of the grand maximum increase, the fruit gained 1 gram per minute. At the time of the greatest de- crease it lost 0.4 grams per minute. 7. At the time of the grand maximum the fruit gained 732 grams in 24 hours. 8. Noactual loss in weight of the fruit occurred before it had reached the maximum of the grand period. “> 9. Immediately following the grand maximum, the daily decrease rose in amount until the middle of the ripening period, when it fell. The lessening of the amount of decrease was due to the cuticularization of the epidermis. 10. The weight of the fruit at the time of the grand maxi- mum was approximately one-half its final weight. 11. Increase and decrease may occur at any hour of the day. 12. The greatest decrease occurred at the time of the least relative humidity, and consequent greatest transpiration of leaves and fruit. 13. The fruit responded much more readily, by changes in weight, to variations in temperature, humidity and other atmospheric conditions, in the earlier stages of development. 14. Decrease in weight was due directly to the transpiration of the fruit, and indirectly to the transpiration of the leaves. 15. The fruit showed an increase at any time when trans- piration was checked by increased humidity of the air. 16. Low temperature and frost established an equilibrium, arresting growth and checking the transpiration stream. 17. The ‘“‘ripened” fruit, or one severed from the plant, ex- hibited a daily periodicity in loss of weight corresponding to that of a growing fruit. 18. In the ripened fruit attached to the plant, the daily loss in the morning by transpiration, was nearly balanced by the gain at night by osmose. Vv lit of the fenthe - 20. The percentage of variation of weight of a fieshy fruit ai tendant on growth, was much more marked than variations in measurement of internodes. In the former instance, the fruit consisted ofa mass of parenchymatous cells whose contents are consists only in a small proportion of such cells, while it con- ns a strong development of mechanical tissue which offers a wked resistance to changes in size. wen I De We pir {Tins erate ct pee eS op aes Fy ay Ae ae a hee ce ea SITs tho? ey OL Qa > ATi reer ee ae : 278 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XI. (See Table I). Curve of grand period of growth. Portions of curve above base line show net increase; below, net decrease. Broken line at left represents probable course of growth from time of pollination to beginning of record. Fruit completely ripened October 22. 1 mm. vertical—10 grams increase or decrease. 5 mm. horizontal=1 day. PLATE XII. (See Tables II and III). Curves of growth and temperature during fifty hours immediately pre- ceding the grand maximum. A rise in the daily maximum increase, also the effect of sprinkling vine is demonstrated. 3 mm. vertical=1° C. 3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase. 5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. PLATE XIII. (See Tables IV and V). Curves of growth, temperature and humidity, during fifty hours, in- clusive of the grand maximum. First daily decrease. 2mm. vertical=1 gram increase or decrease. 2 mm. vertical—1°C. 2mm. vertical—1 pér cent. variation of humidity. 5 mm. horizontal—1 hour. PLATE XIV. (See Tables VI and VII). Curves of growth, temperature, barometric pressure, transpiration of the leaves and humidity during fifty hours immediately following the grand maximum. Demonstrates lessened daily maximum increase. 3mm. vertical—1 gram increase or decrease. 5 mm. vertical—0.1 inch variation in barometric pressure. 2mm. vertical] per cent. variation of humidity. 3mm. vertical—0.23 grams (approximately) of transpiration. 5mm. horizontal=1 hour. PLATE XV. (See Table VIII.) Curves of growth, relative humidity and transpiration of the leaves during fifty hours, ending three days before the beginning of the “ripen- ing” period. Indicates the effect of rain, cold wind and sprinkling vine on growth. 3 mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease. 2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity. 3 mm. vertical—0 23 grams (approximately) of transpiration. 5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. p ~ tes 0! en ee i fe he Ne Anderson: GROWTH OF CUCURBITA. 279 PLATE XVI. (See Table IX.) Curves of growth and relative humidity, fifty hours inclusive of the beginning of the “ripening period.” Daily increase and decrease nearly equal. 3mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease. 2 mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity. 5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. PLATE XVII. (See Tables X and Xi.) Curves of growth, temperature, and of the transpiration of fruit No. 2, with stem in a sealed test tube of water, fruit and test tube with water resting on the decrease pan of the registering balance. Fifty hours during the time of “ripening period.” Indicates the effect of cold (decrease at night.) Daily increase and de- crease nearly equal. 3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase or decrease. 3 mm. vertical=1°C. ; 3mm, vertical=0.13 grams (approximately) of transpiration. 5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. PLATE XVIII. (See Vable XII). Curves of growth, relative humidity and of the transpiration of fruit No. 20n the decrease pan of the registering balance, stem not in water, but cut from fruit. Fifty hours preceding the completion of the “ripen- ing period.” Indicates grand maximum of daily decrease, also maximum daily in- crease immediately following an entire day of decrease. 3 mm. vertical=1 gram of increase or decrease. 2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity. 3mm. vertical—0.13 grams (approximately) of transpiration. 5 mm. horizontal=1 hour. PLATE XIX. (See Table XIII.) Curves of growth, relative humidity, temperature and growth of inter- nodes, during fifty hours after the fruit had ripened. Indicates the effect of sprinkling at the time of rapid decrease. (The temperature and growth of internodes plotted on this plate are results obtained by Mr. D. T. MacDougal, by observations carried on in the plant house at the same time. The observations were made on another plant of the same genus, using a Baranetzky’s auxanometer. ] 3mm. vertical—1 gram of increase or decrease. 2mm. vertical—1 per cent. variation of humidity. 3mm. vertical=1°C. 3mm. vertical=.09 mm. actual growth elongation or shortening of internode. 5 mm. horizontal=1 ‘hour. PLATE XX. (See Table XIV). Curves of relative humidity, and variations in weight of the fruit, be- ginning eleven days after the close of the “‘ripening period.” Increase atanend. Fruit losing weight by transpiration. 10 mm. vertical=1 gram of decrease. 2mm. vertical—] per cent. variation of humidity. 5 mm. horizontal=2 hours. 280 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. XXII. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE MOSSES” : OF MINNESOTA, = JOHN M. HOLZINGER. Prefatory note. In offering this preliminary list the first aim is to stimulate all interested to more energetic and systematic work. In view of this fact, the question of nomenclature has been set aside for the present. In a final - paper on Minnesota Mosses, material for which has been col- lected for a number of years, and is in process of preparation, 4 a number of changes will be made, principally under Barbula, 4 Cynodontium, Leptotrichum, Atrichum, Racomitrium, and Platygy- eg rium. Whether Encalypta, Mnium, Tetraphis, Webera, Weisia, and some other generic names should be changed seems still an open question. The able historical reviews under these sey- eral generic names, by Limpricht, in his Lauwbmoose, command the respectful attention of modern doctors of nomenclature. So far the principal effect of this author has been to counter- act the radical course of Lindberg in changing names, and to base the procedure of making changes on a more conservative, though still progressive basis. It is chiefly with a view to temporary convenience that the writer has based his list on Musci Americae Septentrionalis by F. Renauld and J. Cardot, 18938. The material which forms the basis of this list was collected by the writer, unless otherwise > stated. In its elaboration, especially during the earlier years of effort, invaluable aid has been rendered by counsel, verifi- “4 cation, correction, and determination of a large majority of the a species reported. by Professor C. R. Barnes, of the University of Wisconsin. Mrs. E. G. Britton, of Columbia College, has kindly reviewed the species of Orthotrichum. Mr. J. Cardot has examined critically a number of Minnesota mosses, which passed into his hands by exchange, and has kindly communi- cated his determinations. He also determined Fontinalis. Dr. Warnstorf determined the two species of Sphagnum. Itis with — pleasure that the kind service of all these able bryologists is — ee here recognized. = Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. Dr. J. H. Sandberg and Mr. F. F. Wood collected in 1891, in _ Northern Minnesota, for the National Herbarium, where most of the material is deposited. Mr. Wood’s mosses were deter- mined by Mrs. Britton. Later the collector sent a little of _ those species which the writer found he had not yet on his list. And only these are embodied in this report. : Bulletin No. 3 of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, pp. 25-26, 1887, reports a list of 33 species of - mosses from Minnesota. Five of these are embodied in the present report, not having been found by the author. Refer- ence to localities of the other species is omitted. : It will be considered a favor if all who are interested in the Minnesota Natural History Survey, and especially those who collect and study mosses, will submit to the writer material _ from different parts of the state. Allsuch material will become the property of the University Herbarium, and will be fully. aeeezed in the final report. $e SPHAGNACEAE. 1. Sphagnum recurvum P. B. var. amblyphyllum Russ. (Dr. J. H. Sandberg, Chisago City, July, 1891.) Dr. Warnstorf det. 2. Sphagnum warnstorfii Russ. var. viride Russ. Marine Mills, (J. M. H., July 20, 1891.) Dr. Warnstorf det. Sphagnum acutifolium Exru., Sphagnum cymbi- fulium Exru., and Sphagnum squarrosum PERs., are also reported, all from Vermilion lake, by Pro- fessor C. R. Barnes, in Bull. 3, of Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. 25. 1887. BRYINEAE ACROCARPAE. 3. Gymnostomum caleareum NEES E HORNSCH. Marine Mills, on the St. Croix river, (J. UM. H., July 21, 1890). Moist shaded sana cliff over Laird’s spring, near Winona, (J. M. H., March 31, 1894); Bear Creek, near Winona, (J. M. H., May 10, 1890. ) 4. Gymnostomum curvirostrum HeEpw. var. scabrum (LINDB. ) Cannon Falls, (J. H. Sandberg, July 8, 1891); entrance to a lime cave between Lewiston and Rollingstone, (J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889). 10. il. 12. 13. 14. SE ARNE oe AY OE ES ET RED A MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Gymnostomum rupestre ScHw. Franconia on the St. Croix river, (J. M. H., July 16, 1890). Weisia viridula Brrip. Cave near Stockton, (J. MW. H., Aug. 9, 1890); Winona, (J. M. H., Aug. 2, 1890); Bear Creek, (J. WM. H., May 9, 1894). Cynodontium polycarpum B. S. var. strumiferum B. S. Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, July 9, 1891). Cynodontium wahlenbergii (B. S.) R. and C. Northern Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891). Dicranella heteromalla Scu. Thompson and Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). Dicranella varia Scu. Bear Creek, near Winona (J. M. H,, April 19, 1890); Homer (J. M. H., June 17, 1890); Franconia on the St. Croix river (J. M H., July 16, 1890); also Arcola, July 21, 1890; Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, | July 9, 1891); Winona (J. M. H., May, 1894). Dicranum congestum Brip. This may be Dicranum scopariforme KINDB. Can. Muse. 28. Material for comparison not being at hand, the plant is referred to D. congestum with which it agrees in the isodiametric cells in the upper part of the leaf, and the serrate margin. But it differs from typical D. congestum in the narrower, longer cells in the lower part of the leaf being thin- ner walled, the lamina broader near apex, and the ridges on the back of the costa being stronger and coarsely serrate above the middle. Marine Mills on the St. Croix River (J. IZ. H., July, 1890). Dicranum drummondii C. MuBLL. St. Croix Falls (Miss E. A. Ross, July, 1891). Dicranum flagellare HeEpw. Marine Mills on the St. Croix river (J. MU. H., July 20, 1890); also Franconia, July 16, 1890, and Trempea- leau Mountain, Wis., June 26, 1890. Dicranum fuscescens TuRN. Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891). ‘ al ill alae eh a CD A el a ge tk bo o 2) co Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 15. Diecranum montanum HEpw. Northern Minnesota (£/ F. Wood, 1891. 16. Dicranum bergeri BLAND. D. schraderi W. and M. D. rugosum KINDB. Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891). 17. Dicranum scoparium HEDw. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). 18. Dicranum strictum SCHLEICH. Carleton county, (H. B. Ayres, June, 1892). 19. Dicranum undulatum ExRH. Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891). 20. Dicranum viride B. S. Decaying log, on bluffs near Winona, (J. M. H.,, April 21, 1894). 21. Fissidens decipiens De Not. Franconia, (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Northern Minne- sota, (Ff. F. Wood, 1891); bluffs south of Lake Wino- na, (J. WM. H., May, 1894). 22. Fissidens minutulus SULL. Franconia, (J. M. H.,, July 16, 1890); Osceola Mills, (J. M. H., July 17, 1890); Bear Creek, (J. M. H., May, 1894); bluffs near Winona, (J. UM. H., Aug. 7, 1894); entrance to Indian inscription cave, a little way be- low Lamoille, (J. MU. H., August, 1894). 23. Leucobryum glaucum Scu. Marshland, Wis. (J. M. H., Aug. 19, 1890). 24. Ceratodon purpureus Brip, Winona prairie, (J. M. H., Sept. 14, 1889); Bear Creek, (J. M. H., June 18, 1890); Homer, (J. M. H., June 7, 1890); Trempealeau mountain, (J. M. H., May 17, 1890); Mankato, (J. M. H., Nov. 16, 1894). Very common in dry situations. Two Harbors, (J. H. Sandberg, June 3, 1891). Distichium capillaceum B. S. On a perpendicular sand cliff, in a dense carpet, Winona bluffs, (J. M. H.. May 14, 1890); Northern Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891. With Myurella julacea. i) Or 26. 28. 29. 30. ol. 30. 34. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. rs Eustichia norvegica C. MUELL. ; Entrance to Indian inscription cave below Lamoifie (J. M. H., Oct. 30, 1893 and August, 1894). Also found around Trempealeau mountain, but in each — case only sterile. Seligeria pusilla B.S. Bear Creek, (J. MU. H., May, 1890). Blindia acuta B. S. Northern Minnesota, (F. F. Wood, 1891). Didymodon cylindricus B. S. St. Croix Falls, (J. M. H., July 10, 1890). Since Lesquereaux and James’ Manual assigns D. luridus to Minnesota (see p. 105), the above plant was carefully compared with Reinsch’s speci- mens of D. luridus in the National Herbarium, and was excluded from the species because its leaf base is _ hyaline nearly a third up. In this respect it was found to agree better with Schimper’s specimens of D. cylindricus, though the leaves in the Minnesota 4 plant are shorter. ms Leptotrichum glaucescens HamMpPE. Winona bluffs, (J. M@. H, September, 1894). Leptotrichum tortile C. MUELL. a Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., April 26, 1890); Osce- ola Mills, Wis. (J. M. H., July 18, 1890). Desmatodon obtusifolius Scu. Winona bluffs and Laird’s spring (J. W. H., May, 1894); Trempealeau Mountain, Wis. (J. . H., May 17, i890). This moss is very common around Winona. It occurs always on perpendicular shaded sand cliffs. Its fugacious peristome, which falls almost uniformly with the operculum, makes it a very perplexing moss to the beginner. SS = a Barbula fallax Hepw. Bluffs near Winona (J. M. H., Sept. 28, 1889). Barbula mucronifolia B. S. Franconia (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Mankato (J. M. H., Nov. 16, 1894). me 87. 42. 43: a 4A. 4 me 45, 36. Holzingey: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 285 Barbula ruralis Hepw. Catholic cemetery bluff (J. MW. H., May 4, 1893). This moss has been collected for five years in the same locality, but has always been found sterile. Barbula tortuosa W. and M. var dicranoides (F ERG. ). Mrs. E. G. Britton, det. Catholic cemetery bluff (J. WM. H., May 4, 1893). Like the preceding, quite common in the sand on top of the bluff, but like it only sterile Barbula unguiculata Hepw. Winona (J. MW. H., Sept. 21, 1889); Bear Creek (J. M. H.,, May 10, 1890). The most common of the Barbulas around Winona. Grimmia ambigua SuLL. Sand rocks on Winona bluffs (J. WZ. H., May 14, 1890). Grimmia apocarpa HEepw. Lime rocks near Winona (J. M. H., May 26, 1890); also near Fountain City, Minn. (J. WM. #., June 21, 1890). Grimmia calyptrata Hook. St. Croix Falls (J. M. H., July 12, 1890). Grimmia conferta FUNCK. Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., June 11, 1890). On sand rock. Grimmia unicolor GREv. North shore of Lake Superior (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891); Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891). Racomitrium fasciculare Brip. Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wocd, 1891). Hedwigia ciliata EHRH. St. Croix Falls and Marine Mills (J. M. H., July, 1890); Trempealeau Mountain (J. WM. H., May 17, 1890); Lanesboro (J. M. H., Aug., 1894); Virginia City (Thomas Rowley, Sept., 1893). Coscinodon rani AUSTIN. Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., Sept., 1890). This moss is not settled. I referred it first, doubt- fully, to C. wrightii. Professor C. R. Barnes, after careful comparison at Cambridge with typical material, pronounced it C. rani. Some of it came by exchange 286 46. 47. 48. 49, 50. dl. 52. 54. 55. 56. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. into the hands of M. Jules Cardot, and he pronounces it C. wrightii, finding with it also C. renauldi, his own species! Until it is again compared with the types of the three species of Coscinodon, for which there is no immediate opportunity, I cannot divest myself of the suspicion that the line may be too elonelyy drawn be- tween these three species. Orthotrichum affine SCHRAD. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). Orthotrichum anomalum HEDw. Winona bluffs, on lime rocks (J. MW. H., Aug. 7, 1890). Orthotrichum braunii Scu. As 0. strangulatum (BEAUV-) Vermilion lake (C. R. Barnes). Orthotrichum lescurii AUSTIN. Winona bluffs (J. M. H., Aug. 7, 1890 and later); Bear Creek (J. M. H., May, 1894). This moss is found always on limestone boulders, and is frequently mixed with Grimmia apocarpa. Orthotrichum pumilum Sw. Hammond’s farm, near Winona (J. UM. H., June 11, 1890). Orthotrichum speciosum NEES. Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891). Encalypta ciliata HEpw. Stockton (J. M@. H., April 24, 1890); Winona (J. M. #., May 16, 1890, May 6, 18938); Marine Mills (J. M@. H., July 19, 1890); Arcola (J. M. H., July 21, 1890). Tetraphis pellucida HEDw. Osceola Mills on the St. Croix river (J. H. M., July 18, 1890); near Indian inscription cave, below Lamoille (J. M. H., August, 1894). Physcomitrium hookeri HPE. Moist meadow, on Hamilton’s farm near Winona (J. WM. A. sune 7, 1S90): Physcomitrium immersum SULL. Sandy clay bank of Mississippi river, near Winona (J: . H., Oct., 19, 1889). Physcomitrium pyriforme BRip. Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 19, 1890). Fide Cardot. ad Se Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. _ 287 Physcomitrium turbinatum (Micux.) Brrp. Winona (J. WM. H., May 5, 1894). 58.. Funaria hygrometrica Hepw. Beck’s farm, near Winona (J. M. H., May 29, 1890), Very common. §9. Bartramia oederi Scuw. . Winona (J. UW. H., May 15, 1888); Bear Creek (J. H., Oct 12, 1889); Lamoille cave (J. MU. H., August, 1894). 60. Bartramia pomiformis Hepw. a Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891). _ 61. -Philonotis fontana Brip. Se Beck’s farm, near Winona (J. UM. H., June 6, 1890); & Osceola, on the St. Croix river (J. M@. H., July 17, 1890); Floodwood bay, north shore of Lake Super- ior (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891). ; Be 62. Amblyodon dealbatus P. B. var americanus R. and C. =, n. var ined. a Osceola Mills, on the St. Croix river (J. M. H., July a 17, 1890). , 63. Aulacomnium palustre ScHWAEGR. a Vermilion lake (C. R. Barnes). 64. Leptobryum pyriforme Scu. a _ Franconia (J. M. H., July 16, 1890); Winona (J. . #., x Sept., 1889); Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 20, 1894). 65. Webera albicans Scu. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). a 66. Webera carnea Scu. ae Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891. ) _- 67..~Webera elongata Scuw. Spring near Laird’s mill, S, E.of Winona (J. M. Z., June, 1894). 68. Webera nutans Hepw. . . Trempealeau, Wis. (J. M. H., June 26, 1890); Cannon q Falls (J. H. Sandberg, July 2 and 3, 1891). Bryum arcticum B. S. Stockton bluffs (J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889). 288 role 72. 74. 75. 80. SE. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bryum argenteum L. Winona (J. MW. H., Sept. 14, 1879); Bear Creek (J. M. #.,- Aug. 30, 1889). : A yery common moss. Bryum bimum SCHREB. Catholic cemetery bluff (J. M. H., June 11, 1890); Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891, also Two Forks, same coll, July 9, 1891). Bryum caespiticium L. Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 19, 1890); Winona (J. i. H., Sept. 14, 1889). Bryum cirrhatum H. & H. Beck's farm near Winona (J. M. H., May 29, 1890); Stockton cave (J. M. H., Aug. 9, 1890). Bryum intermedium B. S. Homer (J. M. H., June, 1890); Winona (J. M. #., July 3, 1890); Trempealeau, Wis. (J. M. H., May 17, 1890). Bryum ontariense KInpDB. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Aug. 30, 1889); Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). Bryum pallescens SCHLEICH. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Sept. 21, 1889). Bryum pendulum Scu. Winona bluffs (J. M@. H., May, 1890, and Nov., 1893). Bryum torquescens B. S. McAlister (J. MU. H., August 24, 1889). Bryum uliginosum B. S. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); Stockton (J. UW. H., April 24, 1890); Franconia and Arcola (J. M. H., July 16 and 21, 1890). Mnium affine Scuw. Bear Creek (J. MW. H., May 3, 1890). Mnium cinelidioides Hus. Vermilion lake (C. R&. Barnes). Mnium cuspidatum HEepw. Winona (J. M. H., June 5, 1889); Homer (J. Mu. He ~ June 7, 1890); Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). ' “ j ; . . 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 289 Mnium hornum L. Winona bluffs (J. M@. H., Apri) 1, 1894). Mnium lycopodioides SCHWAEGR. Northern Minnesota (/. /. Wood, 1891). Mnium orthorhynchum B. S. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). Mnium punctatum HEpw. Tsle Royal (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1889); Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). Mnium serratum Brib. Winona bluffs (J. M. H., May 6, 1898). Timmia bavarica Husst. var. cucullata (MICHX. ). Bear Creek (J. M. H., April 28, 1894); Winona (J. 7. H., May, 1894); Lanesboro (J. M. H., July 15, 1894). Atrichum angustatum B. and S$. Winona (J. M. H., June, 1889); Cannon Falls (J. H. Sandberg, July 2, 1891). Atrichum undulatum BEAvYy. Bear Creek (J. M. #H., Oct. 12, 1889); Marine Mills (J. M. H., July 20, 1890). Pogonatum alpinum ROcHL. Northern Minnesota (/. F. Wood, 1891). Polytrichum commune L. Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891); Marsh- land, Wis. (J. M. H., Aug. 19, 1890). Polytrichum gracile MENz. Two Harbors (J. H. Sandberg, July 9, 1891). Polytrichum juniperinum WILLD. Winona (J. M. H.,, June, 1886, and July 3, 1890); La- moille (J. M. H., June 7, 1890). Polytrichum piliferum SCHREB. Trempealeau mountain, Wis. (J. WM. H., May 14, 1890) ; Lamoille (J. M. H., Aug., 1894); Rochester (C. F. Ainslie, 1894). Polytrichum strictum Banks. Trempealeau Mt. (J. WM. A., May 17, 1890). 290 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. BRYINEAE PLEUROCARPAE. 97. 98. 100. 10]. 104. 105. 106. 109. 110. Fontinalis hypnoides Harr. Forma foliis apice denticulatis Fide Cardot. Near Lamoile cave, on an old log (J M. H., Aug., 1894). ; Fontinalis leseurii SULL., var. gracilescens SULL.. Vermilion lake (C. &. Barnes). Leptodon trichomitrion Mour. Lanesboro (J. MW. H., Aug. 1894). Neckera oligocarpa Br. and SCH. Vermilion lake (C. R&. Barnes). Neckera pennata Hepw. Carleton county (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). . Leucodon julaceus SuLLIv. Winona bluffs (J. M. H., May 6 and Dec., 1894). . Fabronia octoblepharis Scuw. Shady ravine, near Winona (J. W. H., Sept., 1889). Found only on one oak tree. Thelia asprella SULLIV. Lanesboro (J. W. H., July 24, 1894); Mankato (J. M. #., Nov. 16, 1894). Myurella careyana SULLIV. Moist shaded limestone cliff, Winona bluffs (J. M. Z., May 6, 1893); Bear Creek (J. UM. H., May, 1894). Myurella julacea Scu. Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wood, coll., 1891); with Distichium capillacewm. . Leskea austini SULLIV. Winona bluffs (7. M@ H., Aug. 7, 1890). . Leskea obscura Hepw. Base of trees in Mississippi bottoms, Winona (J. M. Z., Sept., 1894). Leskea polycarpa EuRH. Marine Mills (J. M. H., July 20, 1890). Anomodon attenuatus Harr. Winona bluffs, covering lime rocks (J. MW. H.,May, 1894). Abundant, but rarely fertile. CO Sh irae Ree ; ”~ 4} a o +) te oe ee ae ge > ma é Aa oe cite Vere a Pen et hey Et Sa Nee Loe ae eee 1m oe. Ze ee eg ats fae os Pus ee! oa be Cd = ie : , m aa bes ton) 2 ae? a? Tick ; ape Si Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 291 -- 111. Anomodon obtusifolius Scu. ie . * Winona bluffs, covering lime rocks like the last, but requiring a more moist situation (J. M. #.) Abundant, but also mostly sterile. 112. Anomodon rostratus ScuH. Bear Creek (J. M. H, May 10, 1890); Winona bluffs = with the last two species (J. M. H., May, 1894); a Lanesboro (J. M. H., July 26, 1894). 2% Occurs mostly at the base of trees. _—«:113, Platygyrium repens Scx. a } Winona bluffs (J. MU. H., Dec., 1894); Bear Creek (J. B U. H., Oct. 12, 1889). 114. Pylaisia intricata Scu. i Winona (J. M. H., May, 1890); Franconia and Osceola Ss (J. M. H., July, 1890); Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. ies 20, 1894); Mankato (J. M. H., Nov. 16, 1894). —«- 115. Pylaisia velutina Scx. oe Pokegama lake (J. H. Sandberg, July 16, 1891); North- co ern Minn. (F. F. Wood, 1891). 116. Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Scu. Winona (J. M. H., June 8, 1889); Mankato (J. M. #., Nov. 16, 1894). 117. Cylindrothecium seductrix SULLIV. Trempealeau Mountain (J. M. H., Nov. 11, 1893). % 118. Climacium americanum Brip. e Devil’s cave, Winona (J. M. H., Oct., 1894); St. Croix a Falls (Miss E. A. Ross, July, 1891); Bear Creek (J. me M. H., April 28, 1894); LaMoille cave J. UM. Z., 4 August, 1894). 119. Climacium dendroides W. and M. ea Laird’s spring, Winona (J. M. H., Aug. 16, 1889, and Bei Oct. 6, 1894). 120. Thuidium abictinum Scu. Winona bluffs (J. M. H., Sept., 1893). In large cushions covering rocks in an old quarry. P 121. Thuidium delicatulum LInpbe. — Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); St. Croix Falls a (Miss E. A. Ross, July 23, 1891). 136 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 2, Thuidium gracile Scu. Bear Creek (J. WM. H., May 8, 1890). 4 . Thuidium minutulum Scu. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct, 12, 1889). . Thuidium pygmaeum Scu. Bear Creek (J. UM. H., April 19, 1890. . Brachythecium acuminatum L. and J. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889); Winona bluffs (J. M. H., May 4, 18938). . Brachythecium laetum B. and S. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Aug., 1889); Thompson (J. Z. Sandberg, June, 1891). . Brachythecium rutabulum Scu. Bear Creek (J. M@. H., Oct. 12, 1889). . Brachythecium salebrosum Scu. Bear Creek (J. M@. H., Aug. and Oct., 1889). . Eurhynehium hians L. and J. Bear Creek (J. M. H., Oct. 12, 1889). As Professor Barnes remarks, this plant varies from tne type in that the leaves are serrulate to the base. . Eurhynchium strigosum Scu. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, June, 1891). . Raphidostegium jamesii L. and J. Northern Minnesota (Ff. F. Wood, 1891). Rhynchostegium serrulatum L. and J. Thompson (J. H. Sandberg, July, 1891). . Thammium alleghaniense Scu. Winona (J. M. H., June, 1888). . Plagiothecium denticulatum Scu. Northern Minnesota (F. F. Wood, 1891). . Amblystegium adnatum L. and J. On trees and stones, Winona bluffs (J. M. H., April, 1894). Amblystegium fluviatile Scu. Lanesboro (J. WM. H., May, 1894). LS eit eee a he BS Holzinger: MOSSES OF MINNESOTA. 293 137. Amblystegium noterophilum S. and L. 138 139 Lanesboro (J. M. H., Aug., 1894). This very distinct species stands in L. and J. Man- ual as a synonym of Amblystegium irriguum var. spini- folium. Cardot, to whom I submitted it, makes it a new variety of Amblystegium fluviatile. But the un- equally greater size of the plant and texture of the leaves seem to entitle this moss to specific rank. Its remarkable occurrence, in large, dark green cushions, on limestones covered the year around with swiftly flowing water from a large spring, is worthy of note. It has been collected by Geo. W. Clinton, at Caledonia, Reo wbyc, £: Parker. at York, Pas,- by <.. iz a BS hes bia iz Ee al Ba i i ba ina ta [ee fea we (/ Z ‘e Lh MUMMY ie a SS NS a Ml Base 2S ose hae See Sea eee ae eee oS.) ees Seas see = i ~~ f | 1 ae oF . — aan PLATE XIl. ea te bits SOM ; Pa ee te ad ‘ . x +e . J Pr » Dy sr y ; i. ™) ‘ 1 es , f i i ’ 4 " : ie) va 4 ¢ eh i : P nt \e ~ a, 5 i, i oat yi a h. \ " l ; iS 4 is : . ae, So f if f ‘ ‘ 5 i ’ i im , i) ’ =I ye ti (a ae i OND Fo ee (As aU Mapped Mi 21 ¥ an Se Pe) x ee a __ e 7 ’ mans a Pay "3 4 = ae om ? Se Se eS ee oe eee ee a vy 25 i ihe SUI ae Aa all Bulletin No, 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895. [lll |hhhdhhLcLe ee ET TTP ETT TT TT Pere | Le Bp ef A MOREE REECE as te Ne ee BEC ee EP PP PELE) | ee pg tt AA eee iy | | dL hr a ERE Soa... || a Sree AE A MM ith = bate UMM MOL LM Ts tt Sea | a Sa eae ae BEES eee tt fs A ett tg BREESE ee Pe | ig (a ea ee cot } Sepl.27 [WHR SAS LAD MN ee A Bel MMMM ad ff a. abhi UMM TOU CONT LAO CO PLATE Xill. eee seen el Th bye, bid 2 A . ‘ ' 4 iy a t Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895. Pea alee Be acne OS Mme Ee ae Poll cals TSIE Peale TEN ce a ee ae Sear see id cae Bess waiie San a On ba i Ee (Se tec Se SSSR Ren See eee y) = a = i y fe ee Se PREP RREEE = | as eee | \ eee ny \ af auseeeeaegzes: Pare, Att ine a i} fy ;} PS We WALA S GE CMI daha 3 HERE E a Ee pee i ie Ewe eal ae one ES Re eS: ies CN: Sy Sil RR Heise Smeg, Salas miele ae to alse es Geb Bho Wee i SG SIGNS Ne rN Tanenie A ARRAS SS Rees A mrss eh haan ia 2 a Ee a i ie WD le ee ete Pree eater ae IEEE EEE EEE HEBRERRRE Ea ee esas oN aaa NAN ett tt He / ney BSS ert gy BEC “RRR aA WN [2 TON TET SS GAB IOI feed Poche Bah | PLATE XIV. ede Bulietin No.9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895. PECL | Seep eee Le Cae ERR CO Meee Teh | a tb | SEB e ee ae es BRREEREES EEE leper eo Te pe ee | ee meee Bee Le EL ee pe A ee meee a he ee BECCCCPCERCLELELL ELC ar SRS ARBEMEaARERRRRERS a Ta Poe ee a Wane A TT ee NA A Ne “Se SRS Bes POEURCALCCN CIELO pe Pe no eee at Be | eee MOE | | Ee ee TRA WATE ES ey Mil de heb ms" A Vl Mt! mh M1 my Mii i LLL LLL taut MMs an, TMU: . SSR ay i aS A a aD >= J aaa aaa eae eee eee SS RRR ERR ap a tt A | a ob pp be ebb ie ISSR ee | ee L222 * YI.) tpl A mes thy Ud mA | |_| PEATESXY. . MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bulletin No. March, 1895. REE A Seas se Sas Se aaa ee ees ak eeees Jae eae anes eee Ss SS ees hee esas ste eeeae ee SBR eee Sete ee ake eeaee ss ae et ee en eee a esha Peele eee oe PEE Pte [See ea aS Ae oe ee EEEeieecsssaiieeeteerrocninnnit Re x 7, LL | G fa = ) ] a eee yee Se Se pila aye) [Pads A ae BE mPa ellis pC eas PEE + +—- ; PERE EERE EEE EE reed Eee neno cel. Sea eek Vea ae Fes Pea Re SR Peat DE ah Sea ee a Seales eller Splat ete eh ie Sa Fe Oe ee Pes ps en Pee asses ees Seas RRS RE See eee se eee eee eeeeee h_ A A ON Je, ag 4 Stott LLL Ee il eS Fal Pa ey [a ia ee ia i res ie) les als ie cal Ba Fa eal el ae ak tas ie ae ne - else Re Be ies aug at aaa eed ee A ae el Pea alee Bers Pe ts el | Sean i ate kl sh ae ment feel ai ae Ba Beet ee eel. Bali | ah | Pet | Bea 1 ea (aa Bele Wa el | Bere Beep |. | be Si - ae Bes = Sauce aE== a2 Se ae ee FS ee RR Pe 7 ee PLATE XVI, Bulletin No. 9, MINNE SOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895, r ft ete at AIM mes Ts | LR, emt) at +59 BPN et fs) WA a oy Mss: Sa bic, - 4 ea a aaah ee ze 7 ge EER Ra Se Se ee eee eS Oct /¢ | | | | | “A G - f 1 4 MUM TM = =_ .l MN OO fee) | SRS aber eee i) | | taba pdratioh, Pratiag2) | 11 1 FS a FG a eG Ree eee eee se Fe ie OG a a AE Soe a eS ae FS ae Meo eee a SS Se a WD ee Se. | PIR pe SH Se ce Eat sh eae a Meee i ee Ijin sie eee eee Sti Saat kee eae Nita esa eaneaeae Jin stha=eine arr eeaans eee fel NE ee (ARs ea seen Kh fp Poe Se a Jaa tae aaeee a eee [ueeeeeceeeeceeeees ETS SSS 8 ee SS aaa MEE AS herbelin rth te MUL A Cs 4 PLATE XVIl, Bulletin No, 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895. Moo hi ea ee See ee PET T Tea Pe et Rvekrdmdivdr.| | | | | | tT esa ry TT e-E-F 4h nb odrabibn | Ppuat Ip. | Pee eR | See me re Eee: Bee Pred Pe ei ea Se ee eee ee BECCA es SERRE BCC NCE EEC HAS RRERe ae eReeesaees eer TP PPR AP LD ee Sette “a PRE EReaekeeese BEC mee oe JS S000 0008 Se MS Eee eS caus (uuues!/SEEBEBEEEEEEE pao N te eee eee RP Pai ee i | | | id TOW RTA GS Oy WAL ded m_" § YE i: vatembh RULE aa V4. 4 ee ee ; 2 woee\ se: 1h Se ae A A i See jc a eae Oe ee eee aes ng ot tt ‘s Pee mm E ey S | | t ae (2 Ses ea bs bynh pahtad UM i 41 An _| PLATE XVIII. Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895, ett eeane amme BEEN SEuenan eee | meee Fe SoSSeeeee ee Aree Ph) aaa = Pa eae ea Ea tA AN eS AE Coonan oa rena EO Saeeeeeeee ae CO ae A222 ee A. bund Ul bn YL! VUNG EEO LE i ee oe Tee gainne Bee See Gre. | | | | | | | TATE Grit h of tne tnd éds.| [| Bee | aaa Rbehrdnfeter! | | | | tT Sa aaa eee | 2a ee SRE ae ee ee eee Nee Me ee IN Ce eae AD (Ie ee eee ese feet | | | | apt pty ee eee te Pe ee {Sa aaa esas Coe mM ine eels ) ES ee eee ee ae rh : Se ACCC eee () SAR “SRR REE BEAST SS Eee fa Se ee Fes en aa SO Se Berea viveeeeeee-- LiecLEREE™ ae (lideti at | An | Mh UM. all ht YUL YAM UM Me =" Nt, -, WT" PLATE XIX, Bulletin No, 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. March, 1895. Six species from Florida presented to the Museum. 64. Marine Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 8:v. (22Ap- Be 1856.) 1857. Sixty-six specimens presented, which were collected at Key West, Florida, during the winter of 1855-56. BOD. Marine Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1887 :74. ‘ (17Mr1857.) 1858. A verbal discussion of the specimens presented upon a former occasion and of some additional ones involving a correction of some of the ey. names 66. . Marine Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1857:ii. _ (17Mr1857.) 1858. i '. Ten specimens including 9 species from Key West, Florida. 4 67. A list of Plants and a Catalogue of Marine By Algae collected on the coast of Egg Harbor, at and near Bees- __ley’s Point. Geol. Report Cape May county, N. J. 149-154. 1857. Trenton. | 302 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 68. Ashmead, S. A doubtful Alga. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1858:8. (16F1858.) 1859. ; One of the species found at Beesley’s Point, N. J. and supposed to be either Callithamnion or Griffithsia. 69. Catalogus Plantarum in Nova Caesarea Reper- tarum by O. R. Willis with a supplement concerning marine algae. i-xxviii. 1-88. 1878. N. Y. and Chicago. A. S. Barnes & Co. (Bot. Gaz. 3:8. Jal878.) Twenty-eight species of marine algae are enumerated. . See Durand, E., James, T. P. and Ashmead, S. 70. Askenasy, E. Ueber eine neue Meeresalge. Bot-morph Studien. 1872. Heidelberg. Rhodopeltis scyleri collected from the coast of Peru. wl, Algen. Mit Unterstuetzung der Herren Bornet, E., Grunow, A., Hariot, P., Moebius, M., Nordstedt, O., bearbeitet. Forschungsreise S. M.S. ‘‘Gazelle.” P. IV. Bot. red. von A. Engler. 4to. 1-58. 72 pl. 1888. Berlin. Species from America. 72. Atkinson, G. F. Preliminary note on the synonomy of Entothrix grande Wolle. Bot. Gaz. 14:292. N1889. 73. Monograph of the Lemaneaceae of the United States. Ann. Bot. 4:177-226. pl. 7-9. My1890.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:184. 1J11890.) (Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1890: 641, 642. 01890.) 74. Intelligence manifested by the swarmspores of Rhizophidium globosum (A. Br.) Schroeter. Bot. Gaz. 19 :508, 504. 26D1894. 75. Atwell, ©. B. A phase of Conjugation in Spirogyra. Bot. Gaz. 14:154. 27. Je1889.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:208. S1889.) (Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:786. 01889. 76. A deep-water Nostoc. Bot. Gaz. 14:291, 292. N1889. Description of a Nostoc found in Lake Michigan. See Johnson, L. N. and Atwell, C. B. 77. Atwood, H. F. Mounting Algae. Am. Jour. Mic. 2 ; 154, 155. N1877.—(Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 3:72, 73. 01887. ) (ee Volvox globator. Am. Jour. Mic. 3:116, 117. My1878. 79. Aubert, A. B. Styrax and Balsam. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:86, 87. My1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. IL. 5:744. 1885. ) Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 303 80. Aubert, A. B. A partial list of the Diatoms of Somer- ville, Seal Harbor and North East Harbor, Maine, U.S. A. The list comprises 126 species from Somerville, 44 from Seal Harbor, 18 from North East Harbor, making a total of 188 species from Maine. 81. Austin, C. F. Notes on Hepaticology. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 6:301-806. Ap1879. Refers Poterophora Wolle toan hepatic protonema or fern prothallium. 82. Babcock, H. H. Chicago Hydrant water. The Lens. 1:103. 1872.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:182,183. 1Ap1872.) (Grevil- lea. 1:13. J11872.) 83. Organisms in Chicago drinking water.—(Am. Nat. 7:123. F1873.) « Brief review of a paper read at the Dubuque meeting of the Ameri- can Association. 84. Bernard de la Pylaie, A. J. M. Flore de l’lle de Terre-neuve et des Iles Saint Pierre et Miclon. F. Didot. 4to. 1-128. 1829. Paris. List of algae. 85. Bailey, J. W. On fossil Infusoria discovered in Peat- earth at West Point, N. Y., with some notices of American species of Diatomae. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 35:118-124. pl. 2 Jal839. Names 6 species of diatoms. a OD. Letter on fossil Infusoria of Massachusetts. K. Hitchcock's Final Report Geol. Mass. 2:311-315. (1951840.) 1841. 87. A Sketch of the Infusoria, of the family Bacil- laria, with some account of the most interesting species which have been found in a recent or fossil state in the United States. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 41:284-305. pl. 3. O1841. 42:88-105. pl. 2, OND1841. 43:321-882. pl. 5. JIAgS1842. Reports of the 1st, 2d and 3d meetings of the Association of American Geolo- gists and Naturalists for 1840, 1841 and 1842. Trans. Ass. Am. Geol. Nat. 1840-42 :112-164. pl. 17-3. 1848. 88. HKhrenberg’s Notices of American Infusoria. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 43:3938-395. JlAgS1842. 89. 'On Microscopic fossils from the Infusorial stra- tum of ay Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 45:3138. JlAgS1843. 90. Account of some new Infusorial Forms discov- ered in the Fossil Infusoria from Petersburg, Va., and Piscata- way, Md. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 46:137-141. pl. 3. OND1843. woe ss * eee Sy 304 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, 91. Bailey, J. W. On some new species of American Desmid- iaceae from the Catskill Mountains. Am. Geol. Nat. Ass. Re- ports. 1843.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 1:126,127. 4f My1846.) Three species are described. 92. Notes on the Algae of the United States. Am. Geol. Nat. Ass. Reports. 1843.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. IL. 3 380-86. 399-403. My1847. II. 6:37-42. N1848. ) From this list it appears that 172 species of Algae are now known to occur in the United States. 93. Notice of a Memoir by C. G. Ehrenberg: ‘On the Extent and Influence of Microscopic Life in North and South America.” Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 46:297,313. JaFMr1844. 94. . Notice of some new localities of Infusoria, Fossil and Recent. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 48 :321-848. pl. 4. Ap1845. 95. Notes on the Infusoria of the Mississippi river. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:33-35. 1845-48. 96. on a still more difficult test object. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 7:265-270. My1849. ie On a process for detecting the remains of Infusoria, etc., in Sedimentary Deposits. Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci. 1849:409. (21A¢1849.) Ag1850. 98. Discovery of an Infusorial stratum in Florida. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 10;282. N1850. 99. Microscopical examination of Soundings, made by the U. S. Coast Survey off the Atlantic coast of the United States. Smiths. Cont. Knowl. 23:1-15. 1 pl. (24D1850.) 1851. A number of Diatoms noted. 100. Microscopical Observations made in South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Smiths. Cont. Knowl. 28 :1-48. pl. 1-8. (1D1850.) 1851. Lists of Diatoms, Desmids and other Algae reported from a large ‘number of localities. 101. Reply to Mr. De la Rue’s remarks on the Navicula spencerii, contained in the American Journal of Sci- ence, vol. ix, p. 23., with a notice of two new test objects. Am Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 11:82-84. My1851. 102. Fossil Infusoria of the Southern Rice Fields. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 11:85. My1851. 103. —. Localities of Terpsinée musica Ehr. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 11:85. My1851. 104. Fossil Infusoria of Maryland. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. I]. 11:85, 86. My1851. Some remarks on the Navicula spencerii, and — Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAR. 805 105. Bailey, J. W. On the real nature of the so-called “orifices” in Diatomaceous shells. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. IL. 11:349, 350. My1851. 106. On the cell-membrane of Diatomaceous shells. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 11:350, 851. My1851. 107. Infusoria in Hudson river ice. Am. Jour. Sci. ete lbs o1. My1851. me, 108. List of Diatomaceae, collected by the United States Exploring Expedition under Capt. Wilkes, U. S. N. _ Proc. Phil. Acad. 6:431, 432. 2501853. Eighty species are noted. ~ AKGER Examination of some deep Soundings from _ the Atlantic Ocean. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 17:176-178. — My1854. 110. - On some new localities of fossil Diatomaceae in California and Oregon. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 17:179, » 180. My1854. Ss iT, —. On a mode of giving permanent flexibility to Bs _ brittle specimens in Botany and Zoology. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. em IL 18:100-102. N1854. 112. Notes on new species and localities of Micro- Bx - gcopical Organisms. Smiths. Cont. Knowl. 7?:1-15. 7 pi. oe (N1853.) 1855. hs A description of fossil Diatoms from California is given. 16 new a> | species of living forms described. Also a list of diatoms and desmids found in the Croton water in New York and a list of dia- toms from Halifax, Nova Scotia. “f ‘€ 113. On some new localities of Fossil Diatomaceae. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 3:91, 92. 1855. ee California and Oregon are cited. gy 114. On some new species of Diatomaceae. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 3:93,94. 1855. ie 115. New mode of cleaning Diatomaceous deposits. _ Am, Jour. Sci. Arts. JI. 21:145,146. My1856.—(Bull. Soc. Bot. __-~*France. 3:445,446. 1856.) 116. . Onsome specimens of deep sea bottom, from . the sea of Kamtschatka, collected by Lieut. Brooks, U.S. N. | Am. Jour. Sci. Arts Il. 21:284,285. My1856.—(Quart. Jour. " Mic. Sci. 4:305,806. 1856. ) LZ, New method of disintegrating masses of - Fossil Diatomaceae. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 21:356,857. - My1856. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 4:302,3038. 1856. ae oa ir eh: _ % <3 a tae eee, 306 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 118. Bailey, J. W. Onthe non-existence of polarizing silica in the organic kingdoms. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 21:357,358. My1856.—( Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 4:303,305. 1856.) 119; Notice of Microscopic forms found in the soundings of the Sea of Kamtschatka. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. I. 22:1-6. pl. 1. N1856. Comparison with species found in different portions of the United States. 120. —-——. Letter from J. W. Bailey, U. S. Military Academy, at West Point, relative to the characteristics deducible from specimens of bottom, brought up in sounding the Florida section of the Gulf Stream. Rep. Supt. Coast Sur- vey for 1855. 360. (1601855.) 1856. Washington. A great number of known species of diatoms found in these sur-. roundings. 121. Report upon the results of microscopic ex- aminations of the Soundings made by Lieut. Berryman of the U.S. Navy, on his recent voyages to and from Ireland in the Arctic. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 23:153-157. Mr1857. Comparison with species from the Gulf of Mexico. 122. Fresh water Sketches. Am. Nat. 5:334-340. J11871. 123. — ——. The Bailey Collection of Diatomaceae in the Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History, by Prof. H. L. Smith. The Lens. 1:288. N1872.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:78. 151873.) ——. See Harvey, W. H. and Bailey, J. W. 124. Bailey, L. W. Notes on new species of microscopical organisms, chiefly from the Para river, South America. Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 829. 2 pi. 1861. 12. Letter on Diatomaceous earths of Maine. 2d Ann. Report Nat. Hist. and Geol. St. Maine. 395-401. (13N) 1862. Lists of diatoms and other algal forms. 126. Notes on Diatomaceae from the St. John river. Can. Nat. and Geol. 8:92-95. Ap1863. A list of 60 diatoms from Harris’ Cove, Kennebeckasis river, New Brunswick is given. Thirteen species observed in melting ice of St. John river are named; also several species of desmids and diatoms from a pond at Fredricton. 127. pl. 13. D1867. Desmids and diatoms. Am. Nat. 1:505-517. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 307 128. Bailey, S. A. Infusorial earths. Ann. Report Board of Regents Smithsonian Inst. 1866:46. 1872. Specimens from Utica, New York, presented to the Museum. 129. Balen, A. D. Pithophora kewensis. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:218. (20 N.) D1885. Record of locality near Plainfield, New Jersey: 130. Volvox globator kept alive for three months. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 2:48, 49. (5 F.) Mr1886. 131. Banks, C. W. Slides of arranged and isolated Diatoms. Proc. San Fran. Mic. Soc. F1885. 132. Barbour, E. H. Living fossils. Bot. Gaz. 17:223. J11892. Describes a Chara at Fall River, South Dakota. 133. B(arnes), C. R. The chlorophyll bands of Spirogyra. Bot. Gaz. 9:18. Jal884. An easy way of counting the number of bands. 134. Bartlett, J. The Ague Plant. Grevillea. 1:95. D1872. 2:142, 148. Mr1874.—(Quek. Mic. Club. Jour. 3:116, 117. 1873.) (Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:75,76. 1F1873.). 135. Barton, B. W. On the origin and development of the stichidia and tetrasporangia in Dasya elegans. Studies Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ. 5:279-282. f. 1-6. (Ap.) O1893. 136. Bauer, F. Some experiments on the Fungi which constitute the coloring matter of the Red Snow discovered in Baffin’s Bay Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London. Part L. 165-173. pl. 17. (11My.) 1820.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 2:356. 1820.) 137. Bayard, 8S. F. Algae of Rhode Island. Ann. Rec. Sci. and Indus. 342. 1872-73. 138. Beal, W. J. Observations on the conjugation of Meso- carpus pleurocarpus.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 16:244. 1981889.) Described at meeting of the Club, August 30, 1889. 139. Mesocarpus pleurocarpus. The Microscope. 10:172-174. $f. Jel890. 140. Beale, L. Test objects for the microscope. (Gramma- tophora subtilissima, Hyalodiscus subtilis.) Am. Nat. 1: 158. My1867. . Bean, See Leffman and Bean. 141. Beckwith, E. F. Resohkution of Amphipleura. The Microscope. 5:131. 1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 5:726. 1885.) 142. Bennett, A. W. Volvox globator. Am. Jour. Mic. 3:217-220. 1 pl. O1878. Re CU eg Ce EN a NT 308 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 143. Bennett, A. W., Volvox globator. Am. Nat. 12: i 815,816. D 1878. Report upon investigations of Ferd. Cohn. 144, The Structure and affinities of Characeae. Am. Nat. 12:818,819. D1878. . 145. Internal spore-formation in Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 20:280,281. Mr1886.) Account of the observations of Count A. F. Castracane and Mr. F, Kitton. 146. ————. Movements of Desmids. Am. Nat. 20:379,380. Ap1886. : i> 147. Pleomorphism of Algae. Am. Nat. 20:380. Ap1886. 148. Bennett, J. L. Plants of Rhode Island, being an ‘enumeration of plants growing without cultivation in the state of Rhode Island. Proc. Prov. Frankl. Soc. 1—128. 1888.— (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:299. .2N1888.)—(Am. Nat. 22: 1026, 1027. N1888.) Eight species of Characeae and 619 species of other algae listed. 149. Bergen, J. Y. Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:198. O1883.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 3: 922. 1883. ) 150. Berggren, S. Alger fran Groenlands inlandis. Oefvers. Kong]. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. 28:298-296. 1871. A species of Ancylonema considered as new by the author. 151. Bessey, €. E. The study of Botany in the United States. Am. Nat. 15:732-734. $1881. 152. The abundance of Fresh-water Algae. Am. Nat. 16:48. Jal882. An unusual growth of algae in autumn in central Iowa, caused by the wet season. 153. The systematic arrangement of the Thallo- phytes. Am. Nat. 16:438-46. Jal882. A discussion of the systems of leading Botanists. 154, Pacific coast Botany. Am. Nat. 16:811, 812. > O1882. A brief review of the work that has been carried on in western United States in the different lines of Botany. 155. ————. Botany in Minneapolis. Am. Nat. 17:79. . Jal883. SS The Botanical course at the summer school at the University of = Minnesota described. 156. Hybridism in Spirogyra. Am. Nat. 18:67,68. 1 f. Jai884.—(Bot. Gaz. 9:30. F1884.) : Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 309 157. Bessey, C. E. Sexuality in Zygnemaceae. Am. Nat. 18:421, 422. Ap1884.—(Science 6:224, 225. 11S1885. )—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soe, II. 5: 1038, 1039. D1885.)—( Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 34:29). 1886.) A brief abstract from Nature with additional notes upon the subject. 158. Preliminary lists of the Protophytes, Zygo- phytes, Oophytes, Carpophytes and Bryophytes of the Ames Flora. Bull. Bot. Dept. Iowa Ag. Coll. 183-150. 1884.—(Bot. Gaz. 10:249. Mr1885. ) 159. Botany in Kansas.—(Am. Nat. 19:73. Ja1885.) A dozen algae identified by F. Wolle. cad - 160. Botany at Salem—(Am. Nat. 19:605, 606. — ———«SJe1 885.) a. An extract from annual report of work of Peabody Academy of Science. Algae were given especial attention. 161. Attempted hybridization between Pond-scums - of different genera. Am. Nat. 19:800-802. Ag1885. eee 162. . Botanical work in Minnesota. Am. Nat. (22:66, 67. Jal888. Forty-three species of desmids and diatoms are listed. 163. —-. Pediastrum and Polyedrium. Am. Nat. 22: 1026. N1888. : 164. Algae growing on animals. Am. Nat. 22:1028. N1888. Three species of algae on hairs of sloths. - 165. . Supplementary list of recently reported spe- - cies. +Cont. Bot. Dept. Univ. Nebraska N. S$. 3:45-53. 1892. — Fifty-six species of algae listed. mee 166, The Sargasso Sea. By Dr. O. Kriimmel. = (Am. Nat. 26: 251,252. Mr1892.) 167. Bicknel, E. An exhibition of Diatoms thrown up by the sea at Marblehead, Massachusetts. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. ~ 19:384. 1871—(Am. Nat. 4:578. N1870.)—(Mo. Mic. Jour. fe «84. 1Jal871.) RS Report given at the 19th meeting of the A. A. A.S. 2 168. Bigelow, R. P. On the structure of the frond in Be. Champia parvula Harv. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. N.S. 15: s W. S. 23:111-121. 7 pl. 1f. (16Je1887.) 1888—(Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci. 36:274,275, (Ag1887.)1888.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1888:623. Agi888. 1889:418. Je1889.)—(Bot. Centralb. 34:99,100. 1888.) 169. Biscoe, J. D. Amphipleura pellucida by moonlight. —(Am. Nat.7:55. Ja1873.) 310 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 170 Blackburn, W. On Dr. Carpenter’s address delivered at Montreal to the Histological and Microscopical Section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. (Diatom tests.) Mic. News. 29. 1883. London. 171. Blackford, E. Green bearded oysters.—(The Micro- scope. 3:33-35. Ap1883. ) 172. Blackham, G. E. Pleurosigma aiirnlaen Am, Jour, Mic. Pop. Sci. 5:160. J11880. 173. Blake, J. On some diatoms from a hot spring in Pueblo Valley, Humboldt county, Nevada. (1871.) Proc. Cal. Acad. 4:183. 1868-72.—(Am. Nat. 5:716. N1871.)—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 4:148,149. Agi1872.)—(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 10:312. 1872.)—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:71. 1F1873. ) Red algae and about 50 species of diatoms. 174. . On algae found growing in hot springs at dif- ferent temperatures. (1871.) Proc. Cal. Acad. 4:193. 1868-72. 175. Blake, W. P. Notice of remarkable strata containing the remains of Infusoria and Polythalamia in the Tertiary for- mation of Monterey, California. Proc. Phil. Acad. 7: 3828-331. 24Ap1855. Specimens of these strata were found to be rich in marine diatoms. 176. Boldt, R. Desmidieer fran Groenland. Bihang Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18: Afd. IIT’. 1-48. pl. 1, 2. (8Je 1887) 1888.—(Bot. Centralb. 38:736-739. 1889.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:676, 677. O1889.)—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:20. 15Ja1890. ) A list of desmids with a description of new species in 4 genera. REC: Grunddragen af Desmidieernas utbreduing i norden. Bihang Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 13: Afd. Til’. 1-110. (8Je1887.) 1888. 178. Nagra soetvattens—alger fran Groenland. Bot. Notiser. 156-158. 7 f. 1898. Fourteen species named. 179. Booth, M. A. Mailing packages of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:100. My1884. 180. Bornet, E. and Flahault, C. Note sur le genre Aulo- sira. Bull. Soc, Bot. France. 32: 119-122. pl. 4. (183Mr) 2My1885. Montevideo specimens. 131: Revision des Nostocacees heterocysteis con- tenues dans les principaux Herbiers de France. Ann. Sci. Nat. vil. $:323-881. 1885. 4:3843-373. 1885. 5:51-129. 1886. %:177- 262. 1887. Numerous species described from various American localities. | ar coh Rg Saale iain ha Wil A OS Bit Sk aR CBO i % ‘ aad ; ‘Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 311 182. Bornet, E. and Grunow, A. Mazaea, nouveau genre a’Algue de l’ordre des Cryptophycees. Bull. Soc. Bot. France. 28: 297-289. pl. 7. (25N1881.) F 1882. A new fresh water form collected in Brazil. 183. Boyer, €. 8. A fossil marine Diatomaceous Deposit at St. Augustine, Florida. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 22:171-174. 18Ap1895. 184. A Diatomaceous Deposit from an Artesian Well at Wildwood, N. J. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 22:260-266. , 25Je1895. Eighty exclusively fresh water forms, 47 exclusively marine forms, and others found in both habitats. 185. Bragdon, A. A, The objectives which afford the most accurate knowledge of histology. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1: 89-93. My1880. . Pougnnce, us de Mov: See Gardner, J.,.. Brace, Ls’ 5. i. and Dolley, C.S. 186. Brannon, M. A. Grinnellia Americana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 34, 35. 1892. 187. Braun, A. A brief notice of the Charae of North America. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 46:92, 98. O-N-D1843. 188. Die in Columbien und Guyana aufgefundenen Characeen. Berl. Monatsb. 349-367. 1858. 189. Fragmente einer Monographie der Characeen. (Posthumous. ). Herausgeg. von O. Nordstedt. (Sep. —Abdr. aus Abhandl. Koenig]. Akad. Wiss. (Phys. 1. Kl.) 1892. Berlin. ' “Nur in America 23.” 190. Bray, W. L. Notes on Pediastrum. (Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 49. 1892.) 191. Brebisson, A.de. Description de quelques nouvelles 4 Diatomees observees dans le guano du Perou, formant le genre : Spatangidium. Ann. Sci. Nat. iv. 9:91-96. pl. 4b. 1858. : J : Five species described. 192. Breckenfeld, A. H. An Infusorian in the water of San Francisco. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:4,5. Jal884. Probably Ceratium longicorne. 193. The life history of Vaucheria. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:2-6. 6f. Jal1885. | 194. Abnormal forms of Vaucheria. The Micro- e scope. 6:247. N1886. . Remarks made at San Francisco Microscopical Society at the meet- yf ing of August 11, 1886. 812 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 195. Breckenfeld, A. H. Howto study Pond Life.—(Am. © Mo. Mic. Jour. 11: 241,242. $1890. Paper read at meeting of San Francisco Microscopical Society, August 13, 1890. 196. Breitenbach, W. Protective Mimicry in Marine Life. (Pop. Sci. Mo. 26:365-368. Jal885..)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:1389. J11885.) Notes on the Sargasso Sea. 197. Brewer, W. H. Observations on the presence of living species in hot and saline waters in California. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 41:391-3938. My1866. 198. Notes on the organisms of the Geysers of California. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 42:429. N1866. 199. Bridgman, L. B. Zoospores in Spirogyra condensata. Erythea. 1:128-130. 1893. Probably Chytridium zoospores. 200. Briggs, S, A. Some of the Diatomaceae of Lake Michigan. The Lens. 1:45. 1872. : 201. Some of the Diatomaceae of Upper Lake Huron and the Sault. The Lens. 1: 2385-287. 1872. 202. Contributions towards a complete list of Rhode Island Diatoms. (Addition to Olney’s Catalogue.) The Lens. 2:161-163. 1873. 203. The Diatomaceae in the soundings of the Ex- pedition for the Exploration of the Baltic. The Lens. 2:232. 1 pl. 1878. 204. Brigham, C. B. The fresh water Aquarium. Am. Nat 3:181-1386. My. 3:207-212. Je. 3:373-377. S. 3:486-490. N 1869. 4:23-27. Mr1870. 205. Britton, N. L. On the composition and distribution of the Flora of New Jersey.—( Bot. Gaz. 9: 156. ON1884.) Read before the Botanical Club in Minneapolis. 10 species of Chara, 110 species and 4 varieties of marine algae, 510 species of fresh water algae, and 450 species of diatoms. 206. On an Archaean plant from the White Crystalline Limestone of Sussex county, New Jersey. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 4:123,124. pl. 7. (9 Ja.) F1888. 207. Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey. 1-642. 1889.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. ITI. 40:171,172. Agi1890.) - 208. John Strong Newberry. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:89-98. 15Mr1893. One diatom and 3 species of other algae named in honor of Professor Newberry. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 313 — 209. Broadhead, G.C. Note oncoal measure Fucoids. Arm. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 2: 216-217. $1871. 210. Brooks, W. K. The origin of the Food of Marine Animals. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1893. 13:87-92. 1894. 211. Browne, P. The civil and natural history of Jamaica. 8 parts. 1-503. pl. 1-50. 1756. Osborne. London.—EKd. 2. i-viii. 1-508. (123.) pl. 1-50. 1789. White & Son, London. Ag Remarks on sea weeds. oe 212. Brown, R. On the origin and mode of propagation of the Gulf weed. Proc. Linn. Soc. 2:77-80. 1855,—(Misc. Bot. Works of Robert Brown. 1:579-582. 1866.) _. Read before the Linnean Society May 7, 1850. Ss fee 213. On the nature of the discoloration of the i : _ Arctic Seas. (1867.) Edin. Bot. Soc. Trans. 9:244-252. 1868. _ —(Quart. Jour. Mic. Soc. 8:240-247. 1868.)—(Am. Nat 2: 383, 884. +§1868.)—(Petermann Mitth. 15:21-23. 1869.) a Read before the Edinburgh Botanical Society, Dec. 1867. The discol- a oration caused by a diatom. Bi 214. Brun, W. New process of preparing Diatoms. Am. "Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:222, 238. D1882. e. 215. Brunt, G. van. Bad Taste of Water. Proc. Pough- _____ keepsie Soc. Nat. Sci. 1 :128-181. (27D.) 1875. ‘an Remarks on algae. a 216. Removing Air from Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Si Jour. 4:39. 1883. ees = 217, Desmidiaceae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:59, 60. oa Note of address before the New York Microscopical Society. i 218. Preparation of Bacillaria paradoxa. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:60. Mr1883. 219. Prof. Hamilton L. Smith’s New Mounting Medium. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:158, 159. (15My.) Je1885. 220. Burgess, E.S. Notes on the larger fresh-water algae of the District of Columbia.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7: 239, 240. D1886. ) Paper read before the Washington Microscopical Society at the 50th regular meeting. 221. ‘Works on fresh-water algae accessible in Washington. (Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:13, 14. Ja1888.) Abstract of paper read before the Washington Microscopical Society Nov. 8, 1887. a - ote eT hy Po) aot toe Bi IY. St ie sees ee ; 1 SS ran ene ne eke eae oY ; : ge Eb : oS rs | eeteet dagen aes e ts 3s 814 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 222. Burgess, E. S. Fresh water Algae.—(Am. Nat. 22: 669-679. Ag1888.)—(The Microscope. §:344, 345. N1888.) Condensed from a lecture given at the U.S. Nat. Museum, Wash- ington, D. C., Jan. 7, 1888. . See Farlow, W. G., Nichols, and Burgess, E. 8. 223. Burnett, W. J. The Family of Vibrionia (Ehrenberg) not animals, but plants. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 195-199. (22Ag¢1850.) 1851. 224. Bush, Mrs. M. A. Marine Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1866:426. (4D) 1866. Ninety-five specimens donated to the Museum. 225. Butler, Eloise. An active Desmid. Am. Nat. 16:584. J11882. 226. ——_. Desmids (Desmidieae.) Bot. Gaz. 11 :148, 149. Je1886. Directions for collecting. 227. Calkins, G. N. The Microscopical Examination of Water. 23d Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 397-421. 1892. 228. On Uroglena, a Genus of Colony-building In- fusoria observed in certain Water Supplies of Massachusetts. 23d Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health, 647-658. pl. 1-4. 1892. Compared with Volvox. 229. ————. A study of Odors observed in the Drinking Waters of Massachusetts. 24th Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 3855-379. 1893. A number of algae are discussed. 230. The Seasonable Distribution of Microscopical Organisms in Surface Waters. 24th Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 383-390. 1892. Diatomaceae, Cyanophyceae and other algae. 231. Campbell, D. H. Plants of the. Detroit river. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 13:93,94. Je1886. Eighty-seven species of algae listed. 232. Some Abnormal Forms of Vaucheria. Am. Nat. 20:552,553. Je1886. 233. Coloring the Nuclei of Living Cells. Bot. Gaz. 12:192,193. . Ag1887. The spermatozoids of Chara used with good results. 234. The absorption of Aniline Colors by Living Cells. Bot. Gaz. 12:198,194. Ag1887. Describes the effect of various dyes upon Spirogyra, Zygnema, etc. 235. . The study of Fucus in Inland Laboratories. Bot. Gaz. 14:182. J11889. _ Febr, N MES eT NI a ei ey ee Le Bee hee ty MR een were i , } ‘ a os >» oe Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 315 236. Campbell, D. H. Studies in Cel! Division. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:118-121. pl. 102-103. QMy1890. Mentions a number of common algal forms used in experiments. Cardot, J. See Delamare, E., Renauld, F.and Cardot, J. 237. Carruthers, J. B. On the Cystocarps of some species of Callophyllis and a Jour. Linn. Soc. 29: 77-86. (Je1890.) 1893. The Rhodymenia atuated® was collected from Santa Cruz, Bay of Monterey, by Dr. C. L. Anderson. 238. Carruthers, W. On the History and Affinities of Ries British Coniferae. Geol. Sect. Brit. Ass. at Liverpool. 1870. Gr A871. States reasons for placing Prototaxites among the algae. 239. On the History, Histological Structure and Affinities of Nematophycus logani Carr. (Prototaxites logani EOD); an Alga of Devonian Age. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8: 160-172. ipl. $1, 82, 101872. A banadian fossil form. 240. Carter, F. B. Desmids. Their Life History and their Classification.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:19. Jail889. 10:45. F1889.)—10: 35-38. F1859. 10:73-79. 7 pl. Ap1889. Abstract of paper read before the Essex county, New Jersey, Micro- scopical Society. 241. Diatoms. Their Life History and their Classi- fication. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:276-280. D1890. 12:1-6. Ja. 12:81-85. Ap. 12:97-101. pl 27. My. 12:121-123. pl 2. Je1891.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 19:27, 28: 15Ja1892.) Read before the Essex county, New Jersey, Microscopical Society, Nov. 13, 1890. 242 Cassin, J. A collection of Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1864:145. (8My) 1864. The entire collection of Mr. Ashmead bequeathed to the Society. 243. Striae of the Diatomaceae.—(Am. Jour. Mic. 6:189-181. S. 6:194-197. 01881.) 244. Castracane, A. F. Report on the Diatomaceae collec- ted by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. The ? voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Bot. 2:1-170. pl. 1-30. (D1884.) 1886.—(Bot. Centralb. 33:258. 1888.) 245. Le raccolte di Diatomee pelagiche del Chal- lenger. Atti. Accad. Pontif. Nuov. Linc. 39: 1887. Rome. 246. Certes, A. Sur Vabondance de la Pinnularia viridis dans les depots du Cap Horn. Rap. sur les Protozoaires. Miss. Sci. Cap Horn. 20. 1889. Paris. ERE eT EET EL NOR Re nT Meee re ONT ghee re eae ~ 316 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 247. Chaloner, A. D. Infusoria. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1:169. (83My.) ApMy1842. Inquiry concerning property of evolving oxygen gas under influence of sun’s rays. 248. Chamberlain, C. W. Some of the organic Impurities found in Drinking Waters. 5th Ann. Rep. Conn. St. Bd. Health for 1882. 260-280. pl. 7,2. 1888. Chapman, E. T. See Wanklyn, J. A. and Chapman, BT: 249. Chase, H. H. and Walker, W .C. Onsome new and rare Diatoms. I. 2 pl. 1886. Utica, N. Y.—(Bot. Centralb. 32:97-98. 1887.) II and III. 1-12. 3 pl. 1887.—Daily News Print, Flint, Mich. 1887.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1887:788. 01887.) —(Bot. Centralb. 33:130, 181. 1888.) Chase, H. H. See Thomas, B. W. and Chase, H. H. 250. Cheeseman, KE. L. An Alga in an Aquarium. With note by the editor. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:41. Mr1883. 251. A growing Slide. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:53. Mr1885. 252. Christian, T. Diatoms in Barbadoes Deposit. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:179,180. $1888. 253. Photo-micrographs of a new Diatom—Melona- vicula marylandica. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:218. N1886. 254, New Diatomaceous Deposits.—(The Micro- scope. 4:65-68. 6 f. Mr1887.) Extract from paper read before the Richmond Microscopical Society. A number of forms from an artesian well at Cambridge, Maryland, at a depth of 200 feet. 255. Chute, R. Infusorial Earth. Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents. Smiths. Inst. 1866: 46. 1872. Specimens from St. Anthony’s Falls were added to the Museum. 256. Clark, F.C. RedSnow. Am. Nat. 9:129-135. Mr1875. 257. Clark, Josephine A. Card—Index of Genera, Species and Varieties of Plants published since 1885. Washington, D. C., U.S. A. 1892—. Index of new species of algae. 258. Clark, J. Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns observed in the vicinity of Cincinnati. Adopted and published by the Western Academy of Natural Sciences. Cincinnati. 1-30. 1852. Chara flexilis included. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAR. 317 259. Cleburne, W. Fossil Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1857: ii. (12My1857.) 1858. Two specimens from Minnesota. _ 260. Clendenin, Ida. Observations on the Zoospores of Chaetophora endiviaefolia. Asa Gray Bull. No. 5. 13. 1894. 261. Cleve, P.T. On Diatoms from the Arctic Sea. Bihang Kong]. Svenska. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1: No. 13. 4 pl. 1872-73. 262. Diatoms from the West Indian Archipelago. Bihang. Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 6: No. 8. 1880. 2638. Fiirskvattens—Diatomaceer fran Groenland och Argentinska Republiken. 1. Diatomaceer fran Groenland. we Oefvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. 38: No. 10. 38-7. 1881. - ~-—(Bot. Centralb. 11:43. 1882.) 2. Diatomaceer fran Argen- _ tinsk a Republiken. Oefvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. 38: No. 10. 7-13. 1881. Zee is Bol. Cordoba. 4: 191-197. 1882. -_- Buenos Ayres.) es. 264, On some New and little Known Diatoms. _ Bihang. Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18: No. 5. 1882. ie" Nt Specimens collected from Brazil, Florida and California. 265. Diatoms collected during the expedition _ ofthe Vega. Vega-Expeditionens. Vet. Jakt. 3: 1883. Stock- _- holm.—(Bot. Centralb. 18:132, 183. 1884.) aS Species from Point de Galli and Behring Sea. ‘s 266. On the diatoms collected during the Arctic ___—s expedition of Sir George Nares. Jour, Linn. Soc. 20:313-317. ~~ (9Ap1883.) 1884. 267. _ Note sur les Diatomees trouvees dans la pous -_ gsiere glaciale de la cote orientale du Groenland. Le Diatom- = iste. 75. 1892. ae 268. K 75. 1892—(Ann. Microgr. 351. 1893.)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. F =: 15:214, 215. 7 pi. J11894.) : Several forms from American localities. Les Diatomees de l’Equateur. Le Diatomiste.. Diatomees rares ou nouvelles. Le Diatomiste. 369. __ fe 2:99. 7 ol. ; One hundred and thirty-seven species and varieties with several new from Ecuador. 270. Cleve, P. T. and Grunow, A. Beitraege zur Kenntniss der Arctischen Diatomeen. (1879.) Akad. Handl. 17: No. 2. 1881. . Gatherings made in Greenland. 818 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 271. Cleve, P. T. and Kitton, F. New Diatoms. Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. 5:1878.—(Grevillea. 7:67-71. D1878.) One hundred and seventy-seven species of diatoms, of which 25 are considered to be new, collected in the West Indian archipelago. 272. New Diatoms. Addenda et Corrigenda.—Gre- villea. 4:115. Mr1879. 273. Cleveland, D. Marine Algae of San Diego, California. 1885. 274. (Clifford, G.) To fasten arranged Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 15:222, 223. J11894. 275. Clinton, G. P. Pleodorina in Illinois. Bot. Gaz. 19: 383, 3884. 1581894. 276 Cockerell, T. DB. A. Contributions towards a list of the Faunaand Flora of Wet Mountain Valley, Colorado. West Am. Scient. 6:153-155. (N) 1889.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:48. 5F'1890. ) Thirty-one algae named. 277. Cohn, F. Janisch’s Photogramma der Bacillariaceen von der Expedition der ‘‘Gazelle.” Jahresb. Schles. Gesell. Viterl. Cult. 1878. Breslau. 278. . Ueber eine Groenlandische Thermalalge. Bericht. Thitig. Bot. Sekt. Schles. Gesell. 196. 1886. 279. Cole, T. List of Infusorial objects found in the neigh- borhood of Salem, Massachusetts. Proc. Essex. Inst. 1853. 280. Collingwood, €. Observations on the microscopic Alga which causes the discoloration of the sea in various parts of the world. Trans. Mic. Soc. 16: 85-92. pl. 7. 1868. 281. Collins, F. S. A Laminaria new to the United States. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 7:117, 118. N1880. Notes occurrence of L. longipes Bory and two other Laminarias on the Maine coast. 282. Notes on New England Marine Algae. I; Bull?) Torr. Bot. Club. 9769-71. My1882. IT. 10:55,3as My18838. III. 11:29, 30. Mrl884. IV. 11:1380-132. ND1884. V. 18: 335-341. 15N1891. 283. Algae from Atlantic City, N. J., collected by S. R. Morse. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:309-314. 4D1888. One hundred and eight species enumerated. 284. Brachytrichia quoyii (Ag.) Bornet & Flahault. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17: 175, 176. 1J11890. A discussion of the various descriptions of the plant under different names. E. ; “2 X * f 4 rf k: * a mT ¢ ‘a +, Pee ee es a ey ae es eS! Ye > eee ee rr PERRET. ON eee ie 1 es 7 ‘ - Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE, 319 Collins, F.8. See Dame, L. L. and Collins, F. S. 285. Congdon, E. A. Diatoms.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 13:124. J11886. ) A list of 22 fossil diatoms discovered near Clove lake reported to the Natural Science Association of Staten Island. 286. Conser, H. N. The examination of Nostoc. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:246. N1889. 287. Coombe, J. N. On the Animality of the Diatom. The Microscope (Smiley.) N. S. 2:187-189. D1894. 288. Coulter, S. Spirogyra under Shock. Bot. Gaz. 12: 153-157. f. 1-5. J11887.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Society. 1887:999. D1887.) 289. Coville, F. V. Botany of the Death Valley Expedition. U.S. Dept. Agric. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:1-300. (231-233. ) 1893. Two species of Chara and about 5 species of other algae are reported. 290. Cox, C. F. Cement for Mounting. Am. Mo. Mice. Jour. 5:140. 1884.—(Zeits. wiss. Mik. 2:88. 1885.) Dot, . What is a Diatom? Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. §:1-28. (18D1891.) Jal892.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 19:104, 105. 5Mr1892.) 292. Interesting items on Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:32-37. F1892. 2038. On recently discovered Deposits of Diatoma- ceous Harth in the Adirondacks. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12:219, 220. (8My.) 1893 294. Cox, E. T. A trap for catching Diatoms and Animal- cules. Am. Jour. Mic. 3:59. Mr1878. 295. Cox, J.D. Isthmia nervosa.—A study of its modes of growth and reproduction. Am. Jour. Mic. 3:97-101. 4/f. My. 3:125-130. 2/f. Je1878.— (Brebissonia 1:18, 14. slAg. 1:29-32. pl 2, f. 1-6. 28S. 1:45-48. 280. 1:65-71. 28N1878.)—(Am. Quart. Mic. Jour. 1:81, 82. 01878.) 296, Surirella craticula, an abnormal form of Nav- icula cuspidata. Am. Jour. Mic. 4:97-100. f. 7, 2. My1879. —(Brebissonia. 1:192. 380Je1879. ) 297. C(ox), J: D. Motion of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:206, 207. N1881.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 1:649. 1881.) 298. Cox, J. D. Structure of the Diatom Shell. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:45-49. Mr. 5:66-69. Ap. 5:85 89. My. 5:104-109. Je1884.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II, 4:941. 1884.) i let! he ee is A 3s oe aha ceils Make ea GR gil oN a ts ~ 320 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 299. Cox,J.D. Photography with high powers by lamp light. Illustrating the Structure of Diatoms. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 7th Ann. Meeting. 99-104. pl. 5. 1884. 300. . Structure of the Diatom Shell. Silicious films stoo thin to show a broken edge. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soe. II. 5:398-405. (Je)1885. A number of specimens from the United States were mentioned. 301. Some Diatom Hoops: The Question of their Mode of Growth (Aulacodiscus kittoni.) Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 8th, Ann. Meeting. 33-37. 2 f. 1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 6: 659, 660. Ag1886.) 302. —, Diatoms of the Gulf. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:145-147. Ag1885. 3038. Deformed Diatoms. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 18th Ann. Meeting. 178. 1890. Abnormalities in 16 genera described. 304. . The Coscinodisceae. Notes on some unreliable criteria of Genera and Species. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 13th Ann. Meeting. 180. 1890. 305. Diatoms: their Nutrition and Locomotion. The Microscope. 196-202. J11890. 306. Diatom Structure—The Interpretation of Mi- croscopical Images. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 7:73-87. (2Ja.) Apis9gl. 307. Cragin, F. W. Note on Characeae. Bull. Washburn Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist. 1:188. J11886. 308. On a leaf-bearing Terrane in the Loup Fork. Am. Geol. 8: 29-32. J11891. Contains list of diatoms found in a lacustrine marl deposit in Indian Territory. 309. Craig, T. A new Dictyosphaerium. Proc. Nat. Sci. Ass. I. 4:10. Jal894. 310. Croall, A. Marine Algae of Greenland. 68°-70° N. L. Trans. Edinb. Bot. Soc. 9:456-462. 1868. 311. Crotty, Gertrude. Methods of Collecting, Cleaning and Mounting Diatoms. Trans. 23d Meeting Kansas Acad. Sci. 12:81-83. (1889.) 1890. 312. Cuboni, G. Diatomee raccolte a San Bernardino dei Grigioni da Giuseppe De Notaris. Notarisia. 2:226. 1887. 313. Cunningham, K. M. Procuring and Cleaning Diatoma- ceae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:66, 67. Ap1880. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 3821 314. Cunningham, K. M. Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:14. Jel1881. Peso, . An excellent Method of Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:93. 1881.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soe. II. wey: 837. 1881.) 316. Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:14. Ja1882. Peal’. On collecting Marine Diatomaceae. Mic. ’ News. 3:59. 1888. London. i 318. Microscopic specimens about Mobile. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:60. Mr1885. Beaye Diatoms from Mobile Bay. ’ oe 819. New Find of Fossil Diatoms. Science. 7:35. —. 8Jal8s6. . oe i. : Statement made that at least 30 species of diatoms were found ina ve sample of clay from the vicinity of Philadelphia. me 320. -. A new find of fossil Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Seen vour. 7:39. 1886. f i A list of 14 genera of diatoms found in clay near Philadelphia. ‘ a, Eee B21. . Notice of Slides containing 35 selected Diatoms v ae of the Richmond fossil earth. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 47:79. RG Ap1886. a 322. Collecting and Cleaning Diatoms. The Micro- ee scope. 7%:331-336. N1887.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1438. 1888.) mee... 823. On the preparation of Type Plates and Ar- a: ranged Groups of Diatoms. The Microscope. §8:237-241. Ag —-:1888.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 152. 1889.) Be 824. The Diatoms of Mobile, Alabama. The Micro- scope. 9:105-108. Ap1889. Enumerates 137 species and varieties. ie 325. Arranging Diatoms. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 6:60. Ap1890. a 326. The Mobile Deposits. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. — 13:169, 170. J11892. Kifty-eight species of diatoms listed. 327. Diatomology. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:249- 258. N1892. 328. . Notes on some Researches among the Diatoma- eo, _ceae. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 9:85-115. 01893. 329. . A remarkable Collection of Photo-micrographs. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14: 339-342. D1893. Twenty-four specimens of diatoms prepared by Dr. Henderson, at Mobile, Alabama, about the year 1860. RMSE CERO IAS OIA NEN ce oe oN Recap Ne al a Cn Naa eB cae) wi den phat ly Caerak eee ‘ 822 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 330. Cunningham, K. M. Studies in the Biology of the Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 15:193-207. J11894. 3al. The Diatom considered as a Protozoan, with method of Demonstration. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 15:228-242. Ag1894. 332. A reply to Dr. Alfred C. Stokes’ Critical Communication, headed ‘‘A Note incidently in regard to the Animality of the Diatom, but especially to Mr. Cunningham’s Method of Illumination.’ The Microscope. (Smiley.) N.S. 2:185-187. D1894. 333. Curtis, G. B. On Cleaning and Mounting the Diato- maceae. Mic. Bull. 12. 1890.—(Nuova Notarisia. 52. 1890.) 334. Curtiss, GL. Diatoms of the Waters of Indiana. 12th Ann. Rep. Ind. Dept. Geol. Nat. Hist. 877-384. pl. 33-38. 1888. Figures numerous species and names most of them. 335. Cutter, E. On the Presence of the Forms of Life in the Central and Lateral surface Waters of Lakes and Ponds. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:186-188. O1880. 336. Dall, W. H. Arctic Marine Vegetation. Nature. 12:166. 111875. 337. Dallinger, W. H. On ‘‘Navicula crassinervis, Frus- tulia saxonica,’” and Navicula rhomboides, as Test Objects. (Mo. Mic. Jour..17:1-7. pl. 165, 166. 1Ja1877.) Read before the Royal Microscopical Society Dec. 6, 1876. 338. Additional Note on the Identity of Navicula crassinervis, Frustulia saxonica, and N. rhomboides.—( Mo. Mic. Jour. 17: 173-178. pl. 176. 1Ap1877.) Read before the Royal Microscopical Society March 7, 1877. 339. Dame, L. L. and Collins, F. S. Flora of Middlesex county, Massachusetts. 1-181. (151-165). 1888.—(Bot. Gaz. 13:278. O1888.) Eleven species of Characeae and 204 species of other algae listed. 340. Dana, J. D. On American Geological History. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 22:305-349. N1856.—(Can. Nat. and Geol. 1:395-400. (Ag1855.) D1856. 1:401-480. Jal857.) Considers the Age of Algae to correspond to the Silurian and Devo- nian times. 341. Daubree, A. Deep-sea Deposits. Jour.des Savants. 738-748. D1892. 387-54. Jal893.—(Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents Smiths. Inst. 1898:345-566. (J11893.) 1894.) Statement made that Diatoms abound toward the polar regions. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE, 3823 342. Davidson, G. Diatoms.—(The Microscope. 9:311. O01889.)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:42. F 1890.) A collection from Lopez Island in Washington Sound presented to the San Francisco Microscopical Society Aug. 28, 1889. 343. Davis, B. M. Continuity of the Protoplasm in the Chantransia form of Batrachospermum. Bot. Gaz. 16:149. 7f. My1891.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1891:628 01891.) 344. . Development of the Frond of Champia parvula Harv. from the Carpospore. Ann. Bot. 6: 839-354. pl. 21. D1892.—(Zoe. 3:366. Jal893.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1893: 361. Jel893.) 845. Euglenopsis: a New Alga-like Organism. Ann. Bot. 8: 377-890. pl. 19. 1894. Specimens from Charles River, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 346. Notes on the Life History of a Blue-Green Motile Cell. Bot. Gaz. 19:96-102. 16Mr1894. 347. Davis, J. E. Diatom Slide.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:1387. J11887.) Specimens dredged from ocean bed at a depth of 1,750 fathoms, shown at the meeting of the San Francisco Microscopical Society May 27, 1887, 348. . Diatomaceous Earth.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. P2195. -Agi890. ) Contributions to the San Francisco Microscopical Society July 23, 1890. Specimens from Los Angeles county. 349. Dawson, G. M. On Foraminifera from the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. ITI. 1:204-210. Mr1871. 350. Dawson, J. W. Notice of the Natural History Collec- tions of the McGill University. Can. Nat. Geol. 7: 221-223. Je1862. The herbarium contains a collection of Algae. 351. The evidence of Fossil Plants as to the Climate of the Post-pliocene period in Canada. Can. Nat. and Geol. N.S. 3:69-76. F1866. Species of Fucus and Ulva are described but not determined. 352. Dawson, J. W, and Hinde, G. J. On New Species of Fossil Sponges from the Siluro-Cambrian at Little Metis on the Lower St. Lawrence. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 7!:31-55. 1889. Buthotrephis pergracilis Dawson is described. 353. Dawson, W. and Penhallow, D. P. On Nematophyton and allied forms from the Devonian (Erian) of Gaspé and Bay vy NOS ie? » ait ea a i Seay WP lite Wiig Batre Sve ie . SN by Wa 1) ay ey Wa a eas at Af Ray ee ut ¥ " zi. Save ? 4 iT 324 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. des Chaleurs. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 6*: 27-47. pl. 1,2. 1889. —(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:560. Ag1889. ) 354. Day, D. F. The Plants of Buffalo and its vicinity— Cryptogamae. Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 4:153-269. 1883. Two species of Chara, 1 of Nitella, and 203 species of other Algae listed. 355. Day, D. T. Infusorial Earth. U.S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U.S. 1885:483. 1886. Remarks upon the deposit in Maryland. 356. Infusorial Earth. U. S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U. S. 1886:4. 587, 588. 1887. The deposits in Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, New Jersey, New Mexico and the Pacific Coast States described. 357. . Infusorial Earth. U. S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U. S. 1887: 4. 554. 1888. Notes of a new deposit of infusorial earth opened at Pope’s Creek, Maryland. An analysis is made by Mr. P. de P. Ricketts of New York. 358. Infusorial Earth. U.S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U.S. 1888:6. 578, 579. 1890. States that the deposit in Maryland is probably the only producing locality in the United States, the others being practically abandoned. 359. Infusorial Earth. U. S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U.S. 1889-1890: 459. 1892. 360. ———. Infusorial Earth. U.S. Geol.. Surv. Miner Ress US, 1892: 5.752, 753; 1898. 361. Day, E. @. Stephanodiscus niagarae. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:41, 42. (2Ja.) 11885. States that it occurs abundantly in Niagara river and Lake Hrie. 362. Debes, E. The Mounting of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:65-67. Ap1886. 3638. Cultivation of Diatoms for Biological Purpo- ses. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. %:236. D1886. 364. Deby, J. Researches on the Cryptogamic Flora of the State of Georgia. Jour. Phil. Acad. II. 3:59-67. pl. 7. My1855. A discussion of the organization and morphology of Chlamidococcus pluvialis. 365. Receipts for Microscopists. Jour. Quek. Mic. Club. 6:165-167. 213. 1879-81.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:24, 25. F1881.) 366. Delamare, E., Renauld, F., Cardot, J. Florule de © V’Ile Miquelon. 8vo. 1-79. 1888. Lyons.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:201, 202. 2J11888.) De Long. See Long, de. 2. PIR) TAN RE TR Seg eat TOTP See ene CEM ay tee Te ae es Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 325 C 367. Deming, J. L. List of Diatoms from Granville, Ohio. Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. 3:114, 115. Ap1888. Twenty-four diatoms named. DePont. See Pont, de. 368. Detmers, H. J. American and Kuropean Microscopes. (Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 10:149. 1888.) Extract from an address delivered before the American Society of Microscopists on ‘‘What I saw in the Optical Establishments of Germany.” DeToni. See Toni, de. DeWildemann. See Wildemann, de. DeWitt. See Witt, de. 369. Dickie, G@. Notes on the Algae. Southerland’s Journal of a Voyage in Baffin’s Bay and Barrow Straits in the years 1850-51. 2. 1852. London. 370. —. Notes on Flowering Plants and Algae collec- ted during the Voyage of the ‘‘Isabel.” E. A. Inglefield’s A Summer Search for Sir John Franklin. Appendix. 1853. London. 371. Algae. J. D. Hooker’s An Account of the Plants collected by Dr. Walker in Greenland and Arctic America during the Expedition of Sir Francis M’Clintock, R. N., in the Yacht ‘‘Fox.” 21Je1860. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 5:79-88. 1861. Sixteen species from Port Kennedy. 372. Notes on a collection of Algae procured in Cumberland Sound by Mr. James Taylor, and Remarks on Arctic Species in General. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 9: 235-248, 1867. Sixty-three marine and a few fresh-water forms are named. 373. . 'Fresh-Water Algae from Greenland, 68°—70° N.L. Trans. Edin. Bot. Soc. 9:462-464. 1868. 374. Notes of Algae collected on the Coast of North- west America, by Mr. R. Brown. Trans. Edin. Bot. Soc. 9:465-467. 1868. ; 375. ———. Notes on Diatomaceae from Danish Greenland collected by Mr. R. Brown. Trans. Edin. Bot. Soc. 10: 65-67. 1869.—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Soc. 9:317. 1869.)—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:19]. Mrl1869.~ 376. Notes on some Algae found in the North At- lantic Ocean. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 11: 456-459. (7Ap1870.) 1871. New species: Kallonema pellucidum, Spermosira atlantica, Schizo- siphon obscurum, 826 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 377. Dickie, G Onthe Marine Algae of Barbadoes. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14: 146-152. pl. 11. 1875. Highty species collected of which nearly one-half occur on the shores hte United States. 378. On the Marine Algae of St. Thomas and the Bermudas. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14:312-317. (28Ag1873.) 1875. A determination of 41 species sent by H. N. Mosely from Bermuda. 379. — Enumeration of Algae from Fernando de Noronha collected by H. N. Mosely. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot. ) 14: 363-365. (16Ap1874.) 1875. States that the 30 species obtained are related chiefly to those of the Mexican Gulf. 380. Enumeration of Algae from 380 fathoms at Barra Grande, near Pernambuco, Brazil, collected by H. N. Mosely. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14:375, 376. (16Ap1874.) 1875. Sixteen species are listed. 381. Enumeration of Algae from Bahia, collected by H. N. Mosely, September 25, 1873. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14:377. (16Ap1874.) 1875. Seven species noted. 382. Algae from Tristan d’Acunha collected by H. N. Mosely. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14:384-386. (7My1874.) 1875. Sixteen species listed. 383. Algae from Inaccessible Island near Tristan d’Acunha collected by H. N. Mosely. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 14: 386, 3887. (7My1874.) 1875. Five species collected. 384. Notes on Algae collected by H. N. Mosely chiefly obtained in Torres Straits, Coasts of Japan and Juan Fernandez. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 15: 446-455. (15Je1876.) 1877. 385. Supplemental Notes on Algae collected by H. N. Mosely, M. A., of H. M. S. Challenger, from various locali- ties. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 15:486-489. (2N1876.) 1877. Twelve species from Bermuda. 386. On the Algae found during the Arctic Expe- dition. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 17:6-12. (20D1877.) 1880. 387. Notes on Algae from the Amazon and its Tributaries. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 18:123-132. (6My1880.) 1881. A long list furnished. 388. . Structure of the Diatom Valve. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 7. 1884.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 5: 286. 1884.) on Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 327 389. Dobson, H. A. Volvox globator. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:139. J11885. Believed to be the first discovery of Volvox in the District of Columbia. 390. Dodge, ©. W. The Structure and Habits of some ~ Water Organisms. (Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 2:244. (29D 1893.) 1894. Lecture on some algae and animalcules from Hemlock lake. 391. Dolley, C. S. Vibratile Cilia and Ciliary Motion. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:69-75. Ap. 4:89-96. My. 4:111-116. Jel883. 392. ———. On a Cilio-flagellate Infusorian recently ob- served in Baltimore Drinking Water. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 3:60, 61. Mr1884. Peridinium apiculatum. 393. The Botany of the Bahamas. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1889:130-135. (7My1889.) 1890. States that these islands provide a rich field for the Algologist. , See Gardiner, J., Brace, L. J. K. and Dolley, ha S. 394. Douglas, H. H. Haeckel’s Classification of the Protista. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:152-154. Ag1880. 395. .Douglas. S. T. Colored Snow Fall in west Michigan. Proc. Ann Arbor Sci. Ass. for year ending May IL, 1876. 117-129. 1876. 396. Drown, T.M. The Odor and Color of Surface Waters. Jour. New Eng. W. W. Ass. 2-29. Mr1888. 397. The Chemical Examination of Waters and the Interpretation of Analyses. Mass. St. Bd. Health. Rep. on Water Supply and Sewerage. Part I. 519-578. (Algae. 567-569.) 1890. See Stearns, F. P. and Drown, T. M. 398. Dudley, P. H. Triceratium davyanum. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:145, 146. pl. 1. (15My.) Je18835. 399. . Notes on Protococcus viridis. Jour, N. Y. Mic. Soc. 11:9-18. 7 pl. (18D1885.) Jal886. 400. Dudley, Mrs. P. H. Algae. New York St. Mus. 43d Ann. Rep. 61. 25Mr1860. An alga collected by Mrs. L. E. Holden from the Hot Springs of Arkansas is added to the Museum. 401. Dudley, W. R. Chara, Nitella and Spirogyra in Midwinter. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:58, 59. Mr1883. Me Oe RE ee OE et ht | 328 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. : 402. Dunning, F. W. Diatomaceous Earth. (Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:42. F 1890.) A box of earth from Lyon’s Creek, Calvert county, Maryland, for- warded to the San Francisco Microscopical Society Aug. 28, 1889. 403. Duperrey, L. I. Voyage autour du Monde sur La Coquille pendant les annees 1222-25. ¥ a : . 342 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chase. 4to. 1885. Geneva, N. Y.—Ed. III. Prepared by H. H. Chase. 4to. Bound in 4 volumes. Typewritten to order for Julien Deby. Unique. N. Y. 578. Habirshaw, F. Collection of Diatomaceae. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 21:451, 452. (15Mr1882.) 1888. A collection consisting of 1,678 species presented to the Society. 579. Hall, F. W. List of the Marine Algae growing in Long Island Sound within 20 miles of New Haven. Bull Torr. Bot. Club. 6:109-112.. S1876. Ninety-five species and varieties mentioned. 580. Hall, J. Fossil Plants of the Calciferous Sandstone. Pala Ny You) 7,08) pl seo. LBaT: Palaeophycus tubularis, P. irregularis and Buthotrephis antiquata described as new. 581. Fossil Plants (?) of the Birdseye Limestone. Pal. N. Y.. 1:37-40. pl. 8-9. 1847. Phytopsis tubulosum and P. cellulosum described as new. 582. Fossil Plants of the Trenton Limestone. Pal. NY. 1:62, 63: pl. 27, 92. 1847. Buthotrephis gracilis, B. succulens, Palaeophycus rugosus, and P. simplex described as new species. 583. Fossil Plants of the Utica Slate and Hudson River Group. Pal. N. Y. 1:261-264. pl. 68-70. 1847. Sphenothallus angustifolius, S. latifolius, Buthotrephis subnodosa, Palaeophycus virgatus given as a new species. 584. Fossil Plants of the Medina Sandstone. Pal. INO Y) 2: 4-7. pl. 1-8. 1852: Arthrophycus harlani, Palaeophycus tortuosus described, the latter as new. 585. Fossil Plants of the Clinton Group. Pal. N. Y. 2:18-26. pl. 5-10. 1852. Species in Buthotrephis. Palaeophycus, Rusophycus and Ichnophycus are described, with 8 new species. 586. Note on some Obscure Organisms in the Roof- ing Slates of Washington county, New York. 39th Ann. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. for 1885. 160. pl. 71. 1886. Dactyloides bulbosus Hall.—The organism possibly related to the marine algae. 587. Hallock, ©. Occurrence of Red Snow. Am. Mo. Mice. Jour. 7:42, 48. Mr1886. 588. Halsted, B. D. Reproduction in Fresh Water Algae Am. Nat. 11:513-524. S1877.—(Bot. Gaz. 2:147. 01877.) Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 343 589. Halsted, B. D. Classification and Description of the American Species of Characeae. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 20:169-190. 5Mr1879.—(Bot. Gaz. 5:20, 21. F 1880.) Eight species of Nitella, 1 of Tolypella, 14 species and varieties of Chara described. 590. Hamlin, F.M. Bermuda Earth. Am. Jour. Mic. 2: 141, 142. O1877. 591. Hanks, H. G. Diatoms and Diatomaceous Earths. 2d Rep. St. Miner. Cal. from Dec. 1, 1880 to Oct. 1, 1882. 266-270. 1882. A list of 100 diatoms found in the Santa Monica Earth. 592. A fossil Diatomaceous Earth.—({Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:117. Jel887.) Remarks before the San Francisco Microscopical Society at the meets ing of Apr. 13, 1887. 593. Diatomaceous Earth.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 12:190. Ag1891.) Specimens of fossil diatoms from Santa Barbara county, California, presented to the San Francisco Microscopical Society June 1, 1891. 594. Hariot, P. Algues Magellaniques Nouvelles. Jour. de Bot. 1:55-59. 3f. 1Ap. 1:72-74. 3f. 15Ap1887. Six species new to science figured and described from Orange Harbor and Falkland Isles. 595. Algues. Mission scientifique du Cap Horn. 1882-83. Botanique. 5:1-109. 9 pl. 1888.—(Bull. Soc. Bot. France. 37: II. 12: 122, 123. 1890 ) 596. Le Genre Bulbotrichia. Notarisia. 5: 993-996. 30Je1890. 597. Quelques Algues du Bresil et du Congo. Notarisia. 6:1217-1220. 80Ap1891. Twenty species collected by Waipio in Brazil. 598. Complement a la flore algologique de la Terre de Feu. Notarisia. %:1427-1435. 31Ja1892. 599. Nouvelle contribution a l’etude des Algues de la region Magellanique. Jour. de Bot. 9:95-99. 1Mr1895. 600. Algues du Golfe de Californie recueillies par M. Diguet. Jour. de Bot. 9:167-170. 16Ap. and 1My1895. Seven species described. 601. Harkness, H. W. Chlamydococcus pluvialis.--(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:118. Je1887.) Specimens sent to San Francisco Microscopical Society and statement made upon its habits compared with C. nivalis. ED eae Ree ry Sk Re eT TOPE sy ea RLY at = es. 7" a Si en Oe aS 344 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 602. Harvey, F. L. The Fresh Water Algae of Maine. I, II, III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:155-161. 2Je1888. 16:181— 188. 6J11889. 19:118-125. pl. 126. 5Ap1892. One hundred and ninety species listed with 4 new species and 7 new varieties. 603. Harvey, W. H. Descriptions of Seventeen New * Species of Algae collected by the United States Exploring ; Expedition. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist.Soc. 3$:371-374. 1848-51. 604. Observations on the Marine Flora of the Atlantic States. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1850:79-80. 14Mr1850. 605. Nereis Boreali-Americana: or, Contributions 4 to a History of the Marine Algae of North America. Part I. Melanospermeae. Part 1]. Rhodospermeae. Part III. Chloro- spermeae. Smiths. Contr. Knowl. 3':1-144. pl. 7-12. (J11851.) 1852. 5°: 1-247. pl. 18-36. (O1852.) 1853. 10?:1-119. pl. 37-50. ; (S1857.) 1858. Supplement No.1. Additional Species discov- a ered since the publication of the First and Second Parts. No. 2. List of Arctic Algae, chiefly compiled from Collections brought home by Officers of the recent Searching Expeditions. 102: 121-184. (S1857.) 1658.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. IT. 13: 42-53. My. IT. 14:1-8. N1852. II. 16: 422-424. N18538. II. 27: 142-146. My1859.) Brought together into one volume and published by the Smithsonian Institution, May, 1858. 606. Lectures on Marine Algae. 1856. Washington. 607. Characters of New Algae chiefly from Japan and adjacent regions, collected by Charles Wright in the North : Pacific Exploring Expedition under Capt. John Rodgers. Proc. Am. Aead. 4:327-835. 1857-60. 608. —. Notice of a Collection of Algae made on the northwest Coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver’s Island, by David Lyall, in the years 1859-61. Jour. Linn. Soe. (Bot. ) 6:157-177. 1862. One hundred and seven species listed. 3 4 609. Harvey, W. H. and Bailey, J. W. New Species of a Diatomaceae, collected by the United States Exploring Expe- dition, under the command of Capt. Wilkes, U.S.N. Proc. Phil. Acad. 6:480, 431. 2501853—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 3:98, 94. 1855.) Short descriptions of 14 species. 610. Harvey, W. H. and Hooker, J. D. Algae Antarcticae, being Characters and Descriptions of the hitherto Unpublished a . A Py ee bh OE ee a Pe ee Pn a Nie eee eres ee ee :} yy ee 7 wt : . 4 : as Tilden; BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 345 3 % Species of Algae, discovered in Lord Auckland’s Group. Camp- F. bell’s Island, Kerguelen’s Land, Falkland Islands, Cape Horn, ee and other Southern Circumpolar regions, during the voyage of § H. M. Discovery Ships, Erebus and Terror. Hook, Jour. Bot. : ; London. 4:249-276. 2938-298. 1845. = 611. Haskins, B. W. Observation on the Movements of a of Diatom. The Microscope. 10:272, 273. 1890. i Examination of a Lake Erie form. rm 612. Hastings, W.N. A Proposed New Desmid. Am. Mo. “ Mic. Jour. 13220: 17... F'1892: i Gonatozygon aculeatum is the name proposed for a new desmid from i New Hampshire. Ss 613. How to Collect Desmids. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. * 13:113-116. My1892.—(The Microscope. 12:147. 1892.) 4 614. New Desmids from New Hampshire. I. Am. 2 Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:153-155. J pl. J11892. me New species and varieties in 4 genera described. sp 615. Hauck, F. Meeresalgen von Puerto-Rico. Engler’s 4 Bot. Jahrb. 9:457-470. 1888. is Ninety-two species, of which 2 are new, are listed with observations. er 616. Hay, G.U. Preliminary Listof New Brunswick Algae. Bull. N. B. Nat. Hist. Soc. No. 5. 1886. y 617. Marine Algae of the Maritime Provinces. ; Bull. N. B. Nat. Hist. Soc. 6:62-68. 1893.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 14: 220. 401887.) ce t-¢ Lists 84 species. 618. Hay, G. U. and MacKay, A. H. Marine Algae of New Brunswick. Withan Appendix containing a List of the Marine Algae of the Maritime Provinces of the Dominion of Canada, with notes. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. 5‘: 167-174. (1887.) 1888. ek 619. Helm, 8. Note on the Binary Subdivision of Micra- ae sterias denticulata (Breb.) Ralfs. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 5:98, | 94. pl. 20. 401889.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1890: 217. Ap1890.) : 620. Hemsley, W. B. Report on the Botany of the Ber- Bs mudas and various other Islands of the Atlantic and Southern Oceans. Part I. Rep. Sci. Results Voyage H. M.S. Chal- E lenger 1873-76. (Bot.) 1:1-128. (Algae [04-128.) (4 Mr1884. ) 1885. Part II. ‘Rep. Sci. Results Voyage H. M. S. Challenger. 1873-76. (Bot.) 1:1-281. (16Ap1884.) 1885. ; The number of species of Bermudan algae given in this work is Y stated to be 132 and a list of them is furnished in Part I. Seventeen species from St. Paul’s Rocks; 31 from Fernando Noronha and con- tiguous islets; 4 from Ascension; 19 from St. Helena; 17 from Tristan da Cunha Group listed. of he SG vin =. hewn Pe ne * ~ a A 846 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 621. Hemsley, W. B. Report on the Botany of Juan Fernandez, the Southeastern Moluccas, and the Admiralty Is- lands. Rep. Sci. Results Voyage H. M. S. Challenger 1873-76. (Bot.) 1:1-312. (19Ag1884. 2651885.) 1885. Twenty-six species from Juan Fernandez. 622. H(errick), E. C. Ancient Meteorological Notices. Am:+ Jour. Sci. Arts. 43:398, 399. JlAgS142. Notice of Red Snow near Boston in 1688. 623. Hervey, A. B. The Classification of the Algae. Am. Quart. Mic. Jour. 1:116-122. pl. 11. Jal879. 624. Sea Mosses: A Collector’s Guide and an Intro- duction to the Study of Marine Algae. 1-276. pl. 1-20. 1881. S. E. Cassino. Boston.—(Am. Nat. 15:890. N1881.) 625. Arthrocladia villosa Duby. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 9:126, 127. 01882. 626. Translation of Behren’s Work with Additions from the Experience of American Investigators. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:38. F1884. 627. Marine Algae. Bot. Gaz. 11:147, 148. Je1886. Directions for collecting. 628. Hess, R. J. Report of the Biological and Microscopical Section. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1889: 482, 4383. (81D1889.) 1890. Diatoms from Mobile Bay from Dr. Hall, Feb. 18, 1889. 629. Heureck, H. van. Recherche des Diatomees. Le Mi- croscope. 1878.—(Brebissonia. 1:19-21. 31lAg. 1:34-87. 28S. 1:83-88. 28D1878.) A number of American localities given. 630. . Les Apochromatiques Juges en Amerique. Jour. Microg. 12:489. 1888. 631. H(ieks), L. E. Diatomaceous Earth in Nebraska. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 35:86. Jal888. Six species noted. 632. Hilgard, T. C. Synopsis of a New Classification of the Vegetable Kingdom. Proc. Phil. Acad. §8:304-306 380D1856. 633. Infusorial Circuit of Generations. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 2:20-25. J11871.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:227-238 1N1871. ) 634. The Fresh Water Algae as the Spawns of Mosses. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 20: 352-884. 1872. ¢ Be a 3 “ 4 “i * 3 * : ; 5° ie Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 347 635. Hilgard, T. C. The Old Haarlem and the L atest Brussels Microscopical Prize-Questions. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 21:199-208. 1873. 636. Hill, J. W. Is our Drinking Water Dangerous? Am Water Works Ass. 1893. Hinde, G. J. See Dawson, J. W. and Hinde, &. J. 637. Hirst, G@. D. Method of Intensifying the Resolving power of Microscopic Objectives. (Amphipleura pellucida and Pleurosigma angulatum.) Mic. Bull. 5:36. 1888. 638. Hitchcock, C. H. Geology of Maine. 2d Ann. Rep. Nat. Hist. Geol. St. Maine. 331, 3382. D1862. Fucoides cauda-galli found on an island in Moosehead lake. 639. Hitchcock, R. Euglena and Trachelomonas. . Trans. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:18-20. Jal879. 640. G. Winter’s ‘‘On a Natural System of the Thallophytes.” Am. Quart. Mic. Jour. 1:234, 235. Ap1879. 641. Spring Collections. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1: 52-54. Mr18s80. 642. The Preparation and Mounting of Microscopic Objects. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:64-66. Ap. 1:95, 96. My. 1: 149, 150. Agl880. 2:28. F188]. 643. About Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:84. My1880. 644. Directions for Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:107-110. Je. 1:146-148. Ag1880. 645. Movement of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:75, 76. Ap18s81. 646. Preservative Solutions for Botanical Prepara- tions. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:149, 150. Ag1881. Recipes for preserving algae. 647. Red Snow in Colorado.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:155. Ag1881.) Reprint of a paragraph from the New York Times. 648. Croton Water in August. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:156, 157. Agi881. Twenty-four species of algae named. 649. . Deby’s Terrestial Diatoms.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:167, 168. $1881.) 650. Croton Water. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:172. $1881. Names 7 species of algae. 348 “MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. — 651. Hitchcock, ©. H. Pond Life. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2: 198, 199. O1881. Notes Chaetophora and Volvox from Plainfield, N. J. 652. Striae of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2: 236. D1881. . 653. The Phenomena ot Growth among the Micro- scopic Forms of Life. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:28-34. F1882. 654. Swarm spores of Closterium. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:76, 77.. Ap1882. Votes correction by Mr. W. Trelease. 655. Collecting. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:77. Ap1882. 656. Water colored by Algae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:94, 95. My1882. 657. Life in a jar of Water. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:97, 98. My1882. Note on Tolypothrix muscicola. 658. Plant Cells in Animals. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour $2139... 311882; 659. Aquaria for Microscopists. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:148-150. Ag1882. 660. Selecting and arranging Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:236. D1882. Describes method of J. Chalon. 661. Note on Aulacodiscus kittoni. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:2388. D1882. 662. EK. W. Wilton’s ‘‘ Pond Life in Winter.” Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:3, 4. Jal883. 663. . N. E. Brown’s ‘‘ Volvox globator.”—(Am. Mo. Jour. Mic. 4:11. Jal883. ) 664. Unicellular Algae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:21- 24. ¥1883. . 665. Some minute Plants. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4: 26-28. F 1883. Notes Scenedesmus and Dictyosphaerium from New Jersey. 666. . J. Hogg’s ‘‘The Movements of Diatoms.”—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:57. Mr1883.) . 667. Prinz and Grunow’s ‘‘The Punctations of Diatoms.” Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:141-148. Ag1883. 668. Mounting Algae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4: 156, 157. Ag1883. Notes G. Berthold’s methods. aS ce Te” RCL es ¢ ers <= § a ‘Beaty + ae aa += < a a eee! ie > % ae oe eiecs al a Fee Pad q th ¥ 7 Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 3859 799. Lagerheim, G@. de. Algologiska Bidrag. II. Ueber einige Algen aus Cuba, Jamaica und Puerto-Rico. Bot. Notiser. 193-199. 1887. A list composed mostly of desmids. 800. Kritische Bermerkungen zu einigen in den letzten Jahren beschriebenen Arten und Varietiiten von Desmidiaceen. Oefvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. 535- 541. 1887. 801. . Contribuciones a la flora algologica del Ecuador. I-II. Ann. Univ. de Quito. No. 27. 31. 1890. Forty-two fresh water algae from the region of Quito. 802. lua’ ‘‘ Yuyucha.” Notarisia. %7:1376, 13877. 21Ja1892. The native name in Quito for Nostoc ellipsosporum. 803. Neue Arten der Gattung Phyllosiphon Kuhn. La Nuova Notarisia. 3:120-124. i pl. 1892.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1892:830. D1892.) Descriptions of 3 new species from Ecuador. 804. Ueber das Sammeln von Suesswasser-Algen in den Tropen. Zeits. wiss. Mik. 9:51-58. (26F.) 1892. 805. . Notiz ueber phycochromhaltige Spirochaeten, Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 10:364, 365. (23 Jl.) 1892.— (Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1893:224, 225. Ap1893.) Two species of a new genus, Glaucospira, from Quito (Ecuador) are described. ‘ 806. Ueber die Fortpflanzung von Prasiola (Ag.) Menegh. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 10: 866-874. pl. 20. (23 Jl.) 1892. 807. Trichophilus neniae Lagerh. n. sp., eine neue epizoische Alge. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell, 10:514-517. (30S.) 1892.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1893:219. Api893.)—(Zoe. 4:308, 309. O1893.) A new species from Ecuador found growing upon the shell of Nenia. 808. Die Schneeflora des Pichincha. Hin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der nivalen Algen und Pilze. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 10:517-534. pl. 28. (70.) 1892.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1893:219. Ap1893.) 809. Rhodochytrium nov. gen., eine Uebergangs- form von den Protococcaceen zu den Chytridiaceen. Bot. Ztg. 51: Abt. 1. 43-52. pl. 2. 1898. From Quito, Ecuador. his ep Hah RS Ora aac Sa eae nl Satis OG oleic aka Mail tc ina has 3860 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 810. Lanzi, M. Le Thalledes Diatomees. Ann. Soc. Belg. , Mic. 4: 1878.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 2:38. 1879.)—(Am. Jour. be Mic. 4:184-136. Je1879.) 811. Lattimore, S. A. Report on the Recent Peculiar Con- dition of the Hemlock Lake Water Supply. Ann. Rep. Exec. Bd. City Rochester for 1876. Continued in Ann. Rep. 1877. 812. Lawson, G. Botanical Society of Canada. Abstract of Recent Discoveries in Botany and the Chemistry of Plants. Seaweed as a Manure. Can. Nat. Geol. 6:70-73. F 1861. 8138. Gulf-weed at Cape Sable. Can. Nat. Geol. II. 1:3. F1864. 814. Diatoms of the South Pacific. Can. Nat. Geol. II. 1:14. F1864. 815. On the Laminariaceae of the Dominion of Canada and adjacent Parts of British America. Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Nat. Sci. 24:109-111. (10Ja.) 1870. Notes on 14 species. 816. North American Laminariaceae.—(Can. Nat. Quart. Jour. Sci. N.S. 5:99-101. Mr1870.) Read at meeting of Nova Scotian Institute. 817. Le Conte, L. J. Liquid from the Fountain of Blood, near Virtud, Honduras. Proc. Phil. Acad. Donations to Mu seum. 1858: ii, (20Ap1858.) 1859. A vial of the liquid is donated to the Museum. 818. Contamination of Water in Certain Storage Reservoirs on the Pacific Coast, and the Palliations resorted to. Proc. Am. W. W. Ass. 10th Ann. Meeting. Chicago, IIl. May 20-22. 1890. 819. Some Facts and Conclusions Bearing upon the Relations existing between Vegetable and Animal growths and Offensive Tastes and Odors in Certain Water Supplies. Proce. Am. W. W. Ass. 11th Ann. Meeting. Philadelphia, Penn. Apr. 14-16. 1891. 820. Leeds, A. Reports on Water Supply of Philadelphia. Rep. Water Supt. 1883-1885. 821. The American System of Purification of the Water Supplies of Cities. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 6:42-56 1886-1887. Describes condition of water supply of Hoboken in 1884. Oscillaria- toriae covered surface in the reservoir. 822. Report of the Committee on Animal and Vegetable Growths affecting Water Supplies. Proc. Am. W. W. Ass. 11th Ann. Meeting. Philadelphia, Penn. April 14-16. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE, 361 1889. Second Report of the Committee. Proc. Am. W. W. Ass. 12th Ann. Meeting. 823. Leffmann and Bean. Examination of Water for Sani- tary and Technical Purposes. P. Blackiston & Co. 1889. Philadelphia. 824. Le Froy, J. H. The Botany of Bermuda. Contr. Nat. Hist. Bermudas I: Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 25:35-121. 1884. Chara foetida A. Br. noted from Mount Langton. 825. Leidy, J. On the Existence of Entophyta within healthy Animals as a Natural Condition. Proc. Phil. Acad. 4: 225-238. 901849.—(Ann. Nat. Hist. 5:71-76. 1850.) 826. Descriptions (accompanied by drawings) of New Genera and Species of Entophyta. Proc. Phil. Acad. 4: 249, 250. 25D1849. 827. Report of the Curators. Proc. Phil. Acad. 8:355. 380D1851. States that 64 species of fresh water and marine algae have been added to the Botanical Collection of the Society by Mr. John Hooper of New York. 828. Red Snow. Proc. Phil. Acad. 6:59. 20Ap 1652, A specimen exhibited brought from the Arctic regions by Dr. E. K. Kane. 829. Report of the Curators for 1864. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1864:289-291, 27D1864. The collection of algae of Leo Lesquereux, comprising 700 species, purchased from the Central Sanitary Fair. 830. . Euglena viridis. Biol. and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1868:10, 11. 501868. 831. Report of the Curators. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1870:151, 152. 27D1870. A small collection of marine algae from Washington Territory donated by Mrs. S. Stork. 882. On Circulatory Movement in Vaucheria. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1873:420, 238D1873.—(Am. Nat. 8:444. J11874.) (Nature. 10:218. 16J11874.)—(Grevillea. 3:31. 1874.) 833. On the Mode of Growth of Desmids. Proce. Phil. Acad. 1874:15. 17F1874.—(Nature. 10:298. 13Ag1874.) —(Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:25. 1Ja1875.) 834. . Onthe Motive Power of Diatoms. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1874:143, 144. 15S51874.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. IIL. 9:156. F1875.)—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:168. 1Ap1875.) VOY fet ett Ml ae bar GUS oot Sal le ea ia dhe , 4 ae er wie | “7 a 362 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 835. Leidy. Report of the Curators. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1874: 230-238. 29D1874. Fucoid remains on sandstone from Dauphin county, Pennsylvania, presented by Allen Walton. 836. Report of the Curators for 1875. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1875:508-514. 28D1875. A collection of 11 species of Californian algae presented by Miss S. P. Monks. 837. . Remarks on Pond Life. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1880: 156-158. (18Ap1880.) 1881. Volvox globator noted. 838. Foraminifera in the Drift of Minnesota. Proc, Phil. Acad. 1884: 22, 23. (29Ja1884.) 1885. Fragments of marine diatoms reported. 839. Lesley, J. P. On Cambrian Fossil Life as Known. Geol. Surv. Penn. A Summary Description of the Geology of Pennsylvania. 1:192-198. 1892. A few remarks upou sea-weeds. 840. Palaeophycus and Phytopsis. Geol. Surv. Penn. A Summary Description of the Geology of Penn- sylvania. 1:507. d. pl. 26, 31, 32. 1892. 841. Utica and Hudson River Slate. Geol. Surv. Penn. A Summary Description of the Geology of Penn-— sylvania. 1:525-556. 1892. Remarks on marine plants. 842. The Fossils of No. III. (The Utica Slate.) Geol. Surv. Penn. A Summary Description of the Geology of Pennsylvania. 1:617-624. pl. 70, 71, 111. 1892. Remarks on Peach bottom roofing slate fossil sea-weeds. 8438. Lesquereux, L. Description of the Fossil Plants found in the Anthracitic and Bituminous Coal-Measures of Pennsylvania. Geol. Penn. 2:847-884. 1858. A number of Fucoid forms are discussed and figured. 844. On Fucoides in the Coal Formations. (1866.) Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 13:313-828. 1869.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 42: 264. $1866.) 845. Fossil Plants. Geol. Surv. Ill. 4: 377-508. 1870. New species of Fucoides.—Chondrites colletti. 846. Species of Fossil Marine Plants from the Carboniferous Measures. 7th Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind. for 1875. 184-145. pl. 1,2. 1876—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 12: 222. §1876.)—(Bot. Gaz. 2:65. D1876.) Three new species of Palaeophycus, 1 of Asterophycus and 1 of Cono- stichus described. BL ore ake wins gaia es ee Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 363 847. Lesquereux, L. Principles of Paleozoic Botany. Ind. Dept. Geol. Nat. Hist. 13th Ann Rep. Part Il. Paleontology. 1883: 7-106. 1884. 848. Marine Algae. Second Geol. Surv. Penn. Report of Progress P. Description of the Coal Flora of the Carboniferous Formation in Pennsylvania and throughout the U.S. 3:699-701. 827, 828: pl. 88. f. 1. 1884. Dendrophycus desorii and Dictyophytum ramosum described as new. 849. Remarks on some Fossil Remains considered as Peculiar Kinds of Marine Plants. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. AS: 5-12 pl <7. 1890; Discussion of the ‘‘problematic organisms;” 3 new species described. 850. Levick, J. Volvox globator. Rep. and Trans. Birm. Nat. Hist. Mic. Soc, 1882.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 11:10. Jal884. ) Levi-Morenos, D. See Toni, G. B.de and Levi-More- nos, D. 851. Lewis, F. W. Notes on new and rarer species of Diatomaceae of the United States. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1861: 61-71. pl. 1, 2. 26Mr1862 —(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 2:155-161. 1862. ) 852. Or some New and Singular Intermediate Forms of Diatomaceae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1863: 3836-846. 1 pl. 29D1864. Six new species named and described. 8538. On Extreme and Exceptional Variation of Diatoms, in some White Mountain Localities, ete. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1865:7-18. pl. 1, 2. 31Ja1865. 854. Lewis, H.C. On a New Fucoidal Plant from the Trias. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1880: 293, 294. (24N1879.) 1881. 855. Lewis, W. J. Report on the Microscopical Examina- tion of the Croton and Ridgewood Waters. 4th Ann. Rep. Metrop. Bd. Health. New York. 1869. 856. Microscopical Examination of Potable Waters in the State of Connecticut. 5th Ann. Rep. Conn. St. Bd. Health for 1882. 215-232. 1883. Samples of water from different towns examined. Algal contents discussed. Line, J. E. See Mallow, M. L., Rafter, G@. W. and Line, J. E. 857. Lockwood, 8S. The LifeofaDiatom. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 2:1385-142. D1886.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 626. 1887.) 364 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 858. Lockwood, S. Raising Diatoms in the Laboratory. Jour. N.Y. Mic. Soc. 2:153-166. pl.6,7. D1886.—(Bot. Gaz. 12:1138. My1887.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 188%7:626. Ag 1887.)—(TheMicroscope. %:315, 316. 1887.) 859. Aberrant Forms in Cultivated Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:269-273. 7 pl. O1893. 860. Long, Emmade. Crimson Snow. The Voyage of the Jeannette. The Ship and Ice Journals of George W. de Long. 2:447. 1888. 861. Lord, J. K. The Naturalist in Vancouver Islands and British Columbia. The Appendix contains a list of 119 diatoms. 862. Lyngbye, H. C. Tentamen Hydrophytologiae danicae, continens omnia hydrophyta cryptogama Daniae, Holsatiae, Faeroae, Islandiae, Groenlandiae, hujusque cognita, system- atice disposita, descripta et iconibus illustrata, adjectis simul speciebus norwegicis. Opus praemio ab universitate regia Havniensi ornatum, sumtu regio editum. Havniae, Gyldendal. 4. i-xxxii. 1-248. pil 1-70. 1819. Hafniae. 863. MacDougal, D, T. Titles of Literature Concerning the Fixation of Free Nitrogen by Plants. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. Bull. No. 9. 186-221. 2781894. 864. MeKay, A. H. Organic Silicious Remains in the Lake Deposits of Nova Scotia. Can. Rec. Sci. 1: 236-244. 1885. A list of 104 diatoms is given. See Hay, G. U. and MacKay, A. H. 865. MacKenzie, J.J. A Preliminary List of Algae col- lected in the Neighborhood of Toronto. Proc. Can. Inst. III. 7: 270-274. Ap1890. One hundred and seven species enumerated. 866. MacMillan, ©. Sexual Immobility as a cause of the development of the Sporophyte. Am. Nat. 25: 22-25. Jal1891. 867. . The Limitation of the term ‘‘Spore.” Bot. Gaz. 18:130-134. Ap1893. 868. . Archenema, Protonema and Metanema. Bot. Gaz. -19:19-24. 17Ja1894. 869. . Sphaeroplea annulina (Roth) Ag. in Min- nesota. Bot. Gaz. 19:246, 247. 20Je1894. 870. Maddox, R. L. Cleaning Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 6:188. Mr1872. ) 871. Magnus, P. Sulla diffusione geografica della Sphaero- lea annulina (Roth) Ag. Notarisia. 5:1014-1016. 30Je1890. UC Oe ae Te ee eT Te Tilden: BIBIIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 365 872. Magnus, P. Nuova contribuzione alla conoscenza dell’area geografica della Sphaeroplea annulina Roth. No- tarisia. 6: 1215, 1216. 380Ap1891. 873. Mallet, J. W. Reports I, IJ, III, on Results of an Investigation made, by Direction of the National Board of Health, as to the Chemical Methods in use for the Determina- tion of Organic Matter in Potable Water. University of Virginia. 874. Mallory, M. L., Rafter, G@. W. and Line, J. E. On Volvox globator, as the Cause of the Fishy Taste and Odor of the Hemlock Lake Water in 1888. Ann. Rep. Exec. Bd. City of Rochester, N. Y. for 2 years ending Apr. Ist, 1889. 1-10. 2 pl. 1889. 875. Mann, A. Diatoms: Their Classification, Life-History, Gathering and Preparation.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:117, 118. My1890. ) 876. Mann, A.,Jr. Shark River Diatoms. SeaSide Torch. 4:143. 1892. 877. List of Diatomaceae from a Deep Sea Dredg- ing in the Atlantic Ocean off Delaware Bay, by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 16: 8038-312. 1893.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:291. O1893.) 878. Marmod,G. Dry Preparations of Diatoms, etc., Jour. Microg. 2:506. 1879.—(Am. Jour. Mic. 4:176. $1879.) 879. Martens, G. M. von. Conspectus Algarum. Brasiliae hactenus detectarum. Kjob. Vid. Medd. 2:297-814. 1870. 880. Algae Brasilienses circa Rio de Janeiro a clar. A. Glaziou, annis 1869 et 1870 collectae. Kjob. Vid. Medd. 3:144-148. (1871.) 1871-1872. 881. Martindale, I. C. Marine Algae of the New Jersey Coast and Adjacent Waters of Staten Island. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 1:87-109. (11Je1889.) 24Ag1889. See Wolle, F,. and Martindale, I. C. 882. Martius, K.F.P.von. Nova Genera et Species Plant- arum, quas in itinere per Brasiliam annis 1817-20 suscepto collegit et descripsit, 2:1-148. pl. 101-200. 1826. 883. Martius, K. F. P. von, Eschweiler, F.G. and Nees von Esenbeck, C. @. Algae, Lichenes, Hepaticae exposuerunt in Martius Flora Brasiliensis. “1!:i-iv. 1-390. 1838. 884. Maskell, W.M. Noteon Micrasterias americana Ralfs, 366 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and its varieties. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1888:7-10. pl. 2. 14D1887.) F1888. 885. Mason, N. N. Cleaning Diatoms from Sand. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 5:116. O1889.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:65, 66. Mr1890.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1890:112. 1890.) 886. Massee, George. Life-History of a Stipitate Fresh- water Alga. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 27: 457-462. pl. 12. 1891.. Describes development of Dictyosphaerium ehrenbergianum. Naeg. 887. Mathew, G.F. Cambrian Organisms in Acadia. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. %4:1385-162. 4 pl. 1889.—(Can. Rec. Sci. 3: 383-387. J11889. ) The flora of this series is stated to consist of sea-weeds, of which group, Palaeochorda is found in the lowest sandstone beds. Five species of algae, of which 4 are new to science, are described. 888. Illustrations of the Fauna of the St. John Group. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 84:123-166. 1891. New genus Medusichnites includes forms called algae by Schimper. 889. Mauler, E. Protococcus nivalis.——(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:74. Ap1881.) A letter containing facts concerning ‘“‘red snow” of the Alps. 890. Mayall, J. Jr. Floegel’s Researches on the Structure of the cell walls of Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 18:747. J11884.) 891. Maze, H. and Schramm, A. Essai de Classification des Algues de la Gaudeloupe. 2nd Ed. 1-283. 1870-77. Basse- Terre, Gaudeloupe. 892. McElroy,S. Organic Life and Matter in Water. Proc. Am. W. W. Ass. 7th Ann. Meeting held at Minneapolis, Minn. July 13-15, 1887. 893. Mease, J. Fossil Fucoid Impressions from Mifflin county, Pennsylvania, Proc. Phil. Acad, 2:8. (18F.) JaF1844. Donated to Museum. 894. Meehan, T. Report of the Botanical Section. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1878:486-441. (81D1878.) 1879. Fifty-four species of marine algae from California, collected by Henry Hemphill, presented to the conchological section of the Academy. 895. ? (27D1892.) 1893. Two species received from Baron Ferdinand von Mueller added to the Museum. 896. Melville, J. C. Notes on the Marine Algae of South Carolina and Florida. Jour. of Bot. 4: 258-265. 1875. Marine Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1892:515. \ Peas wane awd _ ‘ - cs ~* - thee. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 367 897. Merrifield, Mary P. Arctic Marine Vegetation. Na- ture. 12:55-58. 20My1875. 898. Gulf-weed. Nature. 18:708-711. 3101878. 899. Wittrock’s Snow and Ice Flora. Nature. 28:304, 305, 26J11883. 900. Mertens, H. Zwei botanisch-wissenschaftliche Ber- ichte vom Dr. Heinrich Mertens, Naturforscher auf der gegen- wirtigen Russischen Entdeckungsreise am Bord des Siniavin, Capt. v. Leutkens geschrieben im October 1827 in Kamtschatka, mitgetheilt durch den Vater, Prof. Mertens in Bremen, mit einigen Bemerkungen versehen von Dr. Adelbert v. Chamisso. Linnaea. 4:43-73. 1829. (Smiths. Contr. Knowl. Nereis Boreali-Americana. Part I. 85-87. J11851.) A letter with remarks by Dr. A. v. Chamisso. 901. Michels, J. The Richmond Diatomaceous Earth. Michels’ Science. 1:222. 3001880. 902. Migula, W. Note on how to Prevent the Protoplasm of Algae from Contracting.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:217. N1886.) 903. Miller S. A. and Dyer, C. B. Contributions to Palae- ontology. Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1:24-40, pl. 1, 2. Ap1878. A number of new species of fossil algae described. 904. Mills, F. W. An introduction to the Study of the Diatomaceae.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:297, 298. 01893.) 905. Mills, H. Motion of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:8, 9. Jal882.—(Bot. Centralb. 11:48, 44. 1882.) 906. Microscopic Organisms in the Buffalo Water Supply and in the Niagara River. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 165-175. 1882. Buffalo. 907. Mills, H. F. Filtration of Sewage and of Water, and Chemical Precipitation of Sewage at the Experiment Station of the State Board of Health of Massachusetts in 1888 and 1889. Mass. St. Bd. Health. Rep. Water Supply and Sewerage. Part II. 1-704. (Algae 47, 613, 653.) 1890. 908. Mills, L. G. Diatoms from Guano. Sci.—Gossip. 148. 1J11865. 909. Processes and Inflations in Diatoms. Sci.-— Gossip. 103. 1My1867. A specimen from Upper Bolivian Guano. 910, On the Manipulation and Preparation of Objects for the Microscope.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:139, 140. 1F 1869.) pain tt oo aa a eae EMRE hte a atria aan eC 2 Bt CEM Py ; Mies ve y . “ 368 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Observations on the treatment of Peruvian guano, given at the meet- ing of the Natural History Society of Armagh, Jan. 13, 1869. 911. Mills, L. G. Guano Diatoms. Sci.-Gossip. 55-57. f. 52-56. 1Mr1870. Ot2, Diatoms from Peruvian Guano.—(Jour. Roy. Wie. Soc. li i865;091, £1.' 188 ) 913. Minn, C. E. Infusorial Earth. Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents Smiths. Inst. 1873:64. 1874. Specimens from Fort Woodworth, D. T., added to collections. 914. Mitchell, G. 0. Volvox globator.—(Am. Mo. Mie. Jour. 12:215. $1891.) Specimens exhibited of the plant found for the first time in 12 years, at meeting of the San Francisco Microscopical Society, July 15, 1891. 915. Mitchell, Margaret 0. On the Structure of Hydro- clathrus Bory. Phyce. Mem. PartII. 58-57. pl. 14, 15. My1898. Specimens collected at Anguilla. 916. Moebius, M. Ueber einige Suesserwasser—und—Luft- algen in Porto—Rico gesammelte. Hedwigia. 27: 221-249. 3 pl. 1888.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:326, 827. 4D1888.)—(Jour. hoy. Mic: Soc: 1889: 97. 1889.) A new genus and species—Phyllactidium tropicum, and 1 new species of Microcoleus. SUES Bearbeitung der von H. Schenck in Brasilien gesammelten Algen. Hedwigia. 28: 309-347. 2 pl. 1889.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 17:19. 15Ja1890.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soe. 1890:216. Ap1890.)—(Notarisia. 5:984-986. Ap1890.) A description of 64 species. 918. Algae Brasilienses a cl. Dr. Glaziou collectae. Notarisia. 5: 1065-1090. 1 pl. 81Ag1890. EKighty-two species enumerated. 919. Ueber einige brasilianische Algen. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 10:17-26. pl. i. (19Ja.) 1892. 920. . Ueber einige brasilianische Algeh. Hedwigia. 34:173-176. pl. 2. 19Je1895. 921. Moles, J. J. Cleaning Diatoms. Eng. Mechanic. 6D1889.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:86. Ap1890.) 922. Moller, ——. Diatom Plates.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:89. Mr1893.) 923. Montagne, J.F.C. Prodromus Florae Fernandesianae. Pars prima, sistens enumerationem plantarum cellularium quas in Insula Juan Fernandez 4 cl. Bertero collectas describi edique curavit. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 3:347-856. 1835. Four species of algae named. 2a) pf aie la ci I fe ak Maa ie Fl at to a peo a Cal Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 369 924. Montagne, J. F.C. Sertum patagonicum. Cryptogames dela Patagonie. 4to. Part I. 7:1-19. pl. 1-7. (Algae.) Paris. 1839. D’Orbigny, A. Voyage dans l’Amerique meridionale, ex- ecute dans les annees 1826-33. Bot. Part II. Florula Boliviensis. ae Cryptogames de la Bolivia, recueillies par Alcide D’Orbigny. ; 4to 7:1-119. pl. 1-S. 1839. Paris. 925. . Prodromus generum, specierumque Phycearum novarum, in itinere ad polum antarcticum ab illustri Dumont d’Urville peracto collectarum, notis diagnosticis tantum hac evulgatarum, descriptionibus vero fusioribus nec non iconibus analyticis jam jamque illustrandarum. Gide. 8vo. 1-16. 1842. Paris. 926. -. Plantes cellulaires du Voyage au Pole Sud et uF dans l’Oceanie sur les corvettes l’Astrolabe et La Zelee, sous le | commandement de Monsieur Dumont d’Urville. 1837-40. Gide. 8vo. i-xiv. 1-349. pl. 1-20. 1845. Paris. 927. Historia fisica politica y natural de laisla de Cuba por D. Ramondela Sagra. Botanica. Cryptogamia o plantas cellulares. 7 Yay ? Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 379 State at Richmond in Virginia. Mic. Jour. and Struct. Rec. 2:353-360. pl. 12. 1842. London.—(Ann. Nat. Hist. 9:66. 1842.) 1051. Rafinesque-Schmaltz, C. 8S. Prospectus of two in- tended Works on North American Botany.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 40:221-241. Ap1841.) A number of new genera, among them, Merasperma, which belongs to the Confervaceae, were to be described. 1052. Precis des Decouvertes et Travaux Somio- - logiques. 1-55. 1814. Several new American genera and species of algae described. 1053. Rafter, G6. W. On the Use of the Microscope in Determining the Sanitary Value of Potable Water, with Special Reference to the Study of the Biology of the Water of Hem- lock lake. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. Mic. Section. 1886. —(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:140. J11887.) 1054. How to Study the Biology of a Water Supply. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. Mic. Section. 1887.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:140. J11887.) 1055. On the Micro-organisms of Hemlock lake Water. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. Mic. Section. 1888.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:87-92. My1888. ) 1056. Photomicrographs.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 9: 113. Je1888.) Specimens of Pleurosigma and Cymbella. 1057. The Fresh-water Algae and their Relation to the Purity of Public Water Supplies. Trans. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 483-557. 9 pl. 1889.—(Hng. and Build. Rec. 20:115, 116. 131. 1889.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1890:489. Ag1890.) 1058. Deterioration of Water in Reservoirs, its Causes and Prevention. 14th Ann. Rep. N. J. St. Bd. Health. 111-122. 1890. A number of harmful algae are discussed. 1059. Biological Examination of Potable Water. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 1:34-44. (10Mr.) 1890.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:55-62. Mr1892.) A description of methods and apparatus with reference to microscopi- cal examination. 1060. The Microscopical Examination of Potable Water. D..Van Nostrand & Co. 1892. New York. 1061. Some of the Circumstances affecting the Quality of a Water Supply. Proc. Am. W. W. Ass. 12th Ann. Meeting. held at New York. May 17-20. 1892. 380 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1062. Rafter, G. W. Onsome Recent Advances in Water Analysis and the Use of the Microscope for the Detection of Sewage Contamination.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:127-1389. My1893.) Read before the Buffalo, N. Y., Microscopical Club, Dec. 12, 1892. Ninety forms of algae stated to have been found in the water of Hemlock lake. Hates See Mallory, M. L., Rafter, G. W. and Line, 1068. Rand, E.L. Flora of Mount Desert Island, Maine. Fourth Annual Supplement to the Preliminary List. Hecto- graph print 1-7. 1892. Includes a list of algae determined by F.S. Collins and I. Holden. 1064. Rand, E. L. and Redfield. J. H. Flora of Mount Desert Island, Maine. A Preliminary Catalogue of the Plants growing on Mount Desert and the adjacent islands. With a Geological Introduction by W. M. Davis and a new map of Mount Desert Island. 8vo. 1-286.—(Algae. 227-249.) John Wilson & Son. 1894. Cambridge. Two species of Nitella and 140 species and 6 varieties of other algae. 1065. Rattray, J. A Revision of the Genus Aulacodiscus Ehrb. and of some Allied Genera. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1888: 337-882. pl. 5-7. Je. 1888:861-920. pl. 12-16. D1888. A number of American forms named. 1066. Diatomaceae. Notes on the Botany of Fer- nando Noronha. Jour. Linn. Soc. 27:81-86. 1891. Forty-six species from Fernando Noronha and 15 species from guano from Rat Island noted. 1067. Ravenel, H. W. A Catalogue of the Natural Orders of Plants, inhabiting the Vicinity of the Santee Canal, S. C. as represented by Genera and Species; with Observations on the Meteorological and Topographical Conditions of that Sec- tion of Country. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. Third Meeting, Mar. 1850. 2-17. (12Mr.) 1850. Twenty-five species of algae. 1068. Nitella praelonga. A. Braun. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 6:82. Mr1876. Notes occurrence in South Carolina. 1069. Redfield, J. H. Conservator’s Report for 1888. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1888:449, 450. (25D1888.) 1889. Reports that during the past year 229 species of lichens, fungi and algae have been added to the herbarium. 1070. Conservator’s Report for 1891. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1891:500-502. (29D1891.) 1892. See cee AE en TT IE ee ae ee eee ee hs a yey Tad Pye eee eS AE a UME aN DN i a gr a i dig ; sa hed Mats Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 381 States that 120 species of algae from New England and California have been received during the year from F. S. Collins, Malden, Massachusetts. Redfield, J. H. See Rand, E. L. and Redfield, J. H. 1071. Rein, J. J. Ueber die Vegetations—Verhaeltnisse der Bermudas-—Inseln, (1873.) Nat. Gesell. Bericht. 131-153. 1872-1873. Senckenberg. 1072. Reinsch, P. F. Contributiones ad Algologiam et Fungologiam. 4to. 1:i-xii. 1-103. 1875. Leipzig. Contains descriptions of 3 desmids new to the United States and notes on some sea-weeds. 1073. The Microscopic Organic World in the Drink- ing Water of Boston. Boston Evening Transcript. 15D1877. 1074. Saprolegniae and Parasites in Desmid Cells. (Am. Nat. 12:318. My1878.) Observation on Cochituate water of Boston. 1075. Beobachtungen ueber entophyte und ento- zoische Pflanzenparasiten. Bot. Ztg. 37:17-24. 383-48. pil. 1. 1879. Specimens collected at Cape Cod, North America. 1076. Ein neues Genus der Chroolepideae. Bot. Ztg. 37: 361-366. pl. 3. (A). 6Je1879. Acroblaste is the name given to the new genus. The plant described was collected in Buzzard’s Bay, Masachusetts.s 1077. Ueber das Palmellaceen Genus Acanthococ- cus. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 4:237-244. pl. 11, 12. (22Je.) 1886. Describes forms from the United States. 1078. Species et Genera nova Algarum ex insula Georgia australi. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 6: 144-156. (i6Mr.) 1888.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:18, 19. 15Ja1890.) New species of 11 known genera and 3 new genera each with a single species are described. 1079. Die Suesswasseralgenflora von Sued-Georg- ien. G. Neumayer’s ‘‘Die internationale Polarforschung 1882 bis 1883.” Die deutschen Expeditionen. 2:329-365. 4 pl. 1890. Seventy-four species listed. 1080. . Zur Meeresalgenflora von Sued-Georgien. G. Neumayer’s ‘‘ Die international Polarforschung 1882 bis 1883.” Die deutschen Expeditionen. 2:366-449. 79 pl. 1890. Sixteen new species described. 382 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1081. Remsen, I., Hyatt, A. and Farlow, W.G. Report on a Peculiar Condition of the Water of Boston, in November, 1881, with notes. Boston City Document. 143. 1881.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:236-238. D1881.) Note on the “cucumber taste.” Renard, A. See Murray, J. and Renard, A. : Renauld, F. See Delamare, E., Renauld, F. and Cardot, J. 1082. Richards, H. M. Notes on Zonaria variegata Lam’x. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. N.S. 17: 83-92. 7 pl. (11Je.) 1890. —(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1891:378. Je1891.) A specimen from Bermuda described. 1088. On the Structure and Development of Choreo- colax polysiphoniae Reinsch. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. N.S. 18:46-638. 7 pl. (12My.) 1891.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1891:778. D1891.) 1084. Richter, P. Note on Minnesota Algae.—(Bot. Gaz. 19:425. 1701894.) The Minnesota alga studied by him and pronounced a form of Gloio- trichia. G. echinulata (Engl. Bot.) P. Richt. 1085. Ridley,H.N. Notes on the Botany of Fernando Noronha. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 27:1-86. (7Je1888.) 1891. A list of algae is given by G. M. Murray. A list of diatoms by J. Rattray. Nitella cernua A. Br. was found in a lake at Caracas. 1086. Ries, H. Diatoms. Clay Industries of New York. Bull N.Y... St. Mus.:°3:119, 120. 122. 129. 186. 2 pl... Mri8oas A number of species named. 1087. Riner, W. W. Arranging Diatomaceae. Am. Nat. 8: 371-373. f. 79, 80. Jel874. 1088. Mounting Diatoms. Am. Nat. 8:568. $1874 1089. . A Fine Diatom. Am. Jour. Mic. 4:61 Mr1879.—(Brebissonia. 2:33, 34. 2851879.) 1090. Ringueberg, E. N. S.. New Fossils from the Four Groups of the Niagara Period of Western New York. Proc. Phil. Acad 1884:144-150. pl. 2. f. 7. (27My1884.) 1885. Sphirophyton archimedes described as new. 1091. Some New Species of Fossils from the Niag- ara Shales of Western New York. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1888: 131-1387. pl. 7. f.1. (27Mr1888.) 1889. Fucoid forms described. 1092. Ritchie, A.S. Aquaria Studies. Part II. Can. Nat and Quart. Jour. Sci. N.S. 5:165-171. Je1870. A few species of algae mentioned. * -< ’ : Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 383 1098. Robinson, J. The Flora of Essex county, Massachu- setts. Essex Inst. 1-200. 1880. Salem.—(Bot. Gaz. 6:187, 188. Mr1881.) 1094. Rogers, R. E. Infusorial Earth from Richmond and Rappahannock river, Virginia. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1859: iii. (83My1859.) -1860. Specimens presented. 1095. Rogers, W. B. On the Limits of the Infusorial Stratum in Virginia. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 45:3138, 314. JIAgS1843. 1096. On Fossil Infusoria. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 46:141, 142. OND1843. Fourteen species of diatoms, additional to Professor Bailey's list, noted. 1097. Geology of the Virginias.——(Am. Jour. Sci. Ill. 30:357-3874. N1885. III.3 1:193-202. Mr1856.)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. %:115. Je1886.) 1098. Romeo, N. A. Pleurosigma angulatum. Am. Jour. Mic. and Pop. Sci. 5:1387, 1388. Je1880. 1099. Rominger, C. Palaeozoic Rocks. Geol. Surv. Mich, Upper Peninsula. (1869-1873.) 1°:1-102. 1878. A number of fucoid forms noted. 1100. Rose,J.N. Nostoc. and Penicillium in NaC, H, 0, Bot. Gaz. 10:280. My1885. 1101. . Notes on the Conjugation of Spirogyra. Bot. Gaz. 10:304-306. 7 pl. J11885. 1102. Rosenvinge, L. K. DBeitriige zur Kenntniss der Gattungen Ulothrix und Conferva. Bot. Tidsskr. III]. 3:114- 134. 1879-80. Specimens from Greenland. 1103. Om Spirogyra groenlandica, nov. spec., og ~ dens Parthenosporedannelse. Oefvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. 40:n. 8. 37-47. pl. 8. 1884.—(Bot. Centralb. 20: 165. 1884.)—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 5:285. Ap1885.) Describes a new species of Spirogyra from Greenland, collected by Fries in 1871. 1104. Les Algues marines du Groenland. Ann. Sci. Nat. VII. 19:53-164. f 1-57. 1894. 1105. Rothpletz, A. Ueber die Bildung der Oolithe. Bot. Centralb. 51: 265-268. 1892.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1892: 839. D1892.) Calcareous stones from the shore of Great Salt Lake in Utah found to be covered with Gloeocapsa and Gloeotheca. 384 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1106. Russell, J. L. Sea-weeds. Am. Nat. 2:225-235. J11868. A popular discussion. 1107. The Sea-weeds at Home and Abroad. Am. Nat. 4: 274-297. f: 69-75. J11870. 1108. Ryder, J. A. The Protozoa and Protophytes con- sidered as the Primary or Indirect Source of the Food of Fishes. (2d Ed. revised.) U. S. Comm. Fish and Fish- eries. Part IX. Rep. Comm. for 1881. 755-770. 1884. 1109. An Account of Experiments in Oyster Cult- ure and Observations Relating thereto. Second Series. U.S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries. Rep. Comm. for 1882. 763-778. 1884. 1110. The Polar Differentiation of Volvox, and the Specialisation of possible Anterior Sense-organs. Am. Nat. 23:218-221. Ap1889. LAT. On the Fore and Aft Poles, the Axial Dif- ferentiation and a Possible Anterior Sensory Apparatus of Volvox minor. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1889:138-140. (21My 1889.) 1890. aD, On the cause of the Greening of the Oyster and its presumed Algous Endoparasites. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1892:352. (15N1892.) 1893. Investigations resulted in the finding of desmids, diatoms and the spores of Ulva. See Puysegur, M. and Ryder, J. A. Sacecardo, F. See Toni, G. B. de, and Saceardo, F. 1113. Saecardo, P. A. The Number of Plants. Atti Cong. Bot. Internat. 1892.—(Am. Nat. 28:173-180. F1894.) Trans- lated by Roscoe Pound. The total number of species of algae known is placed at 12,178. 1114. Sadler, J. List of Arctic Cryptogamous Plants, ete., Collected by Robert Brown, Esq., during the Summer of 1861, on the Islands of Greenland, in Baffin’s Bay and Davis Straits. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. %:374, 375. 18683. 1115. Safford, W. E. Botanizing in the Strait of Magellan. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:15. 5Ja1888. Collected 14 species of marine algae. 1116. Sargent, F. L. Guide to the Recognition of the Prin- cipal Orders of Cryptogams and the commoner and more easily distinguished New England Genera, with a Glossary. C. W. Sever. 1-39. 1886. Cambridge.—(Bot. Gaz. 11: 283-285. O1886.) Two genera of Characeae and genera among 8 orders of marine algae. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 385 1117. Sargent, F. P. On the Schwendener Theory of the Constitution of Lichens. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:21-25. F1887. 1118. Saunders, D. Protophyta-~Phycophyta. Univ. of Neb. Fl. Neb. Published by the Botanical Seminar. 1!:15- 68. pl. 1-22. 15Ag1894. 1119. Schaarschmidt, J. Specimen Phycologeae Aequa- toriensis. Mag. Noevenytani Lapok. 5:17-24. 1881. Klaus- enburg.—(Hedwigia. 21:93. 1882.) Specimens from Ecuador. 1120. Three Desmids new to the United States. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club. 12:51. My1885. Notes descriptions of Desmids in Reinsch’s Cont. Alg. et Fung (No. 1072 above) and names Cosmarium reinschii as new. 1121. Schively, Mary A. Hormactis quoyii. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1890:497. (80D1890.) 1891. Specimens of this marine alga both mounted and in alcohol pre- sented to the museum. 1122. Schmidle, W. von. EHinige Algen aus Denver, Col- orado, U. S. A. Hedwigia. 34:84, 85. 7f 8Ap1895. Thirteen species named including t new species and 1 new variety of Cosmarium. 1123. Schmidt, A. Atlas der Diatomaceen—Kunde. 1885.—. The work contains occasional figures of new American species. 1124. Sehmitz. F. Die systematische Stellung der Gattung Thorea Bory. Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 10:115-142. (17Mr.) 1892. 1125. Schneck, J. Catalogue of the Flora of the Wabash Valley below the Mouth of White river, and Observations thereon. 7th Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Ind. 1875. 504-576. 1876.—(Bot. Gaz. 2:65. D1876.) Lists Chara polyphylla from the Wabash river. 1126. Schneider, A. Mutualistic Symbiosis of Algae and Bacteria with Cycas revoluta. Bot. Gaz. 19:25-82. pl. 3, 4. 17Jal894. Eight genera of algae were represented in the greenish coating of the leaves of Cycas and Nostoc in the root tubercles, 1127. Schofield, J. R. Notes on the Flora of the Artesian Well. Publications of the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. 2:28, 24. 1892. Conferva martialis Hanst., Protococcus frustulosus (Carm.) de Toni, Oscillaria gracillima Kg. and 2 diatoms were found in the well at Lincoln, Nebraska. Schramm, A. See Maze, H. and Schramm, A. 886 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1128. Schultze, E. A. Five Species of Triceratium. Jour: N. Y. Mic. Soc. 2:110. pl. 4, 5. J11886. Figures of specimens of the Barbadoes material. 1129. A Descriptive List of Staten Island Diatoms. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 14:69-73. pl. 66. Ap. 14:109-114. pl. * 69. Je1887. 16:98-104. pl. 90. Ap1889. A description of 45 Naviculas and 3 species of Stauroneis. 11380. Note on a_ Variety of Asteromphalus roperianus Grev. Bull. Torr Bot. Club. 14:96. My1887. 1131. Synedra pulchella Kuetz. var. abnormis Macchiati. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 16:164, 165. 7f. 8Je1889. See Kain, C. H. and Sehultze, E. A. 1132. Seoresby, W. Color of Sea-water. —(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 6:198, 199. 1823.) 11338. Seaman, W. H. Mounting Mediums with High Refractive Indices. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:21-24, F1886. 1134. Remarks on Particular Relations of certain Marine Algae.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:19. Jal887.) From paper read before the Washington Microscopical Society at the 52d meeting. 1135. The Microscopic Life of the District (of Columbia. )—(Am. Mo. Mie. Jour. 11:165. J11890.) Read before the Washington, D. C., Microscopical Society May 13th. 1136. Sedgewick, W. T. Recent progress in Biological Water Analysis. Jour. N. EK. W. W. Ass. S1889. ) 11387. Utilisation of Surface Water for Drinking —Purposes. Jour. N. E. W. W. Ass. 33-39. S1890.) 1138. A Report on the Biological Work of the Lawrence Experiment Station, including an account of Methods employed and Results obtained in the Microscopical and Bacteriological Investigations of Sewage and of Water. Mass. St. Bd. Health. Rep. Water Supply and Sewerage. Part II. 795-862. 1890. 1139. Seeman, B. The Botany of the Voyage of H. M. S. Herald, under the Command of Capt. Henry Kellett, R.N., during the years 1845-51. Part I. 4to. 1-56. pi. 7-10. London. —(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. IT. 14:428. N1852.) Twelve algae recorded from different points in America. 1140. Setchell,W.A. Concerning the Structure and Devel- opment of Tuomeya fiuviatilis Harv. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 25: 53-68. 7 pl. (9 Ap.) 1890.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1891: 378. Jel&91.) Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 387 1141. Setchell, W. A. Concerning the Life History of Saccorhiza dermatodea (Dela Pyl.) J.Ag. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sci. 26:177-217. pl. 1, 2. (10Je.) 1891.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1892:829. D1892.) 1142. On the Classification and Geographical Dis- tribution of the Laminariaceae. Trans. Conn. Acad. 9:333. 1893. Reprint. 1143. Seward, A.C. Algae as Rock-Building Organisms. Sci. Progress. 2:10-26. S1894. Reference to deposits and growths in America. 1144. Seymour, A. B. Marine Algae. St. Nat. Hist. Soc. Ill. 7J11884.)—(Science. 4:123. 8Ag1884. ) 1145. Shaeffer, P. W. Impressions of Algae in Old Red Sandstone. Proc. Phil. Acad. 8:iv. (11Mr1856.) 1857. Eleven specimens from Schuyler county, Penn., are donated. 1146. Shaler, N. 8S. The Geology of Cape Ann, Massa chusetts. U.S. Geol. Surv. 9th Ann. Rep. 539-611. (20Je1888.) 1889. Discusses the effect of sea-weed on movement of pebbles. 1147. Sharp, H. On Mounting Diatoms in Lines and Pat- terns.—(The Microscope. 3:26-28. Ap1883.)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:1382, 133. J11883.) 1148. Shaw, W. R. Pleodorina, a new Genus of Volvo- cineae. Bot. Gaz. 19:279-283. pl. 27. 16J11894. Describes genus and 1 species. 1149. Shultz, C. S. Volvox globator. Am. Jour. Mic. 3:91. Ap1878. | 1150. . Note on Peridinium and Asterionella. Jour. WN. ¥. Mic. Soc. 1:190. (19Je.) . J11885. 1151. Silliman, B. United States Exploring Expedition. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 44:393-408. JaFMr1843. Sea-weeds collected. 1152. Slack, H. J. Mr. Stodder’s Remarks on Eupodiscus argus. Mo. Mic. Jour. 9:186, 187. 1Ap1873. See Ernst, A. and Slack, H. J. 1153. Sloane, H. Catalogus plantarum, quae in insula Jamaica sponte proveniunt vel vulgo coluntur cum earundem synonymis et locis natalibus; adjectis aliis quibusdam, quae in insulis Maderae, Barbados, Nieves et St. Christophori nascun- tur, seu Prodromi historiae naturalis Jamaicae. Brown. Part [. 1-232. 1696. London. yen ES Ce cba Ol Pe he eet ¢ — ~ ‘\. 7 = 388 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1154. Sloane, H. An Account of 4 sorts of strange Beans, frequently cast on shore on the Orkney Isles, with some con- jectures on the Manner of their being brought thither from Jamaica. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 19: 103-105. 1696. 1155. A Voyage to the Islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christophers and Jamaica, with the Natural History of the Herbs and Trees, Four-footed Beasts, Fishes, Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc., of the last of those Islands; etc. 2 vol. printed by B. M. for the author. 1707-25. Folio. 1:i-cliv. 1- 264. pl. 1-156. 1707. 2: i-xviii. 1-499. pl. 157-274. 1725. London. 1156. Smiley, C.W. Rinnbock’s Slide of Arranged Diatoms, Chirodota Wheels, Synapta Plates, Synapta Anchors, ete. Am. Mo. Mie. Jour. 9:199-200. i pl. N1888. 1157. . The Reddening of Codfish. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:128-130. Jetr889. 1158. Note on Diatom Multiplication. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:42. F1892. 1159. To work the Diatomaceous Earth sent out by this Journal. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:122, 128. My1892. 1160. . To mount Diatoms ‘‘Dry.” Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:123. My1892. 1161. Diatoms—A new London Dealer. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:57. F1893. 1162. Objects seen under the Microscope. XI. Red Snow. The Microscope. N.S. 2:50, 51. Ap1894. 1163. Smiley, R. W. Reference List of Original Articles Relative to Diatoms Published in the American Monthly Micro- scopical Journal—Volumes I-XII. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 12:270- 272. D1891. 1164. Smith, A. H. The Railway Cutting at Gray’s Ferry Road. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1886: 253, 254. (4My1886.) 1887. States that numerous genera and species of diatoms are contained in the blue clay of this region. 1165. Smith, A. L. and Whitting, Frances G. Notes on the Sori of Macrocystis and Postelsia. Phyc. Mem. Part III. 84-87. pl. 20. Ap1895. The plant examined was collected at Santa Cruz, California. 1166. Smith, B. B. Additions to the Flora of Kansas. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. (1891-92.) 13:96-108. 1893. Three species of Characeae noted. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 389 1167. Smith, H. E. Report on the Sanitary Condition of the New Haven Water Supply, in May, 1894. 17th Ann. Rep. Conn. St. Bd. Health. 266-268. 1895. Statements made concerning odors produced by certain algae. 1168. Report of the Investigations of Rivers Pollu- tion and Water Supplies. 17th Ann. Rep. Conn. St. Bd. Health. 269-297. 1895. Genera of algae listed. See Williston, S. W., Smith, H. E. and Lee, T. G. 1169. Smith, H. L. Notes on Diatomaceae found near Gambia, O. Trans. Mic. Soc. N. S. 8:33-35. (15N1859.) 1860. 1170. Spectroscopic examination of the Diatoma- ceae. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 48:83, 84. J11869.—(Can. Nat. N.S, 4:372, 373. 1869.) 1171. The Bailey Collection of Diatomaceae in the Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History. The Lens. 1:228. 1872. 1172. A Conspectus of the Families and Genera of Diatomaceae. The Lens. 1:1. 72. 154. 1872.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 47:177. 1Ap. 8:34, 35. 1J11872. 9:35, 36. lJa. 9:114-117. 1Mr. 9:165-167. 1Ap. 9:219-221. 1My1873.)—(Am. Nat. -6:318. My1872.)—(Grevillea. 1:63, 64. 01872. 1173. Conspectus of the Diatomaceae: The Genus Amphora. The Lens. 2:63. 3pl. 1873. (Grevillea. 2:24-26. Ag1873. ) 1174. » Archebiosis and Heterogenesis. The Lens. 2:19. Jal873.—(Sci.-Gossip. 9:153. 1873.) 1175. The Silicious Sheiled Bacillaria or Diatoma- ceae. The Lens. 2:129. 199. 1873. 1176. On the Preparation of Diatomaceae. The Lens. 2:209. 1873.—(B. W. Thomas’ ‘‘ Diatomaceae of Minne- sota Inter-glacial Peat.” Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 20th Ann. Rep. 1891. 317-3820. 1893.) $177. Who first Examined the Diatomaceae? The Lens.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:273. 1D1873.) States that O. F. Mueller in 1773 described and figured a Gomphonema as Vorticella pyraria. 1178. Letter on Frustulia saxonica and other Diatoms.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 15: 278-281. 1Je1876. ) 1179. . A Letter concerning Diatoms written to J. Deby.—(Hedwigia. 17:41-44. Mr1878.) CT EI IEE PO ae eR arte Cet ps Ree Re eR Tg + i “a AM ee, & pat “- eye Te, * \ \ 390 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES 1180. Smith, H.L. Description of New Species of Diatoms. Am. Quart. Mic. Jour. 1:12-18. pl. 3. 01878.—(Grevillea. 7:54-56. D1878.) Ten new species described. 1181 Diatomaceae v. Desmidiaceae. Michel’s Science. 1:7. 3J11880. Note on letter by Dr. J. Hogg, which is also quoted. 1182. A letter written to J. Deby concerning the Movement of Diatoms.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:182. 01880.) 1183. . On the Preparation and Cleaning of Diatoms. Am. Jour. Mic. 5: 257, 258. D1880. 1184. Monobromide of Naphthaline and Wax-cells. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:49. Mr1881. Extract of a letter from Herr E. Weissflog of Dresden. Mounting methods for diatoms. 1185. Deep Sea Soundings and the Influence of Microscopical Algae on Deep Sea Life, with a few Remarks on Evolution. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 3d Ann. Meeting. 17-387. (@8Ae.) 168i. 1186. Fineness of Striation as a Specific Character of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2: 221-223. D1881. 1187. Rhizosolenia eriensis and R. gracilis. Proce. Am. Mic. 4:—. Ap1882. 1188. Desmids and Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour.. 3:84, 85. My1882.—( Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 2:546. 1882.) 1189. . New Mounting Media. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:71. Apl1884. 6:161-163. S1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 4: 476. 1884. 5:1097. 1885.) 1190. Mounting Media of High Refractive Index. Proc. Am Soc. Mic. 8th Ann. Meeting 86-90. 1885. 1191. Directions for using the Stannous Chloride Medium in mounting Diatomaceae. Mic. Bull. 2:46. 1885. ee Newest Medium for Mounting Diatoms. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:102. (20Mr.) Ap18é85. 1193. Fastening of Diatoms by Heat. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:128. 1885. 1194. ———. A new Mounting Medium of high Refractive Index. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:3, 4. Jal886. 1195. New High Refractive Media. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc.. 2:75. 1886. ’ cere — > a Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 391 1196. Smith, H. L. AContribution to the Life History of the Diatomaceae. Part 1—(Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 30-66. 5 pi. 1886- 1887.) Part IIl.—(Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 126-167. 6 pl. 1887.) —(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 14:170, 171. Ag1887.)—(The Micro- scope. 7:274. $1887.) IBLE List of Species and some Notes upon them. B. W. Thomas’ ‘‘Diatomaceae of Minnesota Inter-glacial Peat.” 20th Ann. Rep. 1891. 293-306. 1893. 1198. The Study of ‘‘Difficult’” Diatoms. Am. Nat. 6:444. J11872. See Edwards, A. M., Johnston, C. and Smith, H. L. See Kitton, F. and Smith, H. L. 1199. Smith, J. G@ and Pound, R. Flora of the Sand Hill Region of Sheridan and Cherry counties and List of Plants collected ona Journey through the Sand Hills in July and August, 1892. Bot. Surv. Neb. 2:5-30. 1893. Five species of algae named. 1200. Smith, T. Notes on the Biological Examination of Water, with a few Statistics of Potomac Drinking Water. —(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. %:61-64. Ap1886.) Abstract of a communication presented to the Biological Society of Washington, Mar. 20, 1886. 1201. Smith, T. F. On the Structure of the Pleurosigma Valve. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 7:61-73. pl. 26, 27. (2Ja.) Ap1891. 1202. Smith, U. C. Hydrodictyon. . Proc. Phil. Acad. 1893: 580. (26D.) OND1893. r Specimen added to Museum. 1203. Soilas, W. J. Cutting Sections of Diatoms. The Microscope. 4:139. 1884.—(Zeit. wiss. Mik. 1:624. 1884.) 1204. Southwick, E. B. Protococcus viridis. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 2:1-8. pl. 2, 3. (18D1885.) Ja1886. A list of trees affected by P. viridis in Central Park. 1205. Spalding, V. M. Development of the Sporocarp of Griffithsia bornetiana. (Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 39:327. (Ag1890.) J11891.) 1206. Spegazzini, €. Characeae platenses. Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 15:218-231. 1883. Five new species. 1207. Stalker, M. Report on the Waterville Cattle Disease. Fourth Bien. Rep. Bd. Regents Univ. of Minn, Suppl. I. Rep. Dept. Agric. Univ. of Minn. 105-108. 1887. 3892 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1208. Stanley, F. F. Collection of Photographs of Diatoms. (Moeller’s Diatomaceen Typen-Platten. etc.) Swampscott. Massachusetts. 1209. Stearns, F. P. Quality of ground Water, ‘‘ Presence of Crenothrix.” Mass. St. Bd. Health Rep. 368-371. 1890. 1210. The Pollution and Self Purification of Streams. Report on Water Supply and Sewerage Part I Mass. St. Bd. Health. 785-502. (Algae 801, 802.) 1890. 1211. Suggestions as to the Selection of Sources of Water Supply. 22nd Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 333-871. 1891. Remarks upon Crenothrix. 1212. Stearns, F. P. and Drown, T. M. Discussion of Special Topics relating to the Quality of Public Water Sup- plies. Rep. Water Supply and Sewerage Part I. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 717-782. (Algae 731. 747. 770.) 1890. 1218. Sternberg, G. M. Motion of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Macy eur 2: 227. - D188. 1214. Stodder, ©. On Two New Species of Stauroneis, S. baconiana and S. pellucida. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 7: 26-28. 1859-61. LOAD. — Report on Slides of Diatomaceae.—(Trans. Mic. Soc. 9:25-28. 1861.) Mounted by E. Samuels for the Boston Society of Natural History and presented to the Microscopical Society of London. 1216. On the Structure of the Valve of the Diatom- aceae. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 9:2-5. 1863.—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 3:214. 1863.) 1217. On Diatomaceous Earth from Randolph, Mass. (1863.) Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 9:319, 320. 1865. 1218. On Specimens of Deep Sea Soundings. (1864.) Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 10:13. 1866. 1219. Note on Rhabdonema mirificum. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 10:101, 102. 1866. 1220. Report upon the Collection of Diatomaceae from the Alpine Summits of the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 75. 1867. 1221. On Infusorial Harth from Peru. (1866.) Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 11:75-79. 1868. 1222. On a Recent Gathering of Diatomaceous Mud from Pleasant Beach, Cohasset. (°367) Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 11:1382-1384. 1868. a « ee _ Filden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 393 1223. Stodder, €. Nobert’s Test Plate and Modern Micro- scopes. (1867.) Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 11:338-840. 1868, Am. Nat. 2:93-101. Ap1868.—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. §:131- 138. 1868.) 1224. Report of an Investigation of Soundings made in Ten Fathoms of Water off the Coast of Maine, near Mount Desert Island. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 11: 439, 440. 1868. 1225. Presence of Microscopic Bodies in Water. Boston Jour. Chem. Ag. 1870.—( Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:318, 319. 1D 1870. ) 1226. On the Microscopical Contents of the Atmos- phere of Boston. Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 10:207, 208. 1871. . io 4/1297. . The Structure of Eupodiscus argus. The "Lens. 2:29. 5. 1878. 1228. Structure of Diatoms. Am. Nat. 7:701, 702. N1873. 1229. Remarks on the locality of the Bermuda > Tripoli. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:265. 1875. ag * 1230. Examination of Mud from Oyster Beds, Charleston, S. ©. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 17:182. (11N1874.) 1875. " Several species of diatoms found. 1231. Remarks on Frustulia saxonica, Navicula ae rhomboides and Navicula crassinervis.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 15: me 265. 1Je1876.) mS Read before the Royal Microscopical Society. << 1232. A Contribution to Microgeology. Proc. “a Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 18: 206-209. (8D1875.) 1875, 1876. —(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 11:493, 494. Jel876.)—(Mo. Mic. » Jour. 16:219. 101876.) A list of 50 diatoms from the infusorial deposit at Richmond, Virginia. 1238. Mounting Diatoms in Situ. Am. Jour. Mic. 2:142, 148. O1877.—(Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 3:71, 72. 01887.) ‘ = ag oad . 1234. Bermuda Diatoms. Am. Jour. Mic. 2:157. N1877. a 1235. ———. A New Diatom.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 2: 987. : 5 »*- 1879.) we 1236. Notes on Diatomaceae from Santa Monica, California. Am. Jour. Mic. 4:138-15. Ja1879. in 4 . ' Twenty-six species listed, 3 of which are probably new to science a PL Ps i ; eerie 394 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1237. Stodder, €. About Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. f21t3;-115. > JeLsso. 1238. A letter on Cleaning Diatoms without destroy- ing their Adherence to each other. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:98. My1881. 1239. ——. Notes on Diatomaceae from Tampa Bay, Florida. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:30-33. 51883. 1240. Stodder, C. and Greenleaf, R. C. Organisms found in the Mud from the Bottom of Mystic Pond, Medford, near Boston. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 8:119-121. 1861-62. 1241. Stokes, A. C. Sphagnum, Desmids, Rhizopods and Fels. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. $:152, 153. Ag1882. Names 27 species of algae from southern New Jersey. 1242. Key to the Desmidiae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:109-114. Je. %:125-131. Jl. %7:144148. Ag. 7:163-169. $1886. 1243. Notes on the Study of Algae. The Micro- scope. 10:145-148. My. 10:2138-217. J11890. 1244. Diatoms in Abundance. The Microscope. 10: 151-153. My1890. 1245. A Note on Closterium. The Microscope. - 10:168-171. Je1890. 1246. Acknowledgement of Slides of Diatoms. The Microscope. 10:217, 218. J11890. 1247. Analytical Keys to the Genera and Species of the Fresh Water Algae and the Desmidieae of the United States, founded on the Classification of the Rev. Francis Wolle’s Monographs. 1-117. 1 pl. 1893—(Am. Nat. 2%7:739, 740. Ag1893.)—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 14:297. 01893.) 1248. Notes on the Chromatophores of Astrophyl- lum sylvaticum Lindb. (Mnium cuspidatum Hedw.), and of some other Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 21:896-406. 295 1894. Incidental notes on the microscopical appearances of diatoms. 1249. Stowell, C. H. Gleanings from the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society for June. The Microscope. 3:104-106. Ag1883. Note on the preparation of marine algae. 1250. Mounting the Diatomaceae. The Microscope. 4: 280-282. D1884. 1251. Volvox globator. Keeping Alive and Mount- ing. The Microscope. 8:275. D1885. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 395 1252. Stowell, C. H. and Stowell, Louisa A. Beads of Amphip!eura pellucida. The Microscope. 5:91. 1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 5:533. 1885.) 1253. Strasburger, @. ‘‘ Moist Chamber.”—(Am. Mo. Mic, Jour. 2:35. F 1881.) 1254. Sturgis, W. ©. On the Carpologic Structure and Development of the Collemaceae and allied Groups. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. and Sci. 25:15-52. pl. 1-8. 9Ap1890. Some discussion of the algal members of these groups. 1255. Sullivant, J. Letter concerning the Discovery of Bermuda Tripoli. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. 17: 422, 423. 10F 1875. 1256. Sullivant, W. S. and Wormley, T. G@. On the Measurement of the Striae of Diatoms. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. TI. 27: 249-252. My1859. 1257. On Nobert’s Test-Plate and the Striae of Diatoms. Jour, Mic. Soc. 1:112-117. 1861.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. $1:12-17. My1861.) 1258. Sutton, H. J. Some Schuylkill River Inhabitants. A small list of algae is included. 1259. Swan, J.G. Kelp Parchment, prepared for printing. Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents Smiths. Inst. 1886°:715. 1889. A specimen of this material, the first made in the United States, was presented to the National Museum. 1260. Swingle, W. T. Cephaluros mycoidea and Phyllosi- phon, two species of parasitic algae new to North America. (Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. 42:260. (Ag1893.) 1894.) The first form is from central Florida, the second from the Dells of the Wisconsin river. 1261. S,J.C. Pond Life in Winter. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:62, 638. Ap1883. Names 9 species of algae from Bangor, Maine. 1262. Taylor, @ H. Water-washed Diatoms. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 207, 208. 1885. 1263. Cleaning Diatoms from Marine Muds. Proce. Am. Soc. Mic. 208-210. 1885. 1264. Marine Diatomaceae.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:95, 96. My1887.) 1265. Diatoms from Tampa Bay. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:96. My1887. A letter to the editor. 1266. Letter on Method of Cleaniug Diatoms. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 14:141-148. J11887.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1887:844. 01887.) = ge ae I PDR eae eA PO Pe eh a Wee Le Sk ee i | = ete, ~~ x ‘ te 396 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1267. Terry, W. A. Cleaning Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:44-46. Mr. 8:69-71. Ap1887.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1887: 676. 1887.) 1268. Notes on Diatoms and other Algae of New - Haven Harbor and Adjacent Waters. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 9: 225-227. D1888.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 16:33. 12Je1889.) 1269. Motions of Certain Diatoms and Oscillaria. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 10:81-83. Ap1889.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:566. 1889.) 1270. A Search for Diatoms in Boston Harbor, in September, 1889. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:35-37. F1890. —(Notarisia. 5:1030, 1031. 30Je1890.) : 1271. ———-. A Letter about Diatoms. The Microscope. 10: 285-287. $1890. 1272. A Letter about the Movement of Diatoms, Oscillaria, etc. The Microscope. 10:349, 350. N1890. 1273. Diatoms of the Connecticut Shore. I-VIL. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:185-189. Ag. 18: 230-232. O. 13 :253— 256. N1892. 14:45-48. F. 14:140-148. My18938. 15 :74-83. Mr1894. 16:41-47. F1895 1274. . How to find Diatomaceous Earth. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 15:168-171. Je1894. 1275. Thomas, B. W. Microscopical Examination of the Water of Lake Michigan. 3rd Ann. Rep. Dept. Pub. Works. 1879. Chicago.—(Am. Nat. 13:584, 535. Ag1879.) 1276. Diatomaceae of Minnesota Inter-glacial Peat. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Mirn. 20th Ann. Rep. 1891. 290-820. 1893.— (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 20:224. 10My1893. One hundred species listed. 1277. Thomas, B. W. and Chase, H. H. Diatomaceae of Lake Michigan as collected during the last 16 years from the Water Supply of the City of Chicago. Pamphlet 1-3. 1886. Chicago.—(Notarisia. 2:3828-330. 1887.) Presented to the State Microscopical Society of Illinois, 1886. 1278. Thomson, W. €. The Challenger Soundings.—(Mo.- Mic. Jour. 12: 245-250. 1N1874. 13:245, 246. 1Je1875.) Terao The Atlantic. A Preliminary Accountof the General Results of the Exploring Voyage of H. M.S. ‘‘Chal- lenger”’ during the year 1873 and the early part of the year 1876. 1:1-891. (Algae 284.) 2:1-329. (Algae 290.) 1878. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 397 1280. Tilden, Josephine E. List of Fresh-water Algae collected in Minnesota during 1893. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. Bull, No. 9. 25-31. 16Ja1894. Lists 89 species. 1281. Note on the Development of a Filamentous Form of Protococcus in HEntomostracan Appendages. Bot. Gaz. 19: 3384, 335. pl 30. 15Ag1894. or 1282. List of Fresh water Algae Collected in = R, ; Minnesota during 1894. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. Bull. me No. 9. 228-237. 5Mr1895. ‘a Continues the list of No. 1280 to 201 species. a 1283. The Study of the Algae. Minn. Mag. 1: a 146-152. Jel895. a 1284. Toni, J. B. de. Ueber einige Algen aus Feuerland und Patagonien. Hedwigia. 28:24-26. 1889. A list of 16 species collected by Dr. Carl Spegazzini. ee. 1285. Boodlea Murray et De-Toni nuovo genere _ di Alghe a fronda reticolata. Malpighia. 3:14-17. 1889. a «1286. Sopra du Alghe Sud Americane. Malpighia. ee 5:01, 06, 1889: ee 1287. Toni, G. B. de and Levi-Morenos, D. Algae nonnullae 5 quas in circumnavigationis itinere ad Magellani fretum anno a 1884 legit A. Cuboni. Bull. Soc. Ven. Trent. di Padova. 4: . No, 1) 1887. me 1288. Toni, G. B. de and Saceardo, F. Revisione di alcuni Be: generi di Cloroficee epifite. La Nuova Notarisia. 1: 3-20. 3 pl. 1890. America—Porto Rico. 1289. Torell, 0. Bidrag till Sparagmitetagens geognosi och paleontologi. Lund Acta Univ. 4: (Math.) No. 18. 1867. Eophyton. 1290. Torrey, J. Microscopical Examination of the Croton Water. Ann. Rep. Croton Aqueduct. 28-38. (1859.) 1860. New York. 1291. Trelease. W. Biology of the Conjugatae. Bot. Gaz. 10: 256-258. Ap1885. 1292. The Working of the Madison Lakes. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. Artand Letters. 7:121-129. pl. 10. 1889. —(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:81. 10Mr1890.) A description of the vegetation included in scum formed upon lakes, comprising some algal forms. : 398 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1293. Triana, J. and Planchon, J. E. Prodromus Florae. Novo Granatensis ou Enumeration des Plantes de la Flora Grenade avec Description des Especes Nouvelles. Ann Sci. Nat. [V. 20:223-300. (Charae 230.) 1863. Chara sejuncta A. Br. described by W. Nylander. 1294. Truan y Luard, A. and Witt, 0.N. Die Diatomaceen der Polycystinenkreide von Jérémie in Hayti, Westindien. 1888.—(Zeits. wiss. Mik. 4:110-1138. 1888.)—(Bot. Centralb. 36: 225, 226. 1888.) 1295. Photographs of Diatoms.—(Jour. Mic. Nat. Sci.: Jour. Post. Mic. Soc. and Wesley Nat. Soc. O.S. 9: 166. 1890.) Description of method of photographing in work on the fossil diatoms of Hayti. 1296. Tuomey, M. Notice of the Discovery of a New Locality of the ‘‘Infusorial Stratum.” Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 44:339-341. JaFMr1843. 1297. Turner, D. Fuci, sive plantarum Fucorum generi a botanicis adscriptarum icones, descriptiones et historia. 1808-19. 4 vol. gr. 4to. 1:1-164. pl. 1-71. 1808. 2:1-162. pl. 72-18}. 1809. $:1-148. pl. 135-196. 1811. 4:1-153. pl. 197- 258. 1819. 1298. Turner, W. B. On some New and Rare Desmids. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. IL. 5:933-940. pl. 15-16. D1885.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 12:133. 1885.) Describes 24 algae new to North America of which 20 are new species or varieties. 1299. Staining Desmids. The Microscope. 5: 275. D1885. 1300. Process for Mounting Desmids. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 7:58. Mr1886.) 1301. Twitchell, G@. B. Remarks on a variety of Nostoc pruniforme. Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. 9:253-255. (50.) Ja1886. Specimens from Idaho. 1302. Underwood, L. M. Report of the Botanical Division of the Indiana State Biological Survey. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1898. 18-19. Ag1894. States that about 200 species of algae, represented by about 300 speci- mens, are contained in the Underwood herbarium. 1303. Unger, F. Synopsis Plantarum fossilium.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 2:136. J11846.) The number of species of fossil algae then known is given as 119, 1304. Veeder, M. A. Organisms in Ice from Stagnant Water. Am. Nat. 14:388, 389. My1880. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 399 1305. Verrill, A. E. Brief Contribution to Zoology from the Museum of Yale College. XXVI. Results of Recent Dredging Expeditions on the Coast of New England. No. 4. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 7:38-46. Jal874. Twelve species of algae included in reports. 1306. Voree, ©. M. Some Observations on the Minute Forms of Life in the Waters of the Lakes. 1880. Cleveland, Ohio. Read before the Kirtland Society of Natural Sciences. 1307. Forms observed in Water of Lake Erie. Proc. Am; Soc. Mic. 51-60. pil. 7. (9Ag.) 1881. 187-196. ipl. “1882: The list includes a large number of algal forms. 1308. The Motion of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:43-45. Mr1882. 1309. Remarks on Stephanodiscus niagarae. Proc. Am. Soc. Mic. 159-141. 1885.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. IL. 6: 660, 661. Ag1886.) : 13810. The Affinities of Raphidodiscus. The Micro- scope. 9: 132-138. pl. 6. My1889. 1311. The Classification of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 12:150. J11891.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 19:67. 10F 1892.) A criticism of Rev. F. B. Carter’s paper with remarks upon 3 genera. 1312. Wadsworth, M. E. Algae and Spray-markings. Sei- ence. 1:39. 16F1883. 1313. Wagstaff, E. H. An Unknown Plant Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:220. N1884. 1314. Wahl, W. B. Diatoms in Infusorial Earth being Absorbed by Roots of Corn.—(Mo. Mie. Jour. 16: 156-160. pl. 155. 181876.) “Forms of diatoms found in Col. Kunkel’s straw.” 1315. Walcott, C.D. Discophycus. Trans. Alb. Inst. 10:19. 1879. 1316. Wales, ——. Observations on Resolution of Amphi- pleura pellucida. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:103. (20Mr.) Ap1885. Walker, W. C. See Chase, H. H. and Walker, W. C. 1317. Walker, J. A useful Collecting Device. The Micro- scope. 372-874. D1889. 1318. Waller, E. Report on Croton Water during the years 1876-1877.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 2: 238. D1881.) erates Asie bee es peat Ae eee oooh < > J ; a ret A “S a ta 400 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1319. Wallich, G. €. Note on Desmidiaceae of Greenland. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:1380. 1F1869. Names 27 species. Cosmarium and Staurastrum predominate. 1320. Walmsley, W. H. Photomicrograph of Rinnboeck. The Microscope. 6§:181. 1885. 1321. The Preparation of Desmids.—(Jour. Mic. Nat. Sci.: Jour. Post. Mic. Soc. and the Wesley Nat. Soc. O. S. 9:183. 1890.) 1322. Preservation of Algae.—(The Microscope. 10:152. My1890.) 1323. Walther, J. The Formation of Structureless Chalk by Sea-weeds. Science. %:575, 576. 25Je1886.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. II. 6:1028, 1024. D1886.) States that recent observations on the chalk-secreting algae of the Mediterranean may throw light on the formation of the chalk beds of western Kansas. 1324. Wanner, A. The Discovery of Fossil Tracks, Algae, etc., in the Triassic of York county, Pennsylvania. Geol. Surv. Penn. Ann. Rep. for 1887. 21. 71 pl. 1825. Ward, L. F. Guide to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity. 1-237. (144.) 1881. Lists 2 species of Chara and 2 of Nitella. 1326. The Fossil Flora of the Globe. Bot. Gaz. 9:169-174, ON1884. Abstract of paper read by the author before the American Associ- ation for the Advancement of Science. Philadelphia, 1884. 13827. . Synopsis of the Flora of the Laramie Group. U.S. Geol. Surv. 6th Ann. Rep. 399-557. (549.) pl. 31. f. 1, 2. 1885. Fucus lignitum from Montana and Wyoming, noted and figured. 1328. . The Geographical Distribution of Fossil Plants. U.S. Geol. Surv. 8th Ann. Rep. 663-960. 1889. Notes the finding of species of Fucoides, etc., from Quebec, New York State, and other localities in North America. 1829. Report on the Department of Fossil Plants in the United States National Museum, 1888. Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents Smiths. Inst. 18882:189-190. 1890. 1330. Report on the Department of Recent Plants in the United States National Museum. 1888. Ann. Rep. Bd. Regents Smiths. Inst. 1888?:191-193. 1890. 1331. Ward, R. H. Separating Diatoms. Am. Nat. 7:637. f. 158. O1873. Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 401 1332. Ward, L. F. Handling Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 8:697, 689. N1874.) Notes from ‘tA Useful Hint,” given by Capt. Lang of the Reading — Microscopical Society. 1333. Fixing Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 8:701, 702. N 1874.) 1334. ——-. Coarse Lines on Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 9: 126. F1875. ) 1335. Preserving Algae.—(Am. Nat. 9:252. Ap 1875.) Mr. T. Palmer’s method is given. 1836. Mounting Selected Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 9: 252. Ap1875.) 1337. Coloring Matter of ‘‘Red Snow.”—(Am. Nat. 9:575. 01875.) 1338. An Easy Nitzschia. (N. curvula.) Am. Nat. -10:566, 567. $1876. 1339. Collecting Diatoms.—(Am. Nat. 10:567. $1876.) Mr. J. Redmayne’s method. 1540. Diatoms as Fertilizers. Am. Nat. 10: 754. D1876, 1341. Organisms in Rochester Hydrant Water. Am. Nat. 11:441, 442. J11877. Notes.10 species of algae. 1342. Warren, R. 8S. The Preparation of Diatoms. Am. Mo.’Mic. Jour. 3:111-115. Je1882. 1343. Cleaning Diatoms. Reply to Mr. Kitton. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:225, 226. D1882. 1344. Watt, A. P. A Provisional Catalogue of Canadian Cryptogams. Can. Nat. and Geol. N.S. 2:390-404. O1865. Chara vulgaris Linn. and C. fiexilis Linn. noted. 1345. Webber, H J. The Fresh-water Algae of the Plains. Am. Nat. 23:1011-1013. N1889. A list of algae collected in a day’s trip in the Sand Hill region of Nebraska: 10 species of desmids, 13 of diatoms and 15 of other algae 1346. Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. Pro- tophyta—Anthophyta. Report of the Botanist on the Grasses and Forage Plants, and the Catalogue of Plants. [Extracted from the Report of the Nebraska State Board of Agriculture for 1889.] 35-162. (Algae 44-50. 92.) 1890. Lincoln, Nebraska. One hundred and four algae listed including 2 Charas and 1 Nitella. 402 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1347. Webber, H. J. Appendix to the Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. Contributions from the Shaw School of Botany. No. 9. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 6:1-47. (8-11. 20.) 12Mr1892. Names 2 species of Chara, 3 of Nitella and 27 of other algae. 1348. Weber van Bosse, A. Etude sur les Algues Parasites des Paresseux. Nat. Verh., Holland, Maatsch. der Weten- schappen Haarlem. 2 p/. 1887.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 15:25. 5Ja1888. ) 1349. Weed, W. H. Formation of Travertine and Silicious Sinter by the Vegetation of Hot Springs. U.S. Geol. Surv. 9th Ann. Rep. 613-676. pl. 78-87. 1889.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 18:27, 28. 20Ja1891.)—(Am. Jour. Sci. III.. 41:158, 159: #1891.) States that thermal spring vegetation is entirely algal and in Yellow- stone regions occurs only at a temperature below 185° F. 1350. The Diatom Marshes and Diatom Beds of the Yellowstone National Park. Bot. Gaz. 14:117-120. My1889. —(Mic. Bull. 6:17. 1589.)—(The Microscope. 9:217, 218. J11889.) —(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:794. 1889.) Enumerates 11 species. 1351. The Vegetation of Hot Springs. Am. Nat. 23:394-400. My1889. 1352. Note on Sinter-forming Algae. Am. Jour. Sei. II. $7:501. Jel889. 1353. . The Geological Work of Mosses and Algae. Am. Geol. 7:48-55. Jal891. 1354. Weir, F. W. Cleaning Recent Diatomaceous Mate- rial. The Microscope. 9:1-4. Jal889. 1355. A New Diatom Mounting Medium. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 11:86. Ap1890 1356. Wells, S. The Structure of Eupodiscus argus. Mo. MiesJour. 92110,.111. pl tie IMrise73: Description of specimens from Buzzard’s Bay, Mass. 1357. The Markings of Frustulia saxonica.—(Mo. Nie. Jour. 16:169,.170.-> 1018763) Read before the Royal Microscopical Society. 1358. West, W. Desmids of Maine. Jour. of Bot. 26:389, 340. N1888. Adds 73 species to Professor Harvey’s list. ae itp Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAR. 403 1359. West, W. List of Desmids from Massachusetts. U.S. A. Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889:16-21. pl.2, 3. 11889. Enumerates 84 species and 5 varieties and forms, with 2 new species and several new varieties. 1360. The Fresh-water Algae of Maine. Jour. of Bot. 27: 205-207. 1889. 29:353-357. 1891.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17:41. 51890.) Describes 1 new species and 2 new varieties, in the first paper, and 3 new species in the second. 1361. West, W. and West, GS. On some Fresh-water Algae from the West Indies. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 30:264- 280. pl. 13-16 10J11894. Names 60 species. 1362. New American Algae. Jour. of Bot. 33:52. F1895. Describes 1 new variety and 2 new species. 1363. Some Recently Published Desmidieae. Jour. of Bot. 32:65-70. Mr1895. Descriptions of some American forms criticised. 1364. White, C. A. The Invertebrate Fossils collected in Portions of Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, by Parties of the Expeditions of 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. Eng. Dept. U.S. Army. Rep. U.S. Geog. Surv. West of the One Hundredth Meridian. (Palaeontology.) 41:32-34. (1874.) 1877. Cruziana linnarssoni White, and C. rustica White are described from Arizona as new to science. 1365. White, M. C. Discovery of Microscopic Organisms in the Silicious Nodules of the Palaeozoic Rocks of New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 33:385, 886. My1862. Illustrated.—(Can. Nat. Geol. 7: 281-283. Ag1862.) Desmids and diatoms found. 1366. Whitfield, R. P. Preliminary Report on the Palaeon- tology of the Black Hills. U.S. Geog. and Geol. Surv. Rocky Mt. Region. 1-49. J11877. 1367. Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Lower Geological Formations of Wisconsin. Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Wis. for 1876. 50-89. 1877. Palaeophycus plumosus described as new, 1368. Species from the Potsdam Sandstone. Geol. Wis. Surv. of 1873-1879. 4:169-198. 1882. Palaeophycus plumosus described from Mendota, Wisconsin. Pe Sg Seg ee PC EE at a Call Va EY eee Pe Ee eee oe 404 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES 1369. Whitfield, R. P. List of Wisconsin Fossils. Geol. Wis. Surv. of 1873-1879. 1:3862-375. 1883. Thirteen fossil algae listed. 1370. On New Forms of Marine Algae from the Trenton Limestone, with Observations on Buthograptus laxus Hall. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 6:3851-358. pl. 17. D1894. —(Am. Geol. 15:1838, 184. Mr1895.) Three new genera and 3 new species described. 1371. Whitman, C. 0. Preparation of Marine Algae. Am. Nat. 17:456, 457. Ap1885. 1372. Whitney, J. D. Ueber Californischen Bacillarien- Gebirge. Berlin, monatsb. Akad. 124-139. 1872. Whitting, Frances G. See Smith, A. L. and Whit- ting, Frances G, 1373. Wilbur, ©. L. Desmid Fishing. The Microscope. 6:169-171. Agl886. 1374. Wildeman, E. de. Trentepohlia. Bull. Soc. R. Bot. Belg. 271:79-83. 272:22-24. 1386-144. 178-182. ipl. 1888. —(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1889: 420, 421. Jel889.) Two new species from Chile described. 1375. -. Encore quelques mots 4 propos de lHans- girgia flabelligera de Toni. Comp. Rend. Soc. Roy. Bot. de Belgique. 28:36, 37. 1889. 1376. Trentepohlia pittieri. Notarisia. 9:6, 7. 1894. A new species from Costa Rica. 1377. Wille, N. Bidrag til Sydamerikas Algflora. I-III. —(Bihang till k. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. §8:1-64. pl. 1 3. 1884. ) 1378. Willey, H. A Sea-weed new to our Coast. Am. Nat. 6: 767. D1872. Hildenbrandia rosea Kunze noted as occurring at Mt. Desert, Massa- chusetts. 1379. Williams, A., Jr. Infusorial Earth. U.S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U. S. 479, 480. 1883. Nevada and California given as localities for the material. 1380. Infusorial Earth. U.S. Geol. Surv. Miner. Res. U.S. 1883 and 1884. 720, 721. 1885. The substance occurs in many places in California and Nevada. It is of some economical value being used chiefly by soap manufac- turers. Notes on deposits in Maryland and Virginia. 1381. Williams, T. A. The Status of the Algo-Lichen Hypothesis. Am. Nat. 23:1-8. Ja1889. “5 \ Tilden: BIBIJIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 405 1382. Williamson, W, C. On some of the Microscopical Objects found: in the Mud of the Levant and other Deposits; with Remarks on the Mode of Formation of Calcareous and In- fusorial Silicious Rocks. (1845.) Manchester Phil. Soc. Mem, 8:1-128. 1848. Diatoms of Bermuda and Virginia studied. 1383. 128, 1Mr1875. Virginia, Bermudas, and West Indies. 1384. Williston, S. W. Cause of the Bad Smell in the Meriden (Connecticut) Reservoir. Meriden Daily Jour. 1N 1889. 1385. 81, 82. Mr1890. 1386. Williston,S. W.,Smith, H. E.and Lee,T.G. Report on the Examination of Certain Connecticut Water Supplies. 14th Ann. Rep. St. Bd. Health Conn. for year ending Nov. 30, 1891. 231-406. 1892. A large number of algae listed. 1387. Willson, L.A. Topreserve Algae. The Microscope. (Smiley.) N. S. 3:44. Mr1895. 1388. Wilson, G.H. Report on Health of Town of Meri- den, Connecticut. 12th Ann. Rep. St. Bd. Health Conn. for 1889. 68, 69. 1890. Volvox and other algae cause the water from the reservoir to havea “fishy” taste during the fall. 1389. Wilson, P. B. Silica of Grasses and other Plants carried up as Diatoms or other Silicious Grains, and not in solution or as soluable Silicates. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. III. 11:3738, 374. My1876.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 16:92. 1Ag1876.)— Am. Jour. Sci, Arts. III. 12:400. N1876.) 1390. Winchell, A. Notice of a Small Collection of Fossils from the Potsdam Sandstone of Wisconsin and the Lake Superior Sandstone of Michigan. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. II. 37: 226-232: Mr1864. Two new species of Palaeophycus described from the red sand- stone of Lake Superior. Witt, O.N. See Truan, y Luard, A. and Witt, 0. N. 1391. Witt, W.G. de. Pithophora kewensis. Jour, N. Y. Mic. Soc. 1:218. (20N.) D1885. Deep-sea Researches. Mo. Mic. Jour. 13:126- Uroglena volvox Ehr. The Microscope. 10: 406 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1392. Wittrock. V. B. Oedogoneae Americanae hucusque cognitae. Bot. Notiser. 1383. 1878.—(Hedwigia. 17:178-181. D1878.) 1393. Om snoens och isens flora, sirskildt i de arktiska trakterna. A, E. Nordenskioeld’s ‘‘Studier och forskningar, foeranledda af mina resor i hoega Norden.” 1883. Bot. Gesell. 7Mr1883.—(Bot. Centralb. 14:158, 159. 1883.) —(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:1389. J11884.)—(Nature. 30: 638-640. 3001884.) 1394. Wolle, F. Fresh-water Algae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 6:121-123. N1876. Part II. 6:187-141. Mri877. Part TIT. 6: 181-189, N1877. Part IV. 7:43-48. Ap1880, Part V- 8:37. 1881. Part VI. 9:25=380.-pl; 73. Mri882. Part wae 10:18-21. pl. 27, F1888. Part VIIL. 11:13-17. pl. 44. F 1884. Part IX. 12:1-6. pl. 47. Jal885. Part X. 12:125-129. pl. 57. D1885. First paper: Thirty species believed to be new to the United States and 10 new to science. Collected mostly within twenty miles of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Second paper: Addition of 100 species to the United States lists. Third paper: Notes 150 forms new to the United States and 24 new species. Fourth paper: Lists 90 new to the United States and 18 new to science. Fifth paper: 81 species new to United States, of which 4 are new to science. Sixth paper: 7Ospecies enumerated as being new to United States, 15 new species and varieties. Seventh paper: 77 species and varieties new to United States, of which 31 are entirely new. Eighth paper: 38 species and varieties new to North America, of which 20 are new. Ninth paper: Nearly 50species and varieties new to the flora of the United States, 15 entirely new. Tenth paper: 26 new species and varieties new to United States of which 14 are new to science. 1395. . A Nostoc the Matrix of Scytonema. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 6:217, 218. 1 pl. Ap1878. 1396. Fresh-water Algae. Bot. Gaz. 3:68-70. Ag1878. | 1597. Fresh-water Algae. Synopsis of Discoveries and Researches in 1878. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 6: 281-288. JalH'1879. About 125 species new to the United States listed. 1398. Dubious Character of some of the Genera of Fresh-water Algae. Am. Quart. Mic. Jour. 1:205-208. pl. 78. (24F.) Ap1879.—(Brebissonia. 1:185-188. 380Je1879.) 1399. Fallacious Appearances among the Fresh- water Algae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:21, 22. f. 9. F1880.—(Bot. Centralb. 6:37. 1881.) is oa Dies . tae _——s*Tilden: ~BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 407 —-: 1400. Wolle, F. Cell-multiplication in Chantransia violacea _ Kg. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:43-45. f. 13. Mr1880. : 1402. Notes on Fresh-water Algae (Bulbochaete.) Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 1:121, 122. f. 22. J11880.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 7:100. $1880.) 1403. New American Desmids. Bull. Torr. Bot. eecinb. 7:91. pl. 5. Agiss0. - Explanation of plate. ———«:1404.. W(olle), F. Cooke’s ‘‘Desmids new to Britain.” —(Am. ‘ie Mo. Mic. Jour. 2:116,117. Jel1881.) Notes on occurrence of same species in America. -:1405. + Wolle, F. Rotifer Nests. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 3:101, ~ 102, Je18s2. Notes occurrence of 3 species of Spirogyra near Harrisburg, Penn., and Vaucheria geminata with rotifer galls. : ~ 1406. Fresh-water Algae. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. ee. 3:147, 148. Ag1882. Discussion of the synonomy of Mastigocladus laminosus. me 1407. —. Cooke’s ‘British Fresh-water Algae.’”—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:76. Ap1883.) ot Notes of species found also in America. fee 1408. Desmids of the United States and List of American Pediastrums with Eleven Hundred Illustrations on _ Fifty-Three Colored Plates. 8vo. 1-168. pl. 1-53. 1884. Bethle- hem, Penn.—(Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 5:116. Jel884. 5:129, 180. _ J11884.)—(Jour. Mic. Nat. Sci.: Jour. Post. Mic. Soc. 3: 254, 255. O1884:)—(Am. Nat. 18:1042-1044. O1884.)—(Nature. $1: 292, 298. 29Ja1885.) ; 1409. . First Contribution to the Knowledge of Kansas Algae. Bull. Washburn Lab. Nat. Hist. 1:17,18. S 1884. Second Contribution. 1:62-64. Jal885. Third Con- tribution. 1:174, 175. Jl1886. Fourth Contribution. 2:64. 1889. In the first, second and third papers are noted 30 species of algae; in the fourth 23 diatoms from Arlington, Reno county are listed. 1410. Fresh-water Algae. Bot. Gaz. 11:148. Je 1886. Directions for collecting. Rea INE PT oe A me peg Eee RT AE pee ee Te ee aR e 408 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. . 1411. Wolle, F. Fresh-water Algae of the United States; Be (Exclusive of the Diatomaceae) complemental to Dasmids of the United States; with 2,300 Illustrations Covering One Hun- — dred and Fifth-one Plates, a few Colored, Including Nine Addi- tional Plates of Desmids. i-xix. 21-364. 1887. 2: pl. 54-210, — 1887. Bethlehem, Penn. 1412. Desmids of the Pacific Coast. Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:482-487. 16Je1887. Second Paper. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II. 11:79, 80. Jel888. The first article contains a list of 82 desmids and 14 other algae col- lected by Mrs. Hansen and Miss Haggin near lake Tahoe, August, 1886. The second article gives 17 desmids not contained in previous list, and 7 other algae. Collections made at Donner, Truckee and Reno, Nevada, September, 1887. 14138. Nostoc pruniforme. Bot. Gaz. 15:24. Ja 1890. 1414. Diatomaceae of North America, Illustrated with Twenty-three Hundred Figures from the Author’s Draw- ings on One Hundred and Twelve Plates. i-xili. 15-47. pl. 1-112. 1890. Bethlehem, Penn.—(Am. Nat. 25: 484, 485. My1891.) Bethlehem, Penn. 1415. Wolle, F.and Martindale, I. C. Algae—Fresh-water and Marine Forms. Britton’s ‘‘Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey.” Geol. Surv. N. J. Final Rep. St. Geol. 2: 384-430. and 602-615. 1889.—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 17: 159-163. 9Je 1890. A large number of species listed. 1416. Wood, H. €. Observations on the Life-history of some Siphonaceous Fresh-water Algae. Proc. Phil. Acad. — 1867:98. (6Ag.) 1867. 1417. Fresh-water Algae in Hot Springs. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1867:125. 1501867. Remarks upon an alga from Mono county, California, said to grow in water of a temperature from 120-136° F. 1418. . A Botanical Excursion in my Office. Am. Nat. 1:517-530. sf D1867. 1419. Notes on some Algae from a Californian Hot Spring. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 46:31-34. J11868—(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2:231-234. 1868.)—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 8: 250— ~ 254. 1868.) 1420. duces its Zoospores. Biol. and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1868: 11,32) 190321868. Manner in which Schizomeris leibleinei pro- 7 , ra 0 LY ee ined ae ye eese sy re iy EEL eae TR a ee ee Ee ORC oat ye The a ‘Tilden: ie BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. ei. 1421. Wood, H.C. Meseription of a new Species of Pal- ~ melia. Biol. and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1868:12, 13. (16N.) 1868. a . Palmella jesseni described. Remarks also made on a probable Chan- be transia found on stones in a creek. ¥ 1429, New Species of Sirosiphon. Biol. and Mic, ei, Dept. Phil. Acad. 1869:1, 2. (18Ja.) 1869. % ie Describes 4 species new to North America, and 3 entirely new. sf a 1428. Nostochopsis. A Probable new Genus of iS _ Fresh-water Algae. Biol. and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1869: 2, 3. (18) 1869. : ee One species described. > 1494. An Undescribed Species of Oedogonium. 5 Biol and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1869:4. (8My.) 1869. _____Names the species O. mirabile. me 1425. On Oedogonium huntii (1867.) Proc. Am. x 2. Soc. 10: 333-835. 1869. B 1426. Desmids from the White Mountains. Biol, ‘a and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1869:15-19. (15N.) 1869. . a ioe The collection embraces 23 species, new and old. 8 new species ee | ee P described. 3 1427. Nostoc cristatum. Biol. and Mic. Dept. Phil. Acad. 1869:20. (20D.) 1869. ye 4 1428. Algae. Rep. U. S. Geol. Explor. Fortieth Parallel. (Botany.) 5:415. 1871. a os _ Notes concerning 5 species of which one Ulva, merismopedioides, is iz - new to science, B 1429. Prodromus of a Study of the Fresh-water _ Algae of Eastern North America. (1869.) Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 11:119-145. 1871—(Grevillea, 3:43, 44, $1874.) «+1480. A Contribution to the History of the Fresh- _ water Algae of North America. (1872.) Smiths, Cont. Knowl. pale: i-viii, 1-262. pl. 1-21. 1874.—(Grevillea. 2:54-57. 01873. 72-76. N1873. 2: 92-96. D1873.)—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. = IL 5:391. My1873.) 4 1431. Woods, A. F. Notes on the Canon Flora of Sioux county, with List of Plants Collected in July and August, 1892. Bot. Surv. Neb. 2:31-46. 1893. BS Lists 7 species of desmids. 28 of diatoms, and 13 of other algae. o 1432. Coleochaetaceae, Characeae. Univ. of Neb. wi Fl. Neb. Published by the Botanical Seminar. 17:119-128. aS om 28-86. 15Ag1894. me 410 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1433. Woodward, A. and Thomas, B. W. The Microscopi- cal Fauna of the Cretaceous in Minnesota, with Additions from Nebraska and Illinois. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. The Geology of Minnesota. Final Rep. Palaeontology. 31: 23-54. (80N1891.) 1895. States that more than 100 species of fresh-water Diatomaceae were found in samples of interglacial peat from Blue Earth county, Minn. Woodward, A. See Gratacap, L. P. and Woodward, A. 1434. Woodward, J. J. Memorandum on the Amphipleura pellucida. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Til. 1:345, 346. My1871.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 6:48, 44. 1J11871.) 1435. On the Double Markings of Triceratium. The Lens. 1:100. 7 pl. 1872. 1436. Notes on Frustulia saxonica as a Test of High Power Definitions. The Lens. 1:233. 7 pl. 1872. 1437. The Use of Amphipleura pellucida as a Test- object for High Powers. Am. Nat. 6:193-197. pl.4. Ap1872. —(Mo. Mic. Jour. 8:204, 205. 101872. ) 1438. On the Spurious Lines of Diatoms. Am. Nat. 10:60. Jal876.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 15:144. 1Mr1876.) An account given at the Washington Philosophical Society. 1439. Observations suggested by the Study of Amphipleura pellucida mounted in Canada Balsam by Lamp- light and Sunlight with Various Objectives. Am. Jour. Mice. and Pop. Sci. 4:141-149. JlAgS1879. 1440. Photographs of Diatoms. Jour. N. Y. Mie. Soc. 1:123. 1885. 1441. Woodworth, W. M. The Apical Cell of Fucus. Ann. of Bot. 1:203-211. pl. 10. F1888.—(Jour. Roy. Mic. Soe. 1888: 621, 622.Ag1888.) The species especially investigated was F. furcatus of the New Eng- land coast. 1442. Woolman, L. On the Discovery of Diatoms in Arte- sian Wells at Atlantic City, N. J, Mic. Bull. 5:41. 1888. 1443. Artesian Wells, Atlantic City, N. J. Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. St. Geol. 1889. 89-99. 1889. A discussion of the diatomaceous layers. 1444. An Outcrop of Fossil Diatoms near Shiloh, Nea, Wie sBalk. 12. 1890: 1445. Communications containing Data with regard to Diatomaceous Clays, etc., J. G. Smock’s Artesian and other Bored Wells. Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. St. Geol. 1890. 259-283. 1891. reer 2e Tilden: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. eS 1446. Woolman, L. Geology of Artesian Wells at Atlantic City, N. J. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1890:132-147. (25Mr1890.) — 1891. 1890:444. (80D1890.) 1891. Be. i In first paper 149 species of diatoms were named, determined by C. H. th Kain and E. A. Schultze. A description of the various diatoma- Be “i ceous layers is furnished. The second article gives a list of Navi- a culas accidentally omitted in the former paper. me 1447. Marine and F'resh-water Diatoms and Sponge- ‘spicules from the Delaware River Clays of Philadelphia. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1890: 189-191. (17Je1890.) 1891. eo > 1448, A Review of Artesian Well Horizons in _ Southern New Jersey. Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. St. Geol. ) «61891. 2238-282. 7 pl. 1892. me 1449, Artesian Wells in Southern New Jersey. _ Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. St. Geol. 1892. 275-811. 1893. Bee, 1450. Artesian Wells and Water Horizons in South- ern New Jersey, with Economical, Geological and Palaeontolo- gical Notes. Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. St. Geol. 1893. —«-889-421. 1894. Wormley, T. G. See Sullivant, W. 8S. and Wormley, T. 1451. Wyman, J. Observations and Experiments on Living Organisms in Heated Water. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. Il. 44: 152- ; 169. $1867. Br " Describes a number of hot springs with observations upon the organ- ae isms inhabiting them. a K 1452. . Fresh-water Algae and Diatomaceae of Minne- __—apolis, Minn. Am. Mo. Mic. Jour. 4:18. Jal883. Names 21 species. _ 1453. W., W. A. Mounts of Fresh-water Algae.—(The _. Microscope. 5:12. Jal885.) ——s«-'1454. Zeller, G@. Algae brasilienses circa Rio de Janeiro a Dr. A. Glaziou collectae. Warming’s Symbolae ad Flor. Bras. Central Cognos. 22:426-432. Vidensk. Medd. Nat. (1876.) » 1876-77. . ea 1455. Anonymous. Sargasso Weeds. Phil. Mag. and Ann. -D1880—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 20:181. J11831.) 1456. Where to search for Diatoms. The Lens. IL: £06; 1872. meee | 1457. The Diatom Hoax. (Pleurosigma angulatum.) Re —(Am. Nat. 6:121. F1872.) eer ee re -. DIET KI) os ees ee ES oe ee eT 412 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1458. Anonymous. Diatoms as Food for Plants with cuts of Forms of Diatoms found in Col. Kunkel’s Straw. Am. Jour. Mic. 1:105. 1876. = 1459. Typical Specimens of the Diatomaceae. Am. — Jour. Mic. 2:7, 8. Jal877. 1460. . The Fossil Earth of Richmond, U. S. A. Am. Nat. D1877.—(Mo. Mic. Jour. 17: 100. 11877.) 1461. A Roundabout Walk to Church. Am. Jour. Mic.. 3: 157, 158. -J11878. Nine species of algae reported from Chicago. 1462. Volvox globator.—(Am. Jour. Mic. 4:20, 21. Jal879. 1468. The Effect on Health of certain Algae in the Mystic Water Supply. ist Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health, Lunacy and Charity. 1879. Supp. Cont. Rept. and Paperson Pub. Health. 155-160. 1880. 1464. of Buffalo. Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 1883. 7 1465. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. The Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Narrative. 1!: (Algae 127.) 1885. Calcareous sea-weeds described. 1466. Gigantic Sea-weeds.—(The Microscope. 6:259. N1886. A specimen more than 1.500 feet long brought to Montevideo from the & Atlantic near the Equator. 1467. . The Diatom, Heliopelta. Jour. N. Y. Mic. Soc. 3:24. Ap1887. Description of a specimen contained in the Society’s cabinet. 1468. Algae Growing on Animals.—(Am. Nat. 22:1028. N1888.)—(The Microscope. 9:60. 1889. ) Three species of algae stated to have been recently found on the hairs — of sloths. 1469. Examinations of Water Supplies and Rivers. Report on Water Supply and Sewerage. PartI. Mass. St. — Bd. Health. 1-383. 1890. 1470. A Classification of the Drinking Waters of the State. Report on Water Supply and Sewerage. Part I. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 679-716. (Algae. 686.) 1890. 1471. 22nd Ann. Rep. Mass. St. Bd. Health. 67-3831. 1891. Catalogue of the Cryptogams of the Vicinity a aot e * YY eae * oA Ce aa eed Ay ey ei) A) et . = + a enw By ahs os is rs ds eiaga c Examinations of Water Supplies and Rivers. — . as 17:561. 1877.) i -_ Dublin Microscopical Club, Mar. 15, 1877. . 4 ‘. fh 414 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1484. Boergesen, F. Desmidieae brasiliae: Symbolae ad Fl. Bras. Centr. cognosc. ed. E. Warming particula xxxiv. Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 929-958. (24-583.) pl. 2-5. 1890. Bory de St. Vincent, J. B. GM. See Brongniart, A. and Bory de St. Vincent, J. B. G. M. 1485. Briggs, S. A. Rhizosolenia eriensis H. L. Smith. The Lens. Jal872.—(Grevillea. 1:14. J11872.) 1486. Brightwell, T. On the genus Triceratium, with Descriptions and Figures of the Species. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sei. 1:245-252. pl. 4. (Je) 1853. 1487. On the Filamentous, Long-horned Diatom- aceae, with a Description of Two New Species. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 4:105-109. pl. 7, 1856. Chaetoceros peruvianum from Callao, Peru, is described as new. 1488. Further Observations on the Genus Tricer- atium, with Descriptions and Figures of New Species. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 4: 272-276. pl. 17. 1856. Material from Barbadoes earth. Other American localities. 1489. Remarks on the Genus ‘‘Rhizosolenia” of Ehrenberg. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 6:93-95. pl, 5. 1858. 1490. Further Observations on the Genera Tricera- tium and Chaetoceros. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 6:153-155. 1858. 1491. On some of the Rarer or Undescribed Species of Diatomaceae. Part I. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 7:179-181. pl- 9. 1859. Part II. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 8:93-96, pl. 5, 6. 1860. Several American localities. 1492. On the Rarer and Undescribed Species of Diatomaceae. Errata et Corrigenda. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. §:189. 1860. 1493. Brongniart, A. Exposition Chronologique des Peri- odes de Vegetation et des Flores Diverses qui se sont succede a la surface dela Terre. -Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 11:285-838. 1849. 1494. Brongniart, A. and Bory de St. Vincent, J. B. G@. M. Botanique du Voyage autour du monde sur la Coquille exec. par Duperry. Cryptogames. 2: pl. 1-100. 1829. Paris. 1495. Dawson, W. The Genus Prototaxites. Geol. Surv. Can. Fossil Plants. 16-20. 1871. 1496. De La Pylaie, A. J. M. Bernard Quelques observa- tions sur les productions de l’ile de Terre-Neuve, et sur quelques Algues de la cote de France appartenant an genre Laminaire. Ann. Sci. Nat. 4:174-184. pl. 9. 1824. be B. ? ‘Tilden; BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN ALGAE. 415 1497. Desfontaines, R. L. and Mirbel, C. F. Rapport sur la Hore des Malouines de M. D’Urville.—(Ann. Sci. Nat. 6: 469- 476. 1825.) Read before the Royal Academy of Sciences, Oct. 24, 1825. 1498. Du Petit-Thouars, A. Melanges de Botanique et de Voyages. Premier Receuil. 1811. Paris. Twenty-one species of algae collected at Tristan da Cunha. 1499. Edwards, A.M. Different Diatoms on the same Stipes. - Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N. S. 15:63, 64. 1875. 1500. Ehrenberg, ©. G@. Ueber die weitere Entwicklung hiss Kenntniss des Gruensandes als gruener Poly thalamien— Steinkerne, ueber braunrothe und corallrothe Steinkerne der Polythalamien Kreide in Nordamerika, und ueber den Meeres- -_ grund aus 12900 Fuss tiese. Mb. Berl. Akad. 172. 8Mr1855. 1501. De la toba fitolitaria del valle de Toluca por el Senor Ehrenberg. Traduccion communicada por el Senor Doctor Burkart a Don Antonio del Castillo con encargo _ de corregirla para su publicacion en Mexico. La Naturaleza. 3:118. (1 Lam.) 1874. - 1502. Forbes, S. A. The Food of Fishes. Studies of the Food of Birds, Insects and Fishes, made at the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History at Normal, Lllinois. 18-65. N1880. 1503. On the Food of Young Fishes. Studies of the Hood of Birds, Insects and Fishes, made at the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, at Normal, Illinois. 66-79. ~~ N1880. 1504. The Food of Illinois Fishes. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. The Natural History of Illinois. Bull. No. 2. 71-86. 1505. Gaudichaud, C. Rapport sur la Flore des _ iles Malouines.—(Ann. Sci. Nat. 5:89-110. pl. 2-3. 1825.) Read before the Academy of Sciences, May 16. 1506. Greville, R. K. Note on a Structure observed in S§urirella. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 7:116, 117. 1f. 1859. A specimen from Californian guano. 1507. . On Plagiogramma. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 7:207-211. pl. 10.. 1859. Californian guano furnished specimens. 1508. On Campylodiscus, &c. Trans. Mic. Soe. N.S. 8:29-32. pl. 7. 1860. Several new species from Jamaica. Shak OG a Ba Lg \ Te gL pS LT ee he nea 1509. Greville, R. K. A Monograph of the Genus Asterolam- pra, including Asteromphalus and Spatangidium. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. 8:102-124. pl. 3, 4. and f. 7, 2. (14Mr.) 1860. Material obtained from a deposit in the United States. 1510. Descriptions of New and Rare Diatoms. Series I]. Trans. Mic. Soc. N. S. 9:39-45. (12Mr.) pl. 4. — 1861. Series IL... N.S. 9: 67-73. pl. 8. (12Je.) 1861. Series III. N, S. 9:73-77. pl. 9. (12Je.) 1861. SeriesIV. N.S. 9:79-87. pl. 10 (12Je.) 1861. Series V. N.S. 10:18-29. pl. 2, 3. (11D1861.). 1862. Series VI. N.S. 10:89-96. pl. 9. 1862. Series VII. Quart. — Jour. Mic. Sci. N. S. 2: 2381-236. pl. 10. 1862. Series VIII. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. 11:18-21. pl. 7. 1868. Series IX. N.S. 11: 63-76. pl. 4,5. (18My.) 1863. Series X. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 3: 227-287. pl. 9,10. 1863. Series XI N.S. 12:8- 14, pl. 1, 2. 1864. Series XII. N.S. 12:81-86. (10F.) pl. 10, 11. 1864. Series XIII. N.S. 12:87-94. pl. 12, 13. (t1My.) 1864. Series XIV. N.S. 13:1-10. pl. 7,2. (9N1864.) 1865, Series XV. N.S. 13: 24-34. pl. 3, 4. (8Mr.) 1865. Series XVI. N.S. 13:48-75. pl. 5, 6. (10My.) 1865. Series XVIL N.S. 13:97-105. pl. 8, 9. (14Je.) 1865. Series XVIIL N.S. 14:1-9. pl. 1,2. (8N1865.) 1866. Series XIX. N.S. 14:77-_ 86. pl. 8,9. (14Mr.) 1866. Series XX. N.S. 14:121-180. pl. 11,12. (9My.) 1866. Description of new species from Barbadoes deposit, slides of which — were supplied by Mr. J. T. Norman, and also material obtained from different localities in North and South America. 1511. A Monograph of the Genus Auliscus. Trans« Mic. Soc. N. S. 11:36-53. pil. 2, 3. (11Mr.) 1863. 1512. Hooker, W. J. and Arnott, G. A. W. The Botany of Captain Beechey’s Voyage; comprising an Account of the Plants collected by Messrs. Lay and Collie, and other Officers of the Expedition, during the Voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Strait, performed in his Majesty’s ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. W. Beechey, R. N., F. R., and — A.S., in the Years 1825, 26, 27 and 28. 1-485. (Algae. 54. Goto. 140; 434. 1638—165. 406-409.) 1841. Two species of algae from Chili; 2 from Society Islands; 1 from Sand- wich Islands; 1 from Kotzebue’s Sound; 24 from California; 25 addi- tional from California. “— PAR eee pore EG et elie: bees Saag At he Pee are eee ee Be Wert sy eg ae ‘s eye iM Se vite * . v rat ~ 1513.. Kitton, F. New Diatoms from Panama.—(Quart. ‘ se Mic. Sci. N.S. 15:99. 1875.) -_ Given before the Microscopical Society, Oct. 7, 1874. 1514. Kjellman, F. R. Ueber die Beziehungen der Flora _ des Bering-Meeres zu der des Ochotskischen Meeres. Bot. - Sekt. Naturvet. Studentsillsk. i Upsala. 2501888.—(Bot. Cen- - tralb. 41:167-170. 198,199. 1890.) * 1515. Lamouroux, €. V. F. Memoire sur la Geographie des plantes marines.—(Ann. Sci. Nat. 7:60. 1826.) Read before the Roya] Academy of Sciences, Feb. 21, 1825. (1516. Lapham, I. A. Plants of Wisconsin. Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci. Second Meeting. Agi849. 19-59. 1850. _ Chara vulgaris Willd. reported. “4517. Leidy, J. A Floraand Fauna within Living Animals. | P Smiths. Cont. Knowl. 52:1-54. pl. 1-10. (D1851.) 1853. AY. <, Mirbel, C. F. See Desfontaines, R. L. and Mirbel, C. F. 1518. Montagne, J. F. ©. Crytogamae brasilienses seu a ‘Plantae cellulares quas in itinere per Brasiliam 4 celeb. Au- guste de Saint-Hilaire collectas recensuit observationibusque BF sonnullis illustravit. Ann. Sci. Nat. I]. 12:42-55. 1839. é ‘, Lists 46 species of algae. a BaalLol9: Description de plusieurs nouvelles especes ‘ de Cryptogames decouvertes par M. Gaudichaud dans lAmer- _ ique meridionale. Ann. Sci. Nat. Il, 2:73-79. 1834. “Describes Ceramium dasytrichum. a 1520. Centurie de Plantes cellulaires exotiques ‘“ nouvelles. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 8:345-370. 1837. .% Twenty-six species of algae described from American localities. 1621. Seconde centurie de Plantes cellulaires exot- ia _iques nouvelles. Decades1et II. Ann. Sci. Nat. IL 13:193- ih 207. 1840. Nine species of algae described. 1522. Sixieme Centurie de Plantes cellulaires nou- ___velles, tant indigenes qu’exotiques. Decades IIl.a VI. Ann. ‘Ss Sci. Nat. III. 11:33-66. 1849. . Algae nos. 53-60. habitat: Labrador, United States, Yucatan, ete. * 15235. Huitieme Centurie de Plantes cellulaires _ nouvelles, tant indigenes qu’exotiques, Decades IV et V. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 7:134-153. 1857. Decades IX et X. Ann. Sci. q Nat. IV. 12:167-192. 1859. an South American localities. : 1524. Neuvieme Centurie de Plantes cellulaires nouvelles tant indigenes qu’exotiques. DecadesIetII. Ann. _ Sci. Nat. IV. 14:167-185. 1860. el ¥ > top ‘. oo "ee -~ " poe a SF ide ser 417 to r. al ee SEP iby ie — Pe. —_—— os. ae ty ee - ee ee ea ey ee, Peas -—(Quart. Jour. Mic Sci. N. S. 18:349. 1878.) MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES 1525. Norman, G. On some Undescribed Species of Diataet aceae. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. 9:5-9. pl. 2. (14N1860.) 1861 Aulacodiscus sollittianus from Nottingham, Maryland, described as new. 1526. O’Meara, E. On Stauroneis phyllodes (Ehrenb: ae Kuetz., Rabenh.—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 17:102. 1877.) Exhibited before the Dublin Microscopical Club, July 13, 1876. _ ete 1527. Undescribed Species of Craspedodiscus. — —(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 17:106. 1877.) es Example from fossil earth from Delaware and Maryland shown before a the Dublin Microscopical Club, Sept. 21, 1876. Se 1528. Brightwellia johnsoni exhibited. — (Quart. ae Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 17:304. 1877.) Before the Dublin Microscopical Club, Feb. 15, 1877. 1529. Characters of Craspedodiscus elegans. —(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 17:465. 1877.) : Specimen from Maryland deposit shown before the Dublin Micro- % scopical Club, May 24, 1877. eee 1530. Navicula mossiana. n. s. O’M., exhibited. —(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N.S. 18:346. 1848.) Ze Dredged from Discovery Bay, 81° 43' N. Dublin Microscopical Club, Jan. 17, 1878. Se . 1531. Some Arctic Diatoms, amongst which Biddul- phia balaena, which appears rather to be a Triceratium. — Sa Shown before Dublin Microscopical Club, Feb. 27, 1878. = 1582. Docidium nodosum, American example — exhibited.—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N. S. 18:350. 1878.) Before the Dublin Microscopical Club, March 21, 1878. on 15338. Palmer, J. L. Colour of the Sea. Quart. Jour. Mies ; aes Sci. N.S. 8:178, 179. 1868. a 1534. Roper, F. C. §. On the Genus Biddulphia and its Affinities. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. 7:1-24. 1859. ra ‘American localities. 1535. On Triceratium arcticum. Trans. Mic. Some N.S. 8:55-58. if. 1860. Specimens from Vancouver’s Island. a 1536. Rylands, T. G@. On the Markings of Diatomaceae. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 8: 25-28. 1860. Remarks concerning Dr, Greville’s Article on ‘“‘Diatomaceae in Cali- — fornian Guano.” Groups of Cryptogams. 27sheets. Blue prints 8x10. $1892. _ Cambridge, Mass.—(Bot. Centralb. 53:144. 1893.) 1538. Sollitt, J. D. On the Measurement of the Striae of F D iatoms. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 8:48-51. 1860. e* _ Criticisms of the observations of W.S. Sullivant and T. G. Wormley. 1539. Suhr, J. N. von. Beitriige Zur Algen-Kunde Flora. 7] 19: 337-350. 14Je1836.—(Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 7:171-176. 1837.) 4 7 American localities. 1540. Wallich,G. €. On the Silicious Organisms found in s “the Digestive Cavities of the Salpae, and their Relation to the 5 FI ‘int Nodules of the Chaik Formation. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. . 8: 36-55. pl. 2. (14D1859.) 1860. Be. Remarks upon the Triceratium semicirculare of Mr. Brightwell ____ obtained from the Bermuda deposit. 1541. Webber, H. J. On the Antheridia of Lomentaria. A inn. of Bot. 5:226, 227. 7. 2, 3. Ap1891. A study at Woods Holl, Massachusetts of materia! collected in Vine- 3 re yard Sound. 1642. Webster, W. H. B. Account of the Natural Produc- tions of Staten Land and Cape Horn. Edinb. Jour. Sci. 1:26- 1. Jal830.—(Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. 18:188-190. 1830.) States that the sea-weeds about Staten Land are very large and con- tain iodine, while those of the Shetland Isles are extremely meagre in amount and variety. 1543. West, T. Remarks on some Diatomaceae, new or . imperfectly described, anda new Desmid. Trans. Mic. Soc. N.S. 8:147-153. pl. 7. 1860. _ American localities. «1544. Wolle, F. Turner’s ‘‘New Desmids of the United _ States.”—(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 13:56-60. Ap1886.) ____ Reviews Mr. Turner’s paper in the Journal of the Royal Microscopical By Society, 1885. 4537. r eo I iia B. Herbarium Indexes for all the 420 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES EXSICCATAE. 1. Allen, T.F. Characeae Americanae exsiccatae. Fol. Fascicle I-IV. No. 1—. 1880—. New York. 2. Areschoug,J. E. Phyceae extra-europeae exsiccatae. Fascicle I-III. No. 1-90. 1854-1856. Upsala, Sweden. 3. Collins, F.S., Holden, I. and Setchell, W. A. Phyco- theca Boreali-Americana. A collection of Dried Specimens of the Algae of North America. Fascicle I. No. 1-50. F1895. Fascicle II. No. 50-100. Mri1895. Malden, Mass. 4. Farlow, W.G., Anderson, €. L.and Eaton, D. C. Algae Exsiccatae Americae Borealis curantibus. Fascicle 1-V. No. 1-230. 1877-1889. Boston, Mass. 5. Hauck, F. and Richter, P. Phycotheca universalis, Sammlung getrockneter Algen simmtlicher Ordnungen und aller Gebiete. Fascicle I-V. No. 1-250. 1885-1889. Leipzig. Specimens from California, Massachusetts, New Jersey and other American localities. 6. Rabenhorst, L. Die Algen Europas. Dec. 1-257. 1861— 1878. Dresden, Germany. Contains collections made by Francis Wolle. 7. Sintenis, P. Plantae Portoricenses. (1884-87.) Six species of Characeae. 8. Smith, H. L. Species Diatomacearum Typicae Studiis. 1874. Geneva, New York. 9. Tilden, Josephine E. American Algae. Century I. No. 1-100. D1894. Minneapolis, Minn. Algae from Minnesota. 10. Wittrock V. B. and Nordstedt, C. F.0. Algae Aquae Dulcis Exsiccatae Praecipue Scandinavicae, Quas Adjectis Algis Marinis Chlorophyllaceis et Phycochromaceis Distribuerunt. Fascicle 1-25. No. 1-1200. 1877-1893. Stockholm, Sweden. Specimens from Greenland, United States, West Indies, Brazil, Uruguay and Argentine. AMERICAN ALGAE. CORRECTIONS. Add—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 2: 288-290. 1854. 4 108. 3:98, 94. 1855.) Add—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 3:91, 92. 1855.) 4 Add—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. 4:302, 303. § Dunean. See Nelson, R. S. and Dunean, Add—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N. S. 12:71. For Hiteheock, ©. H. read Hitchcock, R. For Hitcheock, C. H. read Hitchcock, R. For Hitcheock, C. H. read Hitchcock, R. Add—(Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci. N. S. 14:101. bay Read before the Royal Microscopical Society, June 4, 1873. Se . . — z. Lee, di G. ge , ¥ aa XXIV. ON THE GENUS CYPRIPEDIUM L. WITH REFERENCE TO MINNESOTA SPECIES. HENRIETTA G. Fox. Orchidaceae. Diandrae—Cypripedinae. CYPRIPEDIUM Linn. Flowers zygomorphic, simple, subtended by a bract; calyx 3 parted, inferior sepals often united; corolla 8 parted, lateral petals usually patent; third petal, large, inflated, saccate, diff- ering in color from the paired petals; sterile stamen 1, mem- branous, partially closing orifice of lip; fertile stamens 2, in- trorse, attached to fleshy, deflexed column; ovary long, inferior. Cypripedium L. Sp. Pl. 951. 1753. Calceolus ADANS. Fam. 2: 70. 1763. Criosanthes RAFIN. Journ. Phys. 89: 102. 1819. Cordula RAFIN. Fl. Tellur. 4: 46. 1836. Menephora RAFIN. FI. Tellur. 4: 46. 1836. Sacodon RAFIN. 1. c. 45. 1836. Stimegas RAFIN. 1. c. 1836. Corisanthes STEUD. Nom. Ed. 2: 1: 474. 1840. Hypodema RetcuHs. Nom. 56. 1841. 4 Cypripedilum ASCHERSON. Fl. Brandenb. 1864. ? Perennial herbs ranging from one to seven decimeters in height. Rhizomes, cylindrical, bearing old scars or cicatrices and fibrous roots, often persisting for years. Leaves, from two to several in number, alternate, sheathing the plant axes; veins parallel, frequently prominent, leading to plication in species of temperate regions. Peduncle, erect. terete, sur- mounted by an ovate to ovate lanceolate bract. Flowers resu- pinate by reason of the torsion of the ovary, terminal; when more than one, seldom three to seven in number, arranged in a simple raceme. Perianth, persistent, six-parted, the three divisions of the outer whorl appearing as unpaired sepals, the inner whorl forming the petals. Sepals three, the upper mem- (1) Hooker and Jackson. Index Kew, 1: 701. 1893. (2) Rolfe,R.A. Nat. Sci. 8: 327. 1893, 494 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ber usually erect, the inferior sepals frequently, perfectly or imperfectly united into one. Petals three in number, the paired members being free, narrower or broader than the sepals and generally extended. Labellum or third petal, inflated saccate, or egg-shaped, slightly pendulous, somewhat different in color from the other petals, with an auricular orifice formed by the inflection of the edges of the labellum on its horizontal surface. Sterile stamen or staminodium, leaflike, membranous, or trulli- form, often modelled, partially closing the orifice of the lip; the single representative of the outer whorl] of stamens as com- pared with the Liliaceae, answers to the fertile stamen of other Orchids. Column short, thick, terete, recurved, the geniculate portion shielded by the staminodium, which is attached to the column. Stigma, moist, roughish, leathery, broad, more or less distinctly tri-lobed, parallel to the base of the labellum through the curvature of the column. Two fertile stamens, oblique, anterior members of the inner whorl, adnate to the column, one on each side. Anthers, bilocular, on short, strongly introrse filaments, upon dehiscence exposing the pollen in vis- cid masses. Ovary, long, inferior, arcuate, unilocular with parietal placentae. Ovules, numerous, anatropous, minute, fusiform, without endosperm, the testa or seed-coat thin and membranous. Representatives are found in the forest areas, swamps, and bogs and occasionally on high, dry ground. The rhizomes of two American species, Cypripedium hirsu- tum Mill, and Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb are probably collected by the ‘‘cracker class” and by Indians, since they collect many of the other roots which are used for medicinal purposes. ‘The rhizomes vary in length from ten to fifty centimeters, are brittle, light brown in color and show a short, white frac- ture when broken.”* The odor is faint and heavy, while the rhizome of Cypripedium arietinum R. Br.,* an American and Asiatic form. is said to afford a musky smell. The principal constituents found in the rhizomes of the two first named species are oil, resin and tannin. The drug, when manufactured in the form of powder, infusion or extract is somewhat sweetish, bitter and pungent, temporarily exciting and increases the vital action of the patient. It is also used to allay spasms. ® (3) Mausch, J. M. Man. Org. Mat. Med. 124. 1885. (4) Baldwin. Orchids of N, E. Fig. 8. 1884. (5) Wright. J. S. Guide to Org. Drugs of U.S. Pharmacop. 27. 1890. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 425 The drug is little used and in 1885, the exportations were in amounts ranging from fifty to one hundred pounds. While statistics are not easily obtainable, the conclusion is drawn by competent authority that the yearly outputs of the drug are in ‘‘the hundreds of pounds rather than in the thousands or tons.”’ The leaves of the tropical species are usually thick and ap- parently veinless, the plicate leaved forms being more charac- teristic of the temperate regions. With the plication of the boreal representatives, is associated a pubescence more or less marked. In the young plant, as of Cypripedium calceolus L., this downy or villous growth does not appear until the first foliage leaf unfolds. The number of these foliage leaves is as variable as that of the sheathing leaves, generally five or six and seldom nine in number.’ In the eastern division of North America, two species, Cy- pripedium reginae Walt. (C. spectabile Sw.) and Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. (C. pubescens Willd.) are notably leafy and villous. The former, at certain stages in its growth, especially when ‘‘with newly formed seed pods’’® is found to create a sensation and an effect very similar to cases of poisoning with Rhus vernix Linn, and other plants placed in the same list with the poison ivy. This phenomenon does not appear in the case of every individual handling the specimens but reports of such instances are numerous enough to warrant placing Cypri- pedium reginae Walt. in the list of plants poisonous to some persons. Since the hairs of Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. are not found to vary much from those of Cypripedium reginz Walt., and since both are invested by a filamentous fungus,® the conclu- sion may easily be drawn, strengthened, indeed, by a few re- ports, that Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. possesses like proper- ties. ‘*The poisonous effects may be due to the piercing of the skin by the pointed hair, and the consequent action of the acid contents, or to the surface irritation by the contents of the glandular tip, or itis remotely possible that they are due in some way to the presence of the fungus.’"® Whatever may be the ultimate cause, the result is not always uniform, and some individuals are found to be sensitive to contact with the plants while others are not at all affected. (6) Heber, L. A. Rept. Am. Pharm. Ass, 33: 494. 1886. (7) Irmisch, Thilo. Beitriige zur Biolog. und Morph. Orchid. 35. 1853. (8) Mae Dougal, D. T. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 35. 1894, (9) MacDougal, D.T. Loe. cit. 36. Pl. III. (10) MacDougal, D. T. Loc. cit. 36, 1894, 426 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Puccinia Cypri pedii!! Arth. and Holw., one of the rusts, af- fects Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. The record of the period of persistence of individual flowers in this genus is not extensive. A noteworthy instance is that of Cypripedium villosum Lindl.1? (Burma) in which they were observed to last for ten days. This duration of flowering is probably closely related to the peculiar method of pollination which is characteristic of this genus. Mueller, Darwin! and Gray are among the more recent ob- servers on this point. One of the earliest workers to discover that insects were necessary to remove the pollen masses in Or- chids was Christian Konrad Sprengel, who published a valuable work in 1793. Robert Brown also believed that insects were the principal agents assisting in this process.'* According to Darwin, many Orchids seem to be adapted for insects’ visits, especially such insects as possess a long proboscis.1° While this was true of other Orchids, Cypripedium seemed to be the exception, and A. Gray was instrumental in pointing out this circumstance;!° he offered the suggestion that the action of flies would better explain the mode of pollination. In the case of Cypripedium, no nectar was in the drops adhering to the hairs lining the base of the labellum, and the self-evident con- clusion remained that the flowers were not visited for the sake of the nectar. The flowers, indeed, are attractive in color, and insects of various kinds have been found within the labellum of some of the species. Sir John Lubbock’s investigations relating to the color motive of insects, has added interest in this case.17 He tested bees for their appreciation of color by placing honey on glass over colored paper. Beginning with the single color blue, other colors were introduced and transposed. Yellowand blue were interchanged, and the bees were found to leave untouched the honey over the yellow color and would fly to the blue. ‘Flowers of yellow or fleshy color were most attractive to flies.” 18 He also found that bee flowers have generally bright, clear colors, while fly flowers are usually reddish or yellowish brown.?* (11) Farlow and Seymour. Host. Index N. Am. Fungi, 1-3: 135. 1888, 1891. (12) Kernerand Oliver. Nat. Hist. Pl. 253. 1893. (13) Darwin, C. Fertilization of Orchids. Ed. 2. 1877. (14) Darwin C. Loc. cit. 3. (15) Darwin, C. Am. Jour. Sci. 34: 428, 1862. (18) A.Gray. Papers. 1862-1873. (17) Lubbock J. Flowers, Fruits and Leaves. 13. 1894. (18) Lubbock, J. Loe. cit. 14. (19) Lubbock J. Loe. cit. 43. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 427 The question as to the insects being instrumental in the pol- lination of this genus seems yet to be an open one by reason of the noted observation of Darwin and H. Miiller. The latter studied Cypripedium calceolus L. American forms closely related to this, Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. and Cypripedium acaule Ait. were studied by Darwin and Gray. Of the insects observed by Miiller, five species of bees were found to frequent the flowers of C. calceolus L. and aid in pol- lination. He writes that Andrewa fulvicrus K., A. albicans R., A. atriceps R., and A. pratensis,?° with others were attracted by the flower and flew into the lip through the orifice, landing upon the hairs lining the floor of the labellum. Then they sought to escape by climbing up the sides, and finally ended by creeping beneath the stigma and escaping through one of the two small lateral openings at the base of the lip. By this act- ion one shoulder of the bee was smeared with the sticky pollen from the anther above. When the bee visits another flower, it again creeps under the stigma and is relieved of some of the pollen by the papillae borne on the stigma. Other methods of pollination are quite probable for other species, and Miiller quotes Delpino as believing that Cypripedium caudatum Lindl. is pollinated by the aidof snails.?!_ That pollination is effected solely by insects is doubted and although Orchids seem to be adapted only for cross-pollination, yetthe suggestion is made by Morong that some may be capable of close-pollination.?2 This has been deemed worthy of serious consideration in spite of the fact that Darwin found that some Orchids when pollinated with their own pollen seemed to be poisoned rather than bene- fitted,23 The same thing is quoted from F.. Miller by Sir John Lubbock. ?4 Two factors seem to offer an explanation for the comparative rarity of Orchids, first, their dependence upon external aid, and second, the period of time elapsing between pollination and fecundation.?*> Indeed, some instances have been found in which a period of one to four weeks has intervened between pollination and fecundation.?® The attendant remarkably slow development, therefore, seems to be a check upon the unlimited multiplication of individuals. (20) Miller. H. Fertilization of Flowers, 539. 1883. (21) Miller, H. Loc. cit. 540. (22) Morong, T. Contrib. Herb. Columb. Coll. 1: 281. 1892. (23) Darwin, O, Fertiliz. of Orchids. Ed. 2: 289. 1877. (24) Lubbock, J. Flowers, Fruits and Leaves. 3: 1894. (25) Guignard. Annales Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 4. 202. (26) Hildebrand, F. Bot. Zeit. 44: 331. 1863, 428 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Various characteristics have been used as the basis of iden- tification of species; the leaves, their venation, their number, the arrangement of the parts of the perianth, the colors, the form of the essential organs and the divisions of the capsule have all been considered. The seeds of native Orchids have been examined and the forms found to possess distinguishing features in each species. A number of the American Orchids, including Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. have been studied by Curtiss. By reason of the facts observed, he arrives at the conclusion ‘‘that the ovules would by no means be an uncertain element in the determination of species.”*? It is quite probable that they would be less variable than other parts of the plants, and holding, as they do, the germ of the plant, variations and relationships might be more accurately determined. The embryo of Cypripedium calceolus L.*8 has been found to be of an inverted conical shape, the upper surface being green- ish or brownish. As the embryo develops, two delicate roots appear at one side near the insertion of the first leaves which closely sheath the germ axis. These primary roots are followed by others which perform the usual function. A perennial axis is formed in the first vegetative period, and an axillary bud is developed. This is the bud which in the following year sends up the flowering axis of the plant. Many propositions regarding the origin and relationship of the genus have been brought forward, and the arrangement of the parts has been worked out along this line. Although Rob- ert Brown? was the first to propose the theory of the fifteen parts of the flower, other workers have more thoroughly sys- tematized the matter. Darwin has given adiagrammatic repre- sentation of the parts; the sepals forming the outer whorl of the perianth, the petals, the inner whorl, the staminodium, the only remaining part of the outer whorl of stamens, the two fertile stamens in the inner whorl, and the three styles and stigmas united into one. Masters?° has worked upon the floral conformation of Cy- pripedium, and has ‘‘traced the nerves from the stalk of the flower upward through the ovary and into the column.” The arrangement was seen to be as follows: ‘‘Six vascular bundles were found in one ring in the peduncle. Following these up- ward, three were found to correspond to dorsal sutures of the / (27) Curtiss, C.C. Contrib. Herb. Columb. Coll. 1:281. 1892. (28) Irmisch. T. Beitriige ziir Biolog. ind Morph. Orchid. 35. 1853. (29) Darwin. Fertilization of Orchids. 236: 1877. (30) Masters, M. T. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 22:402. 1827. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 429 carpels and three to ventral or placenta bearing margins. A\l- though these bundles are at first in one ring, they form two rings, one within the other at the level of the emergence of the perianthk into segments.” By microscopic sections, it was proved, that the stigmatic lobe, composed of thick walled poly- gonal cells, many with nuclei and nucleoli, far from being sin- gle, is ‘‘certainly twofold, and perhaps in some species, three- fold.” The two or three styles thus seem to be united at their uppermost ends in a median plane. ‘‘The column of Cypripe- dium is therefore made up of three stamens and three styles.” “Of the three stamens, the upper median belongs to the outer row and is developed as the staminode; the other two lateral ones are fertile and belong to the inner row. Of the three ovaries and styles, all remain, but of the three stigmas, the up- per or median one, becomes abortive, while the two lateral ones are joined into one compound lobe.” Plate XXIII illustrating Cypripedium reginae Walt. shows a distinctly trilobed stigma which was more marked in this spe- cies than in any of the other species examined. Monstrosities in this genus have been studied with a view to obtain some light on the question of relationship. Oligom- ery does not offer so great a field, since reduction of the parts of the flower is hardly as frequent as cases of pleomery. An interesting teratological specimen of Cypripedium reginae 31 Walt. was found by Bastin. The plant had two flowers on a single stem, one flower was normal, the other presented curi- ous features. The sepals were distinct, there were three nearly equal petals, all shaped like the sepals, no slipper of course, three anthers, a three lobed stigma and a straight ovary. In- stead of a triangular fleshy body hitherto supposed to represent a third stamen, three stamens were found. This seemed to show a tendency to revert to an ancestral form in which two or three stamens was a typical feature. The theoretical antiquity of the genus is apparently based upon the presence of the paired anthers. Darwin quotes Lind- ley as thinking that between the Cypripedinae and the other tribes of the Orchidaceae, a multitude of forms must have been swept away.*2 To him, the proposition seemed tenable that these plants are the ‘‘record of a former and more simple state among the Orchids,” and adduces a number of reasons. He bases the argument upon the idea that the rostellum among (31) Bastin, E.S. Bot. Gaz, @: 269. 1881. (32) Darwin, C. Fertilization of Orchids, 226: 1871. 430 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Orchids is an indication of higher development and is a part not found in the Cypripedinae. The essential point of differ- ence is found in the column which is composed of three conflu- ent stigmas all the other parts being to all purposes similar to those of the other Orchids. The same conclusion is reached by S. LeM. Moore, who thinks the ‘‘diandrous type an earlier one than the monan- drous/7.78 Rolfe has exhaustively considered the subject in connection with the Apostasiae.*4 He believes that the Diandrae and Monandrae evidently represent the two great diverging branches along which the order has evolved, the more ancest- ral Diandrae having developed but two marked tribes while the highly specialized Monandrae have multiplied enormously and given rise to several well marked tribes and a large number of genera, all connected by a strong thread of affinity. The genus Selenipedium has retained the ovarian characters of the more ancestral Apostasiae while Cypripedium has a unilocular ovary with parietal placentation as in the Monandrae. This cannot of course be held to constitute any affinity with the Mon- andrae, as Cypripedium clearly represents the culminating point of development of the Diandrae. ‘‘The trilocular ovary obviously represents the ancestral condition of the order, and the development of the unilocular ovary with parietal placen- tation in each of the two diverging branches may possibly be an adaptation for saving room to accommodate the enormous number of seeds produced.” In discussing the arrangement of the parts of the perianth, he makes Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. the solitary exception in the genus, having all of the sepals free to the base.?5 An additional point bearing on this question, is the ‘‘singu- lar fact, that though Cypripedium is one of the few tropical genera of Orchids that inhabit both the eastern and western hemispheres, it has not hitherto been found in Africa or Mada- gascar, countries which have on plausible grounds been held to have been the most recently peopled with plants.’’*6 Yet species have been reported from regions near the same isotherm. C. Rothschildianum Reichb. is one of these forms, being listed from the Malay peninsula and from New Guinea, 37 (33) Moore, S.LeM. Bot. Jahresb. 72: 6. 1883. (34) Rolfe, R.A. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 25: 227. 1890. (35) Rolfe, R. A. Loc. cit. 230. (36) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 116: 7102. 1890. (37) Hooker, J.D. Loc. cit, 7102. 1890. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 431 with many other species. Other forms have also been found in British India? and the islands of the East Indies?® which ex- hibit numerous remarkable characters. They are also found on the Phillipine Islands*® though none have yet been found in Australia.41 None have been reported from the Hawaiian Islands+? nor from the West Indies and the Bahamas. *# The genus is represented in Russia,+4 Germany*® and other portions of Europe,** temperate and tropical Asia, especially among the Himalayas, +7 in the East Indies and in the western continent. There ‘‘the greatest concentration of Orchids*® is from southern Mexico to Columbia” but this is not co-incident with the area of distribution for the genus Cypripedium since one species only is found ranging from Guatemala to Pan- ama. +9 A few species are reported from British Guiana®® and from Peru,*! but North America is the ‘‘home of the plicate leaved Cypripedia which are confined to the temperate regions.’’5* The estimate as to the number of species varies with the writer upon the subject, fifty-seven being listed in the Kew. In- dex, ®* while Pfitzer notes twenty species in all, mostly reported as found in northern zones.6+ Another list of forty species is accepted by Bentham and Hooker,*®® while Durand cites the following: ‘Cypripedium L. (Criosanthes Raf.) sp. descr. ultra 50, Eur., Asia, temp. and trop., Am. bor., Mexic., Guatemala.’’®® Of this indefinite number, thirteen, which form a large pro- portion in comparison with those distributed over the remain- ing area, are found in North America. Two species, °? Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. and Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. are found to cross the continent from east (38) Stiles, W. A. Scrib. Mag. 15: 190. 1894. (39) Reichenbach. Bot. Jahresb. §: 814. 1883. (40) Rolfe, R. A. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. 21: 301, 1886. (41) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 116: 7102. 1890. (42) Hillebrand, W. F. Fl. Hawaii.Is. 1888. (48) Grisebach, A. H. R. Fl. W. Ind. Is. 1864. (44) Ledebour. Fl. Rossica. 4: 86. 1853. (45) Waldgebiet, D. Botan. Jahresb. $2: 414. 1883. (46) De Puydt. Botan. Jahresb. $2: 815. 1883, (47) Reichenbach. Bot. Jahresb. $2: 514. 1883. (48) Hemsley, W. B. Biolog. Cent. Am. #:271. 1888. (49) Hemsley, W. B. Loc. cit. 5. (50) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 117 :7178. 1891. (51) Watson. Geol. Surv. Cal. Bot. 22138. 1880. (52) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 117 :7188, 1891. (58) Hooker and Jackson. Index Kew. 1:701. 1893. (54) Pfitzer. Engler and Prantl. Nat. Pflanz. 2: 6.682. 1859. (55) Bentham and Hooker. Gen. Pl. 3:634. 1883. (56) Durand,T. Index Gener. Phanerog. 404. 1888. (57) See Plate XXI, 432 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. to west. A third, Cypripedium acaule Ait., seems to be able to exist under various thermal conditions since it is found near the Arctic circle and extending southward appears in regions but a few degrees north of the tropic of Cancer. Seven are found east of the twentieth meridian, the area of greatest con- centration apparently. finding its western limit in Minnesota, while the remaining species appear most prominently on the western coast. Five have a general range there, between the fortieth and fiftieth parallels and extend eastward through Mon- tana. Another species is found in Alaska and one of the west- ern forms ranges from New Mexico and Texas down to Panama. Such an arrangement is best explained when itis remem- bered that these plants are essentially forest dwellers. The areas may then be considered similar to the forest areas as di- vided by Sargent. By this writer, the continent is separated into two regions, the Atlantic and the Pacific. ‘‘Both regions are more or less dissimilar, but united at the north by a broad belt of sub-arctic forests extending across the continent.”>§ The trans continental belt of Cypripedium is not so wide as the forest belt but extends a few degrees north of the fiftieth par allel. The peninsular tract formed by Cypripedium acaule Ait in reaching almost to the limits of the forest areas is the most pronounced departure from the general distribution of the American species. ‘‘On the south, the two main divisions are united by a narrow strip of the flora peculiar to northern Mexico, here extending northward into the United States. Typical North American species, peculiar to the forests of the Atlantic or of the Pacific mingle upon the Black Hills of Da- kota, and upon the Guadalupe and other mountains of western Texas, and the outposts between the Atlantic and Pacific re- gions.” The two species forming, the trans-continental belt and Cy- pripedium candidum Muhl., one of the species of the Atlantic region appear upon the plains of North America. This por- tion of the continent is considered to be ‘‘debatable ground where a continuous struggle between forest and plain takes place.” There is a sufficient precipitation of moisture to cause, under normal conditions, a growth of forest but ‘‘so nicely bal- anced is the struggle that any interference quickly turns the scale.” The following conclusion is then drawn, that it is not improbable that the forests of the Atlantic region once extend- ed continuously as far west at least,as the ninety-fifth meridian (58) Sargent, O.S. Rept. Forests N. Am. Census Rept. 10:4. 188!. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 433 although circumstantial evidence for such a theory does not exist. Exception is taken to this statement especially in regard to Nebraska.*® Webber affirms that the appearance of the flora and the other constituents of the region, warrant the conclu- sion that ‘‘the eastern border of the treeless region at one time extended farther westward, possibly into and through Nebraska to the Rocky Mountains.” The first record of a Cypripedium was that of Cypripedium calceolus L.&° which was found in a wood called the Helkes in Lancashire near the border of Yorkshire (Parkinson Theatr., 218. 1640.) The same species is figured as Calceolus by Tour- nefort. ®! Since that time such a number of species have been discov- ered, and their characteristics so studied as to permit of their systematic arrangement. Aside from the emendation of the generic name which is not adopted, the following arrangement of the genus is as given by Pfitzer. °? DIANDRAE CYPRIPEDINAE. Cypripedium. A. Arietina. B. Foliosa. C. Diphylla. The American forms may be distributed in these series ac- cording to their more salient features, while the most nearly related members are placed together. A. Arietina.—C. arietinum R. Br. B. Foliosa. — C. reginae WALT. C. candidum MUHL. C. irapeanum LA LAVE. C. californicum DOUGL. C. passerinum RICH. C. hirsutum MIL. C. parviflorum SALISB. C. montanum DouGuL. C. Diphylla.—C. acaule AIT. C. guttatum Sw. C. fasciculatum WATS. C. pusillum RouFE. The single species of the Atlantic region, not found in Min- nesota is Cypripedium pusillum Rolfe, *? reported from Florida. (59) Webber. Cat. Fl. Neb. 38. 1890. (60) Olarke. W. A. Journ. Bot. Brit, and For. 33: 17. 1895. (61) Tournf. Instit. Rei Herbariae 2: Tab. 249. 1700. (62) Pfitzer. Engler and Prantl. Nat. Pflanz. 26:81. 1889. (63) Olarke, J. A. Contrib. Nat. Herb. Lb: 7245. 1893. 434 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. It is not ranked as a distinct species by Hooker who has given it the following name, Cypripedium fasciculatum Kell., var. pusillum Hook. He even questions the existence of this spe- cies in Florida, although acknowledging it as an American plant. The leaves of C. pusillum Rolfe, are thicker than those of C. fasciculatum Wats.,6* the nerves are obscure, and the flowers are fragrant. The other parts are not clearly distin- guished. Both species are members of the two-leaved section but C. fasciculatum Wats.,bears more than one flower. This was discovered in Washington in 1880, by W. N. Suksdorff,** and has since been found in California. -Another closely related species is Cypripedium guttatum Sw.,®* which ranges through Alaska to Fort Franklin.*7 It is one of the few species found in more than one continent, sinceit is a native of Alaska, north- ern Canada, Europe *8 and northern Asia.*® Cypripedium irapeanum is the representative which binds the two main divisions on the south and, as C. molle Lindl., is given a range from New Mexico to Santa Maria 7°’and as far down as Panama.7! In general appearance it approaches most nearly to Cypripedium reginae Walt., and is frequently found with three or four flowers. *2 Cypripedium californicum Dougl.73 is a more slender form than the previous one. From three to twelve flowers are pro- duced in a simple raceme,7* all emerging from the axils of leafy bracts. The sepals are pale, brownish yellow and the lip is obovoid globose, white with a little pink on the inverted edges and obscurely spotted with brown. The staminodium is sub-sessile, broader than long, uniformly obcordate and rather longer than the small quadrate stigma.75 It is found in California, and Oregon, and probably in the adjoining states. Cypripedium passerinum Rich.7* is single flowered and ac- cording to Hooker much resembles C. californicum Dougl. The principal point of difference is found in the oblong staminodium of ©. passerinum Rich. This species was collected, fifty years (64) Watson. S. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 380. 1882. (65) Hooker, J.D. Curt. Bot. Mag, 119: 7275. 1893. (66) Rothrock, J.D. Fl. Alaska, 456, 1867. (67) Macoun J. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888. (68) Ledebour. Fl. Rossica, #: 86. 1853. (69) De Puydt. Botan. Jahresb. S$: 814. 1883. (70) Bentham, G. Plant. Hartweg, 72. 1839. (71) Hemsley, W. B. Biolog. Cent. Am. 245, 1888. (72) Watson,S. Proc. Am. Acad. 18:159. 1882. (73) Gray, A. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 389. 1867. (74) Watson. 8. Geol. Surv. Cal. Bot. 2: 484. 1880. (75) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 117:7188. 1891. (76) Hooker, J. D. Loe. cit, Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 435 ago, by Sir John Richardson who found it in a district 58° N. latitude.77_ It has been found in California, Oregon and in Canada. 78 A white sweet-scented relative of Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. of the Atlantic region is found in Cypripedium montanum Dougl.79 of the Pacitic division. C. occidentale Wats. is a synonym for this species.8® It was first found in 1830 by Douglas*! and has since been reported from Idaho, Montana, Washington, §! Oregon, Canada, the western slopes of British Columbia and also from Vancouver’s Island.*? The remaining six species, C. reginae Walt., C. candidum Muhl., C hirsutum Mill., C. parviflorum Salisb., C. arietinum R. Br. and C. acaule Ait., are all found in Minnesota. As this state seems to be the western boundary for the species only found east of the sub-humid plains and also has the three which are more liberally distributed on the continent, it is quite fitting that the Cypripedium flower should be named as the floral emblem of the state. This was done when a resolution brought before the legislature previous to the World’s Fair, was passed, in which-the adoption of this flower for the state of Minnesota was authorized. The frontispiece in the Manual is a drawing of Cypripedium reginae Walt.8? No particular species was designated in this action although general reference was made to the Lady’s Slipper or Moccasin Flower. Both terms are indiscriminately applied to any of the species, although, historically, the name Moccasin Flower would seem to indicate one of the yellow species. The first species known, C. calceolus L. a yellow form, was given the name of Lady’s Slipper or Venus’ Shoe. Among the Germans, it is called the Frauen-schuh, while the French speak of it as the ‘‘Sabot de la Vierge” or Soulier de Notre Dame. §* In parts of Pennsylvania, children call any species ‘‘ducks”’ because of the appearance of the flowers when partially filled with sand and then placed upon the water.§> Many of the species have distinctive common names, more or less appro- priate, but any and all are usually designated as Lady’s Slippers. (77) Hall, E. Proc. Am. Acad. $:403, 1872. (78) Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888. (79) . Loe. eit. (80) Hooker, J. D. Curt. Bot. Mag. 117:7319. 1891. (81) Watson, S. Geol. Surv. Cal. Bot. 2:484. 1880. (82) Macoun,J. Oat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888. (83) Legislative Manual Minn. 606. 1893. (84) St. Hilaire. Expos. et Germ. des Pl. 1:167. 1805. (85) Bergen, F. D. Bot. Gaz. 19:440. 1894. 436 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Conspectus of Species of Cypripedium in Atlantic Region iB 1a: TT. of North America. Leaves numerous. A. Sepals free. ARIETINA. Labellum conical. ees: 4 C. arietinum R. Br. Leaves numerous. B. Sepals united. Leaves two. 3. 6 FOLIOSA. Sepals ovate. Labellum large, pink. Leaves with setulose marginal vein, Bee ergs coh: A U. reginae Walt. Inferior sepals imperfectly united. Label- lum small, ovate,white, dull, sepals brownish. Stigmatic area, quadrangular. Leaves crowd- ed, erect, with marginal vein, Bee eaten s eykre .C. eandidum Muhl. Inferior sepals united imperfectly. Label- lum rough, dull yellow. Stigmatic area with distinct border. Nodal areas strongly pube- scent, Ne) a fata ONE iin ache: SPR C. hirsutum Mill. Superior sepals broadly ovate. Petals lan- ceolate, wavy, glossy, brown. Labellum bright yellow. Stigmatic area, ovate, con- cave. Fragrant, sia pa 6 ole Bree Catal C. parviflorum Salisb. C. sepals united. DIPHYLLA. Superior sepal inclined. Labellum bilobed, ruddy. Staminodium rhomboidal, dere TA Nene cea: C. acaule Ait. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. Flower small, sepals free to the base, labellum conical. Cryosanthes borealis RAF. Jour. Phys. 89:102. 1819. Arietinum americanum BECK. Bot. 352. 1833. C. arietinum R. BR. Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. &:222. 1813. Nuttall. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:199. 1818; Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:22 1880; Pursh. Fl. N. Am. Septen. 595. 1814; Dame and Collins. Fl. M’dsex Co. Mass. 104. 1888; Torrey, J. Fl. N. Y. 2:286. 1843; Beal and Wheeler. Mich. Fl. 138. 1891; Bull. Me. Coll. Lab. 1893; Fernald. Port. Cat. Me. Pl. 64. 1892; Loudon, Hort. Brit. 373. 1830; Loddiges, C. Bot. Cal. Pl. 13:1240; Pl. 1240. 1827; Gray, A. Man. Bot. 510. 1890; Meehan, T. U.S. Fl. and Ferns, Ser. ii 2:25: Pl. 6. 1880; Upham, W. Minn. Phan, 142. 1884; MacMillan. Metasp. Minn. Val. 164. 1892. A slender perennial, slightly puberulent, which is usually about two and one-half dm. high. The rhizome of this species Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 437 has a musky odor. The stem is one and one-half dm. high, erect and occasionally somewhat twisted. The three or four leaves are seven to ten cm. long, obtusely ovate, scattered and tending to become glabrous. The peduncle is eight to ten cm. high, slender, ultimately hexagonal and minutely brown pube- scent. The ovate-lanceolate bract is four or five cm. long. The flower is small and dull in color. The three sepals are all free, one and one-half to two cm. long, linear to ovate-lanceolate for the superior member which is as wide as the other two would be if united, greenish brown in color and slightly longer than the lip. The paired petals resemble the sepals, in color and shape, but are somewhat longer. The small labellum is conical, blunt anteriorly, pinkish white in color with dull reddish veins. The anterior, horizontal portion of the lip is lighter in color and is covered with long, silky hairs. The ovate staminodium is one cm. long, with a membranous fold serving as a mid-rib. The bilocular anthers are closely attached to the deflexed column. The fruit capsule is brown, inflated and prominently ridged. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. is one of the rarest of the North American species. It is found in bloom in May and fre- quents swamps and wet forests. In North America, it ranges from Maine to Minnesota and between the fortieth and fiftieth parallels. In Minnesota it is reported from the central portion of the state to the Lake Superior region. Its area of distribu- tion seems to be more restricted than that of any of the other Atlantic species, since the Great Lake region is its home. The plants which most distinctly indicate an ancestral type are Cypripedium reginae Walt. with its tri-lobed stigma, and Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. having all the sepals free.*® An- other interesting point is added when these species are found associated together in the provinces of China.§? C. arietinum R. Br. was introduced into England from Amer- ica in 1808 by Chandler and Buckingham®’* and was for some- time known as ‘‘Chandler’s Cypripedium.” Later it was given its present name, because, when viewed in certain positions it suggested a ram’s head, hence the name, ‘‘Ram’s Head Cypri- pedium.” This species is rarely found in cultivation®® and was first discovered near Montreal. ° (86) Hemsley, W. B. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 33: 206. 1892. (87) Bot. Gaz. 92286. 1886. (88) Ait. Hort. Kew. 5:222. 1813. (89) Watson, W. Orchids, Cult. and Manage, 518. 1890. (90) Baldwin. Orchids of N. BE. Fig. 8. 1884. 438 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. An unusual form of Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. was found near Mt. Pleasant, Mich. ‘‘The flower °! was not fully ex- panded when found, but the parts were fully grown and soon unfolded. It was remarkable in having the side petals, which are linear and of a brownish color in the normal flower, trans- formed into saclike inflated bodies, closely resembling the lip, but differing from it in being smaller, with wider and rounder openings, and in not having the edges rolled in. The coloring of these side petals was like that of the lip, pinkish with lines of deep red. The tip of the lip was pushed in upon itself, un- til it was half inverted, partly filling the cavity of the liv. The lip was also flattened and broadened more than usual. The other floral organs were normal.” HERB: Taylor 1122, Glenwood, Minn. Cypripedium reginae WALT. Flower large, showy, pink. Sepals ovate. Leaves large, crowded. C. calceolus var. g. LINN. Sp. Pl. 1346. 1762. C. album Alt. Hort. Kew. 3:303. 1789. C. spectabile Sw. Act. Holm. 250. 1800. Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888; Fl. Mt. Desert Is. Me. 153. 1894; Fern- ald. Port]. Cat. Me. Pl. 64. 1892; Torrey, J. Fl. N. Y. 2:286. 1843; Gordimer and House, Fl. Renss Co. N. Y. 1894; Geol. Surv. N. J. 2:236. 1889; Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. Fl. Wash. 22:13. 1881; Chapman, Fl. S. U. S. 464. 1887; Wood. Bot, and Flor. 326. 1874; Tracy. Fl. Miss. 1885; Gattinger. Tenn FI. 84. 1887; Jones H. L. Phan. and Ferns, Licking Co. O. 82. 1892; Keal and Wheeler, Mich. FI]. 138. 1892; Bull. Chic. Acad. Sci. 2:113; Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 9:648. 1893; Arthur F1. Ia. 31. 1876; Brendel. Fl. Peoriana 60. 1887; Gray. Man. Bot. 511. 1890; Gray, A. How Pl. Behave, 31. 1872; Baldwin H. Orchids of N. E. Fig. 1. 1884; Loudon Hort. Brit. 373, Fig. 597. 1830; Hitchcock, A. S. Cat. Anthoph. and Pterid. Ia. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 5:518. 1891; Trans. Minn. State Hort. Soc. 112. 1875; Upham, W. Minn. Phan.. 142. 1884; Mac Millan, C. Metasp. Minn. Val. 162. 1892; Gray, A, Man. Bot. 511. 1890. C. canadense Micux. Fl. N. Am. 2:161. 1803. C. reginae WALT. FI. Car. 222. 1788. A perennial, which is strongly pubescent throughout, gen- erally very stout and robust and is from three to seven dm. high. The rhizomes are very large, cylindrical and when of some age, show hollow cicatrices and bear fibrous roots. The stem is from two to six dm. high, erect and somewhat setulose. The crowded leaves vary in number from five to seven and are one and one-half to two and one-half dm. long and broadly ovate lanceolate. The ten to thirteen prominent nerves of the (91) Davis,C. A. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. $:339. 1893. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 439 leaves are strongly pubescent, the remaining portions being strigosely hairy to sub-glabrous, while the characteristic mar- ginal vein is strongly ciliate. The peduncle, nine to fifteen cm. high is stout and somewhat costate. The erect bract is eight to ten cm. long, lanceolate to elliptico-lanceolate. The flowers, one or two, rarely three are large and showy. The sepals, three to four cm. long are greenish white, broadly ovate, pointed, the two lower sepals completely united, while the upper sepal is erect. The two lateral petals are white, narrower than the sepals, one-half as wide as long and patent. The labellum is four to five cm. long, slightly drooping, hori- zontally flattened, the margin of the orifice being deeply in- flected. The color is pinkish white to rose pink, with deep wine markings about the opening, shading into delicate veins toward the base, along the interior of which is a heavy, hairy ridge from the column round to the orifice. The sterile stam- en, two cm. long is broadly spatulate with a strong mid rib and spotted with brown. The pollen of the fertile stamens is powdery.®* Thecolumn is but slightly declined, and the broad, fleshy stigma is often distinctiy tri-lobed. The ovary is large, four cm. long, one to one and one-half cm. in diameter, strongly ribbed, the ridges bearing glandular red-tipped hairs. Cypripedium reginae Walt. is found in peat-bogs and tama- rack swamps from Nova Scotia to Minnesota, on the northern line and in all the states east of the Mississippi River. Iowa is the only other state west of this boundary, at present, report- ing this form. It flowers in June and July. It is said to have been cultivated in England before 1731 by Ph. Miller.®8 It is known as the ‘‘ White petal’d Lady’s Slipper” °* and as the *‘Showy or Pink Lady’s Slipper.” 95 The poisonous properties of this species are discussed by MacDougal®* and the fact brought out that on some individuals the result after handling is similar to that produced with poison ivy. Cypripedium reginae Walt. is remarkable in its embryonic development®* since the cellular structure shows no pro- embryo or suspensor. (92) Gray, A. How Plants Behave, 31, 1872. (93) Ait. Hort. Kew. 5: 220. 1812. (94) Loc. cit. (95) Gray, A. Man. Bot. 511. 1890. (96) MacDougal, J. Minn. Bot. Studies, 1:32. 1894. (97) Van Tieghem, Ph. Traite de Botanique, 1:909. 1891. 440 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cypripedium reginae Walt. is remarkable, also, by reason of its distribution. It is not only a native of North America but has been found in the western provinces of China®® in company with C. arietinum R. Br.°® This fact is of especial interest when the antiquity of the species of the genus is considered. Like many of the native Orchids, C. reginae Walt. has been found somewhat difficult to force. HERB: AHolzinger, Winona Co.; Sandberg, Cannon Falls; Bal- lard, Zumbrota; Sheldon, Waseca Co.; Frost, Kandiyohi Co.; Sandberg, Hennepin Co.; Herrick, Minneapolis; Oestlund, Ram- sey Co.; Aiton, Nicollet Co.; Kassube, Minneapolis; Hammond, Lake City; Aiton, Lake Itasca; Taylor, Chisago Co.; White, Minnesota City. Cypripedium candidum MUHL. Flower small, labellum dull white, ovate; leaves crowded. C. candidum Muni. Willd. Spec. #:142. 1805. Geol. Surv. N. J. 2:236. 1889; Persoon, Synop. Plant. 2:525. 1807; Nuttall. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:199. 1818; Brendel. Fl. Peoriana 60. 1887; Mich. Fl. 138. 1892; Bull. Chic. Acad. Sci. 2:113; Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 9:102. 1893; Lapham. Trans. Minn. State Hort. Soc. 112. 1875; MacMillan. Metasp. Minn. Val. 164. 1892; Upham, W. Minn. Phan. 142. 1884: Arthur, J. C. Fl. la. 31. 1876; Bessey and Webber, Rept. Bot. Neb. 109. 1890; Wood, A. Bot. and Flor. E. of Miss. 386. 1874; Gray, A. Man. Bot. 510. 1890; Hitchcock, A. L. Bull. Ia. Agric. Coll. 50. 1887; Hitchcock, A. L. Anthoph. and Pterid. Ia. 519, 1891. A small perennial, sparingly pubescent, two and one-half to three dm. high, single flowered and having a small rhizome with few fibrous rootlets. The three or four crowded, erect narrow. oblong lanceolate leaves are twelve to thirteen cm. long, prominently seven to nine nerved, and the under side is more setulose than the upper. The stemis slender, fifteen cm. high, terete and well sheathed by the leaves. The peduncle, seven cm. high, is slender and compressed slightly at the base of the green bract. The bract is frequently four to six cm. long and one and one-half cm. wide. The flower is small and not showy. ‘The sepals are two or three cm. long, narrowly ovate lanceolate, greenish, the two inferior sepals incompletely united into one. The petals are lanceolate, equalling the length of the sepals, and longer than the labellum, greenish brown in color ‘and slightly wavy. The lip is an obovoid sac, with a small horizontal orifice, leading to the interior which is lined (98) Rolfe, R. A. Nat. Sci. 3:327. 1893. (99) Hemsley, W. B. Journ. Linn. Soc. 29: 300. 1893. (100) Paxton, Mag. Bot. 2: 156, 1847. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 441 with long silky hairs, and is of a dull white color with delicate wine tinted veins ramifying from the base of the labellum for- ward. The staminodium is membranous, slightly carinate, modelled, and ovate lanceolate in form. The fertile stamens are closely attached to the column. The stigma is somewhat quadrangular, slightly roughened and not indented. Cypripedium candidum Muhl. is often found in bloom in May and June, in bogs and frequently on higher ground. Accord- ing to Meehan, C. candidum is the ‘‘only one at home on the open prairies. ”’!% This species has been found ‘‘on the driest kind of a rocky hill’!°2 and is also found in ‘‘open boggy places”! in the state of Nebraska. By reason of the data at hand regarding its presence in the ‘‘sub-humid” region and its ability to exist under very different conditions of moisture the conclusion may easily be drawn that it is not strictly a bog plant. C. candidum ranges from New York and Pennsylvania west- ward to Nebraska, and from Canada to Illinois. It was first found in Pennsylvania! although other author- ities date the discovery of this species! from 1826.!% The name of the ‘‘Small White Lady’s Slipper” or ‘‘ White Frau- enschuh” is frequently given this form which seems to be closely related to Cypripedium reginae Walt. in general appear- ance. In 1876, Burgess! reported the discovery of two forms of C. candidum Muhl. the larger of which seemed to be allied to C. reginae. This kinship can best be determined by exam- ination of the ovules and by a study of the embryological de- velopment. The floral conformation was studied and fifteen organs made out by Asa Gray in 1886.1 HERB: Leiberg, Blue Earth Co.; Payne, Appleton; Kassube, Minneapolis; Ramaley, F., Ramsey Co. (101) Meehan, T. U.S. Fl. and Ferns, 22:121. P1l.30. 1880. (102) Holway, E. W. Bot. Gaz. 5: 243, 1881. (163) Copeland. H. E. Bot. Gaz. 1:34. 1875. (104) Willd. Sp. Pl. 4:142. 1865. (105) Loudon, Hort. Brit. 373. 1830. (106) Ait. Hort. Kew. 5: 220. 1812. (107) Burgess, R. Bot. Gaz. 2:115. 1877, (108) Gray, A. Am Journ. Sci. July. 1886. 442 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cypripedium hirsutum MILL. Flower large, labellum rough, dull yellow, inferior sepals united. OC. calceolus L. Sp. Pl. 951. 1753, in part. C. calceolus WALT. FI. Car. 222. 1788. C. pubescens WILLD. Sp. Pl. #:148. 1805. Persoon, Synop. Plant. 2:525. 1807; Nuttall. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:199, 1818; Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1880; Bull. Me. Col]. Lab. 1893; Fern- ald. Port. Cat. Me. Pl. 64. 1892; Dame and Collins, Fl. M’dsex Co. Mass. 104. 1888; Torrey, FI. N. Y. 2:286. 1843; Geol. Surv. N. J. 2:236. 1889; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. Fl. Wash. 22:120. 1881; Vail, A. M. Contrib. Bot. Va. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 2:32. 1890; Small and Hel- ler. Fl. W. N. Car. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 3:2. 1892; Chapman, FI. S. U.S. 464. 1887; Wood. Bot. and Flor. 326. 1874; Tracy. Fl. Miss. 1885; Gattinger. Fl. Tenn. 84. 1887; Price, S. F. Warren Co. Ken. 1893; Jones. Cat. Phan. and Ferns, Lick Co. O. 82. 1892: Mich. FI. 138. 1892; Bull. Chic. Acad. Sci. 2:113; Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 9: 648. 1893; Lap- ham, Trans. Minn. State Hort. Soc. 112. 1875; Upham, W. Minn. Phan. 142. 1884; MacMillan. Metasp. Minn. Val. 162. 1892; Arthur. F]. Ia. 31. 1876; Eggert. Cat. Phan. and Vasc. Crypt. St. Louis. 7. 1891; Brendel. Fl. Peoriana 60. 1887; Aughey, Sketches Phys. Geog. and Geol. Neb. 82. 1880; Bessey and Webber, Rept. Grasses and For- age Pl. Neb. 109. 1889; Coulter. Rocky Mt. Fl. 344. 1885; Suksdorff. Fl. Washingtonensis 12; Loudon, Hort. Brit. 373. 1830; Nichol. Il. Dict. Gard. and Encycl. 1887; Meehan, T. U.S. Fl. and Ferns. Tab. 18. 1880; Hitchcock, A. S. Anthoph. and Pterid. St. Louis Acad. Sci. Ser. 5:3:519. 1891; Gray, A. Man. Bot. 51i. 1890. C. hirsutum Mitu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8:3. 1768. A stout perennial, prominently leafy, which is found from two and one-half to three dm. high and has stout cylindrical rhizomes. The stem, which is seventeen cm. high, is large, pubescent, noticeably setulose at the nodes and slightly six- angled. There are usually five, broadly ovate, acuminate leaves, one-half as wide as long and frequently measuring elev- encm. in length and having seven or nine conspicuous nerves. The peduncle is six or seven cm. high, glandular, glaucous, with a slight torsion. The ovate bract is twice as long as wide. The flower is large, showy and somewhat coarse in texture. The sepals are long lanceolate, greenish brown, veined and spotted, the inferior sepals being imperfectly united while the upper sepal is slightly inclined. The lateral petals are linear, lanceolate, wavy, colored like the sepals, not glossy and some- what longer than the third petal. The labellum is inflated, very convex above while the pale, dull yellow surface is slight- ly roughened. The oblong lanceolate staminodium is two cm. long, yellow, flecked with ferruginous macules and is declined. The column is declined, while the thick, leathery, stigmatic Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 443 surface is slightly indented and roughened with a distinct marginal area. The capsule is brownish with prominent edges and is four or five cm. long. The ovules are elongated, fusiform and have a very thin testa. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. is found in bogs and woodlands from Nova Scotia to British Columbia and on the south and southwestern boundary has a range similar to that of C. parvi- florum Salisb. The rhizomes of this species are collected for use in the man- ufacture of Cypripedium extract. In the article cited it is char- acterized as a ‘‘nerve stimulus,”!09 Contact with the leaves of this species causes, in some per- sons, an irritation quite similar to the effect produced by Rhus toxicodendron, poison ivy, or Rhus vernix Linn. The excit- ing property may be due to the peculiar hairs which this form possesses or to the fungus which makes itself at home in the cells of the hairs.! In either case the result is similar to the effect caused by C. reginae Walt. when taken at certain stages in its growth. C. hirsutum Mill. as a native of North America was intro- duced into England in 1790 by Sir Joseph Banks.!" It is fre- quently known as the ‘‘ Large Yellow Lady’s Slipper,” ‘‘Whip- poorwill Shoe,” ‘‘Yellow Downy Lady’s Slipper.”!! HERB: Sandberg, Red Wing; Sheldon Aitkin Co.; Sheldon, Waseca Co.; Sheldon, Crow Wing Co.; Kassube, Hennepin Co.; Ballard, Scott Co.; Ballard, Prior Lake; Taylor, Janesville; McElligott, McLeod Co.; Aiton, Nicollet Co.; Sandberg, Goodhue Co.; Ballard, New Ulm; Sandberg, Hennepin Co.; Ramaley, Da- kota Co.; Sheldon, Laake McCasson. Cypripedium parviflorum SALIsB. Flower small, fragrant; labellum yellow, lateral petal, glossy brown. C. calceolus Micux. Fl. N. Am. 2:161. 1803. C. parviflorum SALISB. Trans. Lion. Soc. 1:77. t. 2. f. 2. 1791. Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888; Nuttall. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:199. 1818; Persoon. Synop. Plant. 2:525. 1807; Willden. Sp. Pl. 4:143. 1805; Bot. Gaz. 17. 1892; Bull. Me. Coll. Lab. 1893; Fernald. Port. Cat. Me. Pl. 64. 1892; Dame and Collins. Fl. M’dsex Co. Mass. 104. 1888; Torrey. Fl. N. Y. 2:286. 1843; Gordimer, H. C. Fl. Renssa. Co. N. Y. 1894; Geol. Surv. N. J. 2:236. 1889; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. Fl. Wash. 22:120. (109) Nicholson. Ill. Diet. Gard. and Encycl. Hort. Gard. Kew. 1887. (110) MacDougal, D. T. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1:36, 1894. (111) Loudon’s Hortus Britanicus 373. 1830. (112) Meehan, T. U.S. Fl. and Ferns. 2: 2:75. 1880. 444 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1881; Vail, A. Contrib. Bot. Va. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 2:32. 1890; Michx. Fl. N. Am. 2:161. 1803; Chapman. Fl. 8. U.S. 464. 1887; Tracy, Fl. of Miss. 1885; Wood, A. Bot. and Fl. E. of Miss. 326. 1874; Gat- tinger, A. Tenn. F] 84, 1887; Jones, H. L. Cat. Phan. and Ferns. Lick Co. O. 82. 1892; Wright, A. A. Prelim. List. F]. Pl. and Ferns. Lor- raine Co. O. 24. 1889; Bull. Chic. Acad. Sci. Cook Co. Ill., Lake Co. Ind. 2:113. ——; Rept. State Hort. Soc. Mich. 504. 1880; Beal and Wheeler. Mich. F]. 138. 1892; Trans. Wis. Acad. 9:648. 1893; Brendel. Fr. Fl. Peoriana 60. 1887; Smith, B. B. Fl. Kan. 1892; Cragin. Bull. Wash. Coll. Lab. Kan. 2:57. 1889; Suksdorff. Fl. Wash. 12. ——: Mac- Millan. Metasp. Minn. Val. 163. 1892; Upham, W. Minn. Phanerog. 142. 1884; Dana. How to Know Wild FI. 124. 1893; Baldwin, H. Orch- ids of N. E. 27. 1884. A perennial, which is minutely pubescent thronghout, slen- der and one and one-half to four dm. high. The rhizomes which are sometimes several cm. long, brown, and carrying tufts of fibrous rootlets, show a white fracture. The stem is one to three dm. high, erect, and rarely somewhat tortuous. The leaves, three to five in number, are eight to sixteen cm. long, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, sparingly pubescent to glabrous and have seven or nine prominent nerves. The slen- der, rugose peduncle is five to eleven cm. high, straight or slightly bent, and is sometimes compressed hexagonally. The bract is two and one-half to six cm. long, ovate-lanceolate and usually prominently five-nerved. The flower is small and is agreeably fragrant. The sepals, two to five cm. long, are purplish-brown in color and glossy while the two inferior sepals are anastomosed as shown by the dentate apex, and the upper, broadly, ovate-lanceolate sepal is erect. The lateral petals, two or five cm. long,colored like the sepals, are long, lanceolate, somewhat pendulous and inclined to twist. The basal inner surface of the sepals and paired petals carries long hyaline hairs. The labellum, two to four cm. long, is ovoid, slightly compressed laterally and in color is yellow with delicate brown veins. The sterile stamen is one cm. long, one-half as wide, ovoid, membranous and fiecked with macules. The column is short, declined, anc the stigmatic area is ovate with a slight central depression. The capsule is three to five cm. long, brown, strongly ribbed and on the parietal placentae bears the numerous, dull yellow ovules. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. is found in bogs, low woods and on hilly ground, and generally flowering in May or June. It ranges across the continent from Newfoundland to the Rockies, in the Atlantic region and westward into the sub- humid region as far as Kansas and Colorado. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 445 As a native of North America, this species! was cultivated by Ph. Miller!’ in 1759. It is the only one of the eastern species, known to be fragrant, and is generally known as the ‘‘Small-Flowered Lady’s Slipper.” HERB: Ballard, Zumbrota; Taylor, Chisago Co.; Hammond, Lake City; Ballard, Carver Co.; Sheldon, Lake Calhoun; Hol- zinger, Winona Co.; Sandberg, Hennepin Co.; Kassube, Minne- apolis; Lugger, St. Anthony Park; Aiton, Nicollet Co. Cypripedium acaule Arr. Flower large; labellum bi-lobed, ruddy, leaves two. C. humile SALISB. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1:79. t. 2. f. 3. 1791; Nuttall. Gen. N. Am. Pl. 2:199. 1818; Persoon, Synop. Plant. 2:525. 1807. C. acaule Air. Hort. Kew. 3:303. 1789. Mac. Cat. Can. Pl. 2:20. 1888; Fowler, J. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. Arct. Fl. N. Br. 201. 1887; Bull. Me. Coll. Lab. 1893; Fl. Mt. Des. Is. Me. 153. 1894; Fernald, Port. Cat. Me. Pl. 64. 1892; Torrey. Fl. N. Y. 2:286. 1843; Geol. Surv. N. J. 2:236. 1889; Vail, A. M. Bot. Va Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 2:32. 1890; Persoon. Synop. Plant. 2:525. 1807; Small and Heller, Fl. N. C. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club. 3;2. 1792; Meehan, T. Fl. and Ferns. U. S. 2:2:64. Pl. 15. 1880; Baldwin. Orchids of N. E. Fig. 8. 1884; Goodale, G L. Am. Wild Fl. Pl. XI; Dana. How to Know Wild FI. 180. Pl. 64. 1893; Chapman. FI. 8. U.S. 464. 1887; Wood, Bot. and Flor. E. of Miss. 326. 1874; Gattinger A. Tenn. Fl. 84. 1887; Jones, H. L. Cat. Phan. and Ferns. O. 82. 1892. Bull Chic. Acad. Sci. 2:113; Mich. Fl. 138. 1892. Trans. Minn. State Hort. Soc. 112. 1875; Upham, W. Minn. Phan. 142. 1884; Gray, A Man. Bot. 511. 1890; MacMillan. Metasp. Minn. Val. 162. 1892. A perennial, two and one-half to four dm. high, slightly downy with two leaves sheathing the base of the peduncle. The roots are long and fibrous. The stem is very short, erect, and quite obscured by the leaves. The two leaves are obovate to oblanceolate, prominently three to five nerved and long, somewhat hirsute and thickened. The peduncle which lengthens greatly after anthesis, is from two to three and one-half dm. high, cylindrical, erect, sometimes flexuous and covered with a glandular pubescence. The bract is from two to three dm. long. The flower is single and quite notice- able in color. The sepals are oblanceolate the two lower por- tions of the perianth being united into one. All are nearly one-half as long as the lip and brownish in color. The paired petals are lanceolate, three cm. long, patent and similar in color to the sepals. The lip is obovoid, decumbent with an (113) Ait. Hort. Kew. 5:220. 1812. (114) Nicholson, Ill. Dict. Gard. and Encycl. Hort. Bot. Gard. Kew. 1887. 446 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. horizontal orifice, and is bilobed because of an anterior fissure forming another opening to the flower. In color itis a deep rose and is irregularly roughened. The staminodium is acu- tely rhomboidal with a prominent midrib. The two fertile stamens are large, adnate to the column and bilocular. The body of the deflexed column is slender with a thick, fleshy. concave, triangular stigmatic area which has minute projec- tions and is indistinctly three-parted. The ovary is inflated, arcuate and coarsely ribbed. Cypripedium acaule Ait. is found in bloom in May and June, in dry or wet ground under deciduous and evergreen trees from Newfoundland to Fort Franklin and through the entire Atlantic region. It is prominent among the North American species as being the only one nearly reaching the Arctic circle and extend- ing well toward the Tropic of Cancer. In Minnesota it is fre- quently found in tamarack swamps. According to Aiton! Cypripedium acaule was introduced into England in 1786, from North America, by Sir William Hamilton. It was then known as the ‘‘T'wo leaved Lady’s Slipper.” It is also called the ‘‘Stemless Lady’s Slipper,” @ ‘Dwarf Umbil” 1!" and ‘‘Noah’s Ark” !!8. In New Hampshire it is called ‘‘Valérian” owing to an imaginary curative qual- ity. Itis also given the name of ‘‘Whip poor-will Shoe” ! and in Connecticut, the flowers are called ‘‘Squirrel Shoes.”!*? Since C. acaule Ait. has an anterior entrance in addition to the usual orifice, Gray"! concluded that flies might have two means of ingress as well as the two lateral ones, each side of the column, for exit. When the insect does enter, it ultimately brushes under the stigma and upon emerging, carries with it some of the pollen from the stamens. This pollen Darwin ! found to be immersed in a viscid fluid, which is capable of being drawn out into filaments. The leaves of the species are large, indeed, they are the largest of any of the Diphylla in America. The suggestion has been made, that the leaves are large because the plant is lowly and meets with less competition!’ than do the taller plants. (115) Ait. Hort. Kew. 3: 220. 1812. (116) Gray, A. Man. Bot. 6ed. 510. 1892. (117) Meehan, T. U.S. Fl. and Ferns2. 2:61. Pl. 15. 1880. (118) Torrey. J. Fl. N. Y. 2: 286. 1843. (119) Bergen; F. D. Bot. Gaz, 192440. 1894, (120) Bergen, F. D. Loe. cit. (121) Gray, A. How Plants Behave. 31. 1872. (122) Darwin, C. Fertilization of Orchids. 226. 1877. (123) Allen, G. Nature. Mch. 1883. Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 447 A more reasonable argument would be that the leaves are large because its favorite localities are shady and usually well supplied with moisture. Some of the American species of Cypripedium are used for forcing but C. acaule Ait. is found to be a difficult plant to handle although its habitat! has been well studied. HERB: Sheldon, Lake Calhoun; Taylor, Glenwood; Sandberg, Hennepin Co, Aiton, Hennepin Co., Taylor, Chisago Co., Oest- lund, Detroit, Sheldon, Aitkin Co., Sandberg, Center City. The following gentlemen, Professor Conway MacMillan, Mr, E. P. Sheldon, Mr. John S. Wright, Mr. V. K. Chestnut and Mr. O. W. Oestlund, have kindly assisted me in the work on this article and I wish to extend to them my sincere thanks (124) Meehan, T. U.S. FI. and Ferns. 2::2:64. 1880. (125) Watson. W. Orchids, Cult. and Manage, 518. 1890. 448 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Genetic connection of American Cypripedia. @ <] Ke. = ee) f¢°) jo") - Ss B B ie) Cypripedium irapeanum LaLave. 2 2 = S g Sere ts “3 \B S S = oS Sa Bes o ° g S 3 f= g N Se iy aS o s/s 2, oO] or SS @ iosa. Cypripedium guttatum Sw. = g 5 co) D = q jor > 1) Fox: SPECIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 449 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Plate XXI. Map of North America, showing distribution of the genus Cyp- ripedium. Plate XXII. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. General aspect. Arrangement of essential parts. Ovate staminodium. Quadrangular stigma. Bilocular anther. Ovary with distinct ridges. Basal portion of plant, rhizome and fibrous rootlets. Plate XXIII. Capaedunn reginae WALT. Leaves and inflorescence. Obovate staminodium. Lateral view of column and anther. Distinctly trilobed stigma and pair of anthers. Anther. Large angular capsule. Rhizome with cicatrices and rootlets. Plate XXIV. Supmineaiuin candidum MuUHL. a. Foliar and floral appearance. b. Closely united staminodium, column, and anther. ec. Ovate lanceolate staminodium. d. Quadrangular stigma. e. Cylindrical rhizome. Plate XXV. Cypripedium hirsutum MILL. a. Aérial portion of plant. b. Horizontal staminodium and reflexed stigmatic area. ce. Ovate-lanceolate staminodium. d. Slightly concave stigma with distinct margin. e. Dorsal view of column and extrorse stamens. f. Magnified view of anther. g. Capsule. h. Sheathing leaves and dark colored rhizome. Plate XX VI. Cypripedium parviflorum SALISB. a. Flower and foliage. b. Lateral view of deflexed staminodium and column. c. Ovate-lanceolate staminodium. d. Geniculate column attached to ovary. e f. g. ae aie aeoces San aeors Long obovate stigma. Small capsule. Rhizome showing numerous scars. Plate XX VII. Cypripedium acaule AIT. General appearance of plant. _ Strongly deflexed column. Acutely rhomboidal staminodium, Triangular stigma with hoiry projections. Lateral view of anther. Magnified view of anther. Indistinectly ridged ovary. Fibrous rootlets of young plant. rarhsasges XXV. POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS SPE- CIES OF CYPRIPEDIUM. D. T. MacDOUGAL. In a brief note published ina previous number of this bulletin (Part I. p. 82. 1894.) the writer detailed the results of some observations tending to show that the leaves and stems of adult plants of Cypripedium spectabile and C. pubescens exert a pois- onous influence on the human skin. The experiments from which this conclusion was derived were performed in the open air, in the localities in which the plants grew. Although no specimens of Rhus or other poisonous plant were known to occur within a mile of the scene of the experiments, it was determined that they should be repeated under circumstances in which every possible source of error should be eliminated. In order to accomplish this, a number of root-clumps of C. spectabile, C. pubescens and C. parviflorum were procured from a reliable dealer and placed in the plant-houseun der such con- ditions that leafy stems could be obtained during a period from February 1, to May 10, 1894. During the earlier part of this time the temperature of the outside air was such as to preclude any interference from plants growing in a state of nature, and the plant house contained no known poisonous plants. Careful tests were made with C. spectabile on nine persons, six of whom were poisoned in a degree corresponding to the manner of application of the plants tothe skin. Asimilar percentage of the students in the department were reported to be susceptible to the action of various species of Rhus. Tests with the stems and leaves of C. pubescens gave about the same results as C. spectabile. Although these tests were a severe drain on the enthusiasm of the subjects they were repeated with C. parvi- florum, which also exhibited a dermatitic action. These tests were also repeated in April, 1895, and the poisonous influence © of the three species named may be considered as established beyond all doubt. Specimens of the pointed and glandular hairs,- which are found in abundance over the entire plant, and were de- scribed in the previous note, were taken from the plant and touched separately to the skin. It was shown that the irritant action was due to the secretion of the glandular hairs only. If the development of the glandular hairs is followed it wili be MacDougal: POISONOUS INFLUENCE OF CYPRIPEDIUM. 451 found that the secretion begins to accumulate in the distal end of the cell shortly before it reaches maturity, and filters through the wall forming a reservoir between the wall and the outer cuticular layer. As the amount of the secretion increases, since the cuticular layer is capable of only a slight distension, the wall is pushed backward into the cell-cavity, finally the glandular cell is in the form of a double walled cup with the protoplasm occupying the space between the parallel walls, and the secretion filling the bowl of the cup, and covered by the arched cuticle. In the advanced stages the cuticle is easily torn and it may be found ruptured with the secretion escaping in the form of an an irregular mass. On account of the extremely small quantity of the secretion its exact chemical nature could not be ascertained. It was found to be soluble in alcohol, and gave the reactions of an oily substance. This is of especial interest in view of the recent researches of Pfafl and Orr, which have demonstrated that the poisonous action of Rhus is due to an oil, cardol.* It was found further that the irritant action of the plants on the skin increased with the development of the plant, and reached a maximum effect during the formation of the seed capsules. This corresponds with the activity of the glandular cells and the amount of secretion present. While this poison- ous property of the plant serves as a partial protection for the vegetative organs, yet it is in all probability a device primarily for the security of the reproductive bodies. It is to be noted in this connection that the glandular secretions do not form the sole means of protection of plants of this genus. It has been noted by Stahl,’ Mobius? and others* that the peripheral layers over the entire body of plants of this group are fur- nished with a large number of cells containing raphides, which serve as a more or less effective protection against the ravages of animals. *Science. New. Ser. 1:119. 1895. 1. Stahl. Pflanzen und Schnecken. p. 91. 1888. 2. Moebius. Ueber den anatomischen Bau den Orch deenbliitter und dessen Bedeutung fuer das System dieser Familie. 1887. 3. Frank. Ueber die anatomische Bedeutung und die Entstehung der vegeta- bilischer Schleim. Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. 5:161. 1867. Hilgers. Ueber das Auftreten der Krystalle von oxalsaure Kalk im Parenchyma einiger Monocotylen. Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. 6:285. 1867. Meyer. Ueber die Knollen der einheimischen Orchideen. Arch. d. Pharm. 24:51. 1886. Schimper. Ueber Kalkoxalatbildung in den Laubblitter. Bot. Ztg. 65, 81, 67, 113 129, 145, 1888. XXVI. TREE TEMPERATURES. Recorded by Roy W. SQUIRES. During a period lasting from January 15, to June 3, 1894, Mr. Squires made continuous observations on the temperature of a trunk of the Box-elder (Acer negundo) and the surround- ing air. Owing to the press of other duties he has been unable to prepare the results for publication, and the detailed record is presented below with a scanty comment wholly incommen- surate with the importance of the work. The data obtained were desirable as testing the current con- clusions concerning the influence of the different factors in the determination of the relative temperatures of massive organs and the air, as well as the changes in the absolute temperature of the trunk itself. The period of observation included the season of long con- tinued cold, the spring season, and the early part of the sum- mer when the thermometer had reached nearly its maximum limit. The locality is in 45° north latitude, and lies about equi- distant from the January isotherms of 0°C. and -18°C. Rec- ords were made three times daily during the entire period, except in the few instances when the temperature fell below the range of the instruments used. The tree upon which the observations were made is a pistillate specimen about twenty years old. The trunk and its branches reach a height of ten meters. The trunk at breast height is 28cm. in diameter, and at a distance of 2.5 meters from the ground is divided into two main branches. The bark is dark brown in color and only slightly roughened. The soil in which the tree is fixed is a gla- cial sand through which run thin layers of clay and shale, and is underlaid at some depth with limestone. The tree stands midway between two dwelling houses, 14 meters apart north and south of it; it is thus sheltered from the extreme violence of storms while it receives the entire daily course of the sun. The temperature of the air was read from an ordinary naked Squires: TREE TEMPERATURES. 453 bulb mercurial thermometer hung within a few meters of the trunk. This instrument was sheltered from the direct rays of the sun except for two or three hours in the middle of the after- noon. In order to obtain the temperature of the tree a cavity lem. in diameter and 8cm. in depth was bored into the trunk at breast height, on the north side. The inner end of the cavity was slightly higher to prevent accumulation of liquid either from precipitation or sap. In this cavity was inserted the bulb of a mercurial thermometer designed for the purpose. The bulb of this thermometer was cylindrical in shape, 2.38cm. long and .7cm. in diameter. The tube was 32cm. in length and was bent at right angles at a distance of 9cm. from the bulb. The long arm of the tube was graduated from -10°C. to 100°C. The entire length of the mercurial tube was enclosed in a sheathing tube fused to the upper end of the bulb and sealed at its upper end. The portion of the sheathing tube around the short arm of the mercury tube was lcm. and that around the long arm was 2cm. indiameter. By this arrangement the entire mercury col- umn was shielded from outside variations and the bulb alone was in direct contact with the wood of the tree. As astill further protection from precipitation and variations of the air, a tight wooden box with a glass front was fastened over the thermom- eter to the trunk, by means of rubber cloth and tar in such manner as to be ‘‘water tight.” The records were made at 6 to 7 A. M., 12 to1P. M., and 6 to 7 P.M., and are given in this order opposite each date in the following tables: 454 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TABLE I.—TEMPERATURES OF AIR AND TREE FOR JANUARY, 1894. Date.| Air. 15 1°¢ 2.5 2. 16 1.5 3.2 2.5 17 5. 5.5 ee 13,10. mes) rr wth 1S. i: Tree. ||Date. ate C}| 19 = HO a co) || eA) rea) aaa) PaecOn eae eS) me nl peee4 eA at aa Oui oo ano: Average Temperature of Air, At 6-7 A. M. At 12-1 P. M. At 6-7 P.M. For entire day Air. Tree. Ae Glee iS" 16) ee ee 2 almanle mo coe roel aly ey, pal Onesie 10 SI he la) AS Pe 20), Tree. 10.84. 9.37 6.6 8.9 9.2 ees 8.88 8.57 Date. 23 24 25 27 Air. | Tree. —22.°C|—23.°¢ Tals, ilig hoe meade lm Oro —15.5 |—-18.5 hone pple 2A |=23: —14. |—20. AD. a laelO: Date 28 | 30 3l Air. —10.5°¢ rane 950 —15.2 Tree. —13.2¢ —10. = 10:0 —13. ee! 8 all OF Squires: TREE TEMPERATURES. 455 TABLE II.—TEMPERATURE OF AIR AND TREE FOR FEBRUARY, 1894 Date| Air. 1 |—18.2°¢|—18.°c rei —13.5 bo or a Tree. og Date. 8 10 11 12 13 14 Date. 15 17 18 19 20 21 Air. | Tree. = 16:°cl=14.%c ad of (5) al gia ge eee Oh al Oe 4 |>-6; Ofer ar Als ap bt allem Ba ae Oe EO Salas ap Ore salliss |llst mo UN) | mes) Ul Shee! la bent Tis ral slide ae Onl Spon alt he mera lee || raul Tape Oe leak TAOS, Alamos Date. 22 23 26 27 Air. ; Tree. gl 0 Pha lol a ds oe 14. |= 9. 19.6 |16: are: ieee 01) 1 |=18; a Oe tae. wl ( 0 BN ee’ 5) —12.2 |—10.2 13 Yl gas f Sa: Se pee eg ol ere Se ipa) ha |=? Gb re eee. acy as ae See iar Sabai ob 13 i" 20 A ee ame Average Temperature of Air, At 6-7 A.M. At 12-1 P. M. At 6-7P.™M. For entire day Air. | Tree. —6.1°¢|—2.5°c} 2.4 |- 2.4 ie. a) 8 a eda Qe) ler le ie [reads VE \aaery, ea Ondalll peers = NS | bal la pr ar aS 18. ars weld peek fallacy! 02 = GO) mallee SOs Shon ia tlee eee Oxo = 15) BIA SZ. \ 10: nn ee sp UNG eae Tree: 11.93 10.46 4.35 7.55 8.65 7.00 8.31 8.34 456 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TABLE IIJ].—TEMPERATURE OF AIR AND TREE FOR MARCH, 1894, t Date.| Air Tree. ||Date.| Air. | Tree. ||Date.| Air. | Tree. ||Date ] 1:5°e|= occ Ole i— 3.°c!-/ eed 8.6°c} 10.°c]| 25 10:3. me) 12. 4.8 23. 11.5 WP gd 3. 4.1 15. 20.1 ON Peel lie hee |e KO) 2.2 3. 18 4.7 | 15. 26: |=155" Teles 12:\"\40 10. 6. 4. ¢) 92. — 7. ipa 778) el esi ale 4. 3. 8. = (8:5) Times 31-3 - 6) - | 1 | o lio | 2°] 4 | et 12, ae ile 0) 6.7 Ie 5. 4, — > .6. (|pomee 10.2 | 10.2 2. 4, 3. 4.1 = 12) eames “! 12. 10.2 || 12 i 2. 20 3. 3. 28 1— &. olan 15. Nils 10.8 4. 5. 3. | OC tila = 10. 11. 3.2 7.6 4. 3.7 —= 18.0) ilmames BY In 6. 13 2.2 4.5 || 21 3. 4.3 || 29 |-llb wee 15 3. 7 4.5 4. 5. 2.5) 7: eee = ik 0 Foe nell 4.5 ] 3. 2. flanks Gus Setin® soul l4 4 2.3 || 22 1.5 1 30 5) |= ae el 0 as 559 ee | 4. 1 25 | 0 oo || 12} lta. Se 10. 0 | SS: a5 hes GH 1.5 | 28) = 4 = ol 1 = to eee) 3.1 1.5 2. 9) 32) lO ues 1 me ler 2.7 2; ng 1 Bee hdd Set are CR a Saya a Wy 7 ol) Weed. SS aS-oMl— 9b: 3.2 0 7 3. WregOct oll ex mnce) 0 10) TO:53leelue | SelB Se as Average Temperature of Air, Tree. At 6-7 A.M. 52° 64° At 12-1 P. M. Gale 192° At 6-7P. M. 1.43° 2.52° For entire day 2.68° 1.69° Squires: TREE TEMPERATURES. 457 TABLE I1V.—TEMPERATURE OF AIR AND TREE FOR APRIL, 1894. ! 1 Date.| Air. | Tree. ||Date.| Air. | Tree. |}Date.| Air. | Tree. Date. Air. | Tree. i Pe) 5%e) 8 2.°c} 4.°c|| 16 16.°c| 10.°c}| 24 6.°c| 12.°C oh, as al ae 5] 25 131 | 8.9 23.5 | 148 aoe aay: 1 | 2 Har | 125] 125 10. | 16. 5 - 5\- 5 a ia 16.6 | 12.5 12. | 14. i | 4 |}10 |-2. | 0 16. | 14.5 23. | 16.5 Bs te 35). 2. lls | 164) 14. 15s |) une 3 | 67) 1.5 Eyes 22.5 | 17 16. | 14. Set cha iit LO 5 13.2 | 20 25. | 16. Bey. Ses Mea AGn Wye yo (Lae 17. | 23. a} 2.’ | 25 65 | 42 6a 41 Tea lo tS eto ie- | 42) 62 4. | 6&7 18. | 16. he dice Ne ie eo oor [aS hts: 92. | 17.5 il 6 al 6 | o an| 53 12. | 20. Pee | 1s WO | 8b 23| 43 gare ete, ARES [oe Verseop | ae lela: 17. | 20. oe a a 8.5 | 10 97" Wigs 20.7 | 18 165} 8. |}14 | 7 | 85 a ee 23. | 19 10. | 12 | u. | ssiiee | « bt 3 20. | 18 mo 3. |G. 8. | 10 15: FP: 17. | 17. . | 66 {115 | 385] 8.5 6. | 12. 22, | 18 Ge 1,10 Ta ds gf aM 18. | 20. en a 8.5 | 8.5 23.5 | 14. i Pe 6 | 5. lie | 85| 89 8. | 18. Average Temperature of Air, Tree. At 6-7A.M, 6.06° 8.56° At 12-1 P. M. OR 9.61° At 6-7P. M. 857° 9.33° For entire day 8.31° 9.16° 458 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TABLE V.—TEMPERATURE OF AIR AND TREE FOR MAY AND JUNE, 1894. J Date.| Air, | Tree. ||Date] Air. | Tree. ||Date| Air. | Teee. | Date] Air. | Tree. 1 12-5 e! Mo scHeOu|. 17.°C|. Itazenei8, |: 11.2% 10.°¢ 21 | 13.°¢) We.6%e 1 Fey fa tr 10} 8.2 | 12.2 4.5 | 8. 22. | Ibe 4. 8. 15. 13.2 19 | 10. 8. 14, 15. yal) 2. 9: 945) Bae 15. 1a: 28 | 10. 11.5 * DE Ach jet) 6.5 | 12.3 18.3 | 12.5 17. 10. 21.5 | 12. 20 | 10. 12. 10.7 | 14 3 8.1 | 12.5 17.5 | 16 14 12.5 |} 29 | 13.5 | 13.5 16.2 | 13. 12} 14. 16. Lille 13. 21.3 | 14 TOs 325 24. 16. 210.8 9.4 11 15. £54 12.0 pl 0s 19.2 | 18.5 1%. 12. 30,1 9. s\gaee Li | 13.5 || 18 18.5 | 18. 8. | 13. 22. | 16 13. 14. pe Wy 22) 8. 10.2 10.2 | 14.5 GS ia Bs i 5 Alsi.) SUS; 12.1 10.2 || 31 | 12.3 | 12.8 LOFTS 27 Wh Aaeaa20. , | 18. 10:5) 10: 23.2 | 16.3 dd: 12. 282 | 19. 23 | 10.2 10. 16.3 | 16.3 Gy | AOsT a 2,7 7 her 12.5 | 12. JUNE. Nite ea ey 15 | 22. | 21. 14. 13. PS al 12:6 29. | 19.8 || 24] 13, 12. 1-16. 16 Ud): 11.5 18.2 | 19.5 21. 13. 24 16.5 15. 141) 1G: | 07! Mie 12, 14. 15.2 | 17 able 13.2 28.3 | 19. 25 | 13. 13. 2 13. 15 Sy: 10} 10. 21.5 | 18.7 20. 15. 24. | 14 Moe 2a6; |) 17|' PT 13.1 12. 14. by a hs 13.5 15. 10. fa 26) he 13. 31) 16. ee J hae ic 13.7 ue 12.2 20.9 | 15.3 24. 18. 26.5 | 16.1 |} 18 | 4.8] 9.5 10. aD. | | 16. | aie Average Temperature (for May) of Air, Tree. 6-7 A. M. 12.37 12.96 At 1-1 P.M. 19.4 14.02 At 2-7 P. M. 12.97 14.40 For entire day 14.91 13.78 Squires: TREE TEMPERATURES. 459 REMARKS.—During the entire period it may be noticed that the temperature of the tree is lower than the air in the morn- ing, and at noon, and is higher in the evening. On four days in January the temperature of the air and the tree fell below —25°C. and beyond the range of the instruments. The lowest temperature of the tree recorded in February was —21.1. The lowest temperature records of this character accessible to the writer are those made by Bourgeau in 1858 at Fort Carleton, Canada, in latitude 50° N.* Bourgeau noted temper- atures of —25°(F.?) in the trunk of a species of Populus. The mean temperature of the tree observed by Mr. Squires, for January, was 1.31°C. higher than the air. In February the mean temperatures of the tree and air were practically identical. In March the mean temperature of the tree was nearly 1°C. lower than the air; in April .85°C. higher; and in May 1.138°C. lower than the air. The difference between the mean temper- ature of the tree for January and May was 22.33°C. The mean temperature for January of the tree was —8.57°C., of the air ~9.88°C. For February the mean temperature of the tree was -8.34°C., for the air -8.34°C. For March the mean tempera- ture of the tree was 1.69°C., of the air 2.68°C. For April the mean temperature of the tree was 9.16°C., of the air 8.31°C: For May the mean temperature of the tree was 13.78°C., of the air 14.91°C. The relatively high temperature of the tree during April was doubtless due in part to the heightened metabolic activity pre- vailing at this time, in the formation and development of the reproductive organs. To determine the actual influence of this factor in the absolute temperature of the body of the tree, more extended experiments and a careful analysis of the results al- ready in hand would be necessary. * Proc. Linn. Soe. 4:1. 1860. XXVII. SOME HEPATICAE OF MINNESOTA. JOHN M. HOLZINGER. In connection with the survey of the state for mosses a num- ber of Hepaticae have been collected, and have been determined by Professor L. M. Underwood. In the hope that it may stim- ulatea closer search, the following list is published. 1. Anthoceros laevis LINN. Marshland, Wis., Aug. 18, 1890. Trempealeau Mountain, Nov. 11, 1893. 2. Asterella hemispherica BEAvv. Winona, June 8, 1889; May 14, 1890, and Nov. 4, 18938. Stockton, April 23, 1890. Trempealeau Mountain, Wis., May 17, 1890. 3. Blasia pusilla Linn. St. Croix Falls, July 12, 1890. 4. Chiloscyphus polyanthus Corba. Winona, May 26, 1890. 5. Conocephalus conicus DuMoRT. Bear Creek, April, May, June 1890. 6. Frullania aeolitis NEEs. St. Croix Falls, July 12, 1890. Marine Mills, July 19, 1890. (?. Frullania dilatata N&Eszs. Winona, near Laird’s mill, May 31, 1890; and near Beck’s, June 6, 1890. 8. Frullania eboracensis GOTTSCHE. Winona, May 31, June 6, June 12, August 7, 1890. Hom- er, June 7, 1890. Bear Creek, June 18, 1890. St. Croix Falls, July 12, 1890. Marine Mills, July 19 and 20, 1890. Trempealeau Mountain, July 31, 1890. 9. Geocalyx graveolens NEES. Bear Creek, May 10, 1890. 15. 14. 18. 19. 20. 21. bo 3) 23. bo on Holzinger: SOME HEPATICAE OF MINNESOTA. 461 Grimmaldia barbifrons Biscu. Winona, June 19, 1888. Jungermannia excisa DICKS. Stillwater, July 22, 1890. Jungermannia incisa SCHRAD. Lamoille, Oct. 30, 1893. Jungermannia schraderi Marv. Winona, May 14 and 31, 1890. Bear Creek, May 10, 1890. Homer, June 7, 1890. Franconia, July 16, 1890. Jungermannia ventricosa DIcKS. Stillwater, July 22, 1890. Kantia trichomanis S. F. Gray. Franconia, July 16, 1890. Lophocolea heterophylla NEEs. Winona, May 26 and August 22, 1890, and May 4, 1893. Lophocolea minor NEES. Marine Mills, July 19, 1890. Winona, Sept. 10, 1890. May 4 and Oct. 27, 1893. Marchantia polymorpha Linn. Winona, near Beck’s, May 29, 1890. Bear Creek, June 26 and August 30, 1889. Homer, June 7, 1890. Nardia crenulata LINDB. Lamoille, Oct. 30, 1893. Porella pinnata SCHWAEGR. St. Croix Falls, July 14, 1890. Porella platyphylla Linps. Winona, April 26 and May 31, 1890. Bear Creek, May 3, 1890. Trempealeau Mountain, May 17, 1890. Lamoille, June 7, 1890. Preissia hemispherica Coen. Winona, June 8, 1889, and May 31, 1890. Lamoille, June 7, 1890. Ptilidium ciliare NEEs. Homer, June 7, 1890. Marine Mills, July 19, 20 and 21, 1890. Riccia lutescens SCHWEIN. Winona, Oct. 19, 1889. Riccia natans LINN. Winona, April 30, 1899. XXVIII. A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. EDMUND P. SHELDON. In the course of an extended study of a number of specimens of Mycetozoa collected by the members of the field staff of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, several facts have been noted which tend to show the importance of a systematic examination of these organisms. The delicate and beautiful characters of both the plasmodial and sporangial stages of the slime-moulds have attracted the attention of botanists and zoologists. Some writers have class- ified them as plants, others as animals, and by still others they have been placed outside both the animal and vegetable king- doms. Just what position they should occupy in a natural system of classification is hard to determine; but it is probable that the more study is given to the morphology of this and related groups, the less tendency either botanists or zoologists will have to include them in either the animal or vegetable kingdom. A knowledge of the life cycle of a slime-mould is necessary to a good understanding of both the plasmodial and fruiting stages. A spore, when surrounded by the requisite conditions of temperature, moisture, etc., will germinate; the contents will ooze out and take the form of a small, irregular-shaped, often ciliated mass of protoplasm. The result of the germina- tion of several such spores is a number of small bits of naked protoplasm. These are the swarm-cells. Soon a number of them fuse together forming the plasmodium. These plasmodia, which vary much in size and color in the different species, are merely masses of protoplasm which increase in size by taking up all sorts of bodies, both organic and inorganic. This is the vegeta- tive or plasmodial stage of the slime-mould, a study of the devel- opment of which is much needed, even in the more common species. Rex has contributed somewhat to the knowledge of Tu- Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 463 bulinaand allied species.! Durand has observed the germination of the spores and subsequent fusion of the swarm-cells of En- teridium.? But it is to Lister that we are indebted for knowl- edge of the development of the plasmodium. In his paper on Badhamia and Brefeldia,* and in his later paper on the divis- ion of nuclei in the Mycetezoa,‘ this author has set forth the recently discovered facts regarding the physiology and morph- ology of the multi-nuclear plasmodium. Sooner or later this form heaps itself up and becomes trans- formed into the fruiting or sporangial stage in which it is most commonly found. The shape of the individual sporangium varies greatly. although it is usually constant for a given species. It may form a flat cake-like mass or aethalium as in LycogaJaor Fuligo. The latter is very abundantly distributed and is commonly known’ as the flower of tan. In other cases the plasmodium may be transformed into a net. One species which takes this form is Hemiarcyria serpula. Or the mass may break up into globose or irregularly-shaped heaps which are sessile on the substratum, as in Trichia inconspicua or Diderma globosa. The latter species belongs to a group which is char- acterized by the presence of minute crystals of carbonate of lime. The presence or absence of such crystals is a useful character in grouping the genera of these organisms. Some- times these tiny globose masses are lifted on slender stalks which rest upon a common residue of the protoplasm beneath them; this is usually termed the hypothallus. This is seen in such forms as Dictydium, Stemonitis, Clathrodes, Lampro derma and Cribraria. Other forms which in the plasmodial stage are often noticed as spittle-like masses clinging to stems of grasses and other meadow plants, are transformed into a white, fluffy, feathery, fragile mass as in Mucilago. The color of the little sporangia, of their tiny stems and of the hypothallus beneath them is as various as the colors when in the plasmodial state. The sporangium is found to contain numerous spores and with these occur other modified portions of protoplasm in the form of elaters or capillitial threads which vary much in shape, external markings and color in the differ- ent species. (1) Rex, Geo. A. Bot. Gaz. 15:315. 1890. (2) Durand, E. J. Bot. Gaz. 19:89. 1894. (3) Lister, Arthur, Ann. Bot. 2:1. 1888. (4) Lister, Arthur, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 29:529. 1893. 464 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Something remains to be said regarding the habits of these interesting crganisms. Living as they do on all kinds of decaying organic substances, the slime-moulds when in the plasmodial state creep along over the substratum absorbing all sorts of substances into their mass merely by putting out projections or pseudopodia and laying hold of whatever hap- pens to be in their way. From this creeping, oozing condition the organism when it has become surrounded by the proper conditions of temperature, moisture etc., will creep out and climb up upon the highest point possible and there become transformed into sporangia filled with minute spores. It would surprise one beginning the study of the Mycetozoa to become acquainted with the various localities in which an acute observer might find them. Railroad ties, under sidewalks, on the branches of trees, under eaves, under’ logs in deep woods, on decaying vegetables, on toadstools, grass-stems, old leaves, twigs, stems and decaying leather are a few of their favorite habitats. The Mycetozoa are well distributed over the warmer regions of the world, and while the number of species is not great (about 500 have been described) the number of specimens of each species is often large in favorable localities. Andon account of the large number of spores produced by a single individual they will multiply rapidly if conditions are favor- able. It might be said that the slime-moulds are chiefly remarkable for the beautiful and graceful forms and structures which they present, varying from almost colorless to any color conceivable except green. And these forms and colors may often be seen without the aid of the microscope; the naked eye in many cases, or at most an ordinary lens, sufficing to reveal most of the points of color and structure. In the accompanying list of species it will be noted that I have departed from the usual custom of accepting the generic and specific names of Rostafinski under which the principle of priority in the nomenclature of this group is ignored. TUBIFERA J. G. GMELIN in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1472. 1791. Tubulina Pers. Disp. Fung. 11. 1797. Licea SCHRAD. Nov. Pl. Gen. 17. 1791, in part. 1. Tubifera cylindrica GMEL. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Hd. XIII. 1472. 1791. Tubulina cylindrica Rost. Mon. 220. 1875. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 465 On old logs among mosses, lichens, etc., near Center City, Chisago county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, July, 1892); St. Louis river, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). 2. Tubifera stipitata (BERK. & Rav.) Licea stipitata BERK. & RAv. Journ. Linn. Soc. 10:350. 1869. Tubulina stipitata Rost. Mon. 228, 1875. A rare slime-mould on old decaying stumps in woods near lake Ballantyne, Blue Earth county, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, TSo4).° CLATHROPTYCHIUM Rost. Mon. 225. 1875. 3. Clathroptychium plumbeum (FRIEs). Reticularia plumbea FRIES, Syst. Myc. 3:88. 1829. Licea rugulosa WALLR. FI. Germ. 2107. 1833. Licea applanata BERK. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1845. Lycogala lenticulare D. R.& M. FI. Alg. 401. 1846. Dictydiaethalium applanatum Rost. in Fckl. Symb. 2:69. 1874. Clathroptychium ruqulosum Rost. Mon. 225. 1875. Vermilion Lake, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). DICTYDIUM Scurap. Nov. Gen. 1:11. 1797. 4. Dictydium cancellatum (GMELIN). Stemonitis cancellata J. G. GMELIN in Linn, Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1468. 1791. Oribraria cernua PERS. Obs. Myc. 1:9]. 1796. (5) The nomenclature of the remaining species might be indicated as follows: Tubifera speciosa (SPEG.) Tubulina speciosa SpEG. Nov. Add. Myc. Ven. n. 123. 1875. Tubifera minima (FRIES). Licea minima Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:199. 1822. Tubulina minima Mass. Mon. Myxog. 36, 1892. Tubifera flexuosa (PERs.) Licea flexuosa KERS. Syn. Fung. 197. 1801. Tubulina flexuosa Potr. Ency. Meth. $:n.8. 1808. Tubifera spermoides (B. & C.) Licea spermoides B. & CO. Grev. 2:68. 1873. Tubulina spermoides MAss. Mon. Myxog. 37. 1892. Tubifera gauranitica (SPEG.) Licea gauranitica SpeG. Fl. Gauran, Pug. 1. n. 322, 1886. Tubulina gauranitica ROUMEG. Fung. Selec. Exsicc. n. 5196. 1887. Tubifera spumaroidea (Cxke. & MAss.) Licea spumaroidea OKE. & MASS. Grev. 16:74, 1888. Tubulina spumaroidea CKE. & MAss. in Mass. Mon. Myxog. 42. 1892. Tubifera brunnea (PREUSS). Licea brunnea PREuSS in Linnaea, 26:709, 1853. Tubulina brunnea Mass. Mon. Myxog. 42. 1892. Tubifera lindheimeri (BER«K.) Licea lindheimeri BERK. Grev. 2:65. 1873. Tubulina lindheimeri MAss. Mon. Myxog, 42. 1892, 466 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Trichia cernua Porn. Ency. Meth. 8:n. 25. 1808. Dictydium cernuum NEES. Syst. Pilze. f. 117. 1818. Dictydium trichioides CHEY. FI. Par. 327. 1827. On decaying logs of the wild black cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.) in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1893); near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1893); Vermilion lake, Minn. (#. W. D. Holway, July, 1886.) CRIBRARIA Scurap. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1471. 1791. 3. Cribraria sphaerocarpa (SCHR.) Stemonitis sphaerocarpa SCHR. Bot. Mag. 12:20. 1790. Stemonitis argillacea Pers. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1490. 1796. Cribraria argillacea PERS. Obs. Myce. 1:90. 1796. Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). CLATHRODES Apans. Fam. Pl. 2:8. 1763.6 Arcyria Hritu. Nat. Hist. 47. 1751. 6. Clathrodes denudatum (Linn. )* Clathrus denudatus LINN. Sp. Pl. 1179. 1753. Mucor clathroides Scop. Carr. 2:492. 1772. Mucor pyriformis LEERS. Fl. Herb. 1135. 1775. Clathrus pedunculatus BATSCH. FI. 141. 1783. Lycoperdon rufum Dicks. Crypt. Pl. Britt. fase. 1, 25. 1785. Stemonitis denudata REHL. FI. Cant. 1786. Stemonitis crocata WILLD. FI. Ber. 1189. 1787. Stemonitis coccinea ROTH. FI. Germ. 1:548. 1788. Trichia denudata VILL. Fl. Dauph. 1060. 1789. (6) This was first used by Micheli. Nov. Gen. 214, 1729. (7) The nomenclature of the remaining species might be indicated as follows: Clathrodes ferrugineum (SAUTER). Arcyria ferruginead SAUTER in Flora. 24:316. 1841. Arcyria lateritia DEBARY, Mycet. 24. 1859. Arcyria intricata Rost. Mon. Suppl. 72. 1875. Clathrodes adnatum (BATSCH). Clathrus adnatus Batsca Elench,. Fung. 141. 1783. Stemonitis trichia Rota. Fl. Germ. 1:549. 1788. Stemonitis lilacina SCAR. Fl. Bav.2. 1784. Stemonitis incarnata PERS. in Gmelin. Linn, Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1467. 1791. Arcyria incarnata Pers. Obs. Myc. t.5,f.4,5. 1796. Clathrodes irregulare (RAcIB.,) Arcyria irreguiaris Racts. Myx. Krak. 15. 1885, Clathrodes umbrinum (SCHUM. ) Arcyria umbrina SCHUM. Saell. 1479. 18038. Clathrodes insigne (KALCcHB. & CKE.) Arcyria insignis KALCHB. & CKE. in Grev. 10:143. 1682. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 467 Trichia graniformis HoFFM. Veg. Crypt. 1:3. 1790. Trichia cinnabaris BULL. Herb. Fr. t. 502, f. 1. 1791. Stemonitis crocea GMEL. Syst. 1467. 1791. Trichia rufa WittH. Arr. Brit. Pl. 3:478. 1791. Arcyria punicea PERS. Disp. 10. 1797. Arcyria rufa SCHUM. Saell. 1486. 1803. Trichia purpurea SCHUM. Saell. 1472. 1803. Arcyria melanocephala ScHUM. Saell. 1484. 1803. Arcyria conjugatu ScHuM. Saell. 1485. 1803. Arcyria cincta SCHUM. Saell. 1480. 1803. Arcyria cylindrica ScHuM. Saell. 1486. 1803. Trichia cinnabaris DC. Fl. Fr. no. 688. 1805. Arcyria fusca Fr. Gast. 17. 1818. Arcyria punicea Rost. Mon. 268. 1875. Arcyria vernicosa Rost. Mon. Suppl. 69. 1875. On decaying logs of Quercus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1890); Duluth, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); on decaying logs of the wild black cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.) in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1893); near Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. S., May, 1891); in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P. &., July, 1893); St. Paul, Minn. (#. P. S&S, July, 1893). 7. Clathrodes nutans (GMELIN). Arcyria nutans GREY. FI. Ed. 455. 1824. Stemonitis nutans GMELIN. Syst. 1467. 1791. Arcyria flava PERS. Obs. 1:85. 1796. Trichia nutans BULL. Champ. Fr. t. 502, f. 3. 1798 Trichia elongata ScHumM. Saell. 1464. 1803. Arcyria alutacea SCHUM. Saell. 1474. 1803. Arcyria straminea WALLR. Crypt. Fl. Germ. 2232. 1833. Clathrodes fuscum (FRIEs). Arcyria fusca FRIES, Symb. Gast. 17. 1817. Arcyria punicea Rost. Mon. 268, 1875, in part. Clathrodes vitellinum (PHILL.) Arcyria vitellina PHILL. Grev. 5:115. 1876. Arcyria versicolor PHILL. Grev. 5:115. 1876. Clathrodes digitatum (Scuw.) Stemonitis digitata Scaw. Syn, Amer. n. 2350. 1834. Arcyria digitata Rosr. Mon. 274. 1875. Clathrodes cookei ( Mass.) Arcyria cookei MAss. Mon. Myxog. 154. 1892. Clathrodes dictyonema (Rosv.) Arcyria dictyonema Rost. Mon, 279. 1875. Clathrodes hariotii(MaAss.) Arcyria hariotii MAss. Mon. Myxog. 155. 1892. Clathrodes auraniticum (RAUNK.) Arcyria auranitica RAUNK. Myx. Dan. 109. 1888. 468 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On decaying logs of the wild black cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.) in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (E. P. S., July, 1893); Vermilion lake, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); in the woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1893). 8. Clathrodes oerstedtii (Rost.) Arcyria oerstedtii Rost. Mon. 278. 1875. Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). 9. Clathrodes recutitum (LINN.) Clathrus recutitus LINN. Spec. 1649. 1763. Stemonitis recutita GMEL. in Linn. Syst. Nat. 1467. 1791. Stemonitis cinerea GMEL. in Linn. Syst. Nat. 1467. 1791. Trichia cinerea BULL. Champ. Fr. t. 477, f. 3. 1791. Arcyria albida PERS. Disp. t. I, f. 2. 1797. Arcyria carnea WALL. FI. Germ. 2234. 1838. Arcyria pallida B. & C. Grev. 2:67. 1873. Stemonitis grisea OPIz. in Lotos, 215. 1855. Arcyria stricta Rost. Mon. 271. 1875. Arcyria cineru MAss. Mon. Myxog. 151. 1892. On decaying logs of the wild black cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.) in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P.S., July, 1893); on logs at Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); on the ground in moist plant cases in the greenhouses of the University at Minneapolis, Minn. (Z£. 4. Cuzner, Feb., 1893); in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (£ P.S., July, 1893). Clathrodes simile (RAcrs.) Arcyria similis RACIB. Myx. Krak. 13. 1885. Clathrodes yYaciborskii (BERLESE). Arcyria raciborskii BERLESE in Sacc. Syll. Fung. 7:430. 1888. Clathrodes inerme (RACIB. Arcyria inermis RACIB. Myx. Krak. 14. 1885. Clathrodes bonariense (SPEG.) Arcyria bonariensis SPEG. Fung. Arg. Pug. :n. 90. 1880-82. Clathrodes vermiculare (SCHuUM.) Arcyria vermicularis SCAUM. Saell. n. 1495. 1801-3. Arcyria adfinis Rost. Mon. 276. 1875. Clathrodes cinnamomeum (HAZSt.) Arcyriacinnamomea Hazst. in Just. Bot. Jahrb. 156. 1877. Clathrodes decipiens (BzrkK.) Arcyria decipiens Berk. Ann. Nat. Hist. 10:447. 1842. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 469 LYCOGALA Rerz. Ac. Holms. 254. 1769.8 10. Lyeogala sphericum (GLED. ) Lycoperdon sphericum GLED. Meth. 161. 1753. Iyecogula sessile Retz. Ac. Holms. 154. 1769. Mucor lycogala Scop. Fl. Carn. 2:1645. 1772. Mucor fragiformis SCHFF. Bar. n. 283. 1774. Lycoperdon variolosum Hups. Fl. Ang. 645. 1778. Lycoperdon epiphyllum Huns. FI. Ang. 645. 1778. Lycoperdon pysiforme JACQ. Misc. t.7. 1788. Galeperdon epidendron Wie@. FI. Hols. 108. 1780. Lycaperdon chalybeum BatscH. Elench. Fung. 155. 1751. Lycoperdon verrucosum BATSCH. Elench. Fung. 155. 1781. Reticularia rosea DC. Bullet. Phil. f. 8, abe. 1798. Lycogala miniata PERS. Obs. 2:26. 1790. Lycogala punctata Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 158. 1801. LIyecogala plumbea Scuum. FI. Saell. 1408. 1803. Lycogala ferruginea ScHuM. FI. Saell. 1406. 1803. Reticularia miniata Pore. Ency. meth. 8:22. 1808. Reticularia punctata Potk. Ency. meth. 8:21. 1803. Reticularia rosea PotrR. Ency. meth. n.4. 1803. Lycogala epidendrum Fries Syst. Myc. 3:80 1829. On decaying wood at Big Island, Lake Minnetonka, Minn. (Conway MacMillan, 1889); on stumps near Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. &., Sept., 1889); on decaying stumps and logs near Nichols, Aitkin county, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, 1892); on de- cayed wood, Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holwuy, July, 1886); on old logs in the woods near Two Harbors, Minn. (£.P. S., June, 1893); near Minnehaha Falls, Minn. (Zz. P. S., May, 1893); on under side of logs in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1893); in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1893). 11. Lycogala flavo-fuscum (EHRENB.) Rost. Mon. 288. 1875. Diptherium flavo-fuscum EHRENB. Sylv. Myc. Berl. 27. 1818. On stumps in woods near Minnehaha creek, Minnehaha Falls, Minn. (£. P. 8. April, 1891). TRICHIA Hatter, Hist. Stirp. Helv. 3:114. 1768. 12. Trichia miniata (JacqQ.) Mucor miniatus JACQ. Misc. Aust. Bot. t. 299. 1778. Lycoperdon aggregatum LiLJEB. Fl. Seand. 460. 1792. Lycoperdon pusilum HeEpw. Abh. t. 3, f. 2. 1793. Yrichia fallax Pers. Obs. Myc. 3:t. 4,5. 1797. Physarum pyriforme SCHUM. Saell. 1448. 1803. Trichia virescens SCHUM. Saell. 1459, 1803. Trichia fulua PurtT. Mid. Fl. 1534. 1817. (8) The genus Lycogala was first described by Micheli, Nov. Gen. PI. 215, 1729, but subsequent to 1753 it was first used by Retzius. 470 ' MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On old logs in the glen at Osceola, Wis. (#. P. S., 1893); on decaying logs in the woods at Two Harbors, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, 1898); on old dead logs, Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (A. P. Anderson, July, 1893). 13. Trichia bombacina (BATSCH. ) Lycoperdon bombacinum BATscH. Elench. Fung. 153. 1783. Stemonitis botrytis PERS. in Gmelin in Linn. Syst. Nat 1568. 1791. Trichia botrytis PERs. Disp. Fung. 9. 1797. Trichia serotina SCHRAD. Journ. t. 3, f. 1. 1799. Sphaerocarpus fragilis Sow. Eng. Bot. t. 279. 1803. Trichia badia Fries. Stirp. Femsj. 83. 1825. Trichia pyriformis Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:184. 1829. Trichia fragilis Rost. Mon. 246. 1875. On decaying logs at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. S., Sept., 1889). 14. Trichia affinis DEBy. in Fuckel. Symb. Myc. 336. 1869. Trichia chrysosperma DC. FI. Fr. 2: 250. 1805, in pt. On decaying logs in the woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P.S., July, 1893). 15. Trichia gregaria (RETz.) Lycoperdon gregaria Retz. Obs. Bot. 1:33. 1779. Lycoperdon favogineum BATscH. Elench. Fung. f. 173. 1786. Stemonitis pyriformis RoTH. Fl. Germ. 1:548. 1788. Sphaerocarpus chrysospermus BULL. Hist. Champ. t. 417, f. 4. 1791. Stemonitis favoginea GMELIN. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1470. U7pSyh Trichia nitens PERS. Obs. Myc. 1:62. 1796. Trichia favoginea PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. 10. 1797. Trichia turbinata PurT. Brit. 4:1115. 1817. Lycoperdon aggregatum Retz. Fl. Scand. 1627. 1769. Lycoperdon epiphyllum Licut. Fl. Sc. 1069. 1777. Clathrus turbinatus Hups’ Fl. Ang. 632. 1778. Trichia pyriformis VILL. Fl. Dauph. 1060. 1789. Stemonitis pyriformis Pers. in Gmelin in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1468. 1791. Trichia turbinata WiTH. Arr. Br. Pl. 4:480. 1792: Trichia pyriformis PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. 10. 1797. Trichia olivacea PERS. Obs Myc. 1:62. 1796, in pt. Trichia ovata Pers. Obs. Myc. 2:35. 1799. Trichia vulgaris PERS. Obs. Myc. 2:32. 1799. On old stumps and logs near Bay lake, Crow Wing county, Minn. (£#. P. S, June, 1892); Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 471 16. Trichia pyriformis (Scop. ) Mucor pyriformis Scop. Fl. Carn. 492. 1772. Mucor pomiformis LEERS. FI. Herb. 1132. 1775 Stemonitis pyriformis WILLD. Fl. Berol. 409. 1787. Embolus lacteus Horr. Veg. Cr. t. 2, f.3. 1790. Trichia olivacea Pers. Obs. Myc. 1:62. 1796, in pt. Trichia cylindrica Pers. Obs. Myc. 2:33. 1799. Trichia cordata PERS. Obs. Myc. 2:33. 1799. Trichia nigripes Pers. Syn. Fung. 178. 1801. Stemonitis varia PERS. in Gmelin in Linn’ Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1470. 1791. Stemonitis vesiculosa GMELIN in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii, 1470. 1791. Trichia varia PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. 10. 1797. Trichia favoginea ScHuM. Saell. 1455. 1803. Trichia applanata HEDW. in DC. Organ. t. 60, f. 1. 1827. On under side of decaying logs near Allen Junction, St. Louis county, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, 1893); on logs near White Bear lake, Minn. (Z. P. S., August, 1893). HEMIARCYRIA Rost. Mon. 261. 1875. 17. Hemiarcyria serpula (Scop.) Rost. Mon. 267. 1875. Mucor serpula Scop. Fl. Carn. 65. 1772. Lycoperdon lumbricale BATscH. Elench. Fung f. 174. 1786. Trichia spongioides VILL. Fl. Dauph. 1061. 1789. Stemonitis lumbricalis GMELIN in Linn. Syst Nat. Ed. xiii. 1470. 1791. Trichia reticulata Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 10. 1797. Trichia serpula Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 10. 1797. Trichia venosa ScuuM. Saell. 1456. 1803. On decaying leaves in woods near lake Calhoun, Hennepin county, Minn. (£. P. S., August, 1893). 18. Hemiarcyria pedata (ScHm. ) Clathrus pedatus Scum. Ic. t. 33, f. 1,17. 1776. Sphaerocarpus pyriformis BULL. Champ. Fr. t. 417, f. 2. 1791. Stemonitis pyriformis GMELIN in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1469. 1791. Trichia pyriformis SiprH. Fl. Ox 406. 1794. Trichia clavata Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 11. 1797. Trichia citrina ScHuM. Saell. 1460. 1803. Arcyria trichioides RUDOLPH in Linnaea 4:120. 1829. Hemiarcyria clavata Rost. Mon. 264. 1875. Arcyria clavata MAss. Mon. Myxog. 166. 1892. On decaying maple logs near Groveland Park, Ramsey coun- ty. Minn. (£. P. S., 1890); Vermilion lake, Minn. (Z. W. D. Hol- way, July, 1886); on decaying logs near Lakeville, Dakota 472 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1893); near Osceola, Wis. (£. P. S., Sept., 1892); near Minneapolis, Minn. (#. P. S., Sept., 1893); in woods near Minnehaha, Minn. (Z. P. S., May, 1893); in woods near St. Paul, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1893); on decaying logs of Populus in woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 18938). 19. Hemiarcyria vesparia (BaTscs#). Lycoperdon vesparium BATSCH. Elench. Fung. t. 30, f. 172. 1786. Stemonitis cinnabarina RoTH. Fl.Germ 347. 1788. Lycoperdon favaceum Scour. FI. Bav. 2:667. 1789. Trichia pyriformis HOFFM. Veg. Crypt. t. 1, f.1. 1790. Stemonitis fasciculata PERS. in Gmelin in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1468. 1791. Stemonitis vesparia GMELIN in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1070. 1791. Trichia rubiformis PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. t. 1, f. 3, t. 4, f. 3. 1797. Trichia chalybea CHEV. FI. Par. t. 9, f. 24. 1827. Hemiarcyria rubiformis Rost. Mon. 262. 1875. Arcyria rubiformis MAss. Mon. Myxog. 158. 1892. Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); on logs in the woods at Groveland Park, Ramsey county, Minn. (#. P. S., August, 1893); on old fallen logs near Minnehaha Falls, Minn. (#. PB. S., April, 1891); St. Paul, Minn. (#. P. Soul 1898); on logs in woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1893). 20. Hemiarcyria vesparia (BaTSCH). var. sessilis (MASs.) Arcyria rubiformis Rost. var. sessilis MAss. Mon. Myxog. 159. 1892. On logs in woods near Minneapolis, Minn. (Zz. P. S., August, 1893). RETICULARIA Butt. Hist. Champ. Fr. 85. 1791. 21. Reticularia fusca (Huvps. ) Lycoperdon fuscum Huns. Fl. Engl. 645. 1778. Reticularia lycoperdon BuLL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 446, f. 4, t. 476, fel=3s iO Lycogala argentea PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. 7. 1797. Lycogala turbinatum Pers. Syn. Fung. 157. 1801. Fuligo lycoperdon ScHuM. Saell. 1409. 1803. Reticularia argentea Porn. Ency. Meth. 6:20. 1806. Reticularia umbrina Frins. Syst. Myc. 8:87. 1829. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 473 On railroad ties near Two Harbors, Minn. (Z. P. S., June, 1893). The plasmodium of this species was found climbing up the sides of ties. At first it has a white, curdled appearance. Later on it assumes a drab and finally a brown color and is covered with a thin, papery peridium. LAMPRODERMA Rost. Vers. Syst. Mycet. 7. 1873. 22. Lamproderma arcyrioides (Sommr.) Rost. Mon. 206. 1875. Stemonitis arcyrioides SoMMF. in Tidsk. f. Natur. Vid. Christ. 1827. Vermilion lake, Minn. (£. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); on leaves and stems at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (2. P. S., April, 1895. COMATRICHA Preuss in Linnaea, 24:140. 1851. 23. Comatricha pulchella (Bas.) Rost. Mon. Suppl. 27. 1875 Stemonitis pulchella BAB. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1839. Stemonitis tenerrima M. A. Curtiss in Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. II. 352. 1848. Stemonitis tenerrima B. & Cin Grev. 2:69. 1873. Vermilion lake, Minn. (2. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). 24. Comatricha aequalis. Peck. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 31:42. 1879. Stemonitis aequalis MAss. Mon. Myxog. 80. 1892. On decaying logs in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1893.) 25. Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.)° var. pumila (CoRDA). Stemonitis pumila CORDA. Ic. 6:37. 1842. Stemonitis typhina MAss. var. pumila MAss. Mon. Myxog. 75. 1892. (9) The synonomy of the species might be indicated as follows: Comatricha stemonitis (Scop.) Mucor stemonitis Scop. Fl. Carn. 493. 1772. Embolus lacteus JACQ. Musc. 1:t.8. 1778: Clathrus fertusus BATsCH. Elench. Fung. f. 176. 1783. Stemonitis typhina Rota. Fl. Germ. 1:547. 1788. Stemonitis filicina ScHKR. FI. Bav. 1782. 1789. Trichia typhoides Bunu. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 447. 1791. Stemonitis typhoides D.C. Fl. Fr. 2:257. 1805. Stemonitis leucopoda Fr. Gast. 16. 1617. Comatricha typhina Rost. Mon, 198. 1875. Stemonitis typhina Mass. Mon. Myxog. 74. 1892. 474 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The variety was found on dead stumps in clearings near Up- per Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, July, 1893); on logs near Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (Alex. P. Anderson, July, 1898). STEMONITIS GLep. Meth. Fung. 140. 1753. 26. Stemonitis dictyospora Rost. Mon. 195. 1875. Vermilion lake, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). 27. Stemonitis morgani Peck. Bot. Gaz. 5:33. 1880. On decaying elm stumps near banks of river near Iberia, Brown county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1891); on stumps in woods near St. Paul, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1898). 28. Stemonitis maxima SCHWEIN. Syn. Amer. Fung. n. 2349. 1834. On decaying logs of the wild black cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.) in the woods at Woodhull’s Grove, Dakota county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1893); on old stumps of Quercus near Lake Bal- lantyne, Blue Karth county, Minn. (/. P. S., June, 1891); in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (£. P. S, July, 1893). 29. Stemonitis typhina WILLD. Pl. Berol. 408. 1787. Clathrus nudus Bour. Hist. Fung. Halif. t. 98, f.1. 1789. Trichia axifera BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 447, f. 1. 1791. Stemonitis fasculata PERs. Syng. Fung. 187. 1801. Stemonitis violacea SCHUM. Saell. 1491. 1803. Slemonitis fasciculata D.C. Fl. Fr. 2:256. 1805. Slemonitis ferruginea HHRENB. Sylv. Myc. Berl. f. 6, ab. 1818, Stemonitis decipiens NEES. Nov. Act. Leop. 16:95. 1821. Stemonitis heterospora OUDEM. Ned. Kr. Arch. 1:167. 1872. On decaying logs of Quercus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis (#. P. S., June, 1890); Vermilion lake, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886); on grass stems in fields at Groveland Park, Ram- sey county, Minn. (#. P. S., Aug., 18938). BREFELDIA Rost. Vers. Syst. Mycet. 8. 1878. 30. Brefeldia inquinans (LINK.) Dermodium inquinans LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:25. 1795. Lycoperdon epidendrum SOwERB. Fig. Eng. Fung. 400. f. 2,3. 1809. feticularia maxima Frims. Syst. Myc. 3:85. 1829. Licea perreptans BORK. in Gard. Chron. 451. 1848. Brefeldia maxima Rost. Mon. 213. 1875. On logs at Prospect Park, Minneapolis Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1890). Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 475 DIACHAEA Friss. Syst. Veg. Orb. 1:148. 1825. 31. Diachaea leucopoda (BULL. ) Rost. Mon. 190 1875. Trichia leucopoda BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 502, f. 2. 1791. Stemonitis elegans TRENT. in Roth. Cat. Bot. 220. 1797. Stemonitis leucostyla PERS. Syn. Fung. 186. 1801. Diachaea elegans FRIES. Stirp. Femsj. 84. 1825. On decaying leaves, sticks and stems under trees of Quercus and bushes of Corylus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (Z. P.S.,, June, 1890); near Duluth, Minn. (Z. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). MUCILAGO Batt. Fung. Arim. Hist... 1755.1 Spumaria Pers. in Gmelin in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 2466. 1791. 32. Mucilago alba (Bart. ) Mucilago crustacea var. alba. BArt. Fung. Arim. Hist. t. 40, f. 9. 1755. Byssus bombycina Retz. V. Handl. 251. 1769. Reticularia alba BuLL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 326. 1791. Spumaria mucilago Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. t. 1, f.abce. 1797. Didymium spumarioides FRIES. Syst. Myc. 3:95. 1829. Didermu spumariaeforme WALLR. Fl. Germ. 2208. 1833. Spumaria alba DC. FI. Fr. 2:261. 1805. On stems of Cornus near Janesville, Waseca county, Minn. (B. C. Taylor, Jane, 1891); near Minneapolis, Minn. (FZ. P. S., May, 1891). DIDYMIUM Scurap. Nov. Gen. 20. 1797. 33. Didymium sphaerocephalum (Batscu.) Mucor sphaerocephalus BATSCH. Elench. Fung. 157. 1783. Trichia globosu VILL. FI. Dauph. 1061. 1789. fieticularia hemispherica BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 446, f.1. 1791 Physarum melanospermum PERS Disp Meth. Fung. 8. 1797. Didymium farinaceum SCHRAD. Nov. Gen. Pl. t. 3, f. 6. 1797. Trichia farinacea Potr. Ency. Meth. 8:53. 1804. Physarum farinaceum PERS. Syn. Fung. 174, 1801. Physarum cinerascens ScHUM. Saell. 1426. 1803. Physarum depressum SCHUM. Saell. 1439. 1803. Physarum globosum ScuumM. Saell. 1442. 18038. Physarum oxyacanthae ScuuM. Saell. 1427. 1803. Physarum clavus LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. Physarum sinuosum Link. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. (10) The genus Mucilago was first used by Micheli,Gen. 217. 1729. Later writers adopted it as follows: Hall. En. Stirp. Helv. 1:5. 1742; Adanson Nat. Pl. Fam. 2:7; 1763; Scop. Intr. 368. 1777; Wigg. Fl. Hols. 112. 1780. 476 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Physarum capitatum LINK. Diss. Bot 1:27. 1809. Diderma muscicola LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. Didymium capitatum LINK. Diss. Bot. 3:27. 1816. Didymium lobatum NEES. Syst. 112, f. 104. 1816. Strongylium minor FRIES. Gast. 9. 1817. Physarum melanopus FRIES. Gast. 23. 1817. Cionium lobatum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. XVI, 4:629. 1827. Didymium marginatum Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:116. 1829. Didymium melanopus FriEs. Syst Myc. 3:114. 1829. Didymium hemisphericum Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:115. 1829. Physarum nigrum FRigs. Syst. Lyc. 3:146. 1829. Cionium farinaceum LINK. Handb. 3:416. 1833. Didymium filamentosum WALLR. 2187. 1833. On decaying elm stumps near banks of river at Iberia, Brown county, Minn. (£. P. S., July, 1891); on fallen logs of Quercus near Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. 8., April, 1891). 34. Didymium stipitatum (RETz. ) Lycoperdon stipitatum RETz. Vet. de Handl. 1769. Physarum nigripes LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. Trichia alba Purt. Midl. F). 3:1113. 1817. Physarum microcarpon Fries. Symb. Gast. 23. 1818. Didymium nigripes FrrEs. Syst Myc. 3:119. 1812. Didyminm xanthopus FRiEs. Syst. Myc. 3:120. 1829. Didymium iridis FRres. Syst. Myc. 8:120. 1829. Didymium microcephalum CHEV. Byss. f. 11. 1837. Didymium melanopus WALLR. Fl. Germ. 2184. 1837. Didymium wallrothii RABH. FI. Cr. 2289. 1844. Didymium porphyropus D. R. & M. FI. Alg. 409. 1846. Didymium megalosporum B. & C. in Grey, 2:53. 1873. Didymium microcarpon Rost. Mon. 157. 1875. On old decaying beans in the plant house of the University at Minneapolis, Minn. (Z. P. 8. April, 1891). DIDERMA Pers. in Usteri. n. Ann. 9:134. 1795. Chondrioderma Rost. Mon. 167. 1875 in pt. 35. Diderma sphaeroidalis (BULL. ) Reticularia sphaeroidalis BuLL. Hist. Champ. Fr. 446, f. 2. 1791. Diderma globosum PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. t. 17, f. 4,5. 1797. Didymium candidum SCHRAD. Noy. Gen. 25. 1797. Didymium globosum CHEV. KI, Par. t. 9, f. 28. 1827. Physarum sphaeroides CHEVY. Fl. Par. 339. 1827. Cionium globosum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi, 4:529. 1827. Chondrioderma globosum Rost. Mon. 180. 1875. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 477 On decaying sticks and stems near Osceola, Wisconsin (E. P. S., Sept., 1892); in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1893); near Minneapolis, Minn. (£. P. S., May, 1891). 36. Diderma contortum Horr. Deutschl. Fl. t. 9, f. 2a. 1795.1 Reticularia hemispherica SowERB. Fig. Eng. Fung. t. 12. 1797. Physarum depressum Scum. Saell. n. 1439. 1803. (11) The nomenclature of the remaining species of this genus might be indicated as follows: Diderma niveum ( Rost.) Chondrioderma niveum Rost. Mon, 170. 1875. Diderma virgineum (MASs.) Chondrioderma virgineum Mass. Mon. Myxog. 207. 1892. Diderma subdictyospermum (Ros t.) Chondrioderma subdictyospermum Rost. Mon. Append.16. 1875. Chondrioderma dealbata MAss. Mon. Myxog. 207. 1892. Diderma friesianum (RostT.) Chondrioderma friesianum Rost. in Fuckel Symb. Mye. Nachtr. 2, 74. 1(73. Diderma difforme Sommr. FI). Lap. 217. 1826, not Pers, 1797. Diderma albescens Puiu. in Grev. 5:114. 1877. Chondrioderma albescens MASS. Mon. Myxog. 209. 1892. Diderma simulans ( Rost.) Chondrioderma simulans Rost. Mon. Append’ 20. 1875. Diderma saundersii (MAss.) Chondrioderma saundersii Mass. Mon. Myxog, 209. 1892. Diderma affine (Rosv7.) Chondrioderma affine Rost. Mon. Append. 18. 1875. Diderma testaceum (SCHRAD.) Pers. Syn. Fung. 167. 1801. Didymium testaceum SCHRAD. Nov. Gen. Pl. 25. 1797. Cionium testaceum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi, 6:529. 1827. Chondrioderma testaceum Rost. Mon.170. 1875. Diderma sublateritium B. & Br. in Journ. Linn. Soc, 14:82. 1875. Chondrioderma sublateritium Rost. Mon. Append.19. 1875. Diderma mutabile (SCHROET.,) Chondrioderma mutabile SCHROET. Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3:123. 1889. Diderma fallax (Rost.) Chondrioderma fallax Rost. Mon.171. 1875. Diderma angulatum (PERs.) Reticularia angulata PERS. in Gmelin in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii, 1472. 1781. Diderma difforme Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 9. 1797. Licea caesia SCHUM. Saell. 1500. 1803. Physarum difforme Link. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. Amphisporium versicolor FErES. Symb. Gost.19. 1818 Licea alba NEES. 1n Kze, Myk. 2:66. 1823. Lycogala minutum Grey. S.C. Fl. t. 40. 1823. Reticularia pusilla Fries. Syst. Orb. Veg. 1:147. 1825. Diderma cyanescens Frres. Syst. Myc. 8:109. 1829. Physarum caesium Frigs. Syst. Myc. 8:147. 1829. Physarum album FriEs. Syst. Myc. 3:147. 1829. 8 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Reticularia contorta Potr. Ency. 6:182. 1806. Diderma depressum Frigs. Syst. Myc. 3:108. 1829. Didymium michelii Lip. Exs. 2:180. 1832. Didymium hemisphericum BERK. Engl. Fl. 5:312. 1826. Chondrioderma michelii Rost. in Fuckel Symb. Myc. Nachtr. 2:74. 1873. Vermilion lake, Minn. (#. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). Didymium difforme DuEY. Bot. Gail. 2:858. 1830. Diderma neesii CORDA. Ic. 2:f.58. 1838. Leocarpus cyanescens FRIES. Summ. Veg. Scand. 450. 1849. Leocarpus nitens FRIES. Summ. Veg. Scand. 450. 1849. Diderma libertianum FRiEs. Beit, t. 4, f. 16-27. 1850. Didymium libertianum DEBARY. Mycetozoa. 1864. Diderma pezizoideum (BERK.) Trichamphora pezizoides BERK. Intr. Cr. Bot. 335. 1857. Chondrioderma berkeleyanum Rost. Mon. Append. 16. I875. Diderma physaroides (D. C.) Spumaria physaroides D.C. FI. Fr. @:101. 1815. Chondrioderma physaroides Rost. Mon. 170. 1875. Diderma deplanatum FrRrIEs. Syst. Myc. 3:110. 1829. Chondrioderma deplanatum Rost. Mon. Append.17. 1875. Diderma crustaceum PECK. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 26:74. 1874. Chondrioderma crustaceum BERL. in Sace. Syll. Fung. 7:395, 1888, Diderma liceoides PERS. Syst. Myc. 8:107. 1829. Licea macrosperma SCHWEINITZ. Am. Fung. n. 3317. 1834. Ligynota nigra FRIES. Summ. Veg. Scand. 459. 1849. Chondrioderma licesides Rost. Mon. Append.17. 1875. Diderma reticulatum ( Rost.) Chondrioderma reticulatum Rost. Mon.170. 1875. Diderma ochraceum (SCHROET.) Chondrioderma ochraceum SCHROET. Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3:124. 1889. Diderma sauteri ( Rost.) Chondrioderma sauteri Rost. Mon. 181. 1875. Diderma vaccinum Dur. & Mant. FI. Alg. 407. 1847-9. Chondrioderma vaccinum Rust. Mon.180. 1875. Diderma simplex (SCHROET.) Chondrioderma simplex SCHROET. Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3:123. 1889. Diderma caleareum (LINK) Leocarpus caleareus LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:23. 1809. Diderma liceoides FRIES. Syst. Myc. 3:107. 1829. Diderma chalybeum WEINM. Prod. Fl. Ross. 592. 1836. Diderma deplanatum FUCKEL. Symb. Myc. 34!. 1870. Chondrioderma calcareum Rost. in Fuckel Symb. Mye. Nachtr. 2, 74. 1873. Diderma stahlii (Rost.) Chondrioderma stahlii Rost. Mon. 185. 1875. Diderma muelleri (Rost.) Chondrioderma muelleri Rost. Mon. Append. 15. 1875. Diderma ramosum (ScuHum.) [ries. Syst. Myc. 3:105. 1829. Spumaria ramosa ScHuM. Saell. 2:95. 1803. Leocarpus ramosus FRIES. Summ. Veg. Seand. 450. 1849. Diderma stipitatum (Bou.) Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:104. 1829, Reticularia stipitata BuLL. Hist. Champ. Fr. 89. 1791. Diderma ramosum PERS. Syn. Fung. 166. 1808. Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 479 LEANGIUM Ling. Diss. Bot. 1:25. 1795. Chondrioderma Rost. Mon. 167. 1875, in pt. 37. Leangium floriforme (BULL. ) Link. Diss. Bot. t.3. 1795.1” Sphaerocarpus floriformis BuLuL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 371. 1791. Stemonilis floriformis GMELIN. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1469. 1891. Lycoperdon floriforme Wirn. Arr. Brit. Pl. 4:379. 1792. Didymium floriforme SCHRAD. Novy. Gen. 25. 1797. Diderma spurium ScHuM. Saell. 1422. 1803. Leangium lepidotum Dirm. in Schrad. N. Journ. t. 21. 1809. Cionium lepidotum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi. 4:529. 1827. Cionium floriforme SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi, 4:529. 1827. Diderma lepidotum Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:100. 1829. Diderma concinnum B. & C. in Grey. 2:69. 1873. On logs in woods near Lakeville, Dakota county, Minn. (/. P. S., July, 1893). (12) The nomenclature of the remaining species of this genus might be indicated us follows: Leangium radiatum (LINN.) Lycoperdon radiatum LINN. Sp. Pl. 1645. 1753. Didymium stellare SCHRAD. Nov. Gen. t. 5, f. 3-4. 1797. Diderma stellare Pers. Syn. Fung. 164. 1801. Diderma umbilicatnm PERS. Syn, Fung. 165. 1801. Diderma crassipes SCHUM. Saell. 1421. 1803. Didymium geaster LInkK. Diss. Bot. 2:42. 1809. Leangium stellare Link. Diss. Bot. 2:42. 1809. Cionium stellare SPRENG. in Linn, Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi, #:529. 1827. Cionium umbilicatum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi. 4:529. 1827. Leangium umbilicatum RABH. Fl. Crypt. 285. 1844. ‘ Didymium complanatum FuckKEL. Symb. Myc. 341. 1869. Leangium geasteriodes (PuHtt.) Diderma geasteroides PHIL. inGrev. 5:113. 1877. Diderma laciniatum Puiu. in Grev, 5:113. 1877. Chondrioderma geasteroides MAss. Mon. Myxog. 201. 1892. Leangium lyallii (MAss.) Chondrioderma lyalliti Mass. Mon. Myxog. 201. 1892. Leangium carmichaelianum ( BERK.) Diderma carmichaelianum BERK. in Hook, British Flora 3:34. 1836. Chondriod«rma radiatum Rost. Mon, Append. 40. 4875. in pt. Chondrioderma carmichaelianum CooKE. Myx. Gr. Brit. 42. 1877. Leangium trevelyana Grey. Scot. Cr. Fl. 132 t. 132. 1823-9. Chondrioderma trevelyana Rost. Mon. 182. 1875. Leangium oerstedtii (Rost.) Chondrioderma oerstedtii Rost. Mon. 184. 1875, Leangium lucidum (B. & Br.) Diderma lucidum B. & Br. Ann. Nat. Hist. n. 938. t. 15, f.9. 1848-61. Chondriodermy lucidum Cooke. Myx. Gt. Brit. 42. 1877. 480 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TILMADOCHE Frirs. Summ. Veg. Scand. 454. 1849, 38. Tilmadoche alba (BULL.) Sphaerocarpus albus BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 407, f. 3, c-g. 1791. Stemonitis albu GMELIN. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1469. 1791. Mucor albus SOBOLEN. Petr. 324. 1779. Physarum nutans PERS. Syn. 171. 1801. Trichia cernua SCHUM. Saell. 1432. 1803. Physarum bulbiforme ScHuM. Saell. 1432. 1803. Physarum marginatum ScHuM. Saell. 1440. 1803. Physarum didymium ScHum. Saell. 1441. 1803. Physarum albopunctatum ScHumM. Saell. 1433. 1803. Trichia alba D.C. Fl. Fr. 2:202. 1805: Physarum albipes LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:27. 1809. Physarum sulcatum LINK. Diss. Bot.1:27. 1809. Didymium marginatum FRIES. Syst. Myc. 3:116. 1829. Tilmadoche cernua FRIES. Summ. Veg. Scand. 454. 1849. Tilmadoche nutans Rost. Mon.127. 1875. On decaying logs of Quercus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (ZH. P. S., June, 1890); Vermilion lake, Minn. (#. W. D. Holway, July, 1886). PHYSARUM Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 8. 1797. 39. Physarum cinereum (BatTscH.) Pers. Syn. Fung. 1170. 1801. Lycoperdon cinereum Batrscu. Elench. Fung. f. 169. 1783. Lycoperdon alni BIER. in Vet. Handl. 39. 1789. Physarum violaceum SCHUM. Saell. 1428. 1803. Physarum conglobatum FRIES. Symb. Gast. 21. 1818. Didymium cinereum FRIES. Syst. Myc. 3:126. 1829. Physcrum plumbeum FRIES. Syst. Myc. 3:142. 1829. On fallen limbs of Quercus velutina Lam. in the woods near Waseca, Waseca county, Minn. (£. P. S., June, 1891). 40. Physarum filamentosum (TRENT. ) Trichia filamentosa TRENT. in Roth. Cat. Bot. 227. 1797. Physarum confluens LINK. Diss. Bot. 2:42. 1809. Physarum connecum LINK. Diss. Bot. 2:42. 1809. Physarum hypnorum LINK. Diss. Bot. 2:42. 1809. Physarum leucophueum FRIES. Symb. Gast. 24. 1818. Physarum striatum FUCKEL. Symb. Myc. 342. 1869. Didymium henisphericum FUCKEL. Symb. Myce. 341. 1869. On standing stubs of hard maple near Osceola, Wisconsin (H. P. S., Sept., 1892); on old fallen logs near Minnehaha Falls, Minn. (E£. P. S., April, 1891). Sheldon: A STUDY OF SOME MINNESOTA MYCETOZOA. 481 41. Physarum sinuosum (Buuu.) Rost. Mon. 112. 1875. Reticularia sinuosa BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 446, f. 3. 1791. Physarum bivalve Pers. Obs. Myc.t.1,f.2. 1796. Angioridium sinuosum GREV. Scot. Cr. Fl. t. 310. 1828. Diderma valvatum Frigs. Syst. Myc. 3:109. 1829. Didymium sinuosum D. R. & M. Fl. Alg. 411. 1846. Carcerina valvuata Fries. Summ. Veg. Scand. 451. 1849. Leocarpus melaleucus GAY. in Mont. Syll. 1072. 1555. Diderma contortum FUCKEL. Symb. Myc. 341. 1869. Diderma pallidum B. & C. in Grev. 3:59. 1873. Physarum sinuosum Rost. Mon.112. 1875. On fallen leaves of Quercus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (EH. P. S., June, 1890). FULIGO Hatt. Hist. Stirp. Helvet. 3:110. 1768, 42. Fuligo septica (LINN.) GMELIN in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xiii. 1466. 1791. Mucor septica LINN. Sp. Pl. 1656. 1753. Mucor mucilago Scop. Fl. Carn. 2:1638. 1772. Lycoperdon luteum Scur. FI. Bav. 2:629. 1789. Reticuluria carnosa BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 424, f.1. 1791. feticularia hortensis BULL. Hist. Champ. Fr. t. 424,f.2. 1791. Reticularia lutea BULL. t. 380, f.1. 1791. Fuligo candida PERS. Obs. Myc, 1:154. 1791. Fuligo vaporaria Pers. Obs. 1.155. 1796. Fuligo flava Pers. Disp. Meth. Fung. 8. 1797. Fuligo rufa PERS. Disp. Meth. Fung. 8. 1797. Fuligo pallida PERS. Obs. Myc. 2:36. 1799. Fuligo laevis Pers. Syn. Fung. 161. 1801. Fuligo violacea PERS. Syn. Fung. 160. 1801. Reticuiaria septica WiTH. Arr. Br. Pl. 4:463. 1801. Fuligo flavescens SCHUM. Saell. 1413. 1803. Aethalium flavum LINK. Diss. Bot. 1:42. 1809. Fuligo varians SomMF. FI. Lapp. 231. 1826. Reticularia vaporaria CHEV. FI. Par. 1:342. 1827. Aethalium violaccum SPRENG. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi. 4:533. 1827. Aethalium candidum SCHLECHT. in Spreng. in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed. xvi. 4:533.1827. Aethalium septicum Fries. Syst. Myc. 3:91. 1829. Fuligo carnosa Duby. Bot. Gall. 2:863. 1830. Fuligo hortensis DuBY. Bot Gall. 2:863. 1830. Aethalium rufum WALLR. FI. Germ. 2097. 1833. Aethalium ferrincola SCHWEIN. Syn. Am. 2372. 1834. Reticularia rufa SCHWEIN. Syn. Am. 2377. 1834. Aethalium vaporareum BERK. in Gard. Chron. 409. 1860. 482 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On decaying stumps and logs of Quercus at Prospect Park, Minneapolis, Minn. (#. P. S&., Sept., 1889); in woods near Janesville, Minn. (8. C. Taylor, June, 1891); on old logs in clearings near Waldo, Lake county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., June, 1893); on logs in swamps near upper Gull lake, Cass county, Minn. (C. A. Ballard, Aug., 1893); among moss near Madison lake, Blue Earth county, Minn. (ZH. P. S., June, 1891); in copses near the river at Springfield, Minn. (Z. P. S., July, 1891); near Duck lake, Blue Harth county, Minn. (Z#. P. S., June, 1891); on the ground at Mille Lacs Indian Reservation, Mille Lacs county, Minn. (#. P. S., June, 1892); near Milwaukee short- line bridge, Ramsey county, Minn. (EZ. P. S., June, 1890); on sidewalks in the suburbs of Minneapolis, Minn. (#. P. S., July, 1895). ‘S6g1 ‘JaquaAoN "SSIGALS IWOINVLO U WSO DUE ‘ cs ' Php Se, 1 Fi) eee eee epempesed Moet a? VLOSANNIW 6 ‘on ulja}/ng g° AXX 31LV Id ‘YpUg wmbrsaseed Cc) Fey annyrpwnuvadoar IW SPAM RIOE NYO REET ayy ey ‘foxx, wnan uso} 709°C) [FEA quegunso) jiaand roytetees : Typwynsany gee yyyparurboa a ata que RI) =e AR REND AY Yy wey o— ‘ i) \ ) \ see) Ae hes tata yotauary burmoy pats. 2 W447 Jo doy @ » y 1 ¥ eee * ir ’ ye: . ; 4 S . Se = DAs . * i ‘ AK ¥ vane FoF ay ea ey WS 5 y = 5h y oe Ae ty pean ~*oragde SZ & Rd) an x Pee HBAS Tah Ke, Be rs "S6g1 ‘aquieAoN “*SFIGNLS TYDINVLOS VLOS3NNIN ‘6 ‘on uljaxing “IIXX JLV1d PLOY et ee oe a a ot 1895. November, MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bulletin No. 9. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. November, 1895. Bulletin No, 9. ‘AIXX JLVW1d "S6g! “aqWaAON ‘SFIGNLS TVOINVLOG VLOS3NNIN ‘6 ‘ON uNeijng “AXX 3LV1d "S6g1 ‘saqWiaAON “*SFIGALS TVOINVLOG VLOSINNIW “6 ‘ON Ulja}/Ng MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES, November, 1895. Bulletin No. 9, iy Se ae Waals ih Mi WUT 00287 3 MACMILLAN, C. LIBRARY OF THE 598 MADISON AVENUE NEW YORK + ) se Y ‘) Rs p aeutty Me Pek valet att ee egos tse Ens